The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutPermit D19-0263 - BOEING / VAULT 28 - SWITCH GEAR ENCLOSURE AND ANCHORSBOEING -VAULT 28 8123 E MARGINAL WAY S EXPIRED 02/24/2020 019-0263 Parcel No: Address: C) ��^�»x m��lF �"uv^U ~.�~� v�o Tukwila Deportment of Community Development 63VOSouthcenterBoulevard, Suite #1OO Tukwila, Washington 88188 Phone: 206'431'3670 Inspection Request Line: Z06-43D'93SO Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov 3324049002 Project Name: BOEING -VAULT 28 DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Permit Number: D19'0263 Issue Date: 8/28/2019 Permit Expires On: 2/24/2020 Address: Contact Person: Name: Contractor: License No: Lender: Name: 8OE|NGCOMPANY THE POBOX 37O7M/[Z0-59PROPERTY MARTIN PROBST POBOX 37O7 M/[46-208'SEA7TLE WA, 98124 DNVU|L0[RS|NC Z6O14TMAVE SUITE 35l5EA7TLE, vV« 98121 8NBUU~990K3 THE BOEING COMPANY POBOX 3707 M/C46-2O8,SEATTLE WA, 98124 Phone: (206)852-4985 Phone: (206)382-3443 Expiration Date: 9/15/2019 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: INSTALL NEW SWITCH GEAR ENCLOSURE AND ANCHORS. Project Valuation: $35,00000 Type ofFire Protection: Sprinklers: NO Fire Alarm: YES Type ofConstruction: 118 Electrical Service Provided by: TUmWILA Fees Collected: $1,371.41 Occupancy per IBC: U Water District: S[A7TLE7UKYV|LA 5ewerDbtrict: SEATTLEJUKVV|LA Current Codes adopted by the City of Tukwila: International Building Code Edition: International Residential Code Edition: International Mechanical Code Edition: Uniform Plumbing Code Edition: international Fuel Gas Code; 2015 2015 2015 2015 2015 National Electrical Code: VVACities Electrical Code: VVAC29646Q: y Code: Public Works Activities: Channelization/Striping: Curb Cut/Access/Sidewalk: Fire Loop Hydrant: Flood Control Zone: Hauling/Oversize Load: Land Altering: Landscape Irrigation: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Water Main Extension: Water Meter: Volumes: Cut: 0 Fill: 0 Number: 0 No Permit Center Authorized Signature: caa Date: V V / I hearby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit and agree to the conditions attached to this permit. � Signature: pGi'l )3 f f Date: dl'//�// i9 Print Name: ?i"rid,s7. This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days for the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 1: ***BUILDING PERMIT CONDITIONS*** 2: Work shall be installed in accordance with the approved construction documents, and any changes made during construction that are not in accordance with the approved construction documents shall be resubmitted for approval. 3: All permits, inspection record card and approved construction documents shall be kept at the site of work and shall be open to inspection by the Building Inspector until final inspection approval is granted. 4: The special inspections for steel elements of buildings and structures shall be required. All welding shall be done by a Washington Association of Building Official Certified welder. 5: When special inspection is required, either the owner or the registered design professional in responsible charge, shall employ a special inspection agency and notify the Building Official of the appointment prior to the first building inspection. The special inspector shall furnish inspection reports to the Building Official in a timely manner. 6: A final report documenting required special inspections and correction of any discrepancies noted in the inspections shall be submitted to the Building Official. The final inspection report shall be prepared by the approved special inspection agency and shall be submitted to the Building Official prior to and as a condition of final inspection approval. 7: All construction shall be done in conformance with the Washington State Building Code and the Washington State Energy Code. 8: Notify the City of Tukwila Building Division prior to placing any concrete. This procedure is in addition to any requirements for special inspection. 0 9: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 10: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements' cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will bedetermined bythe building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 11: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City ofTukwila Building Department (ZO643l'367O). 12: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. 13: Preparation before concrete placement: Water shall beremoved from place ofdeposit before concrete is placed unless a tremie is to be used or unless otherwise permitted by the building official. All debris and ice shall beremoved from spaces tobeoccupied byconcrete. 14: VALIDITY OFPERMIT: The issuance orgranting ofapermit shall not beconstrued tobeapermit for, nran approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila, Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances ufthe City nfTukwila shall not bevalid, The issuance ofapermit based onconstruction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction oferrors |n the construction documents and other data, 15: Any material spilled onto any street shall becleaned upimmediately. 16: Temporary erosion control measures shall beimplemented as the first order ofbusiness toprevent sedimentation off -site orinto existing drainage facilities. 17: The site shall have permanent erosion control measures inplace as soon aspossible after final grading has been completed and prior tnthe Final Inspection, PERMIT INSPECTIONS REQUIRED Permit Inspection Line: (2OG)438'935U 1700 bU|LD|NGRNAL** 0301 CONCRETE SLAB 4046 $|-EPDXY/EXPCON[ 4004 8'VV[L0NG CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http://www.TukwilaWA.gov Building Permit No. VI — (.23 Project No. Date Application Accepted: Date Application Expires: a t 0 (For o we use only) CONSTRUCTION PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. **Please Print** SITE LOCATION Vault 28 Switch Gear Enclosure Site Address: King Co Assessor's Tax No.: 0001600020 8123 E Marginal Way S, Tukwila, WA. 98108 Suite Number: vault 28 Tenant Name: The Boeing Company PROPERTY OWNER Name: The Boeing Company Address: P.O. Box 3707; M/C 46-208 City: Seattle State: WA Zip: 98124 CONTACT PERSON — person receiving all project communication Name: Martin Probst - The Boeing Company Address: P.O. Box 3707; M/C 46-208 City: Seattle State: WA Zip: 98124 Phone: (206) 852-4985 Fax: (253) 657-4659 Email: martin.r.probst@boeing.com GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: BN Builders Address: 2601 4th Ave Ste 350 City: Seattle State: WA Zip: 98121 Phone: (206) 382-3443 Fax: Contr Reg No.: BNBUII*990K3 Exp Date: 09/15/2019 Tukwila Business License No.: 602 056 687 Floor: Yard New Tenant: LJ Yes [Z] ..No ARCHITECT OF RECORD Company Name: Architect Name: Address: City: State: WA Zip: Phone: Fax: Email: ENGINEER OF RECORD Company Name: Sills & Hill Engineers, Inc Engineer Name: Brent K. Leslie Address: 4815 Center Street City: Tacoma State: Zip: Phone: (253) 474-9449 Fax: Email: brent sittshi .com LENDER/BOND ISSUED (required for projects $5,000 or greater per RCW 19.27.095) Name: The Boeing Company Address: P.O. Box 3707, M/C 46-208 City: State: WA Zip: Seattle98124 It lApplicationaorms-Applications On Line12011 Applications \Permit Application Revised - 8-9-11.doca Revised: August 2011 bh Page 1 of 4 BUILDING PERMIT INFORMAT4 206-431-3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ 35,000 Existing Building Valuation: $ 17,402,500 Describe the scope of work (please provide detailed information): Install new switch gear enclosure and anchors. Electrical and Mechanical permits obtained separately by others. Will there be new rack storage? D Yes 0..No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below Existing Interior Remodel Addition to Existing Structure New Type of Construction per IBC Type of Occupancy per IBC 1st Floor 2,000 1,150 0 0 II-B None 2"d Floor 3rd Floor Floors thru Basement Accessory Structure* Attached Garage Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor arca of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? Yes ... No If "yes", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: 0 Sprinklers Automatic Fire Alarm ,......Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? 0 Yes .......No If "yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2" x I I " paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM 0 On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. HAApplications \Forms -Applications On Line \2011 ApplicationsTermit Application Revised. 8-9-11.doca Revised: August 2011 bh Page 2 of 4 PUBLIC WORKS PERMIT INFICLATION - 206-433-0179 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): Install new switch gear enclosure and anchors. Electrical and Mechanical permits obtained separately by others. Call before you Dig: 811 Please refer to Public Works Bulletin #1 for fees and estimate sheet. Water District D ...Tukwila D ...Water District #125 Ej ...Water Availability Provided Sewer District 0 ...Tukwila 0 ...Sewer Use Certificate Highline 0...Valley View 0 .. Renton D ...Sewer Availability Provided 0 .. Renton o .. Seattle Septic Svstgm: • On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Submitted with Application (mark boxes which apply): O ...Civil Plans (Maximum Paper Size — 22" x 34") 0 ...Technical Information Report (Storm Drainage) D ...Bond 0.. Insurance Easement(s) Proposed Activities (mark boxes that aPPIV): 0 ...Right-of-way Use - Nonprofit for less than 72 hours 0 ...Right-of-way Use - No Disturbance o ...Construction/Excavation/Fill - Right-of-way 0 Non Right-of-way EI ...Total Cut D ...Total Fill 0 ...Sanitary Side Sewer D ...Cap or Remove Utilities 0 ...Frontage improvements D ...Traffic Control D ...Backflow Prevention - Fire Protection Irrigation S3 Domestic Water cubic yards cubic yards 0 ...Permanent Water Meter Size... 0 ...Temporary Water Meter Size .. 0 ,..Water Only Meter Size............ ID ...Sewer Main Extension Public 0 0 ...Water Main Extension. ,Public 0 0. 0. 0. a SS SS a Geotechnical Report Maintenance Agreement(s) LI ...Traffic Impact Analysis ... Hold Harmless — (SAO) 0 _Hold Harmless — (ROW) o .. Right-of-way Use - Profit for less than 72 hours o .. Right-of-way Use — Potential Disturbance 0 .. Work in Flood Zone O Stonn Drainage Abandon Septic Tank . Curb Cut . Pavement Cut . Looped Fire Line TS WO # WO WO # Private Private 0 0 .. Grease Interceptor Channelization 0 .. Trench Excavation 0 .. Utility Undergrounding 0...Deduct Water Meter Size FINANCE INFORMATION Fire Line Size at Property Line Number of Public Fire Hydrant(s) 0 ...Water El ...Sewer 0 ...Sewage Treatment Monthly Service Billing to: Name: Day Telephone: Mailing Address: City Water Meter Refund/Billing: Name: Mailing Address: State Zip Day Telephone: City State Zip HAApplicationsWorins•Applications On Line201 I Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-11.doca Revised: August 2011 bh Page 3 of 4 PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES — Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THATI HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OW 1ER OR UTH IZ ;' AGENT: Signature: 124— L) Date: 08/15/2019 Print Name: Martin Probst - The Boeing Company Mailing Address: P.O. Box 3707; M/C 46-208 Day Telephone: (206) 852-4985 Seattle WA 98108 City State Zip H: \Applications \Forms -Applications On Line\ 2011 Applications \Permit Application Revised - 8-9-11.i:110ex Revised: August 2011 bh Page 4 of 4 Cash Register Receipt City of Tukwila DESCRIPTIONS ACCOUNT QUANTITY 1. . PAID PermitTRAK $1,371.41 D19-0263 Address: 8123 E MARGINAL WAY S Apn: 3324049002 $1,371.41 Credit Card Fee $39.94 Credit Card Fee R000.369.908.00.00 0.00 $39.94 DEVELOPMENT $1,293.04 PERMIT FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $768.51 PLAN CHECK FEE R000.345.830.00.00 0.00 $499.53 WASHINGTON STATE SURCHARGE B640.237.114 0.00 $25,00 TECHNOLOGY FEE $38.43 TECHNOLOGY FEE R000.322.900.04.00 0.00 $38.43 TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: R18341 , .: $1,371.41 Date Paid: Thursday, August 15, 2019 Paid By: MARTIN PROBST Pay Method: CREDIT CARD 1,371.41 Printed: Thursday, August 15, 2019 11:26 AM 1 of 1 SYSTEMS 0 CO TUKWILA ETRAKIT 6280 SOUTHCENTER BLVD TUKWILu' WA 98188 286'433'1870 CITY OF TUKWILu Date: 08/15/20I9 11:24:51 AM CnsozT Cxno SALE MASTERCARD CARD NUMBER: **********9321 K TKAN AMOUNT: $1'37I.41 APPROVAL [o: 093900 RECORD #: 000 CLERK ID: kandace Thank you! Customer Copy REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 27 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION AUG 1 5 2019 SITTS & HILL ENGINEERS, INC. Professional Engineers & Planners CIVIL, STRUCTURAL AND SURVEYING \cv. 2.to so El IMO Switchgear Enclosure Vault 28 Update Plant 2 Yard Tukwila, WA Arzr-Adviswr CALCULATIONS PREPARE[) FOR THE BOEING COMPANY POST OFFICE BOX 3707 SEATTLE, WA 98124 PREPARED BY Sitts & Hill Engineers, Inc. 4815 Center Street Tacoma, WA 98409 August 12, 2019 S & H Job Number: 17,477 SITTS & HILL ENGINEERS, INC. TACOMA, WASHINGTON (253) 474-9449 JOB: 17477 DESIGNED: JWO DATE: 11/19/2017 PROJECT: Boeing Plant II - Vault 28 Upgrade CHECKED: DATE: BASIS OF DESIGN Scope: Building Code: Risk Category: Gravity Loads: Lateral Loads: Concrete: Steel: These calculations are to assist Boeing in replacing electrical equipment. The existing equipment vault will be used for the new equipment. New anchorage will be provided to meet current code requirements. These calculations are limited to the evaluation of the existing structure. Design of equipment is by others. 2015 Edition of The International Building Code with State of Washington amendments 11 self weight seismic site class = D seismic design category = D fc = 3,000 psi (conservatively assumed) anchor bolts = ASTM 1554, Grade 36 steel plate = ASTM A36 wide flange = A992, fy=50 ksi 1 1 1 1 SITTS & HILL ENGINEERS, INC. TACOMA, WASHINGTON (253) 474-9449 JOB: 17477 DESIGNED: JWO DATE: 11/19/2017 PROJECT: Boeing Plant II - Vault 28 Upgrade CHECKED: DATE: I RY 18 GA COMPOSITE METAL OOLli V(/ 42CONCRETE • N PENETRATION 6 t, :-) i L- •'' 1'-0- • . 0 TYP W14X61 4 .., I I 2.x18 GA COMPOSITE METOL OECX V/ 4" CDNORETE , N (6' TOTAL) 1.-'0" 2.-6- j Zr -8 I/2. r—D. := Lsg46 ft wsg:= 25 ft hsg:= 12 ft Lloh:= 19.5 ft wbh:= 7 ft hbh= 11.5 ft ACCESS WRI-KILE (rry 2 LOCATORS) FRAME. MIRY 'AULT CO. 38" xl (FLANGE UP) COI UTILITY VAULT CO. soup coVER MANCED t WPM' EES1CN LDACONQ AASHTD 113 HATCH FRAME A bed Ind had A rat oat .r SITTS & HILL ENGINEERS, INC. TACOMA, WASHINGTON (253) 474-9449 JOB: 17477 DESIGNED: JWO DATE: 11/19/2017 PROJECT: Boeing Plant II - Vault 28 Upgrade CHECKED: DATE: Loading Gravity Dsg :=120 psf Dbh:=130 psf L = included with dead as the space inside the switch gear housing will either have electrical equipment without the possibility of live Toad or no equipment at locations where live Toad may occur Wind V:=110 mph, exposure C (risk category II) kd := 0.85 kzt :=1.0 G := 0.85 wind directionality factor per ASCE7 Table 26.6-1 topographic factor per ASCE7 26.8 gust effect factor per ASCE7 26.9 kz:=0.85 velocity pressure exposure coefficient per ASCE7 Table 29.3-1 qz := 0.00256 • kz • kzt • kd. V2 • psf = 22.4 psf [ASCE7 EQ 29.3-1] Cf =1.30 force coefficient per ASCE7 Table 29.5-1 W := qz • G • C f= 24.7 psf [ASCE7 EQ 29.4-1] Seismic Ems Design Maps Summary Report User -Specified Input Building C Report Title North Boeing Feld Tue NerSrntm 29, 2015 23-.Z-.F':25 SITS Reference Document 2012/2015 International Building Code Cti+fi+h utliz. USGS hazard data melilatfe in 204a} Site Coordinates 47,5356°N, 122.31310W Site Soil Ciass+Tlleation Sete cJhs✓ 0 - 'stiff Soli' Risk Category T/9J/t1i LSGS-Prnvfded Output 5, = 1..513 g S, = g = 1_SP3 g 0.95eg = 1_Q09 g So,= 0.57gg �� HILL ��8�� INC.°" " " ~~ ~° " """-"- ~-"~~~""~~-~-"^~°' ""°~, TACOMA VVASH|NGTON (253)474-9449 JOB:1Y477 DESIGNED: JVVO DATE: 11/19/2017 PROJECT Boeing Plant 11 - Vault 28 Uograde CHECKED: DATE: Sd,:=l-09 Sd/'=O.578 l:=l.UU component amplification factor per A8[E7Table 13.5-1 or 13.6-1 component response nlOdifiCObOO factor per A8CE7Table 13.5-1 or 13.6-1 component Ov8rstnengthfactor per ASCE7Table l3.5-1Or13.6-1 component importance factor per ASCE7l3.1.3 height tOcomponent attachment average roof height Dfstructure .4' ~'�~ ��O �= ^ ~` 1f2`nxir/ '1 =O.18 }I' _ \ \/� // ` ` '' p C�- ° _ := 1.6 ^ �-". ^ Ir- = 1.61 ==~ C—�-�=O.3^�^^I-r =O.3 ~~° ��= C,:=max /mZ'm(Co, ,C i \=U.3 SITTS & HILL ENGINEERS, INC. TACOMA, WASHINGTON (253) 474-9449 PROJECT: Boeing Plant II - Vault 28 Upgrade Existing Structure Beams s:=6 ft w Dsg • s = 720 pif JOB: 17477 DESIGNED: JWO DATE: 11/19/2017 CHECKED: DATE: Prin1ert. 19 P400 2017. 8:51AM Steel Beam #:Lic. KW-96002611 Descriptionexisting W14 CODE REFERENCES = PA174001S74771Calculafions1SInicturell17477.ec6 ENERCALC.INC.19B3-2917,Bulld10.17.8.3, Ver.10.17.8.3 Licensee : SITTS & HILL ENGINEERING, INC. Calculations per AISC 360-10, IBC 2012, ASCE 7-10 Load Combination Set : ASCE 7-10 Material Properties Analysis Method : Allowable Strength Design Beam Bracing : Completely Unbraced Bending Axis : Major Ads Bending Fy : Steel Yield E. Modulus: 50.0 ksi 29,000.0 ksi 0(0.720) W1061 Applled Loads Beam self weight calculated and added to loading Loads on all spans... Uniform Load on ALL spans : D = 0.720 k/tt DESIGN SUMMARY Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations. Design OK Maximum Bending Stress Ratio = Section used for this span Ma Applied Mn / Omega : Allowable Load Combination Location of maximum an span Span # where maximum occurs Maximum Deflection Max Downward Transient Deflection Max Upward Transient Deflection Max Downward Total Deflection Max Upward Total Deflection 0.310: 1 W14x61 61.016 k-ft 196.796k-ft +0+H 12.500# Span # 1 Maximum Shear Stress Ratio = Section used for this span Va : Applied Vn/Omega Allowable Load Combination Location of maximum on span Span # where maximum occurs 0.000 in Ratio = 0.000 in Ratio = 0.372 in Ratio 0.000 in Ratio = 0 <360 0 <360 807 >..-180 0 <180 0.094 : 1 W14x61 9,763 k 104.250 k +D+H 0.000 ft Span # 1 Overall Maximum Deflections Load Combination Span Max. "," Defl n in Span Load Combination Max. ".° Deft Location in Span D Only Vertical Reactions 1 0.3715 12.571 Support no : Far lett is flt 0.0000 Values in KIPS 0.000 Load Combination Support 1 Support 2 Overall MAXImum for four 3/4" bolts 9.763 9.763 9.763kip — 0.21 4.11.9 kip <1.0, ok Vault Walls wall design is controlled by lateral earth pressure which will not change with equipment replacement. .*. vault walls ok by inspection SITTS & HILL ENGINEERS, INC. TACOMA, WASHINGTON (253) 474-9449 JOB: 17477 DESIGNED: JWO DATE: 11/19/2017 PROJECT: Boeing Plant II - Vault 28 Upgrade CHECKED: DATE: Anchorage component weight length width height n "switch_gear" Dsg • L59• "battery_house" D L w — bh• —bh• bh 9 Lbh Wbh hbh width [17250001 lbf •ft RM := weight • — 2 1 62108 ] OTM:= weight • C height [2506361 lbf •ft Es • 2 — [ 30886 ] OTMW length • height •W W. height 1819061 lbf •ft 2 [31888 ] 3 anchorage_TE— 00 • OTME— (0.9 — 0.2 •Sds) • RM r —25681 lbf width • n [ 1612 _I ofl • weight • C [58021 ihf anchorage_Y 2.n E:— 12238i OTMw— 0.9 • RM r —65361 lbf anchorage_Tw:— width • rt [-1143] length • height •W _[ 7581 lbf 2 .n 1924 j for switch gear 2.238 kip — 0.54 in of 3/16" each beam 1.392.3 kip in for battery house Per attached Hilti printout, use HY-200 adhesive with 5/8" dia. rod embeded 4" min with 6" edge distance www.hilti.us Profis Anchor 2.7.5 Company: Specifier: Address: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Sitts & Hill Engineers JWO Specifiers comments: battery house 1 Input data Anchor type and diameter: HIT-HY 200 + HAS-R 316 SS 5/8 Page: 1 Project: Vault 28 update Sub -Project I Pos. No.: 17477 Date: 11/19/2017 Effective embedment depth: ht = 4.000 in. (hefjim„ - Material: ASTM F 593 Evaluation Service Report: ESR-3187 Issued I Valid: 11/1/2016 I 3/1/2018 Proof: Design method ACI 318-14 / Chem Stand-off installation: - (Recommended plate thickness: not calculated) Profile: no profile Base material: cracked concrete, 3000, fc' = 3000 psi; h = 8.000 in., Temp. short/long: 32/32 °F Installation: hammer drilled hole, Installation condition: Dry Reinforcement: tension: condition B, shear: condition B; no supplemental splitting reinforcement present edge reinforcement: none or < No. 4 bar Seismic loads (cat. C, D, E, or F) Tension load: yes (17.2.3.4.3 (d)) Shear load: yes (17.2.3.5.3 (c)) MILTI Geometry [in.] & Loading [Ib, in.IbJ 0 X etitHY 200 Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor ( c )2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan www.hilti.us Profis Anchor 2.7.5 Company: Sitts & Hill Engineers Page: 2 Specifier: JWO Project: Vault 28 update Address: Sub -Project I Pos. No.: 17477 Phone I Fax: I Date: 11/19/2017 • E-Mail: 2 Load case/Resulting anchor forces Load case: Design loads ant Anchor reactions [lb] Tension force: ('-Tension, -Compression) Anchor Tension force Shear force Shear force x Shear force y - 1 1612 2238 0 -2238 max, concrete compressive strain: - rod MI max. concrete compressive stress: - [psi] resulting tension force in (x/y).(0.000/0.000): 0 [Ib] resulting compression force in (x/y).(0.000/0.000): 0 [Ib] lost 3 Tension load Load Nua [Ib] Capacity + Nn [Ib] Utilization PN = Nod. No Status Steel Strength* 1612 14690 11 OK Bond Strength** 1612 2614 62 OK Sustained Tension Load Bond Strength* N/A N/A N/A N/A Concrete Breakout Strength** 1612 3631 45 OK * anchor having the highest loading **anchor group (anchors in tension) 3.1 Steel Strength • Nso = ESR value refer to ICC-ES ESR-3187 N,N, ACI 318-14 Table 17.3.1.1 Variables Ase,N futa [psi] 0.23 100000 *Ng Calculations • N„ [Ib] 22600 Results Nsa [Ib] 4, steei 4, nonductile 4Nsa [Ib] Nua [lbj 22600 0.650 1.000 14690 1612 0 Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PI PROFIS Anchor ( c ) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan • 1 www,hilti.us Profis Anchor 2.7.5 Company: Specifier: Address: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: 3.2 Bond Strength N, Na ANa ANaO Sitts & Hill Engineers JWO ANa ANao)W ed,Na cp,Na Nba Nua = see ACI 318-14, Section 17.4.5.1, Fig. R 17.4.5.1(b) (2 CNa)2 CNa = 10 da 1 ec,Na (.1 + uncr 1100 CNa ed Na = 0.7 + 0, 1.0 Na Page: 3 Project: Vault 28 update Sub -Project I Pos. No.: 17477 Date: 11/19/2017 AC1318-14 Eq. (17.4.5.1a) ACI 318-14 Table 17.3.1.1 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.5.1c) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.5.1d) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.5.3) 1.0 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.5.4b) coNa MAX(ci", CcNa 1*0 Nba = a aN,seis d a her Variables t lt,c,uncr [PSil da [in.] 2261 0.625 eci,N eczN [in.] — 0.000 0.000 Calculations ca [nn.] 8 920 4/ est Na ANa [in.2] 266.16 ec2,Na 1.000 1.000 Results Na [lb] 5361 her [in.] 4.000 ca, [in.] 7.202 ANao [in.2] 318.25 cp,Na 1.000 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17,4.5.5b) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.5.2) Cam,„ [in.] t r,c [Psi] 6.000 1207 a aN,seis 1,000 0.750 ed,Na 0.902 Nba [lb] 7109 (1) bond • seismic nonductile Na [lb] Nua [lb] 0.650 0.750 1.000 2614 1612 Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor ( c ) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan ai OR NI rat ed,N V c,N 4J cp,N Nb www.hilti,us Profis Anchor 2.7.5 Company: Specifier: Address: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Sitts & Hill Engineers JWO Page: 4 Project: Vault 28 update Sub -Project I Pos. No.: 17477 Date: 11/19/2017 3.3 Concrete Breakout Strength Ncb (ANC ANco $ Nth a" Nua AN, see ACI 318-14, Section 17.4.2.1, Fig. R 17.4.2.1(b) 2 ANco = 9 t•If 1 ec,N 2 eN 1.0 ' + 3 her c ed,N = 03 + 0.3 ( a'r"In ) 1.0 1.5hef, cp,N mAx a,min 1,5hei Cac Cac Nb = kc a Iffc hle5 Variables het [in.] ecl,N [in.] ec2,N [in.] ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.1a) ACI 318-14 Table 17.3.1.1 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.1c) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.4) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17,4.2.5b) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.7b) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.2a) Gamin [in] kit c,N 4.000 0.000 0.000 6.000 1.000 c,c [in.] f [Psil 7,202 17 1.000 3000 Calculations ANc [in.21 ANc0 [in.2] W ecl,N V ec2,N W ed,N cp,N Nb [Ib] 144.00 Results Na [Ib] 7449 144.00 1.000 4) concrete 0.650 (I) seismic 0.750 1.000 1.000 nonductile 1.000 1.000 7449 Nbb [lb] N„ [lb] 3631 1612 Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PI PROFIS Anchor ( c ) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan rid www.hilti.us Profis Anchor 2.7.5 Company: ▪ Specifier: Address: Phone I Fax: ▪ E-Mail: 4 Shear load Sitts & Hill Engineers JWO Page: Project: Vault 28 update Sub -Project I Pos. No.: 17477 Date: 11/19/2017 Load V„, [lb] Capacity + V, [lb] Utilization pv Vua/ + Vn Status 1.1 Steel Strength* 2238 5695 40 OK Steel failure (with lever arm)* N/A N/A N/A N/A PI Pryout Strength (Bond Strength controls)** 2238 7506 30 OK Concrete edge failure in direction y-** 2238 4262 53 OK * anchor having the highest loading **anchor group (relevant anchors) volt 4.1 Steel Strength Vsa CtV,seis (0.6 A„,‘, foa) Vsteel Vua Wit UPI Pt youl 'told 1.1 kat Variables Ase,v [in.2] 0.23 Calculations Vsa,„ [lb] 9492 Results Vsa „„ [lb] 9492 futa [psi] 100000 • steel 0.600 refer to ICC-ES ESR-3187 ACI 318-14 Table 17.3.1.1 aV,seis (0.6 Ase,V futa) [Ib] 0.700 13560 4.2 Pryout Strength (Bond Strength controls) nonductile 1.000 VcP =NP[(ANa ANae) ed,Na cp,Na Nba • Vcr, ? AN, see ACI 318-14, Section 17.4.5.1, Fig. R 17.4.5.1(b) AN,0 = (2 4,02 cNa = 10 da il'oncro ec,Na = (1 + 1.0 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.5,3) CNa ed,Na + O. al 1.0 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.5.4b) C= MAX(ca-ml", CNa 1.0 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.5.5b) W cp,Nca, Ca, Nba at k.c aN,sels —rt* da het ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.5.2) Vsa [Ib] Vua [Ib] 5695 2238 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.5.3.1a) ACI 318-14 Table 17.3.1.1 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.5,1c) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.5.1d) Variables k,c,oncr [Psi] da [in.] haf [in.] 2 2261 0.625 4.000 ectN [in.] eaN [in.] cac [in.] k a Camie [in.] 6.000 aN,seis 0.000 0.000 7.202 1.000 0.750 Calculations cNa [in.] ANa iR121 ANa0 [in.2] 4, ed,Na 8.920 266.16 318.25 0.902 14/ act ,Na 1.000 ec2,Na W cp,1\la 1.000 1.000 Results V„ Obi 4, concrete 10723 0.700 seismic 1.000 N,, [lb] 7109 nonductile 1.000 k, [psi] 1207 • Vc, [Ib] Vua [Ib] 7506 2238 nod Input date and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor ( c ) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 1 www.hilti.us Company: Specifier: Address: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Sifts & Hill Engineers JWO Page: Project: Sub -Project I Pos. No.: Date: Profis Anchor 2.7.5 6 Vault 28 update 17477 11/19/2017 4.3 Concrete edge failure in direction y- Avc V„ Av0J ed,V '4c,v h,V parallel,V Vb Veb Av, see ACI 318-14, Section 17.5.2,1, Fig. R 17.5.2.1(b) Av„ = 4.5 cL 1 ec,V 2e, 1.0 3Ca1 ed,V = 0.7 + 0.3 C a2) 5 1.0 1.5cal .5cal h,v ha 1.0 V /100.2 /7 \fcia) a kda/ ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.5.2.1a ACI 318-14 Table 17.3.1.1 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.5.2.1c) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.5,2.5) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.5.2.6b) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.5.2.8) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.5.2.2a) Variables cal [in.] ca2 [in.] ecv [in.] ‘il c.y ha [in.] 6.000 0,000 1.000 8.000 le [in.] X. a da [in.] fc [Psi] parallel,V 4.000 1.000 0.625 3000 1.000 Calculations Avc [in.2] Avca [in-21 w ec,v 41 ed,V y h,v Vb [lb] 144.00 162.00 1.000 1,000 1.061 6457 Results Vcb [lb] (1) concrete 4) seismic nOndUCtile (1) Vb [Ib] Vua [lb] 6088 0.700 1.000 1,000 4262 2238 5 Combined tension and shear loads •13N 13V Utilization pRv [%] Status 0.617 0.525 5/3 79 OK Pts/V = + A 1 1 Ift Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor (c )2003-209 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan • www.hilti.us Company: Specifier: Address: Phone I Fax: ▪ E-Mail: 1>� W Sitts & Hill Engineers JWO Profis Anchor 2.7.5 Page: 7 Project: Vault 28 update Sub -Project I Pos. No.: 17477 Date: 11/19/2017 6 Warnings The anchor design methods in PROFIS Anchor require rigid anchor plates per current regulations (ETAG 001/Annex C, EOTA TR029, etc.). This means load re -distribution on the anchors due to elastic deformations of the anchor plate are not considered - the anchor plate is assumed to be sufficiently stiff, in order not to be deformed when subjected to the design loading. PROFIS Anchor calculates the minimum required anchor plate thickness with FEM to limit the stress of the anchor plate based on the assumptions explained above. The proof if the rigid base plate assumption is valid is not carried out by PROFIS Anchor. Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! Condition A applies when supplementary reinforcement is used. The c factor is increased for non -steel Design Strengths except Pullout Strength and Pryout strength. Condition B applies when supplementary reinforcement is not used and for Pullout Strength and Pryout Strength. Refer to your local standard. • Design Strengths of adhesive anchor systems are influenced by the cleaning method. Refer to the INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE given in the Evaluation Service Report for cleaning and installation instructions • Checking the transfer of loads into the base material and the shear resistance are required in accordance with ACI 318 or the relevant standard! • An anchor design approach for structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F is given in ACI 318-14, Chapter 17, Section 17.2.3.4.3 (a) that requires the governing design strength of an anchor or group of anchors be limited by ductile steel failure. If this is NOT the case, the connection design (tension) shall satisfy the provisions of Section 17.2.3.4.3 (b), Section 17.2.3.4.3 (c), or Section 17.2.3.4.3 (d). The connection design (shear) shall satisfy the provisions of Section 17.2.3.5.3 (a), Section 17.2.3.5.3 (b), or Section 17.2.3.5.3 (c). • Section 17.2.3.4.3 (b) / Section 17.2.3.5.3 (a) require the attachment the anchors are connecting to the structure be designed to undergo ductile yielding at a load level corresponding to anchor forces no greater than the controlling design strength. Section 17.2.3.4.3 (c) / Section 17.2.3.5.3 (b) waive the ductility requirements and require the anchors to be designed for the maximum tension / shear that can be transmitted to the anchors by a non -yielding attachment. Section 17.2.3.4.3 (d) / Section 17.2.3.5.3 (c) waive the ductility requirements and require the design strength of the anchors to equal or exceed the maximum tension / shear obtained from design load combinations that include E, with E increased by coo. Installation of Hilti adhesive anchor systems shall be performed by personnel trained to install Hilti adhesive anchors. Reference ACI 318-14, Section 17.8.1. Fastening meets the design criteria! Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor ( c ) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 1-111.-r• www.hilti.us Company: Specifier: Address: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Profis Anchor 2.7.5 Sitts & Hill Engineers JWO 7 Installation data Anchor plate, steel: - Profile: - Hole diameter in the fixture: - Plate thickness (input): - Recommended plate thickness: - Drilling method: Hammer drilled Cleaning: Compressed air cleaning of 7.1 Recommended accessories Page: Project: Sub -Project I Pos, No.: Date: 8 Vault 28 update 17477 11/19/2017 Anchor type and diameter: HIT-HY 200 + HAS-R 316 SS 5/8 Installation torque: 720.001 in.lb Hole diameter in the base material: 0.750 in, Hole depth in the base material: 4.000 in. Minimum thickness of the base material: 5.500 in. the drilled hole according to instructions for use is required Drilling Cleaning • Suitable Rotary Hammer • Properly sized drill bit Coordinates Anchor in. Anchor x C.X Setting • Compressed air with required accessories • Dispenser including cassette and mixer to blow from the bottom of the hole • Proper diameter wire brush c.y c.y 1 0.000 0.000 - 6.000 • Torque wrench 8 Remarks; Your Cooperation Duties Any and all information and data contained in the Software concern solely the use of Hilti products and are based on the principles, formulas and security regulations in accordance with Hilti's technical directions and operating, mounting and assembly instructions, etc., that must be strictly complied with by the user. All figures contained therein are average figures, and therefore use -specific tests are to be conducted prior to using the relevant Hilti product. The results of the calculations carried out by means of the Software are based essentially on the data you put in. Therefore, you bear the sole responsibility for the absence of errors, the completeness and the relevance of the data to be put in by you. Moreover, you bear sole responsibility for having the results of the calculation checked and cleared by an expert, particularly with regard to compliance with applicable norms and permits, prior to using them for your specific facility. The Software serves only as an aid to interpret norms and permits without any guarantee as to the absence of errors, the correctness and the relevance of the results or suitability for a specific application. You must take all necessary and reasonable steps to prevent or limit damage caused by the Software, In particular, you must arrange for the regular backup of programs and data and, if applicable, carry out the updates of the Software offered by Hilti on a regular basis. If you do not use the AutoUpdate function of the Software, you must ensure that you are using the current and thus up-to-date version of the Software in each case by carrying out manual updates via the Hilti Website. Hilti will not be liable for consequences, such as the recovery of lost or damaged data or programs, arising from a culpable breach of duty by you. Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor ( c ) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 15 of 19 SIMPSON Strong -Tie Anchor Designer TM Software Version 2.8.7075.5 1.Project Information Customer company: Customer contact name: Customer e-mail: Comment: 2. Input Data & Anchor Parameters General Design method:ACI 318-14 Units: Imperial units Anchor Information: Anchor type: Bonded anchor Material: F593 304/316SS Diameter (inch): 0.625 Effective Embedment depth, hef (inch): 3.125 Code report: ICC-ES ESR-4057 Anchor category: - Anchor ductility: Yes hmin (inch): 4.50 cae (inch): 4.47 Crnin (inch): 1.75 Smin (inch): 3.00 Company: Date: 8/9/2019 Engineer: Page: 1/5 Project: Address: Phone: E-mail: Recommended Anchor Anchor Name: SET-3G - SET-3G w/ 5/80 F593 CW (304/316SS) Code Report: ICC-ES ESR-4057 Project description: Location: Fastening description: Base Material Concrete: Normal -weight Concrete thickness, h (inch): 24.00 State: Cracked Compressive strength, fc (psi): 3000 Llic,v: 1.0 Reinforcement condition: B tension, B shear Supplemental reinforcement: Not applicable Reinforcement provided at corners: No Ignore concrete breakout in tension: No Ignore concrete breakout in shear: Yes Hole condition: Water -saturated concrete Inspection: Continuous Temperature range, Short/Long: 150/110F Ignore 6do requirement: Not applicable Build-up grout pad: No Base Plate Length x Width x Thickness (inch): 12.00 x 4.00 x 0.39 Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing circumstances, the standards and guidelines must be checked for plausibility. Simpson Strong -Tie Company Inc. 5956 W. Las Positas Boulevard Pleasanton, CA 94588 Phone: 925.560.9000 Fax: 925.847.3871 www.strongtie.com 16 of 19 F-1 n fl n n n fl LJ n SIMPSON Strong -Tie Anchor Designer TM Software Version 2.6.7075.5 Load and Geometry Load factor source: ACI 318 Section 5.3 Load combination: not set Seismic design: Yes Anchors subjected to sustained tension: No Ductility section for tension: 17.2.3,4.2 not applicable Ductility section for shear: 17.2.3.5.2 not applicable no factor: not set Apply entire shear load at front row: No Anchors only resisting wind and/or seismic loads: Yes Strength level loads: Na [lb]: 0 V. [Ib]: 0 v.ay [Ib]: 5802 M. [ft-lb]: 0 Muy [ft-lb]: 0 <Figure 1> Company: Date: 8/9/2019 Engineer: Page: 2/5 Project: Address: Phone: E-mail: 0 Ib Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing circumstances, the standards and guidelines must be checked for plausibility. Simpson Strong -Tie Company Inc. 5956 W. Las Positas Boulevard Pleasanton, CA 94588 Phone: 925.560.9000 Fax: 925.847.3871 www.strongtie.com 17 of 19 r- 0 SIMPSON iStrong-Tiel Anchor Designer TM Software Version 2.8.7075.5 Company: Date: 8/9/2019 Engineer: Page: 3/5 Project: Address: Phone: E-mail: <Figure 2> Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing circumstances, the standards and guidelines must be checked for plausibility, Simpson Strong -Tie Company 1110. 5956 W. Las Positas Boulevard Pleasanton, CA 94588 Phone: 925.560.9000 Fax: 925.847.3871 www.strongtie.com 18 of 19 1 1 rml SIMPSON Strong -Tie Anchor Designer TM Software Version 2.8.7075.5 Company: Date: 8/9/2019 Engineer: Page: 4/5 Project: Address: Phone: E-mail: 3. Resulting Anchor Forces Anchor Tension load, Shear load x, N. (Ib) V. (lb) Shear load y, V..y (Ib) Shear load combined, \I(V.$)2+(V..y)2 (lb) 1 0.0 0.0 5802.0 5802.0 Sum 0.0 0.0 5802.0 5802.0 Maximum concrete compression strain (a/o0); 0.00 Maximum concrete compression stress (psi): 0 Resultant tension force (Ib): 0 Resultant compression force (Ib): 0 Eccentricity of resultant tension forces in x-axis, e'Nis (inch): 0.00 Eccentricity of resultant tension forces in y-axis, e'Ny (inch): 0.00 Eccentricity of resultant shear forces in x-axis, e'vs (inch): 0.00 Eccentricity of resultant shear forces in y-axis, e'vy (inch): 0.00 8. Steel Strength of Anchor in Shear (Sec. 17.5.1) Vs. (lb) Ogrout 13560 1.0 0.65 av,seis 0.75 OgroutaV,seis0Vsa (Ib) 6611 <Figure 3> 10. Concrete Pryout Strength of Anchor in Shear (Sec. 17.5.3) 01/.p = �rninjkcpNa ; kspNcal = 0 minlksp(ANSAN.o)%tl,Na Vicp,NaNba kcp(ANc / A NcoPPed,N SVC,r,1 V'cp,NNbl (Sec. 17.3.1 & Eq. 17.5.3.1a) kcp AN a (in2) ANaO (in2) Vibcf,Ala Na Nba (Ib) Na (Ib) 2.0 210.29 307.10 0.905 1.000 8692 5389 ANC (in2) ANco (in2) Ted,N V'c,N Pip,N Alb (Ib) Ncb (lb) 0 oVsp (lb) 87.89 87.89 1.000 1.000 1.000 5144 5144 0.70 7201 11. Results 11. Interaction of Tensile and Shear Forces (Sec. D.7)? Shear Factored Load, Vua (Ib) Design Strength, eVn (Ib) Ratio Status Steel Pryout 5802 6611 0.88 Pass (Governs) 5802 7201 0.81 Pass SET-3G w/ 5/8,3 F593 CW (304/316SS) with hef = 3.125 inch meets the selected design criteria. Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing circumstances, the standards and guidelines must be checked for plausibility. Simpson Strong -Tie Company Inc. 5956 W. Las Positas Boulevard Pleasanton, CA 94588 Phone: 925.560.9000 Fax: 925.847.3871 www.strongtie.com 19 of 19 SIMPSON Strong -Tie Anchor Designer TM Software Version 2.8.7075.5 Company: Date: 8/9/2019 Engineer: Page: 5/5 Project: Address: Phone: E-mail: 12. Warnings - Concrete breakout strength in shear has not been evaluated against applied shear load(s) per designer option. Refer to ACI 318 Section 17.3.2.1 for conditions where calculations of the concrete breakout strength may not be required. - Per designer input, the tensile component of the strength -level earthquake force applied to anchors does not exceed 20 percent of the total factored anchor tensile force associated with the same load combination. Therefore the ductility requirements of ACI 318 17.2.3.4.2 for tension need not be satisfied — designer to verify. - Per designer input, the shear component of the strength -level earthquake force applied to anchors does not exceed 20 percent of the total factored anchor shear force associated with the same load combination. Therefore the ductility requirements of ACI 318 17.2.3.5.2 for shear need not be satisfied — designer to verify. - Designer must exercise own judgement to determine if this design is suitable. - Refer to manufacturer's product literature for hole cleaning and installation instructions. Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing circumstances, the standards and guidelines must be checked for plausibility. Simpson Strong -Tie Company Inc. 5956 W. Las Positas Boulevard Pleasanton, CA 94588 Phone: 925.560.9000 Fax: 925.847.3871 www.strongtie.com 1 4' P. STATE OF WASHINGTON - Department of Labor and Industries FACTORY ASSEMBLED STRUCTURES P.O. Box 44430, Olympia, Washington 98504-4430 Web Site www.lni.wa.gov/tradeslicensing/factory assembled structures/ 31-Dec-18 To. City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Blvd Ste 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Jerry Hight MCP Re: Modular Building Site location: 7755 East Marginal Way South Tukwila, WA 98108 r" - ".1. D JAN 09 2u19 vi I NT This letter is to inform your department of a modular building being shipped to the address above. Enclosed is a copy of the Department of Labor and Industries, Factory Assembled Structures Section approved plans for your use. Attached is a list of items that will require review, inspection and approval by City of Tukwila. Eaton Corporation - Omaha Power Center is the manufacturer, they may be contacted at 402- 609-4727. The Department of Labor and Industries, Factory Assembled Structures Section has informed the manufacturer that permits, review and inspection of on site construction, conditions and completion of the building will be required by the City of Tukwila. If you have any questions or concerns please feel free to contact me. jJ1L-14/1 Kelly Mayo Plans Examiner WA State Dept of Labor & Industries (360) 902-6096 mayx235@lnima.gov Risk Category III Structural Observation Required -See tab #9 Special Inspection required for Welding. Sections 1704, 1705.2 & 2203. Please see the attached Special Inspection Procedure document. Please call if you have additional questions. PLATT ELECTRIC SUPPLY Boeing Vault 28 Outdoor REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 27 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION E P385 See Electrical REDLINES on first page in Binder. Contact F.A.S. if you have any questions prior to the factory inspection Factory Assembled structures shall be notified by the approved product testing laboratory with indication of when the field evaluation will take place and details of the evaluation to be performed. F.A.S. shall receive a copy of the final report before the final FAS factory inspection is scheduled. WAC296.46B-010(7), WAC296.46E3.999(44)-(47) NEC 110.2, NEC 110.3 Field evaluations shall be performed by a product testing laboratory approved by W.A. State department of Labor & Industries electrical department. A list of approved producl testing laboratories approved to perform field evaluations can be found at: http://www.lni.wa.gov/TradesLicensing/Electrical/Install/ProdTeslidefaultasp Equipment: 27kV Outdoor Switchgear PROJECT NO: 15FBS1800216 Plan Review Submittal 1 0 NEC 110,3E Listed and labeled equipment shall be installed and used in accordance with any instructions included in the listing or labeling, Inspector to verify O.C.P. sizing for equipment. NEC 490.35 EQUIPMENT Doors that would provide access to Unqualified Persons access to high -voltage energized pans shall be locked. Permanent signs in accordance with 110.21(8) shall be installed on panels or doors that provide access to live pans over 1000 volts and shall read DANGER -HIGH 4QI TAGE-KEEP OUT WAC 296.46B 110.022 Identification plates on disconnecting means are 10 show designation of circuit source panel board that supplies disconnect and identify what 4 is disconnecting. Must be an IDENTIFICATION PLATE. (HVAC discs, etc.) NEC 110.26(C)(3) Where equipment is rated 600A or more that contain overcurrent devices, switching devices, or control devices is installed and there is a personnel door(s) intended for enhance to and egress from the working space, less than 25 feet from the nearest edge of the working space, the doors) shall open in the direction of egress and be equipped with LISTED PANIC HARDWARE NEC 110.27C Warning Signs. Entrances to rooms and other guarded locations that contain exposed live parts shall be marked with conspicuous warning signs forbidding unqualified persons to enter. Signs shall comply with NEC 110.21(B) NEC 110.33A3 Where there is a personnel door intended for the entrance to and egress from the working space less than 25 feet from the nearest edge of the working space, the door shall open in the direction of egress and be equipped with LISTED PANIC HARDWARE. NEC 110.34(C) Permanent and conspicuous danger signs shall be provided on all building entrances and enclosures containing exposed live parts or exposed conductors operating at over 1000 volts nominal to ground. NEC 210.5C(b) The method used for idenstying conductors originating within each branch be permanently posted al each circuit board orsimilarrl s distribution equipment. Example: Panels, switchgear NEC 215.12(C)(1)(B) Posting of identification means: The method utilized for conductors originating within each feeder panel board or similar feeder distribution equipment shall be permanently posted at each feeder panel board or similar feeder distribution equipment. NEC 110.26A(3) Within the height requirements of this section, other equipment That is associated 66 with the electrical installation and is located above (� "I' or below the electrical equipment shall be permitted ' to extend not more than 6 inches beyond the front of the electrical equipment. NEC 225.56B A test report covering the results of the tests required in NEC 225.56A shall be delivered to the authority having jurisdiction prior to energization NEC 225,56 The complete electrical system shall be performance tested when first installed on -site. Each proleclive, sw tching, and control circuit shall be adjusted in accordance with the system design and tested by equal operation using current injection or equivalent methods ss necessary to ensure that each and every circuit operates correctly to he sobs(acdonalthe aulhairyhaving jurisdiction, WAC296.468-010171, WAC295.4613,999 441-(41) NEC 110.2, NEC 110,3 Field eualuatiohs shall be pedorme9 by a prode0 testing laboratory approved by W.A State depa0menl of Labor 8Industries electoral deoa4menL A list of approved product testing laboralodes approved to perform field evaluations can be found aE htp:6fwwwlni wa grnitrade Licensing9E ecmcalilnstalilPm0TestWeraultasp Factory Assembled structures shall be notified by the approved product testing laboratory with indication of when the field evaluation will take place and details of the evaluation to be performed. F.A.S. shall receive a copy of the final report before the final FAS factory inspection is scheduled. WAC296,46B•010(7)All electrical equipment, materials, devices, and appliances shall be listed to U.S. Standards. Definition: "Electrical equipment" includes electrical conductors, conduit, raceway, apparatus, materials, components, and otherelecldcal equipment not exempted by RCW 19.26.006. WAC 296,46B 010(4) Electrical wiring or equipment must be sufficiently accessible, at the time of inspection, to allow the inspector to visually inspect the installation. Cover inspection required for electrical NEC 110.14 Connectors and terminals for conductors more Emery stranded than Class B or Class C stranding as shown in CH. 9 Table 10, shall be identified Mr the specific conductor class of classes. NEC 110.141Di Inslaladon. Where a tightening torque is indicated es a numeric value on equipment at in installation irsougiond provided by the manufacturer, a(Allstate torquetoolshallbeusedtoachieve the indicated torque value, unless be equipment manufacturerhas p aided installationiralructims loran alternative method or xhieving the required toque PLEASE USE A PAINT PEN OR SIMILAR TO IDENTIFY ALL TERMINATIONS THAT HAVE BEEN TORQUED TO COMPLY WITH THIS REQUIREMENT FORIS INSPECTOR TO VARIFY. The actual installation shall match the approved plan set. Failure to match will result in a failed inspection and require an addendum to be submitted. NEC 250Y0125) Ettesive Gratad'Faun CurtemPalh. Ewcui0' equipment and wiring and ol'er etedrralry mhdanrve maledal lakely to Loathe eneAe0 shall Ce Ire05ed V amain then aeates bw;impeaence Ural racilvadog tde operation of die ovsrturanl nevi m or ground dele5Jrotor hgh•irgxdance grounded system. It shag he apatite of stately anrng Ne rtai n grou0-laultcurrent hkely to be imposed on it Iron any point on the inking system wlere a g0oon0 lauflnay occur to the e,Grical supply Nance, line ern anal, rod to mnsteted as an edeaive groundilauk reran I pant NEC 300.38 (8) Conductors of the Same C1rwil All cond same circuit and, where used, the grounded conductor an, equipment grounding conductors and bonding conductor shall be contained within the same raceway, auxiliary gutter, cable tray, cablebus assembly, trench, cable, or cord, unless otherwise permitted in accordance with 300.3(B)(1)through (Bil4). r ea* For ,Postal I)clivety Department (A. Labor mid lorlusti ies Factor) Assembled Structures. l'O E3ox 44430 Olympia WA 9S504-4430 For Non -Postal Delicety (e.g., Feta. UPS) Department of Labor and Industries Factory Assembled Stnictures 7273 Linderson Way SV3 NW.; IP Tumwater WA 9S501 11.1i a.g0v/i111 (case sensitive) OCT 0 2018 PLAN APPROVAL REQU1ST FACTORY RU1_1,1' STRUCTURES ./Comact person's printed name: Amy Jewell siLmutire WA 0,4 WA Re\:, FAS New plan 1Nlas-t(t.csigio(1 II Yr din) $213.75 Renewal Addendum AP No Note: Identify addendum items on plan! Cod e cycles (mouth yeart: IRCHNIC 2015 UPC: 2015 . NEC:2017 Si,e of building.: Width: 25 ft Length: 47-2 'A ft Area (Sri Ft): 1180 Sq Ft Applicant: Fill ont completely Nlanulacturet Nlig No, i Eaton Corporation - Omaha Power Center M-652 Mall', 10 th: rel ui ned To: Address 3900 Dahlman Avenue City'State "ZIP • Ctirti-teS.j. aha, NE 68107 sv R DEPARTMENT USE ONLV •e Lech: Sht hjeck IS Amount Jib 1 S010, No. Date ;Tyro; cd Date 09/21/18 Phone No 402-609-4715 See appropriate nAC for fres Application ID • •' 6 P6sicliPei Expiration date Fee enclosed $ 280.55 FAX Nr 402-734-0622 Initial NIFG filing $66.80 Rcsubmittal Plans review by LAI listed professional WSECNIAQ: IFC: 2015 No of Occupancy modules: group: S-2 Type constniction: 11-B Roof Ike load PSE 30 Plot plan submitted^ ! Front: > 20 ft, all sides Rear: _ al' entral Type he Typo of ruler lorced air Hydronics 1-- Electric Natural gas . Use: SUB yr SEC yr Seismic Equipment Shelter 2015 2017 Ss = 1.514g; Site Class D Wind load NI PH • EXP. Floor load I'SF 115 C 125 'es IXJ No 11-1\o". provide distance from farthest projection to nearest building property Left side: Baseboard Propane Fan powered room heater Lion Right side: FX lOther Heat Pump )111ei: Insulation Flom \ lleS: R-38 Walls R-23.2 Roofilla0 R-40 Roof(\ 'auk) Climate Zone 4C/5B I leating zone: Zone I Zone 2 \VSEC compliance chapter: Conooneni - Performance Systems Analysis .11ergy Ca I C.: (II:111011S: Prescriptive NA Structural calcultlions or test proposals Truss or rafter drawing(s) Truss plan if over 3 different trusses (iirder truss or ridge beam draw ing IIVAC drawing. Cross section and elevation F(11111(1311011 plan Electrical load demand calculation Panel box schedule Electric load iles (.'hassis drawing ',CC units only) Plumbing s>-stems: Operating pressure to ItErt.RN PLANS I, I Regular \'IA: 1_1 Other: N A w x LJ LJ ji [2s_i Ix 1 Attached on rile_ i\P' _ Heat Pump 3:si yes Li No Air coed 1101109 L..J Yes I, X No Attached IA I Re \ iew LJ [Li r- LJ 1_1 LLJ LJ No of -fixtures Attached Design On Professional Re‘ tot file F— I_J LJ Electrical service: Amps B.y.pthers Phase 1 1 H. I 3 , AP= AP/i AI'1 AP". _ AN _ A A /-11 AN fotal do eloped length Overnight "'Cr customer's expense l X I Carrier Aect FedEx 068103045 1 023-000.000 plan alp d% 9 request 7-04 rec iproc tv line: • Far Postal Delivery Department of Labor and Industries Permanent Factory Assembled Structures Alteration PO Box 44430 Replacement Olympia WA 98504-4430 For Non -Postal Delivery (e.g., FedX; UPS) Department of Labor and Industries Factory Assembled Structures 7273 Linderson Way SW Tuinwater WA 98501 www.wa.gov/InifFAS/ (case sensitive) Multi -Tagged WA El ID 1:3 oR Other APPLICATION FOR INSIGNIA FOR FACTORY BUILT STRUCTURES Applicant: Fill out completer MANUFACTURER MFG NO. Eaton Corporation - Omaha Power Center M-652 PROMOTION FACIUTY AL:CRESS 3900 Dahlman Avenue CITY/STATE/LP Omaha, NE 68107 TELEPHONE NO, FAX NO 402-734-3900 402-734-0622 FOR DEPARTMENT USE ONLY FEE LEDGER SHESHET NO CHECK NO. AMOUNT, SUBMIT ONE COPY - NOTE: A separate form is to be used for each building unless multiple buildings have the same plan approval number. t•Contact person's printed name: Amy Jewell Date 9/21/2018 Signature jynL'YY Pbone No 402 ) 609-4715 A FEE FOR EACH INSIGNIA IS DUE WITH APPLICATION — NOT SUBJECT TO REFUND PLEASE MAKE CHECKS PAYABLE TO DEFT. OF LABOR & INDUSTRIES Fee enclosed $ 273.40 FAX No 402 ) 734-0622 1. Dept Insignia No. Mfg Serial No. P3853011 Approved Plan No. IS 18 Q09,1 POD OF IIIDDEtnn° Fee $ 273.40 OG S 2 TC II-B IS SUB YR 2015 SEC YR Exempt ESL 1 RF 36.7Ky 1 30 W 115 C SZONE 1.514 D TD 4C HTG Heat Pump AC Yes 1 P 0 2. Dept Insignia No. Mfg Serial No. P38537.0 POD OF Fee $ . Dept Insignia No. Mfg Serial No. P385313 • r POD OF Fee $ 4. Dept insignia No. Mfg Serial No. P385313 POD OF Fee $ 5. Dept Insignia No. Mfg Serial No. POD OF Fee $ 6. Dept Insignia No. Mfg Serial No. POD OF Fcc $ 7. Dept Insignia No. Mfg Serial No. POD OF Fee $ 8. Dept Insignia No. Mfg Serial No. POD OF Fee $ 9. Dept Insignia No. Mfg Serial No, . POD OF Fee $ Manufacturer to complete: Number of tags: 4 Via X Regular mail Carrier FedEx Overnight at customer expense— 10.- 068103045 Acot Other continua on reverse FOR DEPARTMENT USE ONLY Date si nia Release by FM3-014-000 (PDF) app for Insignia • factory Win 11-00 To eff.A/G-- SEPLACer--• Department of Labor and Industries Factory Assembled Structures PO Box 44430 Olympia WA 98504-4430 ‘vww.wa.gov/Ini./FAS/ (case sensitive) The Factory -Built unit identified below requires completion work at the site as specified. Paid date Column I Check Fee NOTIFICATION TO LOCAL ENFORCEMENT AGENCY Date 10/09/2017 M 652 Mfg Eaton Corp - Omaha Power Center Owners name PLATT ELECTRIC SUPPLY (Boeing) Installation address 7755 East Marginal Way South City Tukwila Installation site is in: Mfgrs serial no, Dept insignia no. ! P3853 Type of construction Occupancy ; ETA at site '11-B S-2 ' 01/02/19 State ZIP+4 County Phone number ; WA 98108 King 253-740-0214 City County DESCRIBE ITEMS REQUIRING COMPLETION WORK AT THE SITE BUILDING DEPARTMENT www.wabo.org/ INSERT NAME AND ADDRESS IN SHADED AREA ELECTRICAL DEPARTMENT www.wa.gov/Ini/electrical/ INSERT NAME AND ADDRESS IN SHADED AREA To: Jerry Hight MCP To: Jim Benner, Inspector Building Official, City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Blvd #100 6300 Southcenter Blvd #100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Tukwila, WA 98188 www.ci.tukwila.wa.us www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Placing completed factory assembled structure on prepared All cabling entering and exiting the structure (by others) slab foundation and securing with anchors. Cable runs include: Category III Structural Observation for seismic and wind requirement for attachment to foundEtwSTATE OF WASHI. OF LABOR AND —fAS-PLAN REVIEW APPROVED DC control cable feed from Vault 28 Battery Enclosure AC cable run to Vault 28 Battery Enclosure uns (3) to remote location LIN 480 AC feed from remote location -Iv C3 1 2 SUBJECT TO C AND FIELD INSPE NEC 225.56 The complete electrical system shall be performance tested when first installed on -site. Each protective , switching, and control circuit shall be adjusted in accordance with the system design and tested by actual operation using current injection or equivalent methods as necessary to ensure that each and every circuit operates correctly to the satisfaction of the authority having jurisdiction, Inspector's name (print/type) Phone: (8 am to 5 pm) There is a bus duct connection for above between units 6 and 8. Nis a customer cable connection below the sNvitchgear between units I 1 and 18. This is a (3) 500 MCM per phase and (1) 4/0 copper ground. These are not installed by OPC. NEC 225.56B A test report covering the results of the tests required in NEC 225.56A shall be delivered to the authority having jurisdiction prior to energization I Eaton Corporation - Omaha Power Center Date 12/13/18 Office location 3900 Dahlman Avenue, Omaha, NE 68107 IZTufactureesiti,..plature iGt F623-013-000 notification to local enforcement agency 03-2009 0 EIT•N Powering Business Worldwide PLATT ELECTRIC SUPPLY BOEING VAULT 28 OUTDOOR 27 KV SWITCHGEAR OPC PROJECT P3853 Certification Submittal Index TAB ITEM State Forms i. Plan Approval Request ii. Fee Worksheet iii. Application for Insignia iv. Notification to Local Enforcement Agency 2 Structural EOR Resume 4 6 7 8 9 Welding Documentation i. Welding Procedure Specifications ii. Welder Certifications Drawing Package i. Cover Sheet ii. Plan View iii. Exterior Elevations iv. Building Section & Details v. Base Framing Plan vi. Roof Framing Plan vii. Component Anchoring Detail Certification Bill of Materials Compliance Forms i. Envelope Compliance ii. Mechanical Compliance iii. Lighting Compliance Heating and Cooling Load Summary Component Data Sheets Structural Calculations STATE OF WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES Factory Assembled Structures PO Box 44430 Olympia, WA. 98504-4430 July 1, 2016 TO: Modular Manufacturers FROM: Craig Sedlacek, Plan Review Supervisor RE: 2015 International Building Code Chapter 17, Special Inspections. With Washington Amendments The Special Inspector shall be a Licensed Engineer or Licensed Architect or a certified special inspector in the field where he or she is inspecting. No inspection performed until The Department of Labor and Industries Factory Assembled Structures Section Building Official or his designee has approved the Special Inspector in writing. The Special Inspector's inspections form with all pertinent data (i.e. date of initial inspection, building serial number, WA plan approval number) is to be FAXED (360) 902-5229 or EMA !LED (sedc235@lni.wa.gov) to Craig Sedlacek three business prior to the day the Special Inspector inspection commences. Multiple photos shall be taken that document the special inspection. The photo shall contain the date and time embedded into each photo. No Inspections without the Washington State Approved Plans in the possession of the Special Inspector. After completion of the Special Inspector's Inspection per the 2015 IBC Chapter 17 and all Applicable Standards, Copies of the signed and dated special inspection form, with appropriate documentation such as, photos, reinforcement placement, concrete placement, welding, etc., will be sent to Craig Sedlacek within three business day after the special inspection. No further inspection request will be accepted without the above information being in our possession. The original Special Inspector's forms, photos and reports are to remain with the B uilding. A copy of the Special Inspector's inspection forms and reports will be kept on fil e at the plant. A copy of the concrete cylinder break test results, (at 7 days and/or14 days and 28 days) for each building scheduled for placement in the State of Washington, is to be sent to Craig Sedlacek at the completion of the cylinder break tests. The State of Washington Department of Labor and Industries will do all other Inspection at the Factory. If 1 may be of any assistance please contact me at (360) 902-5218 fax (360) 902-5229 CONTACT INFORMATION: Michael C. (Mike) Stiefeithann 221 County Road 427 Bonnots Mill, MO 65016 Mobile Phone: 573-694-0295 mcstiefermannAgmail.com BACKGROUND / EXPERIENCE Degrees in both Civil and Agricultural Engineering Licensed Professional Engineer (Civil) in 26 States 28+ years Engineering Experience in the Power Industry 21+ years experience in the structural design of switchgear enclosures 9+ years experience with Eaton Omaha Power Center (Pedersen Power Products) Over 100 completed projects in 16 States Enclosures constructed of Mild Carbon Steel, Aluminum, and Stainless Steel LICENSED TO PRACTICE IN THE FOLLOWING STATES Alabama Kansas Nebraska Rhode Island Arkansas Kentucky New Jersey Oregon California Louisiana New Mexico Tennessee (Inactive) Colorado Maine New York Washington Connecticut Massachusetts Ohio Wisconsin Idaho Minnesota Oklahoma Wyoming Iowa Missouri States in Bold are those in which previous projects have been completed. TYPICAL PROJECT INPUT DATA INITIAL REVIEW (First Pass) 1 Drawings showing the overall size, configuration, weight, and centcr-of-gravity of the enclosure 2 Information on where the enclosure is to be sited (including latitude & longitude if available) 3 Information on the type of foundation being provided for the enclosure 4 Information on the type of anchoring intended for the enclosure 5 Copies of any customer specifications detailing any special structural requirements 6 A schedule detailing the date by which the calculations are needed, when fabrication is expected to begin, and when the enclosure is expected to ship FINAL REVIEW (Second Pass) 1 Complete assembly and part drawings to validate assumptions made during initial review TYPICAL PROJECT DF.T TVERABLES INITIAL REVIEW (First Pass) 1 Any special construction requirements that will be needed 2 Estimated foundation loading FINAL REVIEW (Second Pass) 1 Structual calculation package to support state/local building permit requirements 07/21/2015 Powering!'owarinq thisinuss Wori ()milli I tortIr IE&S‘.XIXIC Pumf Di ,,inix.r1 k*, (hlimiviiinti • turoficzt; 33104)1)ittivin tivoivr: Orrnko, N 141111/ Pit 'AP -PA likItO WELDING PROCEDURE SPECIFICATION (WPS) Procedure Number: PPP-WPS-005 Description: Gas Metal Arc Welding - Globular transfer mode for carbon steel; 1/8" to 3/4" Supporting PQR No. s : Prequalified Welding Process: GMAW Transfer Mode: Globular Joint Design Use for Qualification (Joint Designation: B-U2a) Allowable Joint Designs: Butt Groove Angle: Back Gouging: 45° N/A Base Metals and Filler Metals Base Metals: A36 and A S D1.1 able 3.1 Base Metal Thickness Range: 1/8" to 3/4" Backing: Yes Backing Material: A36 and AWS D1.1 table 3.1 Filler Metal Specification: A5.18 FillerFilier Metal Classification ER70S-6 Filler Metal Group F4 Filler Metal Diameter: 0.9 mm Shield Gas Type: Shield Gas Argon, Carbon Dioxide, Oxygen Composition: 90% AL 7 .5% CO2, 2 .5% 0 2 Gas Flow Rate: 20 - 26 cfh elding Positions We ding Positions: Flat, Horizontal and Vertic Vertical Welding Progression: Up Welding Electrical Characteristics Polarity: Welding Voltage: Welding Current: Electrode Positive (DCEP) 20 to 24 V 190 - 210A Welding Technique Single or Multiple Electrode: Single Single or Multiple Pass: Varies with thickness Number of Electrodes: Single Contact Tube to Work Distance: 5/8 inch Peening: None Interpass Cleaning: As Required; Wire Brush Wire Feed Speed: 190 - 210 ipm Heat Treatment Preheat Temperature: 50 deg F min (Ambient); as noted in ASW D1.1 Interpass Temperature: 50 to 350 deg F Postweld Heat -Treatment: N/A Joint Detail hot /1 6" This WPS has been developed by and exclusively for use by Eaton -Omaha Power Center. It is prequalified in accordance with AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel. Reviewed By: Shawn Owens Signed: Title: CINI 5'54) Date: 1/18/2013 W 0a-TTIC# 49080023- C;(7. 3'12014 Approved By: ower Center Signed: Title: Proces eer Date: 1/18/201 F.AT•N Powering Business Worldwide Ono Power Cetila- Electrical Sector Ewer Cistiotrffen Organization - Americas 39(X1 Dahlman Avenue Omaha, NE 68107 111: 402-734-3900 WELDING PROCEDURE SPECIFICATION (WPS) Procedure Number: OPC-WPS-006 Description: Square -Groove Weld in Butt Joint; AWS D1.3 Figure 3.IA; Sheet Steel; 16 Gauge & Thicker, Up To 3/16" Supporting PQR No.(5): Prequalified Welding Process: GMAW, Semi -Automatic Transfer Mode: Globular Joint Design Used for Qualification (AWS Di 3 Figure 3.1A) Allowable Joint Designs: Butt Joint Groove Angle: 0° (Square) Back Gouging: N/A Base Metals and Filler Metals Base Metals: . ASTM A1011 CS-B (Gr 30), IBase Metal Thickness Range: 16 Gauge .& Thicker, Up. To 3/16" Backing: Yes Backing Material: ASTM A1011 CS-B (Gr 30) Filler Metal Specification: A5.18 Filler Metal Classification ER70S-6 . Filler Metal Group F4 Filler Metal Diameter: 0.035 Inch Shield Ga Shield Gas Type: Composition: Argon, Carbon Dioxide, Oxygen 90% Ar, 7 .5% CO2, 2 .5% 02 Gas Flow Rate: 20 - 26 CFH Welding Positions Welding Positions: Flat Vertical Welding Progression: N/A Welding Electrical Characteristics Polarity: Electrode Positive (DCEP) Welding Voltage: Welding Current: 20 to 24 V 180 - 220 A Welding Technique Stringer or Weave Bead: Stringer Single or Multiple Electrode: Single Single or Multiple Pass: [Number of Electrodes: Varies With Thickness Single Contact Tube to Work Distance: 5/8 Inch Peening: Interpass Cleaning: Wire Feed Speed: Preheat Temperature: Interpass Temperature: Postweld Heat -Treatment: None As Required; Wire Brush 180 - 220 IPM Heat Treatment 50 Deg F Min (Ambient); As Noted In AWS D1.1 50 To 350 Deg F N/A Joint Detail This WPS has been developed by and exclusively for use by Eaton - Omaha Power. Center. It is prequalified in accordance with AWS D1.3 - Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel. Reviewed By: Shawn Owns Signed: Title: CWI Date: 12/6/2013 Approved By: Signed: Title: Date: 12/6/2013 awn W Owens 9080023 Eaton - Omaha Power Center Structural Engineer F-ATioN Powering Business Worldwide Omaha Power Center Beckical Sector Powes Estrum Organization - An 3903 Dahlman Avenue Ormha, NE 68107 402-734-3000 WELDING PROCEDURE SPECIFICATION (WPS) Procedure Number: OPC-WPS-007 Description: Fillet Weld in Lap Joint; Figure 3.2B; Sheet Steel; Thicker, Up To 3/16" AWS D1.3 11 Gauge & Supporting PQR No.(s): Prequalified Welding Process: GMAW, Semi -Automatic Transfer Mode: Globular Joint Design Used for Qualification (AWS D1.3 Figure 3.2B) Allowable Joint Designs: Fillet Groove Angle: N/A Back Gouging: N/A Base Metals and Filler Metals Base Metals: ASTM A1011 CS-B (Gr 30) Base Metal Thickness Range: 11 Gauge & Thicker, Up To 3/16" Backing: Yes Backing Material: ASTM A1011 CS-B (Gr 30) Filler Metal Specification: A5.18 Filler Metal Classification ER705-6 Filler Metal Group F4 Filler Metal Diameter: 0.035 Inch Shield Gas Shield Gas Type: Argon, Carbon Dioxide, Oxygen Composition: 90% Ar, 7 .5% CO2, 2 .5% 02 Gas Flow Rate: 20 - 26 CFH elding Positions Welding Positions: Flat Vertical Welding Progression: N/A Polarity: Welding Electrical Characteristics Electrode Positive (DCEP) Welding Voltage: 20 to 24 V Welding Current: 180 - 220 A Welding Technique Stringer or Weave Bead: Stringer Single or Multiple Electrode: Single Single or Multiple Pass: Varies with thickness Number of Electrodes: Single 5/8 Inch Contact Tube to Work Distance: Peening: Interpass Cleaning: Wire Feed Speed: None As Required; Wire Brush 180 - 220 IPM Heat Treatment Preheat Temperature: 50 Deg F Min (Ambient); As Noted In AWS D1.1 Interpass Temperature: 50 to 350 Deg F Postweld Heat -Treatment: N/A Joint Detail This WPS has been developed by and exclusively for use by Eaton - Omaha Power Center. It is prequalified in accordance with AWS D1.3 - Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel. Reviewed By: Shawn Owens Signed --Shawn-1tOwens C`5T-'9'30B0023 Title: CWI QC1 EXP, B/112014 Date: 12/6/20 Approved By: Eaton - maha Power Center Signed: Title: Structural Engineer Date: 12/6/2013 Central States Inspection Senices, Inc. Welder's Name: Bill wiese Company Name: Eaton Corporation WPS No.: PPP-WPS-005 Revision: 0 Variables fr::S:cc .1200 Deer run Lone Murray, NE 6E409 402-660-8806 Clock / Stamp #: 4508 Company Address: Omaha, NE Date: 1-18-13 Actual Values Qualified For Welding Process: GMAW GMAW Transfer Mode (GMAW1: Globular Giobular Welding Type: (Auto, Manual, etc.) Semi -Auto Semi -Auto Number Of Electrodes: Welding CurrentPolarity: DCEP DCEP Position: 3G 1F, 2F, 3F, 1G, 2G, and 3G Progression: UP UP BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Base e I Specification: D1.1 01.1 Base Material Grade: ASTM A36 As noted AWS D1.1 table 3.1' 8 Base Meta Thickness: " to 1" Limited Backing Material: A- 6 As noted AWS D .1 table 3.1 '08 Base Metal Thickness Thickness (Plate Groove: / " 1/8" to %" Fine : NA /8" to 314" Thickness (Plate Tube) Groove: N/A /8" to 3/4" Fillet: N/A 1/8" to 3/:" Thickness (Pipe) Groove: NIA 24" Dim nd Greater Fillet: N/A 24" Dim nd Greater GAS/Flux Gas Composition: 90% Ar, 7.5% CO2, 2.5% 02 Ar, CO2, 02 Flux: N/A I Sec 5.8 ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class: ER70S-6 ER70S-X Filler Metal Specification: AWS A5.18 AWS A5.18 Filler F-No.: F4 F4 Visuai Inspection Acceptable Yes Results (4.6) or No: YES Bend Test Results Type Results Type Results Side Bend Acceptable N/A N/A Side Bend Acceptable N/A N/A Fillet Weld Fracture Test: N/A Macro Etch Test (Fusion): N/A Fillet Weld Concavity: N/A Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Fillet Test Results Length and Percent of Defects:; Fillet Leg Size: N/A Fillet Weld Convexity: N/A Owens CWI 99080023 Owens 80023 We the undersigned certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1.1-10 Code, Structural Welding Code Test Witnessed By: Ryan Dickneite Authorized By: Ryan Dickneite Date: 1-18-13 Company: Eaton Corporation vices St!21=s Inspection S' ax, Inc' Welder's Name: Armando Hernandez Company Name: Eaton Corporation Variables QaJgrsC� 2200Deer run Lone &1urmy,NE 684-0-9 402-660-8806 Ch/ck/8tmmp#: 1489 Company Address. Omaha, NE Date: 12-31-15 Actual Values Qualified For Welding Process: GMAVV GMAVV Transfer Mode 83MAW0: Globular Globular Welding Type: (\ »o.Munuo|.etc.) Semi -Auto Semi -Auto Number OfElectrodes: 1 1 Welding Current &Polarity: DCEP DCEP PomU0nn; 3G 1F.2F.3F.I G'cG.and aG Progression: UP UP BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Base Metal Specification: Dl] D11 Base Material Grade: ASTMA36 ^anoted AWSo1. 1 table o.1'10 Base Metal Thickness: 1^0o1^ Limited Backing Mokeho|: A-36 Aonoted 8vVGo1. 1 table o,1'm Base Metal Thickness Thickness (Plate) Groove: 30^ 10''Vo3/4' Fillet: NA 10^to3/4^ Thioknesa(Plotm/Tube) Groove:N/A 1/8^Vo3/4 Fillet: N/A 10^Vo3/4' Th|cknemo(Pipm) Groove: N/A 24"Dim and Greater Fillet: N/A 24^Dim and Greater GAS/Flux Gas Composition: 80%Ar. 7.5%CO2. 2.5%02 Ar, CO2. 02 Flux: N/A Sec5.8 ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class: ER70SG ER70S4( Filler Metal Specification: AVYSA518 AVVSA5]8 Visual U Acceptable Yes 'GA or No: YES Bend Test Results Typo Ranuho Type Roouha Side Bend Acceptable N/A N/A Side Bend Acceptable N/A N/A Fillet Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: N/A Length and Percent of Defects: N/A Macro Etch Test (Fumion):N/A Fillet Leg Size: N/A Fillet Weld Concavity: N/A Fillet Weld Convexity: N/A Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CVV|9908OO23 VVmthe undersigned certify that the statements inthis record are correct and that the test coupons prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1.1 -10 Code, Structural Welding Code Test Witnessed By: Rocky Glenn Date: 12-31-15 Authorized By: Rocky Glenn Company: Eaton Corporation Central States Inspection Senices, Inc. Welder's Name: Mark Hile Company Name: Eaton Corporation WPS No.: PPP-WPS-005 Revision: 0 Variables InSri(::011,5f7";:fs 1200 Deer run Lone Murray, NE 58409 402-660-8805 Clock / Stamp #: 3963 Company Address: Omaha, NE Date: 1-18-13 Actual Values Qualified For Welding Process: GMAW GMAW Transfer Mode (GMAW): Globular Globular Welding Type: (Auto, Manual, etc.) e i-Au o Semi -Auto NumberElectrodes: WeJding Current & Polarity: DCEP DCEP Position: 3G 1F, 2F, 3F, 1G, 2G, and 3G Progression: UP UP BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Base Metal Specification: DI. 1 D1.1 Base Material Grade: ASTM A36 As noted AWS D1.1 table 3.1 '08 Base Metal Thickness: 1" to 10 Limited Backing a era I: A-36 As noted AWS 01.1 table 3.108 Base Metal Thickness Thickness (Plate) Groove: 8" " to " Fi e : NA " to 3/4" Thickness (Plate ube) Groove: N/A 1/8" to 3/4" Fillet: N/A 1/8" to 3/4" Thickness (Pipe) Groove: N/A 24" Dim and Greater Fillet: N/A 24" Dim and Greater GAS/Flux Gas Co osition: 90% Ar, 7.5% CO2, 2.5% 02 Ar, CO2, 02 Flux: N/A Sec 5.8 ELECTRODE FillerFilier MetalClass: ER70S-6 ER70S-X Filler Metal Specification: AWS A5,18 AWS A5.18 Filler F-No.: F4 F4 Visual Inspection Acceptable Yes Results (4.6) or No: YES .._ ... Bend Test Results Type Results Type Results Side Bend Acceptable N/A N/A Side Bend Acceptable N/A N/A Fillet Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: N/A Length and Percent of Defects: Macro Etch Test (Fusion): N/A Fillet Leg Size: N/A Fillet Weld Concavity: N/A Fillet Weld Convexity: N/A Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CWI 99080023 Shawn W Owens 9 080023 EXP, 8/1/2014 We the undersigned certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1.1-10 Code, Structural Welding Code Test Witnessed By: Ryan Dickneite Date: 1-18-13 Authorized By: Ryan Dickneite Company: Eaton Corporation Welder's Name: David West Company Name: Eaton Corporation VVP8No.:PPP-WPS'0OS Rmvinion:Q Variables 12000eerrunLoue Murray, NE 68409 402-660-8806 Clock /8tamp#: 7641 Company Address: Omaha, NE Date: 10-17-16 Actual Values Qua�lified For Welding Process: GMAW SMAVV Transfer Mode (GMAW): Globular Globular Welding Type. wwm.Manual, wm.> Semi -Auto Semi -Auto Number DfElectrodes: 1 1 Welding Current 8 Polarity: DCEP OCEP Position: 3G 1G.uG.aGand 1F.oF.nF Progression:' Up Up BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Base Metal Specification: Dl.i D1.1 Base Material Grade: A36 AxvGo|.1table 51group 1 Base Metal Thickness: 30~ to3/8~ 1/8' to%" Backing Material: A30 Avvoo1.1 ta»lex1 Group Base Metal Thickness Thickness Plate toPlate (Butt and TJoints) > 30deg. Joint angle Groove: 3@^ 1/8^toW' FiUet/Pmdia| Joint Penetration: N/A 187oo Unlimited Thickness Pi^m/Tube (T.Yand K)> 3Udeg. Joint angle Groove: N/A N/A Fillet / Partial Joint Penetration: N8\ 10^VoUnlimited Thickness Plate, Pipe, Tube (Butt and TJoints) > 3Odeg. Joint angle Groove: N/A ^24''Dim 1/8"to%''Thickness Fillet / Partial Joint Penetration: N/A >24^Dim 1/M^1oUnlimited GAS/Flux Gas Composition: SO% Ao7.5% CO2. 25% 02 Ar.' CO2, 02 Flux: N/A Seu5.8 ELECTRODE Filler Metal C|aos: E70S'6 ER70S-X Filler Metal Specification: AVVSA5.18 AVVSA5,18 Visual Inspection Results (4.6) Acceptable Yes orNo: YES Bend Test Results Typo Results Type J<mnuho . Face Bend Acceptable N/A N/A Root Bend Acceptable N/A N/A Fillet Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: N/A Length and Percent of Defects: Macro Etch Test (Fuaion:N/A Fillet Leg Size: N/A Fillet Weld Concavity: N/A Fillet Weld Convexity: N/A Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CVV|9A00O023 P. VVethe undersigned certify that the statements inthis record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1.1-1 5 Code, Structural Welding Code Test Witnessed By: Daniel Grote Dntz10'17'10 Authorized By: DaUmaKomn Company: Eaton Corp Welder's Name: Jeff Greene Company Name: Eaton Corporation Variables es Centr-�d States Inspection Senices, Inc. 1200DccrmoLone f0urray,NE 6841B 402-660-8806 Clock/ Stamp#:0900 Company Address: Omaha, NE Date: 10-17-16 Actual Values Qua10ed For Welding Process: GMAVV SMAVV Transfer Mode (GMAVV): Globular Globular Welding Type: (Auto, Manual, etc.) Semi -Auto Semi -Auto Number OfElectrodes: 1 1 Welding Current &Polarity: DCEP DCEP Position: 3G 1G.zG.3Gand 1F.uF.nF Progression: Up up BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Base Metal Specification: DlA 011 Base Material Grade: A36 Avvnu11table 3.1group 1 Base Metal Thickness: 3/8~to3X8~ 1X"0mW, Backing Material: A30 /Wao1.1table a.1Group 1 Base Metal Thickness Thickness Plate tqPlate (Butt and TJoints) > 3Ude0.Joint angle Groove: 30^ 10^\o3/4^ Fillet/ Partial Joint Penetration: N/A 1X70oUnlimited Thickness Pipe / Tube ([Yand K)> 30deg. Joint angle Groove: mA\ N64 Fillet / Partial Joint Penetration: N/\ 10^tuUnlimited Thickness Plate, Pi,w.Tube (Butt and TJoints) "30deg. Joint onUUw Groove: N/A >24^ Dim 1/8^to-'/4^Thickness Fillet / Partial Joint Penetration: ] N/A >24^Dim 1/8^VnUnlimited GAS/Flux Gas Composition: 80Y6Ao7.5Y6CO2.2�5&02 Ar..0O2.O2 Flux: N<4 Seo5.O ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class: E70S'8 ERTOG-X Filler Metal Specification: AVVSA5.1O AVVSA5.18 Visual Inspection Results (4.6) Acceptable Yes urNo: YES Bend Test Results Type Results Type Results Face Bend Acceptable N64 N64 Root Bend Acceptable N64 N/A Fillet Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: N/A Length and Percent of Defects: Macro Etch Test (Fusion): N64 Fillet Leg Size: N/A Fillet Weld Concavity: N/A Fillet Weld Convexity: N/A Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CVV 98080023 VVethe undersigned certify that the statements hnthis record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1. 1 -15 Code, StructuralWelding Code Test Witnessed By: Daniel Grote Date: 10'17-10 Authorized By: DaUunKomn Company: Eaton Corp Powering Business Worldwide VyeWarIII fonnat/on; Last Name: Last four of � S. S. ' #' /� �� [/ Omaha Power Cerrter 390ODahlman Ave Omaha, Ne681O7 Maintenance of' Welder Certh'ication Date: First Name: 6V`v[�,.` , / Cert��a��on|nfonnadon� Sehotthe mateha|forvvhich you are maintaining your welder certification. Include your certification number for each . AVVSD1.l'CarbonSteel Certification ' Certification Number: AVV3D1.6 Stainless Steel Certification -Certification Number: AVV3D1.2-A|uminumCertification Certification Number: / AVV3D1.3'SheetSteel Fillet @ Groove Certification ' Certification number: +/ [){X Verification-, I certify that the above named welder has performed the minimum welds required for continuation of certification Supervisor Name: Title: Signature: Dote: L in the last six months, A �� K�J�5 ApprooedBy: Quality Control Officer: 4WO-16 Title: Signature: Date: Welder |nfonna1ion: Las'(Name: ov��~~�� Power Center er ]9oVDahlman Ave Omaha, Ne68zo7 Maintenance of Welder Cerdfic@-don Last four of J# Date: {J / First Nanne: /-\��//h Certi-lica'don|nfornoaUon: Select the material for which you are maintaining your welder certification. Include your certification number for each . AVVS D 1.l'CarbonSteel Certification ' Certification Number: AVV5 D l.6-Stainless Steel Certification -Certification Number: AVVS D 1.2'AJuminum Certification -Certification Number: AVV5D1.5'3heetSteel Fillet & Groove Certification Certification number: /(��7/A3� �\—a Verification: I certify that the above named welder has performed the minimum welds required for continuation of certification with in the last six months. Supervisor Name: Title: Date: Approved By. ) Quality Control Officer: Title: Signature: Date: L-@ C-M0"A@Power ("Puri"er 390ODahlman Ave VVa|der|nfonnation: .) Last Name: —.//' Last four of /A Date: RntName: 5-ertiOcation1nfonna1ion: Select the material for which you are maintaining your welder certification, Include your certification number for each . AVVSD1 1'CarbonStee|[erti�cation Cc/�ificationNumber�. . AVVS D1.6 Stainless Steel Certification -Certification Number AVVSD1.2'AluminumCertification Certification Number: AVV3 D1.3'SheetSteel Fillet & Groove Certification Certification number: ~/ )9L'� Verification: I certify that the above named welder has performed the minimum welds required for continuation of certification with in the last six months. ,�-~' // Supervisor Name: \ `�<�//1,3R/s / Title: ��l� _ -Signature: ///' Date: Approved .. . Approved8y. Quality Control Officer: ' A,/ Signature: Date: Powering Business Wofldwide VVa}der|nfonnadon; m[ Last Name: unnaha PowNe[�en^er 39O0Dahlman Ave Omaha, Ne68lO7 Mainten,-�nce of Welder Cer"t-ifica-Ldon Last four of S.l#: x/ /V / /T ''� Date: FintName: CeriiOoa1ioniofonnoiion� Select the material for which you are maintaining your welder certification. Include your certification number for each . AVVS D 1.1-CarbonStee| Certification ' Certification Number: AVV8 D 1.6-Stainless Steel Certification -Certification Number: AVV3 D 1.2f\|uminum Certification '[eri|fication Number: AVVSOl3'SheetSteel Fillet & Groove Certification Certification number: Verification: I certify that the above named welder has performed the minimum welds required for continuation ofcertification with inthe last six months. Supervisor Name: )4»��, 1�7 Signature: _ 7/�//(� // / ' Date: Approxed8y: Quality Control Officer: Title: � // Signature: /X4-1-1-11"V Data: ON0ahBPower K"ent!-er ]yVoDahlman Ave Vmaha,Nex81O7 Maintenwice of Welder Cer-d-fication Welder lnfornna-�ion: Last Name: nU Last four of Date: FintName: �er�fca�on|nfsnnadon; Select the material for which you are maintaining your welder certification. Include your certification number for each . AVV3 D 1.1'Car6on5tee| Certification 'Certification Number. AW5D1.6 Stainless Steel Certification -Certification Number: AVVS D 1.2`A|uminum Certification 'Certification Number: AVV6D1.3'SheetSteel Fillet & Groove Certification Certification number: Verification: I certify that the above named welder has performed the minimum welds required for continuation of certification with in the last six months. Supervisor Name: T:) Y��, — K�o Title: � Signature: ' Date: //// /iv ApproxedBy: Quality Control Officer: Title: ()J" Data: Povlaring Business Worldwide 000'a fn,-;i k0logV eKC e n t c�: r 59OODahlman Ave Maintenance of Welder certi'lication VVe(der|nforma�ion: . / ' Last Name: /�� L) First Name: L^/�V[� ��urof S.S.#: )jy Date: I-nrUf1catiun|nfonnatkon: Select the material for which you are maintaining your welder certification. Include your certification number for each . AVVS D 1.1'[arbon Steel Certification Certification Number: AVVS D 1.6'Stainless Steel Certification -Certification Number: � . AVVSD1.Z`A{uminumCertification Certification Number: AVVSD1.3'SheetSteel Fillet & Groove Certification ' Certification number: Verification: I certify that the above named welder has performed the minimum welds required for continuation ofcertification vvbhinthe last six months. -` 1 7�' L~h |e . ' .'./ Signature: Date: 11111(4 ApArovedBy- Title: Date: Supervisor Name: i )J", Welder Information: Last Name: Last four of S.3.#: O0Naha, Power Centev a9OODahlman Ave Omaha, NeU8107 Maintenance ofWelder [adi-Goa1on / *' ' 6\' // u"/p6<� First Name: �y |( ] 1A /, Date: \/ | Certification |nfonnai ion: Select the mate ria|for which you are maintaininQyourvvdderccrtUhcadon. Inc |udeyou r certification number for each . ��°�� AVVSU 1.1'CarbonStee| Certification 'Ce�if/cation Number:-7�,� AVVS D 1.6 Stainless Steel Certification -Certification Number: AVVS D 1.2'A|uminum Certification 'Cerdfication Number: / AVVS D 1.3'Sheet3tec| Fillet &Groove Certification 'Certification number '',UJ-ok ` Verification: I certify that the above named welder has performed the minimum welds required for continuation of certification with in the last six months. Supervisor Name: Title: Signature: Date' (a ` // � ApprovedBy Quality Control Officer: Title: Signature: Date: Powering Business Worldwide VVeWer|nfonnation; Lust Name: Last four of 3.3.#: '1-�ovn /^^» t PKD' r Cewer 3gOUDahlman Ave Omahv,Nc68zo7 Date: First Name:0,1/m Certification!n�onna�ion� Selectthe material for which you are maintaining your welder certification, Include your certification number for each . AWSD1.l'CurbonSteel Certification 'Certification Number: `~ AVV3 D 1.6'Stainless Steel Certification -Certification Number: AVV5D1.Z'A|um|numCertification -Certification Number: AVVS D 1.3'5heetStee| Fillet & Groove Certification 'Cerdf/cation number: Verification: I certify that the above named welder has performed the minimum welds required fo� continuation of certification with in the last six months. Supervisor Name: Title: Date: ' O/(\/L, |/ /', ApprooedBy: Quality Control Officer: Title: Signature: Date: voen Centrat States Inspection Semices, Inc. Y200DeerRunLane iiiluvay,»�68409 402-660-8806 Welder's Name: MikeNoUison Company Name: Eaton Omaha Power Center Variables Actual Values Clock / Stamp #:EQ70O888 Company Address: Omaha NE Dmte:12-2-13 Qualified For Welding Process: GMAVV GMAVV Transfer Mode k3K0AVV: Globular Globular Welding Type: (\uto,Manual, eto.) Semi -Auto Semi -Auto Number O[Electrodes: 1 1 Welding Current & Polarity: DCEP DCEP— Backing Material: Y2^A3G | Aanoted AVVSD11table 31'12 BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Sheet Steel Specification D13 D1.3 Supporting Steel Specification: D11 D1.1 SHEET STEEL THICKNESS Groove N/A N/A Fillet 10Goge 1OGage to7gage (3V18^) Arc Plug N/A N/4 Arc Spot N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A N/A COATINGS Type Nonooated Nonnoated Thickness N/A N/A POSITION Groove N/A N/A Fillet 1G, Flat 1G. Flat Arc Plug N8\ N/A Arc Spot NIA N/A Arc Seam N/4 N/A Progression N/A N0\ GAS Composition eV%Argon, 7.5Y6CV2'2.S% 02 $V% Argon, r.5Y6CO2.2.5.&02 ELECTR(}Dff Filler Metal Class: R70S'0 ER708-6 Filler F-No,: L� F4 F4 Visual Inspection Test Results Specimen Appearance Cracks Undercut Reinforcement Bend Test Results #1 Accept None Accept Accept #2 --None Accept None None Accept Accept F|let Test Results ..~^..~~..~.~.� .~~^...~'~~~ ^=,w".""".="=".`..""=°=. . ."~�.,'^` NIA Al �Macro EtchConcavity: pl|�Wel d 8onoptaU|e Fillet Weld Convexity: Acceptable Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CVV 98080023 Shawn W Owens 9080023== C1EXP.8/1/20|4 The undersigned certify that the statements inthis record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1.3-12 Code, Structural Welding Code — Sheet Steel Test Witnessed By: Shayvn Owens Date: 12-2-13 Authorized B Company: Eaton Omaha Power Center Central States Inspection Services, Inc. 1200Da�r Run Lore Nfmray.;E 68409 402'66M000 Welder's Name: MihnKoUinon Company Name: Eaton Omaha Power Center Variables Actual Values Clock / Stamp #:EQ7OO86Q Company Address: Omaha NE Date: 12-2 13 Qualified For Welding Process: 8MAVV GMAYV Transfer Mode (GK0AVV: Globular Globular Welding Type: (Amo Manual, etc.) Semi -Auto Semi -Auto Number OfElectrodes: 1 i Welding Current &Polarity: DCEP DCEP Backing N1wberiet Yi"A38 As nntedAVVS D11 table 31 12 BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Sheet Steel Specification D1.3 D1.3 Su""nrtin, Steel Specification: D11 D11 SHEET STEEL THICKNESS Groove 10Gage 18Gage ho7gage (B8") Pi|bd N8\ N/A Arc Plug N/A N/A Arc Spot N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A N/A COATINGS Type Non000ted Noncoutad Thickness N/4 N/A POSITION Groove N/A N/A Fillet 1G. Flat 1G, Flat Arc Plug__ N/A N/A Arc Spot N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A N/A P,ugvooainn N/A N/A GAG Composition 90% Argun 7,5% CO2. 2.5%02 gU96Argon, 7.5Y6CO2.2.5Y6 02 ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class: ER708'6 ER70S'6 Visual Inspection Test Results --SpecimenAppearance Cracks I Undercut Reinforcement Bend Test Results #1 Accept None None Accept Ancop\_____] F||et Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: N/A Length and Percent nfDefects: 4^None Macro Etch Test (Fusion): N64 Fillet Leg Size: N/A Fillet Weld Concavity: N64 Fillet Weld Convexity: N/A Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CWI 99080023 The undersigned in this record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1.3-12 Code, Structural Welding Code — Sheet Steel Test Witnessed By: 8h Authorized B Date:12'2'13 Company: Eaton Omaha Power Center INC �+"�� Inspection � ' �v�� K�� .^~°=^�..��1��8� Inc.~^ ��* '��mou�J�r/os �200D��unL�no ili!unay.. NE 68409 402-660-8806 Welder's Name: Roger Sutton Company Name: Eaton Omaha Power Center Variables Actual Values Company Address: Omaha NE Clock / Stamp #:E888Si11 Date: 12'2 13 Qualified For Welding Process: 8IVIAVV GMAVV Transfer Mode (GM/W: Globular Globular Welding Type: (Avm.Manual, etx.) Semi -Auto Semi -Auto Number OfElectrodes: 1 1 Welding Current &Polarity: 0CEP 0CEP Backing Material: Y2"A38 Aonoted 8VVGD1.1 table 31'12 BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Sheet Steel Specification D13 D1.3 Supporting Steel Spwdfinaton: D1.1 Q11 SHEET STEEL THICKNESS Gmmm N/A N/A Fillet 10Gogo 10 Gage ho7gage (3/1G^) Arc Plug N/A N/A Are Spot N64 N/A Arc Seam N/A N64 COATINGS Typo Noncoetod Nonooatod Thickness N8\ | N8\ POSITION Groove N/A N/A Fillet 1G. Flat 1G. Flat Arc Plug N/A N/A Arc Spot N/A N8\ Arc Seam N/A N/A Progression N/A N/A GAS Composition gO%Argon, 7.uY6CO2.2.5Y602 8OY6Argon, 7.5%CO2.2.5Y6O2 ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class: ER70G-6 ER70O'6 Visual Inspection Test Results Specimen Appearance Cracks Undercut Rei Bend Test #1 AcceptNone None Accept AcceptAccept #2 Accept None None Accept Fillet Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: Acceptable Length and Percent ofDefects: 1^n K8onno Etch Test (Fum|on): N/A Fillet Leg Size: 5/18^ Fillet Weld Concavity: Acceptable Fillet Weld Convexity: Acceptable Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CWI 99080023 WOwens 9080m�_ /Z ? -,/ The undersigned certify that the statements inthis record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1.3-12 Code, Structural Welding Code — Sheet Steel Test Witnessed By Dote:12-2-13 Authorized By: _^_��(�''��- Company:EntonOmohmPowerConha Central States Inspection Senices, Inc' —'E��n��—'�c��cuxJec�a 1200DuarRmDLono ��NE68409 402-660-8606 Welder's Name: Roger Sutton Clock / Stamp #:E98QGi11 Company Name: Eaton Omaha Power Center Company Address: Omaha NE VV9S No.: Pmqua|ifiod Revision: O Date: 12'243 Variables Actual Values Qualified For Welding Process: GIVIAVV GIVIAVV Transfer Mode UGMAVV: Globular Globular Welding Type: kAuto.Manual, etc.> Semi -Auto Semi -Auto Number OfElectrodes: 1 1 Welding Curnent& Polarity: DCEP DCEP Backing Material: }6''A3G xsnoted AVVS D1.1table 3.1'12 BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Sheet Steel Specification D1.3 D1.3 Supporting Steel Specification: D1.1 D1.1 SHEET STEEL THICKNESS Groove 10 Gage 16 Gage ho7gage (3/8^) Fillet N64 Arc Plug N/A Arc Spot N/A Arc Seam N/4 COATINGS Type Nonnoatod Nonooatad Thickness N64 N64 POSITION Groove N/A N/A Fillet 1G. Flat 1G, Flat Arc Plug N/A N/A Arc Spot N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A N/A Progression N/A N/A GAG Composition 80%Argon, 7.596CO2.2.5%O2 8OY6Argon, 7.5Y6CO2.25Y602 ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class: ER708'6 ER70S'6 Visual Insnection Test Results Specimen Appearance Cracks Undercut Reinforcement Bend Test Results #1 Accept None None AccMt Accept Fi let Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: N/A Length and Percent of Defects: 4" None Macro Etch Test (Fmsion): N/A Fillet Leg Size: N/A Fillet Weld Concavity: N/A FiUetVVm|d Convexity: N/A Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CVV 98080023 The in this record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1.3-12 Code, Structural Welding Code — Sheet Steel Test Witnessed By: Shawn Owens Date: 12'2-13 Authorized By', Company: Eaton Omaha Power Center �rvlceo CentraL States Inspection Senices,I°°' y200Deer Run Lane Nfurray, NE 68409 402-660-8606 Welder's Name: Bill Wiese Company Name: Eaton Omaha Power Center Variables Actual Values Clock / Stamp #:4508 Company Address: Omaha NE Date:12-2-13 Qualified For Welding Process: 8MAVV 8IVIAVV Transfer Mode (QMAVV: Globular Globular Welding Type: (Auto.Manual, etc.) Semi -Auto Semi -Auto Number CfElectrodes: 1 1 Welding Current& Polarity: DCEP DCEP Backing Material: ��''A36 _ Axnne_d AVVGD11table 31'i2 BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Sheet Steel Specification D1.3 D1.3 Supporting Steel Specification: D11 D1.1 SHEET STEEL THICKNESS Groove N/A Fillet 10 Gage 10 Gage to7gage (3V18l Arc Plug N64 Arc Spot N/8 Arc Seam N8\ N/A COATINGS Type Nonuuutad Noncoatod Thickness N/A N/A POSITION Groove N/A N/A Fillet 1 G. Flat 1G. Flat Arc PIA N/A N/A Arc Spot N8\ N/A Arc Seam N64 N/A Progression N/A N/A GAS Composition SO%Argon, 7.5%CO2.2.5% 02 SO%Argon, 7.SY6Cp2.2.5Y602 ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class: ER70S'6 ER70S'6 Visual Inspection Test Results Specimen Appearance Cracks Undercut Reinforcement Bend Test Results #1 Accept, None None Accept Accept #2 Accept None None Accept Accept Filet Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: Acceptable Length and Percent ofDefects: 1^ K0ouro Etch Test (Fusion): N64 Fillet Leg Size: 5/16^ Fillet Weld Concavity: Acceptable Fillet Weld Convexity: Acceptable Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CVV 99080023 w Owens 800-23� /l'�_-Yj The undersigned certify that the statements inthis record are correct and that the test prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1.3-12 Code, Structural Welding Code — Sheet Steel Test Witnessed By: Shawn Owens Date: 12-2-13 Authorized Bvr/- Company: Eaton Omaha Power Center WC. Central States Inspection S' e8xIn°' 1200Deef RonLaoe murrav, NE 68409 402-660-8506 Welder's Name; Bill Wiese Company Name: Eaton Omaha Power Center Variables Actual Values Company Address: Omaha NE Clock / Stamp #\45O8 Date:12-2-i3 Qua;dfiedFor Welding Process: GIVIAVV GMAVY Transfer Mode (GMAVV): Globular 0obvfar Welding Type: (\utn.Manual, etr.) Semi -Auto Semi -Auto Number CfElectrodes: 1 1 Welding Cu,nant,&Polarity: DCEP DCEP Backing Material: . 1/2 "A30 Aanoted AVVGD11table 31'12 BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Sheet Steel Specification D1�3 D1.3 -Supporting Steel Specification: D1.1 D11 SHEET STEEL -THICKNESS Groove 10Gage i8Gage bz7gage (3/6l Fillet N/A N/A Arc Plug N/A N/A Arc Spot N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A | N/A COATINGS Type Nonooahed Nononabod Thickness N/A N/A POSITION Groove N0\ M64 Fillet 1G. Flat 1G, Flat Arc Plug__ N/A N/A Arc Spot N/A N/4 Arc Seam N/A N/A Progression N/A N/A GAG Composition | gV% Argon, r.5%CO22.596O2 gO%Argon, 7.S%CO2.2,5%O2 ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class: ER70S'0 ER7US'6 Visual Inspection Test Results Specimen A Undercut Reinforcement Bend Test Reouhn #1 Accept Nona Accept Accept Fi let Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: N/A Length and Percent of Defects: 4" Non Macro Etch Test (Fusion): N/A Fillet Leg Size: N/A Fillet Weld Concavity: N/A Fillet Weld Convexity: N<4 Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CVY 99080023 �P4V`Ownna U90023-- C1 EXP�VU/2014 P-i-o The undersigned certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1.3-12 Code, Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel Test Witnessed By: Shawn Owens Date:12-243 Authorized ffi(-.' Company: Eaton Omaha Power Center races Central States Inspection Services, Inc. 1200 Deer Run Lane, iVurri-iy, NE 68409 402-66'0-8806 Welder's Name: Brian Schrawyer Company Name: Eaton Omaha Power Center WPS No.: Prequalified Revision: 0 Variables Actual Values Clock / Stamp #: 5155 Company Address: Omaha NE Date: 12-2-13 Qualified For ding Process: GMAW GMAW Transfer Mode (GMAW): Globular Globular Welding Type: (Auto, Manual, etc.) Semi -Auto Number Of Electrodes: 1 1 Welding Curren & Pola ir: DCEP DCEP Backing Material: 1/2" A36 As noted AWS D1.1 table 3,1 '12 BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Sheet Steel Specification D1.3 D1.3 Supporting Steel Specification: D1,1 Dil. SHEET STEEL THICKNESS Groove N/A N/A Fillet 10 Gage 10 Gage to 7 gage(3116") Arc PlugN/A N/A Arc Spot N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A N/A COATINGS Type Noncoated Noncoated ThicknessN/A N/A POSITION Groove N/A N/A Fillet L 1G, Flat 1G, Flat Arc Plug N/A N/A Arc Spot N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A N/A Progression N/A N/A GAS Composition 90% Argon, 7.5% CO2, 2,5% 02 90% Argon, 7.5% CO2, 2, % 02 ELECTRODE FillerFifler Metal Class: ER70S-6 ER70S-6 Fill F-No.: F4 F4 Visual Inspection Test Results Specimen Appearance Cracks Undercut Reinforcement Bend Test Results Accept None None Accept Accept 2 Accept None None Accept Accept Fi let Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: Acceptable Length and Percent of Defects: 1" no Macro Etch Test (Fusion): N/A Fillet Leg Size: 5/16" Fillet Weld Concavity: Acceptable Fillet Weld Convexity: Acceptable Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CWI 99080023 Sh Owens 0023 — C1 EXP. 8/1/2014 2.,-/-5 The undersigned certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1,3-12 Code, Structural Welding Code — Sheet Steel TestWitnessed By: Shawn Owens Date: 12-2-13 Authorized By Company: Eaton Omaha Power Center U-ITC. ces States Inspection Se`xices,I"~' /2D0Deer RunLapne il.durra<NE 68409 402-660-8806 Welder's Name: Brian Sohrawyer Company Name: Eaton Omaha Power Center Variables Actual Values Company Address: Omaha NE Clock / Stamp #:5155 Ooto:12-2-i3 Quallified For Welding P,quemn: GIVIAVV GMAVV Transfer Mode (QKUAVV: Globular Globular Welding Type: (Auto,Manual, eto.) Semi -Auto Semi -Auto Number OfElectrodes: 1 1 Welding Current & Polarity: DCEP DCEP Backing Material: Y2^A3O Aanoted AVVGD11table 31'12 BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Sheet Steel Specification D1.3 D1.3 Supporting Steel Specification: D1.1 D11 SHEET STEEL THICKNESS Groove 10Guge 1SGage h`7gage (3&") Fillet N/4 NIA Arc Plug N0\ N/A Arc Spot N/A N/A AvnSmam N/A N/A COATINGS Type Nonuooted Nonuoatad Thickness N/A N8\ P03|T|UN Groove N/A N/A Fillet 1G, Flat 1G, Flat Arc Plug N/A N/A Arc Spot N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A N/A Progression ( N/A N/A GAG Composition 80%Argon, 7.5Y6CO2.2.5Y6D2 3VY6Argon, 7.F/oCO2.2.5Y602 ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class: ER70S'0 ER70S'8 Filler F-No.: F4 77:d F4 Visual Insvection Test Results Specimen Appearance Undercut Reinforcement Bend Test Results #1 Accept None None Accept Accept Filet Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: N/A Length and Percent of Defects: 4' Macro Etch Test (Fueion):N/A Fillet Leg Size: N/A Fillet Weld Concavity: N/A Fillet Weld Convexity: N/A Welding Test Conducted 8y:ShawnOwenmCYV 99080023 ShavinVVOwens - N1�014 EXP� The undersigned certify that the statements inthis record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1.3-12 Code, Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel Test Witnessed By: Sh�awn, Owens Date: 12-2-13 AuthohzodBy/~,�� Company: Eaton Omaha Power Center 3en��euCentr2d States Inspection Senices, Inc. kL o��—'Io��/zo/�Jsr�ss 1200Deer Ron Lane illuvay, NE 66409 402-660-8606 Welder's Name: BuhnamHemendez Company Name:Eaton Omaha Power Center VVPSNn.:Pre4ua|ifiod Revokon:U Variables Actual Values Clock / Stamp #:EQ76O83O Company Address: Omaha NE Dute:i2-213 Qualified For Welding Process: GMAW GIVIAVV Transfer Mode (GKUAVV: Globular Globular Welding Type: (Auto.Manual, mc.) Semi -Auto Semi -Auto Number OfElectrodes: 1 1 VVv|dinQ Current & Polarity: DCEP OCEP Backing KUoteha|/ 1/2"A38 As noted AVVO D1.1 tohle31 '12 BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Sheet Steel Specifivation D1.3 D1.3 Supporting Steel SpmuifinmUonj D1,1 D1.1 SHEET STEEL THICKNESS Groove N/A N/A Fillet iUGage iOGage 8o7gage (3/18^) Arc Plug N0\ N/A Arc Spot N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A _ N/A COATINGS Type Nonnoatad Nonooatod Thickness N/A N/A POSITION Groove N8\ N/A Fillet 1G. Flat 1G. Flat Arc Plug N/A N/A Are Spot N/A N/A An: Seam _ N/A N/A Progression N/A N/A GAS 8AS Composition su% Argon, 7.oY4Cn2.2.5Y4O2 9U%Argon, 7.5%CO2.a.5%02 ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class: ER70S-8 ER70G-6 Visual Inspection Test Results Specimen Appearance Cracks Undercut Reinforcement Bend Test Results #1 Accept None None Accept Accept #2 Accept None None Accept Accept Filet Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: Acceptable Length and Percent ofDafnctm,�1 Macro Etch Test (Fusion): N/A Fillet Leg Size: 5/16" Fillet Weld Concavity: Acceptable Fillet Weld Convexity: 8cceptdbU Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CVV 99080023 OQQ23_,_ The undersigned certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1.3-12 Code, Structural Welding Code —Sheet Sk**/ Test Witnessed By: ShawT Owens Dute:12-2-13 Authorized By/ Company: Eaton Omaha Power Center Central States Inspection Services, Inc. 1200Deer Run Lane ilZum�NE 68409 402-660-8806 Welder's Name: BuknemHernandez Company Name: Eaton Omaha Power Center Variables Actual Values Clock / Stamp #:E9700038 Company Address: Omaha NE Oote:12-2-13 QWaKified For VVo|d|ng Process: GMAVV GMAVV Transfer Mode (GMAVV): Globular Globular Welding Type: (Au$v,Manual, etc.) Semi -Auto Semi -Auto Number OfElectrodes: 1 1 Welding Curvent& Polarity: OCEP DCEP Backing Material: 1/2^A36 Aonoted AVYSD1, I teN�_3112 BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Sheet Steel Specification D1.3 D1�3 Supporting Steel Specification: D11 D11 SHEET STEEL THICKNESS Groove 10Gagn 16 Gage to 7 gage(3/6^) Fillet N/A Arc Plug N64 Arc Spot N/A Arc Seam N/A COATINGS Type Nonooated Nunoon(ed Thickness N/A N64 POSITION Groove N/A 64 Fillet 1G. Flat 1 G, Flat Arc Plug N0\ Arc Spot N/A AroSeam N/A A\ Progression N/4 /A GAS Composition 9OY6Argon, 7.5%CO2.2.5%O2 SUY6Argon, 7_51/o CO2.2.5Y602 ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class; ER708'6 ER70G'8 Visual Insoection Test Results Specimen Appearance Cracks Undercut #1 Accept None None Accept — Accept Filet Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: N/A Length and Percent of Defects: Macro Etch Test (Fusion); N/A F||hg Leg Size: N/A / Fillet Weld Concavity: N/A Fillet Weld Convexity: N/A Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CVV 89080023 The undersigned the statements |nthis record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1.3-12 Code, Structural Welding Code — Sheet Steel Test Witnessed By: Shawn Owens Date: 12'2-13 -- Authorized 8v/- . Company: Eaton Omaha Power Center vceo Cent,"| States Inspection Sices, Inc. /200Daer Run Lan, i�dvrrat;1E 66409 402-660-5606 Welder's Name: Byron Boyd Company Name: Eaton Omaha Power Center Variables Actual Values Clock / Stamp #:2408 Company Address: Omaha NE Date: 12-2-113 Qualified For Welding Process: GMAVV GMAVV Transfer Mode (GK0AVV): Globular Globular Welding Type: (\uto.Manual, etz.) Semi -Auto Semi -Auto Number {]fElectrodes: 1 1 VVa|dinQ Cunwnt& Polarity: DCEP DCEP Backing Material: | 16^A38 8anoted AVVGD11table 31'l2 BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Sheet Steel Specification D13 01.3 Supporting Steel Specification: D1.1 O1A SHEET STEEL THICKNESS Groove N/A N/A Fillet 10Gago 1UGage to7gage (8/16^) An; Plug N/A N/A Arc 5,nt N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A N/A COATINGS T ,e Noncoated Nonvomted Thickness N/A N/A POSITION Groove N/A N/A Fillet 1G, F|o\ 16. Flat Ann Plug N/A N/A Arc S"ot N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A N/A Pro "veoo|on N/A N/A GAS Composition 9O%Argon, 7.596CO2.2.5% 02 8O%Argon, 7.5%CO2.2.556O2 ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class: ER70S'8 ER70O'6 Visual Inspection Test Results Specimen Appearance Cracks Undercut Reinforcement Bond-fentReouko #1 Accept None None A000[t Accept #2 Accept None None Accept Accept F}let Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: Acceptable Length and Percent of K8muno Etch Test (Fusion): N/A Fillet Leg Size: 5/16^ n Fillet Weld Concavity: Acceptable Fillet Weld Convexity: Accep4a6� Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CWI 99080023 The undersigned in this record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1.3-12 Code, Stn,icturalWelding Test Witnessed By: Shawn Owens Date: 12-2-13 Authorized B Company: Eaton Omaha Power Center Authorized Bvr' --7��"m LNIC. neo States Inspection Semices, Inc' �«0,,�-'Io��r��Jmr�o 1200Dner Run Lane Murray, NE 68409 402-660-8806 Welder's Name: Byron Boyd Company Name: Eaton Omaha Power Center Variables Actual Values Clock / Stamp #:240S Company Address: Omaha NE Date: 12'2-13 QWaUfied For Welding Process: GIVIAYV GMAVV Transfer Mode (GMAW: Globular Globular Welding Type: (Aubo.Manual, gr.) Semi -Auto Semi -Auto Number OfElectrodes: 1 1 Welding Current & Polarity: DCEP DCEP Backing Material: 1/2^A3G Amnoted 4VVS D1.1table 3.1 '12 BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Sheet Steel Specification D1.3 D1.3 Supporting Steel Specification: D11 O11 SHEET STEEL THICKNESS Groove 10Gago -1 Gage bo7gage (3K6") Fillet N/A N/A Arc Plug N/A N/A Arc Spot N/A N/4 Arc Seam N/A N/A COATINGS Type Nonunahad Noncoated Thickness N/A W8\ POSITION Gmmm N/A NJA Fillet 1G. Flat 18, Flat Arc Plug N/A N/A Arc Spot N/A NA Arc Seam N/A N/A Progression N64 WA GAS Composition SD%Argvn. 7.5Y6CO2. 2.5% 02 | 90% Argon, 7.5%CO2' 2.5%02 ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class: ER70S'6 ER7DS'0 Visual Inspection Test Results Specimen Appearance 1 Cracks Undercut Reinforcement Bend Test Results #1 Accept None None Accept Accept Fi let Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: N/A Length and Percent of P Macro Etch /emt(Fuomn):NI~ Fillet Leg Size: N/A Fillet Weld Concavity: N/A Fillet Weld Convexity: N/A Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CVV 99080023 Owens 23 ' OC1EX"P.8/1/2014 /&4-'j The inthis record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1.3-12 Code, Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel Test Witnessed By: haw Owens Date: 12-2-13 ' '- .-, -, Company: Eaton Omaha Power Center vlueo �+�t� ' � ' Inc.��ml �� o�� ~��, ~� �xs��—'��s�1—'Ix�v(co�Jamra Y200Deer Ron Lane jillurray,NE 68409 402-660-8806 RNTC. Welder's Name; LuisTanoho Company Name: Eaton Omaha Power Center Variables Actual Values Company Address: Omaha NE Clock / Stamp th3284 Date: 12-2-13 QuaUihed For Welding Process: GIVIAVV GIVIAVV Transfer Mode (GMAVV: Globular Globular Welding Type: (Avto.Manual, ohv.) Semi -Auto Semi -Auto Number OfElectrodes: 1 1 Welding Current &Polarity; DCEP QCEP Backing Material: . Y2^A38 Aonoted AVVSD11table 31'12 BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Sheet Steel Specification D1.3 D1.3 Supporting Steel Specification: D1.1 | D1.1 �HEETSTEEL THICKNESS Groove N/A N/A Fillet 10Gaga 1OGage tn7gage (3/16') Arc Plug N/A N/A Arc Spot N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A | N/A COATINGS Type Nnnnowted Nonooahad Thickness N/A N0\ POSITION Groove N/A N/A Fillet 1G. Flat 1G. Flat An: Plug N64 N64 Arc Spot N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A N64 Progression | N/A N/A GAS Composition $O%Argon, 7.5Y6CO2'2,5Y602 9O%Argon, 7.5%CO2.2.5Y602 ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class: ER70S-8 ER70S'8 Visual Inspection Test Results Specimen Appearance Cracks Undercut Reinforcement Bend fest Results #1 Accept None None Auoap4 Aouapd #2 Accept None None Accept Accept Fi let Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: Acceptable Macro Etch Test (Fuoion):N/A Fillet Weld Concavity: Acceptable Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens Length and Percent of Defects:�,�/ Fi1�tLeg S�m: 5/18^ / � Fillet Weld Convexity: Acooptmb one �& Shawn W Owens [VN 98080023 The undersigned certify that the statements inthis record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1.3-12 Code, Structural Welding Code — Sheet Steel Test Witnessed By: Shawn Owens Authorized 8y*,-'' c ~= � Date:12-2-13 Company: Eaton Omaha Power Center senloeo �� Inspection � ' Inc.� �� ~...� =^�r��0� ..�z�k e3» �^= 72e RunLeno iVurray, NE 68409 402-660-8806 Welder's Name: Luis TenohV Company Name: Eaton Omaha Power Center VVP$No.:Proqua|ifiod Reviuinn:O Variables Actual Values Clock / Stamp #: 328 Company Address: Omaha NE Date 12-2'13 Qualified For Welding Process: GMAVV GMAVV Transfer Mode (GK0AVV: Globular Globular Welding Type: (Auto, Manual, etc.) Semi -Auto Semi -Auto Number CfElectrodes: 1 1 Welding Current & Polarity: DCEP DCEP Backing Material; y2"A36 Asnoted AVVsD1]table 11'iu BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Sheet Steel Specification D1�3 D1.3 Supporting D11 D1.1 SHEET STEEL THICKNESS Groove 10Gage 16 Gage to 7 gage(3/6l Fillet N8\ N0\ Arc 9|ug_______ N/A N/A Arc Spot N/A N/A Arc Seam N64 | N/A COATINGS Type Noncoated Nonooated Thickness N/4 N/A POSITION Groove N0\ N/4 Fillet 1G. Flat 1G, Flat Arc Plug N/A NIA Arc Spot N/A N8\ — Arc Seam N/A N/A Progression N/A N/A GAS Composition gO%Argon, 7.5%CO2.Z.5Y6O2 | SV%Argon, 7.5.&CO2.2.5%o2 ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class: ER70G'8 'S Visual Inspection Test Results Openhnon Appearance Cracks Undercut Reinforcement | Bend Test Results #1 Accept None None Accept Accept Fillet Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: N/A Length and Percent ofDefects: 4^None KUocnn Etch Test (Fuoinn): N/A Fillet Leg Sire: N/A Fillet Weld Concavity: N/A Fillet Weld Convexity: N/A Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CVV 99080023 K]8O0Z3 C1EKP. 8/1/2014 The undersigned certify that the statements inthis record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1.3-12 Code, Structural Welding Code — Sheet Steel Test Witnessed By: Shawn Owens Date: 12�-13 Authorized B � Company: Eaton Ornaha Power Center es Centrat States Inspection Serxices, Inc. --��/s�1—'�z�/�cuuJpx/ou /200�o�r�oncxne ilvfurray..NE 68409 402-660-8806 Welder's Name; Mark Hilo Clock /Stamp #: 3903 Company Name: Eaton Omaha Power Center Company Address: Omaha NE VVPS No.: Pnequm|ified Revision: O Date: 12'2'13 Variables Actual Values Qualified For Welding Process: GMAVV GMAVV Transfer Mode <GK04VV, Globular Globular Welding Type; KAu»m.Manual, etz,) Semi -Auto Semi -Auto Number OfElectrodes: 1 1 Welding Current & Polarity: DCEP DCEP Backing Material: 1/2"A38 Annoted AVVSD1.1 table 3.1'12 BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Sheet Steel Specification D1.3 D1.3 Supporting Steel Specification: O1] D1.1 SHEET STEEL THICKNESS Groove N/A N/A Fillet 10Gmge 10Gage Uo7gage (Bi8'') Arc Plug N/A N/A Arc Spot N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A N/A COATINGS Type Nnncomdad Non000ted Thickness N/4 N/A POSITION Groove N/A N/A Fillet 1Q. Flat 1G. Flat Arc Plug N/A N/A Arc Spot N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A N/A Progression N64 N/A GAS Composition 3DY6Argon, 7.5%CO2.2.5%O2 g0%Argon, 7.5Y6CO2.2.5Y6O2 ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class: ER70S'6 ER70O'8 Visual Inspection Test Results Specimen Appearance Cracks Undercut Reinforcement Bend Test RonuUa #1 Accept None None Aouo[t Accept #2 Accept None None Accept Accept Fillet Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: Acceptable Length and Percent mfDefects: 1^none Macro Etch Test (Fuomn):N/A Fillet Leg Size. 5/16^ Fillet Weld Concavity: Acceptable Fillet Weld Convexity: Acceptable Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CVV|8SO8OO23 99080023— The undersigned certify that the statements inthis record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1.3-12 Code, Structural Welding Code—ShaetSkao/ Test Witnessed By: ShawnOwens ~ ^' Authorized 9i__ Date:12-2-13 Company: Eaton Omaha Power Center Centrat States Inspection Serxices, Inc. 1nOhl.—1200Deo Run Len. ilifurray, NE 66409 402-660-5806 Welder's Name: Mark HUe Clock / Stamp #:3QG3 Company Name: Eaton Omaha Power Center Company Address: Omaha NE VVPS No: Pnaqua|ified Revision: U Date: 12-2'13 Variables Actual Values Qualffied For Welding Process: GMAVV GmAVV Transfer Mode (3MAV): Globular Globular Welding Type: (Autn.Manual, eto.) Semi -Auto Semi -Auto Number OfElectrodes; 1 1 Welding Current &Polarity: DCEP DOEP Backing Material: 112'A36 As noted AVVS� D11table 81'12 BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Sheet Steel Specification D1.3 Q1.3 Supporting Steel Specification: _ D1.1 D1.1 SHEET STEEL THICKNESS Groove 10Gnge 18Gage bz7gage (3VO'') Fillet N64 N/A Arc Plug N/A N/A Arc Spot N/A N4\ Arc Seam N/A N/A COATINGS Type Noncoatod Nnnooahod Thickness N/A N/A POSITION Groove N0\ N/A Fillet 1G, Flat 1G,. Flat Arc Plug N/A N/A Arc Spot N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A N/A Progression N/A N/A GAS Composition 90%4rgon. 7.5Y4Q02 2.5% 02 30% Argvn, 7.5%CO2. 2.5% 02 ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class: ER70S'6 ER70S'6 Visual Inspection Test Results Specimen Appearance Cracks Undercut Reinforcement Bend Test Results #1 Accept None None Accept Accept Filet Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: N/A Length and Percent nfDefects: 4^None Macro Etch Test (Fuoion):N/A Fillet Leg Size: N/A Fillet Weld Concavity: N/A Fillet Weld Convexity: N64 Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CWI 99080023 Owens 60D2T— OC1EXP. 8/1/201^ The undersigned certify that the statements inthis record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1.3-12 Code, Stnictural Welding Test Witnessed By: Shawn Owens Date: 12-2-13 Authorized B Company: Eaton Omaha Power Center BUILDING DESIGN BULLING 0-01/1'N2S'-0' NOUN DO LOPE MIAMICI YODE9 ROD: R-40 NA119 R-232 BASE R-58 INN EXAM CONTAINS N0 PLUNBNC Of HYAC WOE NE ENa09.40 COI7NNS N0 WOE 49F DOORS Nd FR40CATE0 BY NA1DN NANA P0fR CA'1E10 DOOR IS FONED 11 WOX NN 14 GAUGE INSOE IN0JUII0N BARRIER EN 1 1/2' EPS POW IR0JUTAN R-5/r. MATERIALS ROX 4 NAIL PPE15; TAW ROX (DIANNEI SPULE & lE NAZI WALL 01911.AIDN 6405049 CONE INAURCN BAEERS: NOD STUDS. NM 6114 ESPOSED BUTS: NODS 0001 POPES BASE STRUCTURE AR SEAM 0IA& AR WIT UV GRAY: AR S.414*1 DANN CAN& 114 SRA AS14 AIDII CS-B PN0 IIGA STEEL ASN A1011 CS-8 P440 10.1 STEEL A514 A1011 CS-6 PAD IICA SEA ASN A1011 CS-6 P40 16W SIEE1 ASN AIXB CS-4 CO 5/8' 94 ND 1015 HEADED KO (5/0'-16) I/1' CU AS 1015 WOE ROD (I/4'-10) 51E0, CNNE S A514 A449 SUNLESS 01EEI, AS11 5595C OS 01 0170S-6 NP.E C1CIROX iW 6 11W STEEL AS1N 41011 CS-B P80 NUN 06 STRUCTURAL 51m SNA1ES (CHINE & ANGLES & PLATES) FA4RX40 POH110134E SEALANT PA47B SEA.-4 X 1004 000044 OW PANTO 02.00-1 SHOW B9 SOX SENA41 POI Bf5YCRS15 BOEING VAULT 28 SUBSTATION 27KV OUTDOOR SWITCHGEAR EATON PROJECT NO. P3853 TUKWILA, WA 98108 DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS ASX 7.10 OW.PINCY CAIEWRT IE IBC XWPANCY 0.070CA110E 5-1 IBC CCNSSRKIIN 11110 11-8 FLO 101E LOAD 125 P9 RUDE Ulf LOAD; 50 PS B19C NIO 0EEI4 115 IA E10406113E CATO N& C ROM 91N L01D (Pg} 20 P9 MOVE CAIECERY X BODN (G): 1.1 NERN4, FAC CA (0): 1.0 SONIC DEOGN a1EDOiY: 50. 91E VAS& 0 ACC I5A1Nf1 - BASED 9R WBR0ENI (FP) 1.0 emir - EASED 91E OEFFIXNT (Fk 1.5 50911C NOUN SPECTRA. RESPONSE ACCEIPAA11019 SOT NEMO (SAS 1,514 1-9CCN PERIOD ($1) 0.570 SPECIAL INSPEC110N & TEST REQUIREMENTS PER 20151111E14011CM DOING COX, SECOON 17043.1 SIRUCIENAL 03901VA1IOI RN 9JSNC RE955NRE S EVEN PER 2015 IN1EPNAR041 BALING COX, 9CNCN 1704.6.2 Pp05DIC SNNCNRAL 9EOAL N5ECOS AN) SIRUCI1.101. OB ERVARONS Na 50 PEENED IN RANI BY wale C SRERRN.NN PE. CODE REQUIREMENTS 2015 NTENA1D11A1 BAONC COX AN 103NNG19P *2951T3 20151NIERRA14AL NEOIWICN 015E IN N190WT01 ANENC TS 2015 NWINC10151A1E ENERCY COIF ANS W7.20.2-1999: IEEE MOO FOR NE04OAD SN1015A4 1017 MARCNAL ELECTRIC COX DRAWING INDEX P5055-X PROECI INFONATION N IDEA P3643-A1 RDCN PLAN P7052-4 WENN 0EVAI1CNS (911. 1 X 1) P3357-43 EYNREN 00iVARCNS (5N1.1 X 2) P7053-44 BUCK 9C0 9 LETOL5 P3055-SI BASE FRAVNG PLAN 4 9CROX5 P7855-52 ROEf FRWNC PUN N SECD)S P5055-EI 5EC1RCAL PUN STATE OF WASHINGTON bEpAR1BIENT'OFLABOR AND INDUSTRIES. FIELD SERVICES AND PUBLIC SAFETY FACTORY ASSEMBLED STRUCTURES ON APPROVAL 11Imo3,,, ,: lk_ MCI TO FIELD INSPECTION OVERSIGHT OR VIOLATION OF RCWJS NOT INCLUDED EXPIRATION GENERAL INFORMATION WSTCNW, BXNC IW Ohl NOW OIICAGO, A 60606 91E KILT 25 9AS1A1ICN 7735 FAST NARONAL NLY SOON VIVA, NA 661X NANAPALNBA: EATON PIMA PONfO DU 5900 WIN ANN4 ONANA NE 60107 SIRUCNRI1 ENGINEER; NINE C 70E9IANL PE 221 CCON11 RCN 421 KNOTS NU, N0 65016 STATE OF WASHINGTON, DEPT, OF L&I FAS ELECTRICAL PLAN REVIEWISECTION PI AN P OVAL #5 51q DATE IIC( SU CT TO CODE AND FIELD INSPECTION DEPAR DEP'' P Fl Ph'' 6, SU�EY N. XPt'y'�o EXPIRATION [ STATE OF WASHINGTON 7 LABORRDUSTRIES ESAND1,WE BLED' °S �SS 'Lq DINS CTIONOVERSIGHT ONOFRN1 D DATE. ABBREVIATIONS 47 WON RIMED PLO AR 0I0NAD0 TRAMP SON B/STC B0110I X 370. DUX BULLING B1B 0040-ENCX EATER 1➢E O)NN CONINICARCN SEC EPEES W OWERR ONO DRANNG a E114400 EPS MOOD WINK E0 EPA W WOE NOB NODES USE CROAT 80*450 NE OWN NA TUMULI TRANSFER SNIP X CN OMEN 100.4 ON XN1ER ANNAE DPP OPP091E a RAZE 79 MINOS PER 5W40 FOX 4EDP15 RE17YUp2S SECT SECROI S4 NNW SS 5TAKES'S MEI 1/DWC IX X Wag 1/9.49 1X Cr 9.18 701 MAL N/ 1114 NP. Ere FAO NIS PP MO HAS BEEN MATED BY EATON'S o4ANA 40706 QN1ER. NE PE 514P CRIMES NAT NIS 0XU4ENT 445 ODOMy FOP 1HE STRUCTURAL EVNDAOO 10 5001E Alf OE, 910.4ARDN, 40 COIP01041S USED, REFFP N DE EYALOAOCH AND NE OR1NitAO ULNAE X. 14 R STAMP IS FEN NE SIAUCNRIL X9X ONLY ": STi, w 0 uZ 3 0 ¢i< 0 0 0 0 Q W u z2 00 I'N 21E 00 00 NO NO 0 �J> W7Y 03>CV 00 W 0 z 0 z Q z 0 Q i 0 0 W z 4- U W 0 IY a DRANNC ND. P385340 SUPPOAIS EWE - OUTDOOR U911 0 I P2 42XB4DWR- 0 47-i 1/4' y PD 13'-I0 IN O=map) IY-0 IsAn4 4CNI Pl 10'4(9M1ANG Eno p) 1-4 lid OM 9Ssa p) M � I4EN *AGE 41/8' MAKE (B0TT9A-1111) H EKON UGH GD ERATOR REEC ST. IU4 E----11- --=1f---=11E---=1E---_1 L_-_-J - -- IL J � P� ' 1 ° (PHOTOCELL IR GPS MIENNA A -CANOPI- SPOTS 1(;)OBL ' 1✓ 0 A // 3E' 00ARS DUNOQU U911 - 0NL v-EWEA@,'CY a 3 Ep190N r I Y J At LED A'2ua704 P-I AU �``J J r, 3 r 3 2 E33fAQUNCY EA19GN 3 - / L._ UNIT #23 f----11-__-lr----11__--11_--_11----1 1 II 1 II L----JL----JL----JL----JL----JL----J UNFI 422 11 II UNtt 21 11 II UNtT #2D. 11 II UN1 14 II II VNLt fl 1 1 UNIL IZ UNlL�t6 UNT4l 1 1r 1 11 1 II LJL________J UN1L 19 1 1 1 UNII l3 UNiL ]2 UNIi-#11 1"----1r----1 1 11 1 11 L----JL----J UN IO I WSEC MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS: EOUPMEM PR SIN@ - DO011NC MOOS PCP UNI15 05E90 Blu/A 0 050 m/ 751 .5, O4.11000R AR IS 100 EDI - HEIBNO RCM FOR UNRS 435,0W BW/N 047F dB/ 43S d, QUIDWR 4R IS 10 CT FLOOR PLAN MECHANICAL SCHEDULE: BARD M111 KW NEAT PO EQUIPMENT 11P0 9419 110EI: M1EIA MCI1N0 BNN: 11,104 EER 1020 HID(1Eme NEA1W0 (4111911N: 14500, COP 0W OPACITY IS D71B1ED N AWWDMC2 M1H 1N9/10 STM04d) 300 EER • ENERGY PVC! RA110 CCP • C01FlO0'T CF PERPCION E M0 ARE CERRRW W AMERCE CE WY M9/A9 STROM 390 EQUIPMENT CUNT CPA011 IS N0 0TdAUUR i4M 111E 91AIFST AVAAABIE EQUIPMENT 92E THAT EMI 1IE CAWL4RD 1A4m.S. - Y2WI10145p1iE - DBTREPIE 1 II/ANTES (P1P) EA UC41RN0 - IPX07S, EMtM MY EC 991 NIP ROW UM A U9i1N0 - 711N LIE SW04 NST We, IS SIRIPIV (IN7EW'W UANDR6) 1PWi-1921109 021DWA VC RXIUO IWM32011, 00 cormmE, WIDOEN WSTRE9- 0326E459100 GPD PECEPTA01, POO - 111811W1065, 193N091AT PRIX, 91-0m-1210 PMIC 04i 412541Y 1 _1 -1116IA-800044XXXAR, NEAT RWP - 0113649( NEAYM WTY SWip1 _x+ 1512)111,10,l, 4MUA11RANSER SWNI ER CROCK HMS - ME4I0424 DR011 MEP CIRCLE AS9319.1 El BOARD, P2B -2 534645504, BREAM TEST CABXE1 I1110 INROAD 0 c a 0 rc z Q ll 0 0 W DRAINNC N0. P3B$3-Al 01 _ I T ] 01 _ .----- 3 .... A owniro 1-7 0 12.-8 9/16. (ESTIMATED SHIPPING HEIGHT) O.U.01,19kIdd11-4 swims]) 4,0 BOEING VAULT 28 SUBSTATION 27KV OUTDOOR SWITCHGEAR EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS (SHT 1 OF 2) DRAWN AMJ 09/24/18 APPROVAL SCALE AS MYIED CHECXED ETE411 Am.*. Burdens. Waldwick Omaha Power Center 3.90,9 [We/mon aver., Taiophone (4.734-3900 ( 02.) 0622 REV. ACTUAL SCALE IS HALF OF 0808 NOTED WHEN PRINIED ON 11 X 17 PAPER. 8 10 ra 111 81 a 15 15 3 81 11 81 In 3 10 8 8 10 2 (soni omidn) ..amsz 12-8 5/8" (ES11MATED SHIPPING HEIGHT) El 10 10 ost El 10 8 (HLOVA ONIddIHS 011VVILLS3) .5—, BOEING VAULT 28 SUBSTATION 27KV OUTDOOR SWITCHGEAR EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS (SHT 2 OF 2) DRAWN AMJ 09/24/18 APPROVAL SCALE AS N010 CHECKED E.1,74,N rateraBanaaaplaida Ornaha Parer Center PPP 063.36,973633 0 ab ala 1691 atephoa pat 7.-3909 (702) 731 0622 REV. ACTUAL SCALE IS HA, OF SOIL, NOTED WHEN PR04IE0 ON 11 0 17 PAPER. I4G1 F05.ED CIARNEL W/ 1 7/11' FIANCES SELF -ZAPPING SCAEW SEE DEAL A/AJ IIGA FORMED ROOF GAP GIA4NF1 4/ ANSI 70 HIGH GLOSS FINISH IIGA FARMED ROCA PANEL W/ ANSI 70 NIGH 0.0SS F0I463E PLAN 3/5' WED 5100 0II-8' 14GA PoIOED CIANNB, SEE DKG Si 1/2' O MJR BOARD (DIERIIA1 BAR4WA) VAPAR 9404 A 1' DON THERM INAJLA11C0 R-6.5/1' (1NER6AL BEN IBGA CEEING PANEL W/ 4411E HIGH GLOSS FPO 1/4' ELF -TAPPING SEEW 0174 DC I/O' MEN BOARD R-A45/T/T' MIRK BARRIER) VAPOR BARRIER 144 MCA WAIL BARTER PANEL R/ 1011IE 11101 CUSS FNI9I ENOki OEM AT SOU, J'41'-0' TIP BOTH FLOOR PEA1E SEE DWG. SI 476 ANGLE SEE DKG. SI A06 CNANNE4 SEE 04G. SI 4.2A11G1 FOND Cl14NE1 „A\A n PIGIL SEGBGN AT BRAE ALE; 11/2'.I'-0' J/d 51E IAADE 5 90.101'-a' a AT¶NG IN9JU110N a-13 11G1 FORMER ENONAIL GAAE W/ ANSI 70 HIM COBS FWERI 5)1' �0lINS 4046111E IN3IEUIIC4 R 3/B' SAZ ME 5 BOLT* 0'-10' 0CA 1/d RED SEX 0D'-10'O4A 7GA FORTED ERDAA11 CAP CNA4NE IIGI EITERFIR WAIL PANEL W/ RCS 10 HNMI GLASS EMI 2' AN5 RIME .P FF HAJIM R-6.5/I' )1 4AY101GA FORE) MIRE A EPS IN91LATON RIB/1' ALL 0E7AIL AT BALE E �I-0 J/B' IC SIH05 SEE SEC7N I/ 1, AN CHANNEL SE 0110. SI NE EAT RE1ILLS & R-6.7/1' 4 AL B/Al RAF F0411 IIGA WALL PANEL W/ 7/1S' BASE OVERLAP W/ 019 70 HIGH GLOSS B41SN �a\ 0 0 � 0 Q J_ LI a 0 F 2 W Z 0 01 F3 � hN Z m0 00 F 00 N D o 0N0 z ZJ� wDy oar 7 03>N to DRAWING N0. P3853-A4 (5) 1" JOHNS MANVILLE INSULATION R-6,5/1" 1/2" GYPSUM BOARD (THERMAL BARRIER VAPOR BARRIER 1" DOW THERMAX INSULATION R-6,5/1' (THERMAL BLOCK) P3853 R00 18 GA, CEILING BARRIER SEE SEPARATE WALL DETAIL Sv _A 0 0 A 0 W NJ 0 z2 F- ou W <N z 0 0 g NO Q NO Z �J> Id W<YOF 0 0Q` 0 m>N CRANING NO P3B53-A5 ou 9 Rc LEGEND 120NAC REEFPIAC..E 14VAC NEQPFACIE RECEPTIClf s uan scx S, JAW ualr SIFRH 0 MOO Ali N11E1E N/ NNoroF I k FW0RSW17 N IN1H NOTES IN RESPONSE TO rpt24HourltrEL, #5: I. NE Na )A KUA6 6 26A N4 r)E NaNau KUA2 TO RN IS 15.10 N4 > 1F11A vi rr1Y N9E SOWS Aaa6ND1D ar INFIE NCE ZOOM S6IDL7 EKG nE KW PACE ORS ACE 8)048 S NEik CUD SIITCHEAN IN ITS EN7X6Y O 6f EEE/A4A 137.20.2 1211412018 rj Schnackel engineers, New ton fl ummw 06 *nge6l • sunle Nprol4u 0 8 ll W 17 ZI 00 QN mm mo 0: 00 ONAIIING No. P3853-E2 MIN) wwvud4tdd,mm / v21-1.12 „ix/fur/ N V28.1 t111MAR0AAN.01330021B.4 Aw 022120 S2033NAP0260GLS AC NI. AU% -I Iro 2 BUS ABM 02B-I.17 -c } c NEI EVERCOIC0 EzI —t 4.-`C--- -r—c r—c.:____rc r //th,sE//E1/6rw1/7/' Aim A // TOOOR LOT 330A10N0190 WPM EWES.. per, BROW 49320027 �WR WA MEWED von I20fl 0!3PHW,41NRF 6013IRC33,1111 2365 In% 9'.31 9p34000 12532,03 Hp'NW000Y07101: 1113 103 1115 N1NPN: 20013 111301/001110 3620 N]% 3W0 MAIN2R00001 ISONNS 0107I30119. 16113 Ili% 000 ISN ttQ 112% `,x143,53Ut@ MA NAO W01 0121113H B R fld MG 31101145113 (IF(Nf ME OES¢IPMtlN PNAS`.000AI 3133R1200N ORfatpN YAKYEE 1 BRVAU RivN6 I wIR[Sm IBOER AM0M9Y #MNp NW {pY X A I cm 13 12 laa (012,I11163/0 C 3ap8S1WNt18 1986 hlptawmmmolulbJl N (11310.1011004 10.30A 19 0 16W 1851 3,311 and ma) N I2131211131A01¢ 1020A 11 13 1 16S 1 1996 h1m4e.M3NAttoIN1lNtUl N RIY10,111MI0GIA IP 3p0. to IS 6"rd p 1 11 9 1I 73 IS 365 IS 13 S 10 10 1P 30A 0 01319440 M kaEamAdltMudp10130171063 3131 031UI101/23 N 21110,1113lRGM N-iDA 19 u 46SMI lE 12 12 1R{k0A 11117.14 7GND MRi mrt4301100017 f30 3002o00233 1 I010IIIIIE3NO 1P•793 11 IS 63 1P,i0A I11111Yt16R9 ' i1¢64ri10/ 310 1135 3hIeIR1G 1 (1III100IttVO 10.103 11 1S S3S1111 1470A 111331 0116R9 H Mid ANI%i M13OS 9315 0i h 306a19 N P 12NIY12Mp VISA 11 IS ISW 1 33 IBIS 10 12 12103 11332,0216Ap H A2/163I33311213. MO 3Mid Ox V11aN9 N 11II0I.I21230 113,203 11 10 NtS 16 11 19 11 390 I IS 0 20 10 1E 12310% 0211011191030 t ta3233021336ian MI 03P3131020002332023 H RInF11131230 20 ISp� ]1 IS i9W IB SP 1m 1212101136119 - 33333 ISfO 2241mm3 C 0111111Y11aaa I1P t0A V IS 37S 103!O4 11312 11 230 - 1811 1S Rao n 121a1111131131Q I 10,293 2 EO W 23 p 0 12 I,Ill a - fnt t2 pm - - ZS E1 iAt+ 0 1890 20 1Rm 19 1BW 10 IS I _2 .1 I1 P;iph 211E 111816Np I a 1WrErcWPM R E012M9 1 i3 tM V 20 m0 1131211131I GVa R Al armada mom_ haalnum ylim ultl Wlw3 1333a1 ®61312.UIg2C+IC IIt.Ryl !E ©1E131111YIt640 ® I3 N 1I01311.1113t2(Rlp 4tQa li 10 N i9 1<e 31S 10 3333 0 - ° . .. 11111111.1111® IMIIIIIMIIIIIIIMIIMINIMIIIIII - as p M�0 u •� —T— 0 M0 - - ! - 9 18 IllAilILIIIIMMIIMIIIIIMMIMMIIIIIKIIMMMIMIIIIII_ _ p pl- IpazA - d '- 11111111 NWNAL Var1 i 26,%%v R0.rACI Ct4 15.260 sam CRCUNO 8• AY 1 IMyAC RECEPTACLE 9 7l04 Kam, P10 00 ESCEPT 0.E S LOT SWIG' $R 3-NA0 POI POD E ourB R LORt roxt (Ly/ PROT 4B'rucRtsCENr E0NRE 0 SNO%E D[RCIOR I cat IB mis{SaaAA B[ 4Slhlm I tz OMRS " a•tu p01NaNRt04 13) r2 IE1010 REPOT AC PYSLBEZA0 �•I ONE LINE DIAGRAM 6• I ip 11 LE TO BY CI %S mR MI Oa dj010 UNIN1 �c L om a¢p Cr inw w ',memo trx. AUX 1 000M70n,1 911i1Mt Wan 9E 1201101,2 13334310 030101222 1000 03a0 taatcott 3011 110170321211AA0A,IRE 20002000522: 1003 2231, 13000 0024000 I90AMIY IAH300000000Eo1. 0 203 0 ha. : I00% 0092/1313 R7 9 100 0 iw 0040000009 609001 00411012 0 123 0 35963APS _0112 3210 IS.% i110 WAD 070 ''... IX11 1 Ind 1pM 0MI900E 20200710 WA020100.111 300120210/3131323 RPCUER 900277Y,WIPASREI MEMG PA01w vnm'G 902 GAEINi Ud 00002000N 0 92000op 00 w1¢1¢gg BAPW PAEAE92OEMkm 041700E A4WKil9 A I Y 1 0[SG9100 I313211I7U0 HAB 1111111=111311111111= 3P 1W 110 40 20436 1A181;'', WM1 Hi8 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I 6 i O NME 1610 1 GIPUM9 {09011Y1299 2P NA 012 E9 1EW 8 9 0 IDME 1619 10 11 3 0 C _ S�XE WMf 11 942E 1 NM6 14 1S 01111 042E M 0 3 NME NPR 20 19 IIIIIIMIIIIIIIII ME 111111MMEIN INIM MI IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIMIIIIIIIMMIIIIIIII PNUf01010.1 9090 3000 3128 4AM4E21NR 0 Do NQ Z r 11 NO do Z-1> 0a 0¢ 0<N 02 2>ry �y PRANryNC NO 101 n Omaha Power Center AISLE NAMEPLATE SCHEDULE Powering•Business V/orldwide NAME SUBSTATION DOCUMENT: P3853 NPL Standard.xlsm REVISION: MOUNTING: ADHESIVE NP # Qty Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Plate Size (in) Text Ht (in) Color PIt/Txt 1 1 CIRCUIT BREAKER TEST CABINET 1"X 3" 1/4" W/BK 2 1 HVAC THERMOSTAT 1" X 3" 114" WIBK 3 1 H - 0 - A SWITCH 1"X3" 114" WIBK 4 2 EXTERIOR LIGHTS 1"X 1 1/4" 118" WIBK 5 1 YARD LIGHTS 1"X 1 114" 118" WIBK 6 1 AC PANELBOARD V28-1 1"X 3" 1/4" WIBK 7 1 DC PANELBOARD V28-2 1"X 3" 1/4" W/BK 8 1 SSB1 SHIPPING SPLIT BOX #1 1"X 3" 1/4" WIBK 9 1 SSB2 SHIPPING SPLIT BOX #2 1"X 3" 1/4" WIBK 10 1 MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH 1" X 3" 114" W/BK 11 1 CPT 1" X 3" 114" WIBK 12 1 CPT DISCONNECT SWITCH 1"X3" 1/4" WIBK 13 1 STORAGE CABINET 1"X 3" 114" 'vVIBK MOUNT ON AC PANEL V28-1 1 120/208 VOLTS 3 PHASE A PHASE = BLACK B PHASE = RED C PHASE: BLUE NEUTRAL = WHITE 11/2" X 5" 3/16" W/BK MOUNT ON 45KVA 480V CPT 1 277/480 VOLTS 3 PHASE A PHASE = BROWN B PHASE:ORANGE C PHASE = YELLOW NEUTRAL = GREY 1 1/2" X 5" 3/16" W/BK P3853 NPL Standard Page 1 of 2 10/30/2018 Omaha Power Center • AISLE NAMEPLATE SCHEDULE NAME Powering BUSifleSS'Vlorldwicie SUBSTATION DOCUMENT: P3853 NPL Standard.xlsm REVISION: MOUNTING: ADHESIVE NP # Qty Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Plate Size p) . Text Ht (in) Color Plt/Txt MOUNT ON 15KV CPT IN UNIT 13 120/208 VOLTS 3 PHASE A PHASE 7. BLACK B PHASE .4 RED C PHASE = BLUE NEUTRAL = WHITE 11/211 X S" 3/16' W/BK P3853 NPL Standard Page 2 of 2 10/30/2018 From To: Cc: Brunner, Marc K Friday, November OI20l8llBPW Turner, Richard H Jewell, Amy RE: [EXTERNAL] RE: Boeing Plant 2\Vault 2&27kVswitchgearinoutdoor enclosure, EatonP3853 Rich That would be great and thank you so much for all of your assistance on these deviations, Marc From: Turner, Richard H Sent: Fhday, NovembarO2, 2018 12:38 PM To: Brunner, Marc Cc: Jewell, Amy Subject: Re: [EXTERNAL] RE: Boeing Plant Z, Vault 28, 27 kV switchgear in outdoor enclosure, Eaton P3853 } think they will travel. | will contact Sank. K8avbeI'll come with him. Who did you contract last time for the inspection. Would they come tothe factory todothe inspection this time. |fsowill you contact them orshould we. Marc From: Turner, Richard Sent: Thursday, NovemberO1, 2018 1:24 PM To: Brunner, Marc Subject: FVV: [EXTERNAL] RE: Boeing Plant Z, Vault 28, 27 kVswitchgeorin outdoor enclosure, Eaton P3853 That was quick. But not easy. From: Summers, Jason A(LNl) [moihn:sumk235PLNLVVA.GOV1 Sent: Thursday, NovemberO1, 2018 11:14AM To: Turner, Richard H Cc: Sed|acek Craig L(LNI) Subject: [EXTERNAL] RE: Boeing Plant Z, Vault 28, 27 kV svvitchgaar in outdoor enclosure, Eaton P3853 Good morning Mr. Turner, Regarding NEC 49O.48Aand field evaluation: As you indicated, Where components or the entirety of the substation are listed by a qualified electrical testing laboratory, documentation of internal design features subject to the listing investigation shall not be required." 1. Requested documentation/drawings of Internal features of the listed or field evaluated switchgear or other electrical equipment included in NEC490.48A (l)-(12) will not require a professional engineer stamp, date signature. This may or may not affect my correction item #!0 as it appears my correction items regarding the requirement for engineer stamp appear to pertain to requested drawings/documentation regarding items such os(#7)wo/kingspace, /#3\mountino/ecuring, /#6\High voltage cables not internal toelectrical equipment (only |finstalled in factory) Correction item #1 is requested as generally no details were submitted regarding the 27KV switch8ear. 2. Regarding field evaluation: If a field evaluation(s) is needed it will be required to be performed at the factory location rather than the site location and should be completed prior to the FAS final inspection of the building. This is a change from the last project as on the last project it was unknown that the switchgear was not listed until the factory inspection and I chose rather than delay the shipping date to allow the site evaluation. I have also received additional guidance from the WA State L&I electrical department indicating these field evaluations shall be performed in the factory prior to FAS approval and the gold labelled insignia attached to the WAC296.46B-010(7). WAC296.46B.999(44)-/47\ NEC 110.2. NEC 110.3 Field evaluations shall be performed bVa product testing laboratory approved bVW./\. State department OfLabor & Industries electrical department. Alist ofapproved product testing laboratories approved to perform field evaluations can befound at: Please have make certain |amnotified bythe product testing agency prior tothe eva|uation(s)with the details cf the evaluation(s) to be performed. Please let moknow if yo6 have additionalquestions. —t FAS Plan Exanm/mer Phone: 36m-902'6462 Fmx:360-902_5229 WbxhinytonStutoI)cyortnnent»floborund{ndus(r/co Field Services and Public Safety P[)BOX 4443« Olympia, N{A'985u4'447u &Yyoffice hours are Tuesday through Friday 6:DOonnto4:3Opm. 2 From: Turner, Richard H<RichardHTunner@Eaton.conw Sent: Wednesday, October 31,2O181O:33PM To: Summers, Jason A(LN|)<svnnk235@LNiVVA.GOV> Subject: Boeing Plant 2, Vault 28, 27 kV switchgear in outdoor enclosure, Eaton P3853 Jason: )tseems the cast ofcharacters has not changed too much from last year. Omaha, you &| were involved with similar 27kVswitchQearfor 8oeing/sMilitary Delivery Center. This project is just abit further north, attheir Plant 2. This equipment feeds 8oeino's transonic wind tunnel. Omaha has asked me to help to resolve some issues in your plan review. | notice you reference NEC 49O.4DAin several places. | checked the NEC & read this section states "substations shall be designed by a qualified licensed professional engineer. Where components orthe entirety of the substation are listed by a qualified electrical testing laboratory, documentation of internal design features subject 1othe listing investigation shall not be required." May weadopt the same process aslast year, where weemployed aqualified electrical test|nQ laboratory to conduct a field inspection after the equipment arrives? If necessary, I am happy to travel to Olympia to meet in person. Rich SAE G3A - 5 3OLT 318-16 .1\ C WI WAS-E3 DRILL & TAD II\ TO FLOOR CO A\CHOR DETAIL DQ T BAS FLOOR DEC REVISION DATE DESCRIPTION MICHAEL C. STIEFERMANN PROJECT PACIFICORP DRAWING TITLE COMPONENT ANCHORING DETAIL DRAWING STATUS RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION SCALE DATE 25-Feb.2016 DRAWING SP3268-5 SHEET 1 OF 1 n 0 IF1N Omaha Power Center AISLE NAMEPLATE SC-EDULE Poweog Business Norldwide NAME rl SUBSTATION DOCUMENT: P3853 NPL Standard.zlsm REVISION: MOUNTING: ADHESIVE NP # Qty Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Plate Size Jin) Text Ht (in) Color PIf1Txt 1 1 CIRCUIT BREAKER TEST CABINET 1"X 3" 114" WIBK 2 1 HVAC THERMOSTAT 1" X 3" 114" WIBK 3 1 H-0•A SWITCH 1"X3" 114" WIBK 4 2 EXTERIOR LIGHTS 1"X 1114" 116" WIBK 5 1 YARD LIGHTS 1"X 1114" 118" WIBK 6 1 AC PAN ELBOARD V28.1 1" X 3" 114" WIBK 7 1 DC PANELBOARD V28.2 1"X 3" 114" WIBK 8 1 SSB1 SHIPPING SPLIT BOX#1 1"X3" 114" WIBK 9 1 SSB2 SHIPPING SPLIT BOX#2 1"X3" 114" WIBK 10 1 MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH 1" X 3" 114" WIBK 11 1 CPT 1"X 3" 114' VVIBK 12 1 CPT DISCONNECT SWITCH 1"X3" 114" W/BK 13 1 STORAGE CABINET 1"X3" 114" WIBK MOUNT ON AC PANEL V28-1 1 120/208 VOLTS 3 PHASE A PHASE: BLACK B PHASE: RED C PHASE: BLUE NEUTRAL =WHITE 1112"X5" 3/16" WIBK MOUNT ON 45KVA 480V CPT 1 2771480 VOLTS 3 PHASE A PHASE: BROWN B PHASE = ORANGE C PHASE : YELLOW NEUTRAL: GREY 11/2" X 5" 3/16" W/BK P3853 NPL Standard Page 1 of 2 10/30/2018 1 ai T N Omaha Power Center AISLE NAMEPLATE SC-EDULE Powering Business Worldwide NAmE SUBSTATION DOCUMENT: P3853 NPL Standard,xlsm REVISION: MOUNTING: ADHESIVE NP # Qty Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Plate Size (in) Text Ht (in) Color Pltl'tzt 1 1 CIRCUIT BREAKER TEST CABINET 1" X 3" 114" WIBK 2 1 HVAC THERMOSTAT 1"X 3" 114" WIBK 3 1 H - 0- A SWITCH 1"X 3" 114" WIBK 4 2 EXTERIOR LIGHTS 1"X 1114" 118" WIBK 5 1 YARD LIGHTS 1"X 1114" 118" WIBK 6 1 AC PANELBOARD V28-1 1"X 3" 114" WIBK 7 1 DC PANELBOARD V28-2 1" X 3" 114" WIBK 8 1 SSB1 SHIPPING SPLIT BOX #1 1" X 3" 114" WIBK 9 1 SSB2 SHIPPING SPLIT BOX #2 1" X 3" 114" WIBK 10 1 MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH 1"X 3" 114" WIBK 11 1 CPT 1" X 3" 1/4" WIBK 12 1 CPT DISCONNECT SWITCH 1" X 3" 1/4" WIBK 13 1 STORAGE CABINET 1"X3" 114" WIBK MOUNT ON AC PANELV2&1 1 120/208 VOLTS 3 PHASE A PHASE = BLACK BPHASE =RED C PHASE - BLUE NEUTRAL = WHITE 1 1/2" X 5" 3/16" WORK MOUNT ON 45KVA 480V CPT 1 277/480 VOLTS 3 PHASE A PHASE = BROWN B PHASE ORANGE C PHASE YELLOW NEUTRAL = GREY 11/2" X 5" 3/16" W/BK P3853 NPL Standard Page 1 of 2 10/30/2018 0 F:TeN Omaha Power Center AISLE NAMEPLATE SCHEDULE Powering Business Worldwide SUBSTATION DOCUMENT: P3853 NPL Standard.xlsm REVISION: MOUNTING: ADHESNE NP # Qty Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Plate Size jin) Text Kt (in) Color PltiTxt MOUNT ON 15KV CPT IN UNIT 13 120/208 VOLTS 3 PHASE A PHASE : 8LACK B PHASE : RED C PHASE : BLUE NEUTRAL: WHITE 1 1/2" X 5" 3 " W/BK P3853 NPL Standard Page 2 of 2 10/30/2018 MCA Me 44LL PANEL MY 36' 11P ASB NANAEI SFE Rµ WOOS DE90ED, SPUD AND WALLED BY 0TI1:11S FNNOATIN, BY 01VETS O9 IYRCN. VD Al FOI4d)AAN SCAB IAASE111 RATE AL DEN NC. PANEL ATTACH TO 4AL1 PANEL 4/ (I) 4EID SNDS 1 TO NE PION 4/ (3) PEW SILOS A76 ANCAE SEE RAN BASE FRAMING PLAN SCALE: 3/8" MAN BASE MANES 106ENOI 4/ I/2' GRADE 3 BOLTS W ATS B NA41ER5 Al WO AT Be SUS I/id-0. MILS I C6%II.S I CBIOS -AYNAS (16) 4E NOR 6I I 1YP BON NOS ROIL PLATE RA4 •1/CAC. N5AAON 4A0A110A CH 11P ODN NOS ASS ANI11 SEE DWO, SI A76 CANNEL SEE DWG SI CHANNEL E 040 SI GUST! PLATE BEN MATEO BY EATEN'S NANA E PE STAYP ORTRES NA1 INS fESENMO ECA THE SIRUCI4AA NE NE SZE, CCNRNRAAN, Nm REFER NNE MASON MD NE OF, AE PE SEW 4 Fg11NE I. TIPS MAW41E NOAS NE BASE PANE, AS SO PRON ABOAE 1 BASE PANE N0W PCB ORNIATIEN NLY A7 ASSIST N mono DE9N, ONION AMAIN OWNS, (NNO LOWERS) Et) 91041 N INS DIANE BUCK 49110 FN CONS4ECT% CF MOAN, 94NSNS ME we at 1NE BAN IF THE OWES EXCEPT AS NOTED. 1 10 BE FlgEO N FNNOAIIN WEAN BY ONE4S, NNN BASE MANES TO FNNDAMN, 1. SEE Ai0111ECNRA/ PUN 1E4 DLO Np14AA 604044104 RE0A9(51G INN-1NAIACE CABLE WAKE MO 016 MKS S POWER 04184 NE8UNG5 BASE PRANE BY OP 10 I/4" ALL TIE WAY MOUND. SEE ARWIEC115IN PLAN 40YI RR MALL OMENS 6. RESN4FNOE0 AIM LOCATIONS LOOS NE INNOVATE. 4NSE AS NECESSARY FOR IXSINLA➢N. 7, GM WO MOOS 45004NC N SI4DCNR4I EMAlIA11N REOC44NOAANS 51 10A (AISLE 1 CN1A0. ASEA) N NIA (SELON S410IOEAR) 51EF1 PLO RATE O4ER BASE FRANKS 4 MAD 1 ASSOCIATED 54040NS 0I04N PCP 4VFONA101 (KY. MOAN DE99 ER N WAFT ACTUAL 0E9N, 10 WELD SNDS PRE NS 1015 51E1, YN➢104, 10 a 2 • 8 g oo �N go 919NN9 NQ P3853-S1 0 1) 47-2 tic .7 k364 ; -I. 7364.274 4 Rd T 7-11' .1e 3 P V Y-0' 4-0' -0' ; 4- i 41 41/r • -4. hi 'S ', : : - _ L - 81 P ilii A . (2) 51511CA MED 16.4 g a 1 i la 5 6*403 - T -4 NERS OF *yams ,,, .. •<!, , Z.57, ri , SVP1I2 * - FUMED PAANa5, SEE FiAit 112* FolrEE ROOF PowEL EAU° 102I134 BDir FLUE *16360461336060. AMP 19 WV Hew/ (3) 632001333636 10662 pox (4) 622 $1145 1804Ft 7313051536-4" 13364136 BARRER PANEL 11/ (5) 1/1' RADE 5 BITS 3/3' ED SruDS*11*0763*33663*3201/3/6 OCA625001301-436 ' 14GA pI RINED DM MEI PAAEL 0660136 11? 4 1/5' @nwiCAL RODE-TD-ww. CPNECTCw SCALE 1 1/2,4-0' ROOF FRAMING PLAN SCPAL 5/6' • 14 Kw KW OKI DP 1/ 16) OlD PuOS EAEO° ir Trick %CD AT PANCI PUCE Sal 1/2'.1'-3' INA MED Wu aw PANE 5/6' SAZ PAX 5 BELT 41 3/16' CC 3/5' 6220363 143/15. OC RCA BIB Rego 00.45104 SEE km 3/1' 060066365 Bat 0 OC i5CA Mug BARRER P041 FRIG ROI FUG SE FAA sELF-rotic SCREW 0-8' X @Ira/ BIB ROOFCNAmoe. POSS-PC110 326332 1 /2'61V-0' PS DRAW KA5 ODP alwIED ay wows MIA PORF 1FE FE STAR MARS NAT NS MOW WAS COPE FM 5111010k 054LQ4 TO CM WE 9E, OnCuRorat 063 CCOPPOTS USED. 6030670162*43061066343 136 COWIRCAO WOE CC 11 P10113060606060 MILK COD Pa N 7.14006*6*0361336166036646*0*31366330,60362* FR% ABDAE. 36EWING ORM (DIU% BASE) C119515 Cr CUM kiNUFACIRED (TP) O 4r (0105) PX CCAD-FOVED PEEL NCOuLE, BOJO We, COO OP CO.D46540 MEI NUL. APENBUES. ECIJED Co THE IX ENOS. 0,END0363Mar. CCESSTS CF DID-FRED STEE1 0*61 ?KS OF WC SON CM 511}1 A FONED WU AS A CAP SEE DECO 4/72. 4. liELD 51105 AWE 49 IM5 PEEL Ma. DCA KOKO ROOF UP CAMAS. FRIED ROI PARA SEE PlAw .3/11oEID Pin 0 f-a" OC 14CA MOLD PIPE. SEE OK St 3/1' SAE CORE 5 Box V-5' cc II PHU GAELE 3/13' SAE PAX 5 BOJ 0 XA 0/366200105 0 D-10. Oa Floe ENDowl CAP alANNEL 1/4' 21-7A661N0 SPEw LY-P DC 47/751 ()NAM SKIP AT Prow. NE SOX i/e44 Uni D036 .A, 2i • N (76 00 z 0 w 6117 zi o(12. z I-- a. LI) cox 0 Dno z 000 co a n 3. 0 0 u. 1- LJJ y 0 0 0 E0 > N X OPANANG NO, P3853-52 0 U 3" 36" 15" oo 0 2 2 UNIT 51 THROUGH UNIT 98 UNIT 110 THROUGH UNIT #13 UNIT #16 1HRQUGN ^�3 3900 LBS 60" i6"., 16"18 ,12""12"N12"12. 12"M12"12"12". • 12" .. 12" 12" 12" ,. UNITS 19,114, AND #15 7000 LBS CUBICLE ANCHORING PLAN MS AM NAS OD MUTED Sr EA11N5 ONAM PM SU NE PE MP MIMES NM MS MOMENT W MOM FOR ME SRNCNRX E@1NAPAN TO OFFI NE SIZE, OONORAROK ARO OPPONENTS OSEO. RUN TO NE WO MO NE CERMQANOR AR Or. NE PE STOP IS FOR NE PRIM EON O6r, tat I INS OMICRON INE O6W MEN" AS SSN ERN AEOK. 2 USI yr NtONARE FOR MAIM WM TO Mg. SIE duXNES P1113-AI EN FUN 0157 PSMI-S1 FOR BASE FUN FUN, s Z U a ok -I Fa Q3 Z NN E my $ U NU Z oa NID o0B Z�� uosc01 oar @iN U ROM N0.1 P3853-53 l� SAT GRADE 5 BOLT 318-16 JVC WI WAS ER DR LL & TAP I'TO FLOOR A\CHORJ COIvPOVE\T SASE FLOOR DECK -Al REVISION DATE DESCRIPTION MICHAEL C. STIEFERMANN P.E. PROJECT PACIFICORP DRAWING TITLE COMPONENT ANCHORING DETAIL DRAWING STATUS SCALE DATE DRAWING SHEET RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION 3" =1'• 0" 25•Feb•2016 SP3268-5 1 OF 1 P3853 Platt Electric Supply Vault 28 Substation 27KV Switchgear, Rev 1 Bill of Material P3853-Al Key Qty Manufacturer & Cat. No. Description © 1 EATON V29M28T45CUEE DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMER (CPT2*) TYPE DT-3E, THREE PHASE, 45KVA, 480V DELTA- 208/120V WYE, COPPER WINDINGS, 115 DEGREE C RISE, TWO 2.5% TAPS ABOVE, FOUR 2.5% TAPS BELOW, FRAME SIZE FR915B NENCLOSURE DIMENSIONS: 30.00"" HIGH X 23.00"" WIDE X 16.50"" LONG. 442 LBS. Q 2 COOPER LIGHTING — LPXC25 EMERGENCY EXIT SIGN WITH FLOOD LIGHTS 6 INCH HIGH 3/4 INCH STROKE EXIT LETTERING WITH RED LED LAMP MODULES, KNOCKOUT CHEVRONS, SINGLE, OR DOUBLE -FACE APPLICATION, WHITE INJECTION MOLDED POLYCARBONATE HOUSING, 120 VAC SUPPLY, 6VDC LEAD -CALCIUM BA I I ERY, TWO 6 VDC 3.6 WATT LAMPS, 23.25 INCHES LONG X 10.75 INCHES HIGH X 4.25 INCHES DEEP. © 12 LITHONIA LIGHTING — ZL1N L48 5000LM FST MVOLT LED STRIPLIGHT (INTERIOR LIGHTING) 2 3/16 IN WIDE, LED, 42 WATT, EQUIVALENT TO A T8 LAMP, 48 INCHES, MVOLT, LOW PROFILE Z-STRIP CHANNEL, SNAP -ON FROSTED DIFFUSER, LUMEN OUTPUT UP TO 2,000 LUMENS PER FOOT, LEDS PROVIDE NOMINAL 80 CRI AT 5000K, BAKED WHITE ENAMEL. 4 PHILIPS LPW7-1BZPCB OUTDOOR LIGHT FIXTURE DIE CAST HOUSING, LED ARRAY, 14 WATTS, 120V, 70 CRI/4000K, W/PHOTOCONTROL BUTTON, 3.87 IN HIGH X 7.57 IN WIDE X 4.37 IN DEEP, BRONZE TEXTURED PAINT, Page 1 of 5 P3853 Platt Electric Supply Vault 28 Substation 27KV Switchgear, Rev 1 Bill of Material COOPER-TWRVGF2OW GFCI RECEPTACLE 20 AMP, 125VAC, NEMA 5-20R, DUPLEX, MEETS ALL UL943 (GFCI) AND UL498 (RECEPTACLE) REQUIREMENTS, 2008 NEC 406.8 WEATHER RESISTANT COMPLIANT, WHITE COLOR 4 ARLINGTON INDUSTRIES 03266459108 GFCI RECEPTACLE 20 AMP, 125VAC, NEMA 5-20R, DUPLEX, IVORY COLOR HONEYWELL TH611OD1005 THERMOSTAT LOW VOLTAGE T STAT, DIGITAL PROGRAMMABLE, 1 HEAT STANGE, 1 COOL STAGE, 4 TEMP SETTINGS PER DAY, 24VAC OR BA I I ERY POWER, TERMINAL DESIGNATIONS CB O Y G W RC RH, CONTROL RANGE 40 TO 99 DEGREES F, LCD DISPLAY, BACKLIT, HORIZONTAL MOUNTING, 3 9/16 INCH HIGH, 5 13/16 INCH WIDE, 1 1/2 INCH DEEP, WHITE 3 VON DUPRIN 99-99L-1210 PANIC BAR ASSEMBLY, RIM EXIT DEVICE, REVERSIBLE, VON DUPRIN SERIES 99 WITH GROOVED MECHANISM CASE, FOR 36 INCH WIDE DOOR, US26D SATIN CHROME PLATED FINISH, 299 STRIKE PLATE, HEX KEY DOGGING, 99L OUTSIDE TRIM CONSISTING OF 996L-R/V TRIM, 2-3/4 INCH X10-3/4 INCH X27/32 INCH ESCUTCHEON, STANDARD LEVER #6, RIM CYCLINDER CUTOUT, REVERSIBLE HANDLE, US26D FINISH KEY LOCKS AND UNLOCKS, 1212 IC RIM CYLINDER HOUSING, US26D FINISH WITH 1210 X 626 REMOVEABLE CORE Page 2 of 5 P3853 Platt Electric Supply Vault 28 Substation 27KV Switchgear, Rev 1 Bill of Material AC PANEL BOARD V28-1 AC PANEL BOARD V28-1 EATON AC PANELBOARD P1A225BT54CH01 TOP FEED, 208/120V THREE PHASE FOUR WIRE, COPPER BUS, SURFACE MOUNT, 54 CIRCUIT, FACTORY ASSEMBLED, NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE, 225A RATED INTERIOR, 150A MAIN BREAKER. TYPE EDB, INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING BOLT -ON BRANCH BREAKERS, 22 KAIC TYPE QBHW-H: 1- 3 POLE 20A QBHW-H 46 - 1 POLE 20A QBHW 3 - 1 POLE 30A QBHW INCOMING CONDUCTORS: 1- #4-4/0 1- #6-300 KCMIL ENCLOSURE CAT NO. EZBP2060R TOP TRIM, SURFACE WITH DOOR CAT NO. EZT2060S DIMENSIONS: 60" H X 20" W X 5.75" D BIDMAN TAKEOFF T61E0828X8K1 Page 3 of 5 P3853 Platt Electric Supply Vault 28 Substation 27KV Switchgear, Rev 1 Bill of Material 1 AC PANEL BOARD AC PANEL BOARD AUX 1 10 AUX 1 EATON AC PANELBOARD P1A100BT18CH01 TOP FEED, 208/120V THREE PHASE FOUR WIRE, COPPER BUS, SURFACE MOUNT, 18 CIRCUIT, FACTORY ASSEMBLED, NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE, 100A RATED INTERIOR, 100A 3 POLE MAIN BREAKER TYPE BAB-H, INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING BOLT -ON BRANCH BREAKERS, 22 KAIC TYPE QBHW-H: 1- 3 POLE 40A QBHW-H 1- 2 POLE 20A QBHW-H INCOMING CONDUCTORS: 1- #8-1/0 1- #14-1/0 KCMIL ENCLOSURE CAT NO. EZBP2036R TOP TRIM, SURFACE WITH DOOR CAT NO. E[ 12036S DIMENSIONS: 36" H X 20" W X 5.75" D BIDMAN TAKEOFF T61E0828X8K1. 1 BARD — HEAT PUMP 11 W18HA-AOZZX4XXXXR R-410A REFRIGERANT, EER 10,0, WALL MOUNT, 1.5 TON, 230/208 VAC, SINGLE PHASE, 16500 BTUH @47F HIGH TEMP HEATING CAPACITY (COP 3), 17100 BTUH COOLING CAPACITY (EER 10.2), ECONOMIZER (ENTHALPY), 1 INCH THROWAWAY FILTER, FRONT OUTLET, AUTO RESET HIGH PRESSURE AND LOW PRESSURE CONTROL, BUCKEYE GRAY. EATON HEAVY DUTY SWITCH 0 DH363NGK 3 POLE, 4 WIRE, SINGLE THROW, 600VAC, 100 AMP, FUSIBLE WITH NEUTRAL, NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE, K SERIES, DIMENSIONS: 22.5" HIGH X 12.75" WIDE X 9.0" DEEP Page 4 of 5 P3853 Platt Electric Supply Vault 28 Substation 27KV Switchgear, Rev 1 Bill of Material CI3NTSA3150CGXL14AA/14BA EATON MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH SERIES 300, CONVENTIONAL 3 POSITION, SOLID NEUTRAL, 3 POLE, 150A, 208V, NEMA 12 NON -SECURE ENCLOSURE, 208V AND 60HZ CONTROL SETTINGS, 2 SETS OF AUXILIARY CONTACTS 14AA/14BA 14 1 COOPER CROUSE HINDS AREA10426 CIRCUIT BREAKER RECEPTACLE ASSEMBLY HEAVY DUTY, 100 AMP ASSEMBLY, WITH AJ BACK BOXES AND ANGLE ADAPTERS, 3 WIRE, 4 POLE, 2.0 INCH HUB, WIRE SIZE #4 - #1 AWG, OR #4 - #2 AWG EXTRA FLEX 15 DC PANEL BOARD V28-2 DC PANELBOARD EATON EATON DC PANELBOARD CATALOG NO P2J225BT54CH01 TOP FEED, 1 PHASE, FULLY RATED 2 WIRE 125VDC, COPPER BUS, SURFACE MOUNT, 54 CIRCUIT, FACTORY ASSEMBLED, NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE, 225A RATED INTERIOR, MAIN BREAKER: 225A, 2-POLE, 10 KAIC, TYPE FD INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING BOLT -ON BRANCH BREAKERS, 10 KAIC @ 125VDC TYPE GHB: 4 - 20A, 2.-POLE GHB 22 - 30A, 2-POLE GHB INCOMING CONDUCTORS: 1- #6-300KCMIL ENCLOSURE CAT NO. EZBP2060R TOP TRIM, SURFACE WITH DOOR CAT NO. EZT206OS DIMENSIONS: 60" H X 20" W X 5.75" D BIDMAN TAKEOFF T61E0828X8K1 16 EATON 8346A28G24 BREAKER TEST CABINET FOR USE WITH TYPE VCPW BREAKERS, ANY AC OR DC CLOSE AND ANY DC TRIP, AND SEPARATE CHARGING MOTOR Page 5 of 5 2015 WSEC Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, & R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Oct 2017 Intro Commercial Provision Chapters 1 - 5 of the 2015 Washington State Energy Code apply to all commercial occupancies, R-2, R-3 & R4 occupancies greater than 3 stories above grade, and R-1 occupancy (all building heights). This file, ENV15-v4.XLSM, has electronic compliance forms for general project information including Section C406, and envelope provisions as defined in Sections C101, C:303, C402, C406, Chapter 5 (existing buildings) and Appendix A (default values) for Climate Zones 4c and 5b. There are two companion files: LTG15-v4.XLSM (Section C405 lighting and electrical systems), and MECH15-v4.XLSM (Section C403 and C404 mechanical and service water systems). Energy Code This form is a compliance aid and is not a substitute for the full energy code text or specific jurisdiction compliance requirements. Users should refer to the code text and contact the local jurisdiction for complete information. The full 2015 WSEC code text is available for download from the NEEC website: htto:/www.neec.net/energy-codes Start-up Select this file from the NEEC website to download to your computer. When opening the file be sure to Enable Macros. Overview This file is an Excel workbook that contains multiple compliance forms and resources in Excel worksheets. Each worksheet is indicated by a tab at the bottom of the screen. You may visit each worksheet by selecting its tab. If you cannot see these tabs, select "Full Screen" in Excel. Most calculations are automated. Cells that display informational text and the results of calculations are write - protected and cannot be edited. Save Files This file is saved in the same manner as any standard Excel file. Getting Around Some forms have two or more pages. Both pages are available on screen when you select the tab for a form (worksheet). Use the scroll bars to find the second page located below the first page. Input Cells All general project information and the date are entered once on PROJ-SUM. This information is automatically replicated on all other ENV forms. The PROJ-SUM form accompanies all other ENV forms. Only input cells are accessible. If you try to edit a write -protected cell an error message will appear requesting a password. A password IS NOT required to complete these forms. You may use the TAB key to move to the next input cell. If the TAB doesn't take you where you want to go, use your mouse to move around the form. Avoid excessively long text strings when entering information. In some cases, text that extends beyond the available space will not be visible. In most cases the text will wrap within the cell. This may force part of the form onto a new page. To enter the date, use this format mm/dd/yyyy. For example, you would enter 7/1/2018 or 12/21/2018. Check boxes can be checked or unchecked by clicking in the box with your mouse. Radio buttons (circles) allow only one in a set to be selected. Drop -down lists have an arrow at the right side of the cell. Click on the arrow with your mouse and select the appropriate option. Use the delete button on your computer to clear a drop -down entry. When a form has a space for notes or explanation, click anywhere in the space to edit. Personalizing You can personalize the forms with your company name, address, phone, or any other information. This is done by editing the header or footer in Excel. Adding Lines and Removing Many tables, such as for listing envelope assembly types, have a certain number of lines available for entering data. You may need more lines to enter all your information. Where this feature is available, you can add additional lines to the table by selecting the "+" button on the right hand side of the table with your mouse. If you can't see the "+" button, scroll to the right or increase the View Zoom setting for the worksheet. To remove lines that you have added, select the "-" button with your mouse. You cannot remove lines that were not added; an error message will appear if you try. If you add additional lines with this method, the pagination may be affected forcing the forms to carry additional lines over to other pages. Be sure to submit all pages to the plans examiner. Target Insulation Allowance You must select an Target Insulation Allowance on ENV -SUM (line 17) to enable the forms. Compliance Path You must select a Compliance Path on ENV -SUM (line 18) to activate the correct input method for Window -to -Wall and Skylight -to -Roof ratios. Instructions for Electronic Forms, p4 2 2015 WSEC Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, & R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Oct 2017 Fenestration Area For projects complying via the Prescriptive Path, enter the vertical fenestration area, net wall area (includes everything except vertical fenestration), skylight area and net roof area (includes everything except skylights) directly into the Vertical Fenestration and Skylight Area Calculation input cells on the ENV -SUM form. The form will calculate the VVindow-to-Wall and Skylight -to -Roof ratios. For projects complying via the Component Performance Path, the Vertical Fenestration and Skylight Area inputs in the ENV -SUM form are write protected. Enter all applicable envelope information in the ENV-UA form. The resulting Window -to -Wall and Skylight -to -Roof ratios will auto fill into the ENV -SUM form from the ENV-UA form. Vertical Fenestration Alternates The prescriptive vertical fenestration target area is 30%. This target increases to 40% if the project complies with the requirements of 0402.4.1.1 in buildings < 3 stories with 50% floor area in the daylight zone, C402.4.1.1 in buildings with 3 stories with 25% of net floor area in the daylight zone, C402.4.1.3 high performance vertical fenestration, or C402.4.1.4 dedicated outdoor air system (DOAS). If the project is eligible for one of these alternates, select the corresponding button on Line 34-39 of the ENV -SUM form. This will re -calculate the prescriptive target area in the ENV -SUM and ENV-UA forms based on 40%. Component Performance Calculation Adjustments If the project is a Change of Occupancy (per 0503.2) or Space Conditioning (per C505) and the project will comply via component performance, then select checkbox in Line 19 of ENV -SUM to adjust UA calculation to allow proposed UA to be 10% higher than the Code target UA. If the project will comply with the Enhanced Envelope additional efficiency package option per 0406.8, then an ENV- UA form to demonstrate component performance compliance is required. Select checkbox in Line 19 of ENV -SUM to adjust component performance calculation to test whether the proposed UA is 15% lower than the Code target UA. Target Area Adjustment Target Area Adjustment is required if the project exceeds the prescriptive target area for vertical fenestration or skylights. Adjusted target areas are automatically calculated in the ENV-UA form using envelope assembly areas you enter for your project. Adjusted target areas will appear in the Target UA column in the ENV-UA form. Refer to Target Area Adjustment worksheet for the supporting calculations. Printing The forms should print on any printer supported by your operating system. You will need to have the following TrueType fonts installed under Windows: Arial, Times New Roman, Courier New and Wingdings. These are all standard Windows fonts. If you are losing form details when printing, you may have a shortage of printer memory. Try printing problem pages individually. By default, only the active worksheet is printed. To print more than one worksheet at a time, open your print set-up menu and select either the page range you wish to print or Entire Workbook. Forms (worksheets) in a workbook may not be deleted because the file is locked. Blank Forms NEEC does not recommend completing these compliance forms by hand. Most worksheets run various calculations and compliance checks. For this reason, many jurisdictions do not accept these forms if not completed electronically. Verify with your jurisdiction prior to submitting forms completed by hand. To print blank forms to fill out by hand, delete all of the heading information at the beginning of ENV -SUM and select the desired Occupancy Group. For each radio button group there is a button labeled "Clear." Clicking this button will clear the other buttons so that they will print as empty circles. The "Clear" button will not print. End of Instructions for Electronic Forms Project Summary, pg 1 PRO SUM 2015 WSEC Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, & R4 over 3 storie nd all R1 Revised Oct 2017 General Info PROJ-SUM form shall be provided as a cover sheet for all compliance form submittals. Project Title shall match project plans title block. Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Switchgear Date 10/29/2018 Project Street Address: 7755 East Marginal Way South For Building Department Use Project City, County, Zip: Tukwila, WA 98108 Project Owner or Rep: Boeing Jurisdiction: Project Description Select all that apply to the scope of project. Select Addition + Existing or Alteration + Existing if the existing building will be combined with the addition or alteration to demonstrate compliance per Section C502.1 or C503.1. New Construction ❑, New Building Existing Building ❑ Alteration ❑ Historic Building Elements ❑ All ❑ Service and Additions ❑ Building Addition Retrofit 0 Change of Occupancy Building Scope - Select all that apply 0 Change in Space Conditioning [j] Mechanical Systems 0 Electrical Systems SI Building Envelope Hot Water Systems 0 Lighting Systems ariC QCCil TypeMixed Occupancy 0 All Commercial © Group R - R2, R3, & R4 0 Mixed Use over 3 stories and all R1 Use - Building is greater than three stories above grade and it has both Commercial and Group R occupancies. Mixed Occupancy - Building is three stories or less above grade and it has both Commercial and Group R2, R3 or R4 occupancies. Select All Commercial to document compliance for the commercial areas of the building. The residential spaces shall comply with the WSEC Residential Provisions. Space Conditioning Categories Select all that apply 0 Fully Conditioned 0 Low Energy to the scope of project ❑ Refrigerated Spaces (Warehouse and/or Walk-in') • Semi-heated2 Space Category3 Eligible Low Energy 0 Unconditioned ❑ Wireless equipment Spaces ❑ Low energy heating/cooling capacity 0 Equipment building service • Greenhouse4 shelter Floor Area and Stories Floors Above Grade Building Gross Conditioned Floor Area Project Gross Conditioned Floor Area 1 1179.69 Sq Ft 1179.69 Sq Ft General Compliance Path ® Compliance Method 1 - General 0 Compliance Method 2 - Total Building Compliance Method 1- Projects shall demonstrate compliance with all applicable mandatory and prescriptive requirements of this code. Refer to C401.2, Item 1 for more information. Compliance forms to include with a Prescriptive submittal: All applicable ENV, LTG, and MECH. Compliance Method 2 - Projects complying via total building performance (TBP) shall include a summary of results from a whole building energy model per Section C407 and shall demonstrate compliance with all applicable mandatory provisions in this Code. Refer to Section C401.2, Item 2 for more information. Compliance forms to include with a TBP submittal: PROJ-SUM, ENV-CHK, LTG-EXT, LTG-CHK, and all MECH forms except MECH-ECONO and MECH-VENT (pending). Note 1 - Refrigerated Spaces - They shall comply with the envelope and refrigeration equipment requirements in Section C410. Warehouse coolers and freezers shall also comply with the envelope requirements in C402. C410 takes precedent for overlapping requirements. Note 2 - Semi -heated Spaces - If heated with equipment other than electric resistance may take an exemption for wall insulation. All other envelope assemblies shall comply with the thermal envelope provisions. Note 3 - Exemptions For Low Energy Spaces - Low Energy spaces are exempt from all provisions in WSEC Section C402 Building Envelope, however all other applicable provisions in the Code do apply including lighting, mechanical, service water heating, etc. Note 4 - Eligible Space Conditioning For Low Energy Greenhouses - Greenhouses are defined as spaces that maintain a specialized sunlit environment that is used exclusively for cultivation, protection and maintenance of plants. Cooling with outside air and/or evaporative cooling, and any form of heating equipment, are allowed under the Low Energy Greenhouse category. Greenhouses with cooling equipment that requires a condensing unit are NOT eligible. Project Summary, pg 2 PROJ-SUM 2015 WSEC Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, & R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Oct 2017 General Info Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Switchgear Date 10/29/2018 C406 Additional Efficiency Package Options Summary A minimum of two Options are required for new construction, and change in space conditioning or occupancy projects. Select all Options included in the current project scope. Also select Options complied with under previous projects (shell and core, other tenant Buildings with multiple tenant spaces may comply with different options (mix & match). Options are required for all space conditioning categories. Include discipline specific information for C406 options in ENV -SUM, LTG -SUM and Refer to SBCC website for official interpretations regarding C406 provisions. Building level efficiency options: CurrentCurent Scope Previous Projects C406.8 Enhanced envelope performance C406.9 Reduced air infiltration 0 0 C406.5 On -site renewable energy 0 D Building area level efficiency options C406.2 More efficient HVAC equipment 0 0 C406.6 Dedicated outside air systems (DOAS) 0 C406.7 Reduced energy use in service water heating 0 0 C406.3 Reduced lighting power C406.4 Enhanced digital lighting controls C406 Comments: C406.3 Reduced lighting power : Total Interior Lighting Power (watts) < or = (Lighting Power Value [Table C405.4.2]X Floor Area )*75% 504 watts <or = (0.76 watts/sq.ft*1180 sq.ft )*75% 504 watts < 672 watts (Per C406,3.1 the total lighting power is 75% or less of the lighting power value times floor area ) C406.2 More efficient HVAC equipment Per C406.2.1 the HVAC capacity is serving no less than 90% of the building , Our Heat Pum (Bard W18HA- AOZZ) 17100 BTUH cooling capacity specification fit the criteria in Table C403.2.3(2), equipement type (Through- the -wall, air cooled ) and size category < or = 30 000 btu/hAb. Envelope Summary ENV -SUM 2015 WSEC Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, & R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Oct 2017 Project Info Applicant Info. Provide contact information for individual who can respond to inquiries about information provided, Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Switchgear Date 10/29/2018 Company Name: Eaton - Omaha Power Center For Budding Department Use Company Address: 3900 Dahlman Ave., Omaha, NE 68107 Applicant Name: Amy Jewell Applicant Phone: (402) 609-4715 Applicant Email: amyjewell@eaton.com Project Description 2 New Building El Addition 0 Alteration 0 No Envelope Scope Envelope Project Scope Select all that apply. Use - Commercial + Group R Freezer CI Equipment Building 2 All Commercial . Group R - Commercial 0 Mixed 0 Semi -heated 1J Refrigerated Cooler 1] Refrigerated Envelope Description Provide brief description of the project and relevant supporting documentation. If project includes multiple Target Insulation Allowance areas, and/or is demonstrating compliance as an Addition + Existing, Alteration + Existing, or Addition + Alteration + Existing project, provide a brief summary of the approach to whole building compliance. 27 KV Outdoor switchgear Air Barrier Testing Air barrier testing is required for all new construction projects. Testing criteria is 0.40 cfm/ft2 under test pressure of 0.3 inch w.g. To comply with C406,9, demonstrate that measured air leakage of building envelope D Air barrier testing per Section C402.5.1.2 included in project scope El Additional Efficiency Package Option - C406.9 Reduced Air Infiltration 0 Testing not required. Explanation: Not a pressurized Room."see page 00 and A4 " Compliance Documentation Scope and Method Scope of This Calculation 0 New Building 0 Addition 0 Alteration 0 No Envelope Scope Target Insulation Allowance Sets the title and calculations in the compliance forms. Selection required to enable forms. ® Fully Conditioned - Commercial, Group R, Mixed Use 0 Semi -heated 0 Refrigerated Cooler 0 Refrigerated Freezer If project includes more than one Target Insulation Allowance area, and/or if project includes addition and alteration areas complying independently, for each area complete an ENV -SUM form Rows 16-46 and either an ENV -PRESCRIPTIVE form, or ENV-UA + ENV-SHGC forms if demonstrating compliance via component performance. Envelope Compliance Path Selection required to enable forms. ® Prescriptive 0 Component Performance Component Performance Calculation Adjustments u Change of Occupancy (C503.2) / Conditioning (C505) - 10% higher UA allowed III Additional Efficiency Package Option - C406.8 Enhanced Envelope - 15% lower UA required Additions 0 Addition stand alone 0 Addition + Existing Addition stand alone - Complete Vertical Fenestration and Skylight Area Calculation. Enter total existing -to -remain wall, roof, vertical fenestration and skylight areas as EXISTING. Enter total addition envelope assembly areas as NEW. If resulting total building VVWR exceeds 30% and/or SSR exceeds 5%, refer to C502.2.1 and C502.2.2 for prescriptive compliance alternatives. If complying via component performance, complete ENV-UA per instructions for addition stand alone projects. Addition + existing - Complete ENV-UA per instructions for addtion + existing projects. Alterations - n Replacement windows only, or resulting El Total building WWR increased by alteration — total building VVVVR s original WVVR Fenestration and Skylight E Replacement skylights only, or resulting 0 Total building SRR increased by alteration total building SRR s original SRR WWR and SRR not increased - Vertical Fenestration and Skylight Area Calculation not required. WWR and/or SRR increased - Complete Vertical Fenestration and Skylight Area Calculation. Enter total existing -to -remain wall, roof, vertical fenestration and skylight areas as EXISTING. Enter total altered envelope assembly areas as NEW. If resulting total building WWR exceeds 30% and/or SSR exceeds 5%, refer to C503.3.2 and C503.3.3 for prescriptive compliance alternatives. If complying via component performance, complete ENV-UA per instructions for alteration + existing projects. Envelope Summary, pg. 2 ENV -SUM 2015 WSEC Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, & R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Oct 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Switchgear Date 10/29/2018 Vertical Fenestration and Skylight Area Calculation Total Vertical Fenestration Area (rough opening) NET Exterior Above Grade Wall Area Total Skylight Area (rough opening) NET Exterior Roof Area Prescriptive Path - Enter envelope sf values directly into this section of ENV -SUM for vertical fenestration, skylights, net walls and roof. For Additions and Alterations, refer to these sections in ENV -SUM for further instructions. Component Performance - When this Envelope Compliance Path is selected, write - protection of this section is enabled. Enter envelope sf values for all assemblies into the ENV-UA form. Envelope information from ENV-UA will auto -fill into this section of ENV - New 63 1,420 0 1,180 Existing 0 0 0 0 Total 63 1,420 0 1,180 Vertical Fenestration -to- 4.2% Wall Ratio (VVWR) Skylight -to -Roof Ratio (SRR) Vertical Fenestration Area Compliance VERTICAL FENESTRATION AREA COMPLIES WITH MAXIMUM ALLOWANCE Skylight Area Compliance NO SKYLIGHT PROPOSED. COMPILIES WITH MAXIMUM ALLOWANCE. Vertical Fenestration Alternates 0 High performance fenestration U-factors and SHGC per C402.4.1.3 0 Dedicated outdoor air system per C402.4.1.4 and C403.6 Show locations of qualifying daylight zone (DLZ) areas and ft2 on project plans. For Daylight Zone Area Calculations - a) Sidelight areas include primary + secondary daylight zone areas, b) Include overlapping toplight and sidelight daylight zone areas under Toplight c) Net floor area definition in Chapter 2. 0 In buildings 3 stories, 25% or more of NET floor area is in DLZ per C402.4.1.1 0 In buildings < 3 stories, 50% or more of CONDITIONED floor area is within DLZ per C402.4.1.1 11 aylight Zone Calculations Daylight Zone Fenestration Alternate Not Selected. No Calculations Required Sidelight Daylight Zone Area Toplight Daylight Zone Area Percent Daylight Zone Area Spaces in Single Story Building Requiring Skylights In these spaces a minimum of 50% of the floor area shall be within a skylight daylight zone (DLZ). Refer to C402.4.2 for requirements. SRR = Skylight to roof ratio List all enclosed spaces that exceed 2,500 ft2, have ceiling height greater than 15 ft, and are space types required to comply with this provision. Indicate aperture with 'AP" prefix (AP 1.1%) Space Space Area (ft2) DLZ Area (ft2) SRR or Aperture Exception Envelope Exemptions Low Energy and Semi -heated Spaces hLow energy spaces per C402.1,1 Item 1 are exempt from the thermal envelope provisions, Semi- eated spaces heated by systems other than electric resistance are exempt from wall insulation provision only per C402.1.1.1. Complete Low Energy and Semi -Heated Spaces table in MECH-SUM to verify eligibility based on installed peak heating and cooling capacity per sf. Equipment Buildings Equipment buildings are exempt from the thermal envelope provisions per C402.1.2. The following shall be met to be eligible: building size s 500 sf, average wall/roof U- factor 5 U-0,20, electronic equipment load 2. 7 watts/sf, heating system output capacity s 17,000 btu/h. Cooling system capacity not Wall Insulation R-Value Roof Insulation R-Value Overall Average U-Factor Equipment Building Envelope Electronic equipment power (watts/sf) Heating system output capacity (Btu/hr) Cooling capacity (Yes/No) Envelope Requirements Summary, pg ENV-REQ 2015 WSEC Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, & R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Oct 2017 Minimum Requirements This table summarizes prescriptive compliance requirements for opaque elements and fenestration. Refer for Prescriptive Compliance to Tables C402.1.3, C402.1.4 and C402.4 in the 2015 WSEC for important footnotes that apply to these tables. Refer to Section C402 for all applicable requirements for each envelope element type and applicable exceptions. Refer to Section C4/0 for all applicable information for refrigerated spaces. Prescriptive Path Table C402.1.3 Notes 1,7 Insulation Minimum R-Value Table C402.1.4 Notes 1,2 Assembly Maximum U-factor Occupancy Group All Other Group R All Other Group R Opaque Elements Roofs Insu1ation Entirely above Deck R- 8 c.', R- 8 c.i. U-0.027 U-0.027 Metal Building (with thermal spacerNote block) R-25 + R-11 Ls R-25 + R-11 Ls U-0.031 U-0.0 Attic and Other R-49 R-49 U-0.02 U-0.021 Joist or single rafter R-49 R-49 U-0.027 U-0.027 Walis, Above -grade Mass Note 6. R-95 c... R-I3.3c.i. U-0. 04 Note 6 U-0.078 Mass transfer deck slab edge No R-Value for prescriptive compliance U-0.200 U- .200 Metal Building R- 9 c.i. R- 9 c... U-0.0 2 U- .052 Steel Framed R- R- Oc.i. R- 9 R-8.5 c.i. U-0.0 U-0.055 Wood Framed and Other R-21 int. frame R-21 w/ int. franse U-0.054 U-0.054 Below Grade WallNote 4 . Same as above grade Same as above grade Floors Mass R-30 c.i. R- 0 c.i. U-0.0 U-0.031 SteelJoistR- 8 R- 0 c.i. R- 8 R- 0 c.i. U-0.029 U-0.029 Wood Framed and OtherR-30 R-30 U-0.029 U-0.029 Slab -On -Grade Floors Unheated R-1O for 24 in. top o s ab F-0.54 F-0.54 Heated Note 5 R-10 perimeter& under entire slab F-0. 5 F-0.55 Opaque Doors Swinging No R-Value fb presc live compliance U-0.37 U-0.37 Nonswinging Roll -up or sliding) R-4.75 R-4.75 U-0.34 U-0.34 Table C402.4 - 0-30% of wall area, or 30%-40% per Section C402.4.1.1 DLZ or Section C402.4.1.4 DOAS Section C402.4.1.3 High Performance Fenestration Option - 0-40% of wall area Fenestration Notes 1,2 Assembly Maximumr- VerticalFenestration Nonmetal framing U-0. 0 13-0. 0 U-0.28 U-0.28 Metal halm fixed) U-0.38 U-0, 8 U-0.34 U-0.34 Metal framing (operable) U-0.40 U-0.40 U-0.36 U-0.36 Entrance doors U-0.60 U-0,60 U-0.60 U-0.60 Skylights Skylights U-0.50 U-0.50 U-0,50 U-0.50 Feuestration Assembly Maximum SHGC Factor Vertical Fenestration PF<0.2: north - SHGC-0.53; all other SHGC-0.4 0.2 5 PF < 0.5: north - SHGC-0.58; all other - SHGC-0.48 PF 0.5: all orientations - SHGC-0.64 PF<0.2: north - SHGC=0.46; all other SHGC=0.35 0.2 5 PF < 0.5: north - SHGC-0,51; all other - SHGC-0.42 PF 0.5: all orientations - SHGC-0.56 Skylights SHGC-0.35 SHGC-0. 5 C410.2 Refrigerated Spaces InsuIation Insulation Minimum R-Value Assembly Maximum U- ac or Freezers - Walk-in and Wareltoase Roof/ C . ' R- 2 1-0.0 0 Wall R-32 U-0.030 DoorR- U- .0 0 Door - transparent reach -in triple -pane, heat -reflective treated or gas FloorR-28 U-0.0 5 Coolers - Walk-in and Warehouse Roof / Ceiling R-25 U-0.039 Wall R-25 U-0.039 Door R-25 U-0.0 9 Door - transparent reach -in double -pane, heat-reflcctive lreated gas 11, or comply with freezer door req. Floor No Requirement • • • 2 ENV-REQ 2015 WSEC Compl an Forms for Commerc Buildings including R2, R3, & R4 over 3 stones and all R1 Revised Oct 2017 Definitions: Ls = Liner system -- A continuous membrane installed below the purlins and uninterrupted by framing members. Uncompressed, unfaced insulation rests on top of the membrane between the purlins. Refer to Section A102.2.5.4. c.i. = Continuous insulation -- Insulation that is continuous across all structural members without thermal bridges other than service openings and penetrations by metal fasteners with a x-sectional area of less than 0.04% of the opaque surface area of the assembly. Components with more than 0.04% metal penetrations may be eligible to follow the alternate CI values below. int = Intermediate framing -- Includes insulated headers, corners and interior partition wall to exterior wall intersections. Refer to Section A103.2 for framing definitions. Footnote Summary: Each table in the 2015 WSEC has footnotes applicable to specific information provided in the table. This footnote summary provides only abbreviated details from these footnotes. Refer to 2015 WSEC for complete footnote information. Note 1 - Assembly descriptions can be found in Chapter 2 and Appendix A. Note 2 - Use of assembly U-factors, C-factors and F-factors from Appendix A and Chapter 3 are required unless otherwise allowed by the provisions of this Code. Note 3 - For metal building roofs where using R-value compliance method, a thermal spacer block with minimum thickness of 1/2-inch and minimum R-value of R-3.5 is required. Otherwise use the U-factor compliance method. Note 4 - Where heated slabs are below -grade, they shall comply with the F-factor requirements for slab -on -grade heated slabs, Note 5 - I leated slab F-factors shall be determined specifically for heated slabs. Unheated slab F-factors shall not be used. Note 6 - CMU walls in all occupancies other than Group R may be eligible for reduced insulation if all provisions stated in applicable footnote are met. Refer to Footnote D in Table C402.1,4 or Footnote C in Table C402,1.3 for eligibility requirements. Note 7 - Components with continuous insulation but with metal penetrations / connections may be eligible for alternate continuous insulation R-values if all provisions in applicable footnote are met. Refer to alternate prescriptive R-values in table below and Footnote G in Table C402.1.3 for eligibility requirements. Alternate continuous insulation nominal R-values This alternate nominal R-value compliance option is allowed for projects cotnplying with all of the following: 1. The ratio of the cross -sectional area, as measured in the plane of the surface, of metal penetrations of otherwise continuous insulation to the opaque surface area of the assembly is greater than 0.0004 (0.04%), but less than 0.0012 (0.12%). 2. The metal penetrations of otherwise continuous insulation are isolated or discontinuous (e,g,, brick ties or other discontinuous metal attachments, offset brackets supporting shelf angles that allow insulation to go between the shelf angle and the primary portions of the wall structure). No continuous metal elements (e.g., metal studs, z-girts, z-channels, shelf angles) penetrate the otherwise continuous portion of the insulation. 3. Building permit drawings shall contain details showing the locations and dimensions of all the metal penetrations (e.g., brick ties or other discontinuous metal attachments, offset brackets, etc.) of otherwise continuous insulation. In addition, calculations shall be provided showing the ratio of the cross -sectional area of metal penetrations of otherwise continuous Assemblies with continuous insulation (see definition) te te option for assemblies- metal penetrations, greater than 0.04% but less than 0.08% . a . for assemblies with et ne ations, greater than or equat to 0.0.3% but less than 0.12% R-9,5c R-1L9ciR-lict P.- I. i - 4.3c R-15,7r1 R- 3.3ci R-1&6d R-18.3d R-i52ci R-I . -2 i R-3 " F.-3 R-35c1 R-48ci R-53ci - 3 - -7. ci . - 3 + R4.4d R-13 -4- R-10.3c1 R-I3 - - i - 3 R- 2. -13 - R-13.8ci R-13 + R-12 R-13 - R-15. R-13 -6 R-17.2cs R-13 - R-13ci R-13 - R-16.30 R-13 -,R-17.9ti R-. - R-8.50. R-19 ..- R-104d R- 9 - R-11.7ci R-19 - R-1 * -19 -,- R-17.5ci R-19 - R-I9 -, R- i R- . R-2 1 t.-19,- R-22ci R-20 - R-3.8c1 -20 + . ci -2 R-21 - R-5ci R-21 + R-6.3ci R-2 1- R-0.9ci Envelopend of u' nts Summary Prescriptive Path, pg. 1 ENV -PRESCRIPTIVE 2015 WSEC Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, & R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Oct 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Switchgear Date 10/2 9/2018 Target Insulation Allowance Fully Conditioned Space - Commercial, Group R, Mixed Use For Building Department Use Fenestration Area as % gross above -grade wall area 4.2% Max. Target: 30,0% Skylight Area as % gross roof area 0.0% Max. Target: 5,0% Vertical Fenestration Alternates: None Selected on ENV -SUM User Note Prescriptive compliance of envelope assemblies may be accomplished by providing insulation R-values per Table C402.1.3 or U-factors / F-factors per Tables C402.1.4 and C402.4. A single project may comply via R-values for some envelope assemblies and U-factors/ F-factors for others. Note compliance method taken for each assembly in spaces provided. Building Component R-Value Method for Prescriptive Compliance U-Factor/F-Factor Method for Prescriptive Compliance Provide planldetail # of ssembly and description Cavity Ins. R-Value Lontinuous Ins. (CI) R-Valuel % Area or ivietai Penetrations in Cl2 Assembly U-Factor U-Factorource3 4 o o cc c.) a) 0 vo co Tab 4, Page P3853-A4 33.0 6.5 - cc vio_ , -.5 0 z-- Opaque Walls - Above Gradel5 1 T a) to ca "-' Tab 4, Page P3853-A4 23.0 fc 0 o o 1 u) co (13 u 1 c E'.! 1Group R VValls15I Tii a) co co 2 3elow Grade Wall E E 0 o cc o. m 2 0 Floors 1 0 IFrarnede I Tab 4, Page P3853-A4 38.0 Prescriptive Path, pg. 2 ENV -PRESCRIPTIVE 2015 WSEC Compliance Forms for Commercial Building including R2, R3, & R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Oct 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Switchgear Date 10/2 9/2018 Fenestration Area as % gross above -grade wall area 4.2% Max. Target: 30.0% r for Building Department Use Skylight Area as % gross roof area 0.0% Max. Target: 5.0% If vertical fenestration or skylight area exceeds maximum allowed per C402,4,1, then the project must comply via Component Performance and provide ENV-UA and ENV-SHGC forms. Building Component R-Value Method for Prescriptive Compliance U-Factor/F-Factor Method for Prescriptive Compliance Provide plan/detail # of assembly and description Perim. Ins. R-Value Full Slab CI R-Value F-Factor F-Factor Sourcel° Unheatedl W11011111111.111111WOW I Provide ID from door schedule and description Ins. R-Value Assembly U-Factor U-Factor Source Opaque Doors c -§- co Tab 4, Page P3853-Al , A2, & A3 0.370 Table A107.1(1) 6 -c 0 Solar Heat Gain Coefficient SHGC U-Factor for Prescriptive Compliance Provide ID from window schedule and description I' ojeuluil Factor (PF) if applicable12 o net tuitton (N or SEW) 1 3 , Assembly SHGC14 Assembly U-Factor U-Factor Source14 c o '171 a ) c u_ de Tti "Cu 2. 0 z . . -o l' 75 a) 2 - >, c a) math a slab -on -grade or exposed floor, this floor shall be thermally broken from the surrounding floor area with the same amount of insulation as rs .. co >, — Tz ....... Miscellaneous - Refrigerated Spaces Provide plan/detail # of assembly and description Ins. R-Value Assembly U-Factor U-Factor Source N 4, o 2 ° Provide ID from window schedule and description Cooler / Freezer Double Pane Glass Triple Pane Glass Inert Gas— Filled Heat Reflective Treated Glass .... - 0) c 'NI al 0 0 0 c — ,c ?a a) cc Note 1 - Insulation that is continuous except for fasteners may be entered here if the cross -sectional area of metal penetration through otherwise continuous insulation is less than 0.12%. Note 2 - Alternate prescriptive continuous insulation R-values per Table C402.1.4, Footnote F may be used if the cross sectional area of metal penetrations exceeds 0.04% but is less than 0.12%. Calculations are required to use these alternate R-values, Note 3 - Opaque assembly U-factors shall come from Appendix A or calculated per approved method as specified in C402.1.5.1. Specify the table numberor calculation page number. Note 4 - Thermal spacer blocking and liner system are required for prescriptive R-Value compliance in metal building roof assemblies. Note thermal spacer thickness and R-value in roof assembly description. Note 5- Intermediate framing is required for prescriptive R-Value compliance in wood -framed wall assemblies. Note 6 - Proposed CMU mass walls in non -Group R that meet Table C402.1.4 Footnote C requirements can enter the target prescriptive U-value of 0.104. Note 7 - Mass transfer slab edges must be covered with an assembly having an overall U-factor of 0.2. Note 8 - Refer to Table C402.1.3, Footnote E for prescriptive R- Value requirement for steel floor joist assemblies. Note 9 - Prescriptive slab -on -grade insulation shall extend from top of slab to minimum length per an approved method as defined in C402.2.6. Note 10 - Slab -on -grade F-Factors shall come from Appendix A or calculated per approved method as specified in C402.1.5.1. Note 11 - Opaque door U-factors shall come from Appendix A or calculated per approved method as specified in C402.1.5,1. A door is defined as opaque if less than 50% of the door area has glazing. Note 12 - Refer to Equation C4-6 Projection Factor Calculation. Note 13 - N = Oriented within 45 degrees of true north, SEW = All other orientations. Note 14 - Fenestration assembly U-Factor and SHGC shall be the manufacturer's NFRC product rating, which includes the glazing and frame, or shall be the default value per Section C303.1.3. Note 15 - List all above -grade Group R mass walls and steel frame walls in Group R Walls section. List commercial above grade walls and all other Group R above grade walls in Opaque Walls - Above Grade. Note 16 - Refrigerated Coolers - AU cooler roof, wall and door assemblies shall comply with the prescriptive R-values or U-factors per C410. Enter proposed information under the most similar assembly type. Slab edge insulation for slab -on -grade floors shall comply with C402. Floors that separate a cooler from e non -cooler space (unconditioned and conditioned) shall be insulated per C402. Vertical fenestration (not within cooler doors) shall comply with the prescriptive R-values or U-factors per C402. Enter only the opaque portion of refrigerated space doors. Windows within doors and reach -in display case doors shall comply with C410 prescriptive requirements, Note 17 - Refrigerated Freezers - All freezer roof, wall and door assemblies shall comply with the prescriptive R-values or' U-factors per C410. Enter proposed information under the most similar assembly type. Freezer floor insulation shall comply with C410. Insulation is required under the entire freezer floor. If the freezer floor assembly rests on top of a standard floor, the vertical edge of the freezer floor shall be entered as and comply with the requirements for a freezer wall. If freezer floor insulation is installed as integral to or applied underneath a slab -on -grade or exposed floor, this floor shall be thermally broken from the surrounding floor area with the same amount of insulation as required for a freezer Component Performance Path, pg. 1 ENV-UA 2015 WSEC Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, & R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Oct 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Switchgear Date 10/29/2018 Target Insulation Allowance Component Performance Not Selected For Building Department Use Calculation Adjustments None Applied Fenestration Area as % gross above -grade wall area 4.2% Max. Target: 30.0% Skylight Area as % gross roof area 0.0% Max. Target: 5.0% Vertical Fenestration Alternates: None Selected on ENV -SUM For Stand-alone Projects"," Existing -to -remain Areas Vertical Fenestration Net Wall User Note Skylights Net Roof Building Component Cavity+Cl Plan/Detail # U-factor Source & Table # 2 Proposed UA U-factor x Area (A) = UA (U x Na Target UA U-factor x Area (A) = UA (U x A) 0 , 8 R= R= R= 0.027 I Above Deck Insulation U-0.027 - m -.=. R= R= 0.031 Metal Building U-0.031 — = .D g R= ,,, R= R= 0.027 1 Joist/single rafter U-0.027 0 R= R= 0.021 Single raft, attic, other U-0.021 OpaqueWalls - Above Gradeo I IR= co R= R= 0.055 I I Steel/metal frame U-0.055 -d c° .E.' R= R= 0.052 Metal Building U-0.052 E 8 R= R= R= 0.054 Wood Frame, other U-0.054 in 2 R= R= R= 0.104 Mass Wall U-0.104 "(7) c T 1_ R= R= 0.200 Mass Transfer Deck U-0.20 g -6 R-= R= 0.078 Group R Mass Wall U-0.078 Below Grade Walls"' E E o o R= R, R= 0.104 Assumed to be Mass Wall U-0.104 rr P: o R= R= R= 0.078 Assumed to be Mass Wall U-0,078 0 o 2 R= 0.031 Mass Floor U-0.031 R= R= 0 029 Joist/Framing U-0.029 Page 1 Subtotal Area UA Area UA Component Performance Compliance (UA) Component Performance Not Selected Component Performance Path, pg. 2 ENV-UA 2015 WSEC Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, & R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Oct 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault28 27KV Outdoor Switchgear Date 2 9/20 le Fenestration Area as % gross above -grade wall area 4.2% Max. Target: 30.0% For Building Department Use Skylight Area as % gross roof area 0.0% Max. Target: 5.0% Building Component Ins. R Plan/Detail # F- actor Source & Table # 8 F-factor Proposed UA x Perimeter = FP(F x P) Target UA F-factor x Perimeter = UA (U x A) Slab -on -grade Unheated' R= R= R= 0.540 Slab -On -Grade F-0.54 R= R= R- i 0.550 Heated Slab -On -Grade F-0.55 Schedule ID U-factor Source" U-factor x Area (A) - UA (U x A U-factor x Aroa (A) = UA (U x A) 0 o c co O. 70 Opaque Swing Doors U-0.37 8 0 o . 40 I 1 Opaque r Ilup & sliding U-0.34 Vertical Fenestration6,1° Non -Metal 0 . o Non -Metal Frame U-0.30 (13 2 0 . Metal Frame, Fixed U-0.38 ci 0 0.40 Metal Frame, Operable U-0.40 Mtf entrance] 0. 60 Metal Entrance Door U-0.60 All Types 0,50 1 Alt types U-0.50 Refrigerated CI Space Freezer Plan/Detail # Floors U-factor Source & Table 2 Proposed UA U-factor x Area (A) = UA (U x A) Target UA U-factor x Area (A) = UA (U x A) N 8 (2) o P2 r i R= R= R= I Freezer Floor TO COMPLY - The Proposed Total UA shall not exceed the Target Total OA. Page 2 Subtotal Page 1 Subtotal Project Total Area' UA Area' UA Component Performance Compliance (UA) Component Performance Not Selected Refrigerated Space Windows In Doors 142 Plan/Detail # Description cooler Freezer uouoie cane Glass inpie Hane Glass inert uas Filled Heat Reflective Treated Glass Glazing in Doors 0 0 0 c co Note 1 - If vertical fenestration or skylight area exceeds maximum allowed per C402.4.1, then Target Area Adjustment of all applicable envelope elements will be calculated automatically by the compliance form. Refer to Target Area Adjustments worksheet for this calculation. Note 2 - Opaque assembly U-factors shall come from Appendix A or be calculated per approved method as specified in C402.1.5.1. Note 3 - Proposed CMU mass wall in non -Group R that meet Table C402.1.4 Footnote D requirements can enter the target U-value of 0.104. Note 4 - Semi -heated spaces - For spaces eligible for this wall insulation exception, the UA calculation excludes all wall assemblies. However, wall area values are required to run the window -to -wall ratio calculation. Enter into form all wall types in the semi -heated space, Enter the sf area of each wall type and enter "1" for the U-factor. Note 5 - Mass transfer slab edges must be covered with an assembly having an overall U-factor of 0.2. Note 6 - Demising walls, doors, and vertical fenestration separating spaces with different degrees of space conditioning (unconditioned, semi -heated, fully conditioned) shall be included only on the ENV-UA form for the space with the greatest degree of space conditioning. Note 7 - List Group R above grade mass walls here. List all other above grade walls, Commercial and Group R, in the Opaque Walls - Above Grade section. Note 6 - Slab -on -grade F-Factors shall come from Appendix A or calculated per approved method as specified in C402.1.5.1. Note 9 - Opaque door U-factors shall come from Appendix A or calculated per approved method as specified in C402.1.5,1. A door is defined as opaque if less than 50% of the door area has glazing. Note 10 - Fenestration assembly U-Factors shall be the manufacturer's NFRC product rating, which includes the glazing and frame, or shall be the default value per Section C303.1.3. Note 11 - Refrigerated Coolers - Target U-factors for cooler roof, wall and door assemblies are per C410. Enter proposed information under the most similar assembly type. Target F-factors for slab -on -grade floors are per C402. Target U-factors for floors that separate a cooler from a non -cooler space (unconditioned and conditioned) are per C402. Target U-factors for vertical fenestration (not within cooler doors) are per C402. Enter only the opaque portion of refrigerated space doors. Windows within doors and reach -in display case doors shall comply with C410 prescriptive requirements. Note 12 - Refrigerated Freezers - Target U-factors for freezer roof, wall and door assemblies are per C410. Enter proposed information under the most similar assembly type, Target U-factor for insulated freezer floors is per C410. Insulation is required under the entire freezer floor. Enter proposed information in the Freezer Floor section. If the freezer floor assembly rests on top of a standard floor, the vertical edge of the freezer floor shall be entered as a section of freezer wall. If freezer floor insulation is installed as integral to or applied underneath a slab -on -grade or exposed floor, this floor area shall be thermally broken from the surrounding floor, Enter proposed thermal break information in the Freezer Floor section and note it as In -Floor Thermal Break. Enter only the opaque portion of freezer doors. Windows within doors and reach -in display case doors shall comply with C410 prescriptive requirements. Note 13 - Stand alone projects - Enter total existing -to -remain sf areas for net above grade walls (including opaque doors), net roof, vertical fenestration and skylights in section provided at top of ENV-UA form. Enter UA information for new envelope assemblies in Building Components section. Note 14 - Addition + Existing, Alteration + Existing, Addition + Alteration + Existing projects - Enter sf areas and estimated U-factors for all existing -to - remain envelope assemblies in Building Components section, Identify these assemblies as EXISTING in U-factor Source & Table # column. Enter UA information for new addition and altered envelope assemblies in Building Components section. Existing and new information will autofill into the Vertical Fenestration and Skylight Area Calculation section of ENV -SUM as all NEW. Does not affect calculation results. Vertical Fenestration Target Area Adjustment Calculations Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Switchgear Date 10/29/2018 If vertical fenestration area exceeds maximum allowed per Section C402.4.1, then Target Area Adjustment of all applicable envelope elements is required. This worksheet automatically calculates these adjustments and updates target areas in the ENV-UA and ENV-SHGC worksheets. Information shown in this worksheet is for reference only and is write -protected. Submit this Target Area Adjustment form with ENV-UA and ENV-SHGC forms. VF = Vertical fenestration DR = Opaque doors AG = Above -grade NW = Net above grade wall (excludes fenestration and doors,) Gross Exterior Above -Grade Wall Area= VF + NW + DR Proposed Areas Gross Exterior AG Wall Area Project Areas -> Existing Non -project Areas -> Max Vert. Fen. % (C4D2.3.1) Total Vertical Fenestration Project Vertical Fenestration Net AG Wall Area Vertical Fenestration Net Above Grade Wall Opaque Door VF= VF= NW= NW= DR= 30 . 0% MaximumTarget Excess Vertical Fenestration Excess Fenestration Target Areas - UA Commercial Vertical Fenestration Non-metal frame Metal frame, fixed Metal frame, operable Metal frame, entrance door Above -grade Wall Steel Frame Metal Building Wood Other frame Mass Mass Transfer Deck Group R Mass Sum of Proposed Target Areas - SHGC x A Non -North Vertical Fenestration PF < 0.2 0.2 s PF < 0,5 PF 0.5 North Vertical Fenestration PF < 0.2 0.2 PF < 0,5 PF 0.5 Maximum Target Vert. Fen. Area 100 Delta Vertical Fenestration Excess Vertical Fenestration Target Vertical Fenestration Target Net Wall Area Proposed Area Proposed Area Proposed Area Total Vertical Fenestration Target VF Multiplier Net Wall Target Net Wall Mult. Target VF Mult Target Area Target Ne Sum of Target Target Area Target VF Mult. Target Area Multiplier applied to all Proposed Vertical Fenestration Areas to calculate Target Vertical Fenestration Area Multiplier applied to all Proposed Opaque Above - Grade Wall Areas to calculate Target Above - Grade Wall Area Target areas in shaded boxes are applied to target areas on ENV-UA Sum of target above -grade wall and vertical fenestration areas are calculated to equal the sum of proposed SHGC target areas in shaded boxes are applied to target areas on ENV- SHGC Skylight Target Area Adjustment Calcu ations Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Switchgear Date 10/29/2018 If skylight area exceeds maximum allowed per Section C402.4.1, then Target Area Adjustment of all applicable envelope elements is required. This worksheet automatically calculates these adjustments and updates target areas in the ENV-UA and ENV-SHGC worksheets. Information shown in this worksheet is for reference only and is write -protected. Submit this Target Area Adjustment form with ENV-UA and ENV-SHGC forms. SKY= Skylight Proposed Areas Gross Exterior Roof Area Project Areas -> NR - Net roof (excludes skylight) Gross Exterior Roof Area = SKY + NR Skylight Net Opaque Roof SKY= NR= Existing Non -project Areas -> SKY= X Total Skylight Area Project Skylight Area Net Hroject Roof Area Max Skylight % (C402.3.1) NR= 5 . 0% ximum Targ Excess Skylight Maximum Skylight Fenestration Area 100 Delta Skylight Area Excess Skylight / Target Skylight Area Total Skylight Area Target S ÷ Excess Skylight Target Net Roof Area Target Areas - UA and SHGC x A Skylight All Roof Insulation Above Deck Metal Building Joist / Single Rafter Attic / All Others Sum of Proposed Proposed Area Proposed Area Net Roof Target Net Roof Mult. Target SKY Mult. X Target Net Roof Mult. X X X X Sum of Target Target Area Target Area Multiplier applied to all Proposed Skylight Areas to calculate Target Skylight Area Multiplier applied to all Proposed Opaque Roof Areas to calculate Target Roof Area Target areas in shaded boxes are applied to target areas on ENV-UA Sum of target roof and skylight areas are calculated to equal the sum of proposed SHGC Calculation ENV-SHGC 2015 WSEC Co nce Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, & R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Oct 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Switchgear Date 10/2 9/2018 Target Insulation Allowance: Component Performance Not Selected For Building Department Use Fenestration Area as % gross above -grade wall area 4.2% Max. Target: 30.0% Skylight Area as % gross roof area 0.0% Max. Target: 5.0% Vertical Fenestration Alternates: None Selected on ENV -SUM Notes: 1 - Proposed vertical fenestration and skylight areas entered in ENV-SHGC must match proposed fenestration areas in ENV-UA. 2 - If Target Area Adjustment is required per ENV-UA, then target areas will be automatically adjusted in ENV-SHGC. Refer to Target Area Adjustments worksheet for this calculation. 3 - Fenestration assembly SHGC shall be the manufacturer's NFRC product rating, or shall be the default value per Section C303.1.3. 4 - Fenestration that separates conditioned space from a non -conditioned space shall be included in this worksheet. Enter target SHGC values for this fenestration under proposed SHGC, so it is neutral to the calculation. N User ote Skylights Sch. ID Provide SHGC source and fenestration schedule ID Proposed SHGC SHGC x Area (A) SHGC x P Target SHGC SHGC x Area (A) = SHGC x A 0.35 SHGC 0,35 Sky ight Totals All Non -North Sch. ID Vertical Fenestration+ Provide SHGC source and fenestration schedule ID PF Proposed SHGC SHGC x Area (A). SHGC x A Target SHGC ++ PF Category SHGC x Area (A) = SHGC x A PF < 0.2 0.40 0.25PF<0.5 0.48 PF 0.5 0.64 ++ If projection factor (PF) credits are applied to the proposed design, Target SHGC will sum fenestration area by PF category. + If PF credit is applied, then vertical fenestration Non -North Window Totals must be entered in the correct table according to orientation. If credit is not applied then all vertical fenestration can be entered in either table. North Vertical Fenestration+ Sch. ID Provide SHGC source and fenestration schedule ID PF Proposed SHGC SHGC PF x Area (A)= SHGC x A Category Target SHGC++ SHGC x Area (A) = SHGC x A PF < 0.2 0,25PF<0.5 0 .53 0.58 PF a 0.5 0.64 ++ If projection factor PF) credits are applied to the proposed design, Target SHGC will sum fenestration area by PF category. TO COMPLY - The Proposed Total SHGC x A shall not exceed the Target Total SHGC x A. North Window Totals Total (Skylight + Window) Area SHGC x A Area SHGC x A Component Performance Compliance (SHGC) Compliance Performance Not Selected Building Permit Plans Checklist, pg. 1 ENV-CHK 2015 WSEC Compliance Forms e ' Buildings including R2, R3, & R4 over 3 stories and alt R1 Revised Oct 20 7 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Switchgear Date 10/29/2018 The following information is necessary to check a building permit application for compliance with the building envelope requirements in the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions, Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes SCOPE na C402.1.1 Low energy spaces ldentify low energy spaces on plans; include project infor ation, and calculations if applicable, that demonstrate spaces are eligible for envelope provisions exemption na 0402.1.1.1 Semi -heated spaces Identify semi -heated spaces on plans, include calculations that demonstrate p are eligible for wall insulation exemption na C402.1.2 Equipment Buildings Provide building area, average wall and roof U-factor, and installed equipment information that demonstrates equipment building is eligible for envelope provision exemption na 0410.2 Waik-in and warehouse cooler and freezer spaces Identify walk-in and warehouse cooler and freezer spaces on plans na .4. Mixed occupancy ldentiy spaces with differentoccupancy quire en s on plans na C503.2 Change of space conditioning Identify on plans existing unconditioned spaces changing to semi -heated or conditioned space, and existing semi -heated spaces changing to conditioned space; provide calculations for existing and final level of space conditioning, and calculations that demonstrate alteration complies with current WSEC C505.1 Change of occupancy Identify on plans existing F, S and U-occupancy spaces undergoing a change in occupancy; provide calculations that demonstrate alteration complies with the current WSEC Identify on plans pre-2002 Group R spaces undergoing a change to ana commercial occupancy; provide calculations that demonstrate alteration complies with the current WSEC Identify on plans non -Group R occupancy spaces undergoing a change to Group R; provide calculations that demonstrate alteration complies with the current WSEC ENVELOPE PROVISIONS Yes C1032 . C103.6,3 Compliance documentation inarbale envelope lflsulatlon compliance p51fl ano prbvrcie appiicabie forms; ENV -PRESCRIPTIVE or ENV-UA / ENV-SHGC for component . - ...e.iffria" ance If complying via total building performance, provide a list of all proposed envelope component types, areas and U-values Yes . . C303.1.2 Insulation identification Indicate identification mark shall be applied to all insulation materials nd insulation installed such that the mark is readily observable during inspection Page 00 & A4 No C3031,3 402.4.3 Fenestration productFenestration rating products shall be labeled with rated U-factor, SHGC, VT, and leakage rating Yes C303.1.1 C402.2.1 General insulation installation Indicate installation methods, thicknesses, densities and clearances to achieve the intended R-value of all insulation materials; Page A4 Where two or more layers of rigid insulation will be used, indicate that edge joints between layers are staggered Yes C103.2 C402.2.2 Roof assembly insulation Indicate R-value(s) of cavity/continuous insulation on roof sections; Page A4 & Si Indicate framing materials on roof sections; Indicate method of framing for ceilings below vented attics and vaulted ceilings per A102.2 (std, adv); Provide area weighted average U-factor calculation for insulation whose thickness varies by 1 inch or less; Indicate effective U-factors of tapered insulation entirely above deck per A102.2.6; include roof configuration and slope, maximum R-value at peak and minimum R-value at low point for all roof surfaces Indicate R-values for thermal spacers and each insulation layer, and liner system (LS) method for metal building roofs na C402.2.2 Skylight curb insulation Indicatecurb insulation R-value on roof section ifnotincluded in skylight NFRC rating Yes C103.2 C4D2.2.3 C402.2.4 C303.2.1 Above/below grade wall insulation Indicate R-value(s) of cavity/continuous insulation on wall sections; Page A4 Indicate framing materials on wall sections; Indicate method of framing for wood construction per A103.2 (std, int, adv); lridicate material density category, wall weight and heat capacity for qualifying mass walls; For qualifying ASTM C90 masonry walls, indicate loose -fill core insulation material and percentage of cores filled including grouted cores, bond beams, vertical fills, headers and any other grouted cores; Indicate method of protection of exposed exterior basement/crawlspace wall insulation Building Permit Plans 2015 WSEC Compliance Forms for Commercial Checklist, pg. 2 1 Buildings including R2, R3, & R4 over 3 stories and all R1 ENV-CHK Revised Oct 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 27xv Outdoor Switohgear Date 10/29/2018 Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes Yes. C1032 C402.4.4 Opaque doors Indicate rated U-factor (swinging) or R-value (non -swinging - roll - up/sliding) on wall sections or in door schedules - applies to doors with less than 50% glazed area Page A4 Yes C402.2.5 Floor over outdoor or unconditioned space insulation Indicate R-value(s) of cavity/continuous insulation on floor sections; Page A4 & Si Indicate framing material on floor sections; Indicate material density category and weight of qualifying mass floors na C402.2.6 C303.2.1 Slab -on -grade floor insulation Indicate R-value of continuous insulation on wall section or foundation detail; Indicate insulation extends down vertically and/or horizontally the required distance from top of slab; Indicate method of protection of exposed exterior slab edge insulation na C402.2.6 C303.2.1 Radiantly heated slab -on -grade floor insulation Indicate R-value of continuous insulation on wall section or foundation detail; Indicate insulation extends down vertically from top of slab and then horizontally under the entire slab; Indicate method of protection of exposed exterior slab edge insulation na C402.2.8 Radiant heating system insulation Indicate insulation R-value behind radiant panels, U-bend/headers and bottom surface of radiantly heated floors (other than radiantly heated slab - on -grade) Yes C402.4.1 0502.2.1 C503.3.2 Vertical fenestration maximum area Provide calculation for total vertical fenestration area as a percentage of gross above grade wall area (VVWR) for new construction, additions and alterations in ENV -SUM ENV -SUM na C402.4.1.1 0405.2.4.1 C502.2.1 C503.3.2 Increased prescriptive maximum vertical fenestration area with daylight zones and controls Provide calculations showing that the percentage of overall conditioned floor area within daylight zones is equal to or greater than 50% in 1 and 2 story buildings; OR Provide calculations showing that the percentage of overall net floor area within daylight zones is equal to or greater than 25% in buildings 3 stories or more; include the gross floor area and list of spaces omitted for the net floor area; Note in envelope plans that all lighting fixtures located within daylight zones shall be provided with daylight responsive controls per WSEC Section C405.2.4.1; indicate method of control in lighting fixture schedules Indicate that the VT of vertical fenestration is at least 1.1 times the rated SHGC na C402.4.1,3 C502.2.1 C503.3,2 Increased prescriptive maximum vertical fenestration area with high- Indicate high performance U-factors and SHGC values in fenestration schedules; Indicate if an area -weighted U-factor is used for multiple fenestration elements within the same fenestration category per Table 0402.3; provide U-factor calculations na C402.4.1.4 C403.6 Increased prescriptive maximum vertical fenestration area with DOAS mechanical systems Indicate that for eligibility, all occupied, conditioned spaces will be served by a dedicated outside air system (DOAS) that delivers ventilation air without requiring operation of the heating/cooling system per Section 0403.6 No 0402.1.5 Wall/vertical fenestration target area adjustment Indicate if component performance with target area adjustment will be used to account for vertical fenestration area in excess of the prescriptive maximum allowed na C402.4.1 C502.2.2 C503.3,3 Skylight maximum area Provide calculation for total skylight area as a percentage of gross roof area (SRR) for new construction, additions and alterations in ENV -SUM na C402.1.5.2 Roof/skylight target area adjustment Indicate if component performance with target area adjustment will be used to account for skylight area in excess of the prescriptive maximum Yes C402.4.3 0303.1.3 U-factors, SHGC and VT for all fenestration assemblies Indicate U-factors, SHGC and VT values in fenestration schedules; ENV -Prescriptive Indicate if an area -weighted U-factor is used for multiple fenestration elements within the same fenestration category per Table 0402.3; provide U-factor calculations Indicate if values are NFRC or default; if default then specify frame type, glazing layers, gap width, low-e coatings, gas -fill na 0402.4.3 Permanent shading For windows with overhangs or permanent projection shading devices, provide projection factor calculatidevices ons (Equation C4-6) and associated minimum SHGC for north and non -north orientations Building Permit Plans Checklist, pg. 3 ENV-CHK • 2015 WSEC Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R , & R4 over 3 storiesand all Ri Revised Oct 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor switchgear Date 2 9/2018 Applicability (yes,no,na) Code SSection Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents BurIdinBuilding Department Notes na C402.4,2 Spaces in single story buildings requiring skylights In single story buildings, provide list of enclosed areas that exceed 2,500 sf; for each space identify the space use, floor area, floor to ceiling height, whether skylights are installed, and any exception taken; Provide calculations for percentage of conditioned floor area located within a daylight zone including skylight and eligible sidelight daylight zones; Provide calculations for percentage of skylight area in each space over 2,500 sf, OR; Provide calculations for skylight effective aperture (Equation C4- ) for each space over 2,500 sf; Indicate haze factor of skylight glazing material or diffuser ADDITIONAL EFFICIENCY PACKAGE OPTION - ENHANCED ENVELOPE PERFORMANCE C406.8 Enhanced envelope performance To comply with additional efficiency package option, demonstrate envelope insulation compliance via component performance; provide ENV - UA / ENV-SHGC compliance forms; verify that building total UA is 15% lower than the Code target UA AIR LEAKAGE Yes C4025. 1.1 Air barrier construction and sealing Identify o tion and provide diagram of continuous air barrier n plans and sections; Page 00 & A4 Provide details for all joints, transitions in materials, penetrations in air barrier and note method of sealing (caulked, gasketed, or other approved method) na C402.5.3 Rooms containing open combustion fuel burning appliances used for space conditioning Indicate that room(s) containing non -direct vent appliances is isolated from conditioned space by the thermal envelope with a sealed air barrier, ncluding doorway gasketing and sealing around ductwork and piping • penetrations ' ' Indicate insulation provided in wall, floor and ceiling of the room envelope, and insulation required on combustion air ductwork na C402.5.4 Access openings Indicate locations of all access openings and doors to shafts, chutes, stairways and elevators; and doors to shafts, chutes, stairways and doors Indicate method of gasketing, weatherstripping and sealing of these openings na C402.5.5 C403.2.4.3 Outdoor air intakes, exhausts and relief openings Indicate locations of all stairway enclosure, elevator shaft and building pressurization relief openings, outside air intakes and exhaust openings; Note in envelope plans that all relief, outside air intake and exhaust openings shall be provided with dampers in accordance with Mechanical Section C403.2.4.3 na C402.5.8 Recessed lighting in building envelope Indicate method f sealing between light fixture housing and wall or ceiling; Note in envelope plans that all recessed lighting fixtures shall be IC rated and have an air leakage rating not greater than 2 cfm per ASTM E283 test; include these requirements in lighting fixture schedules na C402.5.6 Loading dock seals Indicate weather seal at cargo and loading dock doors na C402.5.7 Vestibules Indicate locations and dimensions of vestibules and air curtains; Indicate exception and criteria utilized for all building entrances and exits that do not have a vestibule or air curtain; Indicate required performance for air curtains installed per exception 7; For unconditioned vestibules, indicate which envelope assembly (interior or exterior) complies with the requirements for a conditioned space na C103.2 C402.5.1.2 Builthng air leakage test Indicate on plans the location af air barrier boundaries and area calculations on all six sides of the air barrier; Indicate air barrier test method in accordance with ASTM E779 or approved equivalent; Indicate required maximum leakage rate for compliance. Include the following requirements in project documents: (1) Submit air barrier test report to jurisdiction once test is completed; (2) If test results exceed 0.40 cfnn/ft2 (1.5 L/s`m2) at 0.3 in. wg (75 Pa), then visually inspect air barrier and seal noted sources of leakage; (3) Submit a follow-up report to jurisdiction noting corrective measures taken; (4) Include air barrier test report in compliance documentation provided to building owner. Building Permit Plans Checklist, pg. 4 , ENV-CHK Revised Oct 2017 2015 WSEC Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, & R4 over 3 stories and alt Ri Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Switchgear Date 10/2 9/2018 Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes ADDITIONAL EFFICIENCY PACKAGE OPTION - REDUCED AIR INFILTRATION C406.9 Reduced air infiltration To comply with additional efficiency package option, indicate in project documents that the air barrier test results shall not exceed 0.25 cfm/fe (0.94 Lis"m2) at 0.3 in. wg (75 Pa); indicate air barrier test report shall be submitted to the jurisdiction and building owner once test is completed ALTERATIONS C503.1 C503.3.1 Roof alteration - insulation For a roof alteration where existing ceiling cavities are exposed, indicate cavities are insulated to full depth at R-3 per inch For a roof covering replacement where insulation is installed entirely above the roof deck, indicate insulation complies with requirements for new construction per Tables C402.1.3 or C402.1.4 C503.1 Wall and floor alteration - insulation For a wall or floor alteration (floor over outdoor or unconditioned space) where existing envelope cavities are exposed, indicate cavities are insulated to full depth at R-3 per inch C503.3.2 Addition of vertical fenestration Where the addition of new vertical fenestration results in total building window -to -wall ratio (WWR) exceeding the maximum allowed per C402.4.1, demonstrate method of compliance (vertical fenestration alternate per C503.3.2, or component performance compliance with target area adjustment for the total building) C503.3.3 Addition of skylights Where the addition of new skylights results in total building skylight -to -roof ratio (SRR) exceeding the maximum allowed per C402.4.1, demonstrate component performance compliance with target area adjustment for the total building PROJECT CLOSE OUT DOCUMENTATION C103.6.3 Project close out documentation requirements Indicate in plans that project close out documentation is required including applicable WSEC envelope compliance forms and calculations, and fenestration NFRC rating certificates IV IV selected for any question provide explanation: End of Building Permit Plans Checklist Instructions for Electronic Forms 2015 Washington State EnergyCode Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Intro Commercial Provision Chapters 1 - 5 of the 2015 Washington State Energy Code apply to all commercial occupancies, R-2 and R-3 occupanies greater than 3 stories above grade, and R-1 occupancy (all building heights). This file, MECH15-v2.XLSM, has electronic compliance forms for mechanical provisions as defined in Sections C403, C404, C408, and Chapter 5. There are two companion files: ENV15-v2.XLSM (Sections C303, C402, Chapter 5, and Appendix A envelope requirements), LTG15-v3.XLSM (Section C405 and Chapter 5 lighting systems requirements). Energy Code This form is a compliance aid and is not a substitute for the full energy code text or specific jurisdiction compliance requirements. Users should refer to the code text and contact the local jurisdiction for complete information. The full 2015 WSEC code text is available for download from the NEEC website: http:/www.neec,netlees Training Refer to the NEEC website for instruction on how to complete all of the 2015 WSEC Compliance Forms. Start-up Select this file from the NEEC website to download to your computer. When opening the file be sure to Enable Macros, and if applicable, Enable Content, Overview This file is an Excel workbook that contains multiple compliance forms and resources in Excel worksheets. Each worksheet is indicated by a tab at the bottom of the screen. If the tabs are not visible, set the View in Excel to Full Screen, You may visit each worksheet by selecting it's tab. Most calculations are automated. Cells that display informational text and the results of calculations are write -protected and cannot be edited. Save Files This file is saved in the same manner as any standard Excel file. Getting Around Some forms have two pages. Both pages are available on screen when you select the tab for a form (worksheet). Use the scroll bars to find the second page located below the first page. 1111111pUt Cells ../ All general project information and the date are entered once on MECH-SUM. This information is automatically replicated on all other MECH forms. Only input cells are accessible. If you try to edit a write -protected cell an error message will appear requesting a password. A password IS NOT required to complete these forms. You may use the TAB key to move to the next input cell. If the TAB doesn't take you where you want to go, use your mouse to move around the form. Avoid excessively long text strings when entering information. In some cases, text that extends beyond the available space will not be visible. In most cases the text will wrap within the cell. This may force part of the form onto a new page. To enter the date, use this format: mm/dd/yyyy. For example, you would enter 7/1/2013 or 12/21/2014. Check boxes can be checked or unchecked by clicking in the box with your mouse. Radio buttons (circles) allow only one in a set to be selected, Drop -down lists have an arrow at the right side of the cell. Click on the arrow with your mouse and select the appropriate option. Use the delete button on your computer to clear a drop -down entry. When a form has a space for notes or explanation, click anywhere in the space to edit. Personal- izing You can personalize the forms with your company name, address, phone, or any other information. This is done by editing the header or footer in Excel. Adding and Removing Lines Many tables, such as for listing proposed mechanical systems, have a certain number of lines available for entering data. You may need more lines to enter all your information. Where this feature is available, you can add additional lines to the table by selecting the "+" button on the right hand side of the table with your mouse. If you can't see the "+" button, scroll to the right or decrease the View Zoom setting for the worksheet. To remove lines that you have added, select the "-" button with your mouse. This will delete the last line of the section. You cannot remove lines that were not added; an error message will appear if you try. If you add additional lines with this method, the pagination may be affected forcing the forms to carry additional lines over to other pages. Be sure to submit all pages to the plans examiner. Adding MECH- FANSYS Forms A completed MECH-FANSYS form is required for each applicable fan system. One copy of this form is included in the workbook. If additional MECH-FANSYS forms are needed, select the "Insert Fan System Form" button in MECH-FANSYS- SUM or MECH-FANSYS. An added form may be deleted by selecting the "Delete This Fan System" button within the added MECH-FANSYS form. 116 \ Printing All forms are set-up to be printed in letter format, with the exception of the MECH-EQ Cooling & Heating Equipment Schedule Form. This MECH-EQ form may be printed in either landscape or letter format, however the font is larger and easier to read when printed in landscape. If you are losing form details when printing, you may have a shortage of printer memory. Try printing problem pages individually. Only selected forms are printed. To select one or more forms, hold down the Ctrl key and click the tabs of the worksheets you need. Issue the File Print Selected Sheets command. To print the entire set, use File Print Entire Workbook. Forms (worksheets) in a workbook may not be deleted because the file is locked. Instructions for Electronic Forms 201 ashing on State Energy Code Co pliance For for Comme cia Buildings ncluding R2 & R3 over 3 tories and all R Revised January 20 7 "[Forms Forms To print blank forms to fillout by hand, delete alt of the heading in o ma ion at the beginning of ECH-SU . For each radio button group there is a button labeled "Clear." Clicking this button will clear the other buttons so that they will print as empty circles. The "Clear button will not print. End of Instructions for Electronic Forms 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 echanical Summary 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 MECH-SUM Revised January 2017 Project Information Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Switchgear Date 1%1/2015 Applicant Information. Provide contact information for individual who can respond to inquiries about compliance form information provided. For Building Dept. Use Company Name: Eaton - Omaha Power Center Company Address: 3900 Dahlman Ave., Omaha, NE 68107 Applicant Name: Amy Jewell Applicant Phone: (402) 609-4715 Project Description Briefly describe mechanical systems in the text box provided 0 Total Bldg Performance (TBP) This path includes all mandatory provisions per C401.2 Option 2. MECH-SUM, MECH-CHK, and C407 Energy Analysis forms required. 0 New Building 0 Building Addition ❑ Tenant Improvement 0 System Retrofit 0 No System Changes Design Load Calculations D Load calculation summary ❑ MECH-LOAD-CALC Form Provide design load calculations for all mechanical systems and equipment serving the building heating, cooling or ventilating needs, If a load calculation summary is provided with the permit documents that includes all applicable compliance information then the MECH-LOAD-CALC form is not required. Mechanical Schedules 2 Mechanical Plans 0 MECH-EQ Forms (TBD) Indicate location of equipment compliance information. If provided on plans then MECH-EQ forms are not required, however, include on plans all applicable compliance information listed in MECH-EQ tables. •1 ,Dedicated Outdoor Air System Requirements and High Efficiency VAV Alternate ❑ DOAS is required per C403.6 effective July 1, 2017 (office, retail, education, library and fire station occupancies) All occupied, conditioned areas shall be served by a DOAS that delivers required ventilation air in a manner that does not require space conditioning fan operation. Space conditioning fans cycled off when no heating or cooling is required. 0 Ventilation provided via natural ventilation per 2015 IMC in lieu of DOAS (C403.6, Exception 1) ❑ Ventilation and space conditioning provided by a HEVAV system per C403.7 in lieu of DOAS (C403.6, Exception 2) ❑ DOAS included in project, although not required (occupancy not office, retail, education, library or fire station) 0 DOAS related allowances included in project: 0 Prescriptive vertical fenestration maximum area allowance increased to 40% per C402.4.1.4 with 100% of conditioned floor area in building served by DOAS. ❑ Exception to air economizer per C403.3 Exception 1, include MECH-ECONO form. Fan Power ❑ Project includes HVAC air distribution systems that provide heating and/or cooling If yes, provide a MECH-FANSYS -SUM form. ❑ For one or more systems, the total fan motor nameplate hp of all fans in HVAC system exceeds 5hp. If yes, provide a seperate MECH-FANSY'S form for each HVAC system exceeding the 5 horsepower threshold. Refer to Section C403.2.11 and MECH-FANSYS-DOC for requirements and exceptions. HVAC Hydronic Systems 0 Hydronic chilled water 0 Water -loop heat pump 0 No hydronic systems ❑ Hydronic heating water 0 Geothermal C406 Additional Efficiency Options - Mechanical 0 C406.2 More efficient HVAC equipment and fan systems Requires 90% of heating and cooling capacity to be equipment listed in tables C403.2.3(1)-(9) or air -to -water heat pumps and heat recovery chillers. All equipment listed in tables C403.2.3(1)-(7) must be 15% more efficient than minimum requirements. All stand alone supply, return, and exhaust fans over 1hp must have FEQ Z 71 and must be selected within 10% of maximum total or static pressure, 0 C406.6 Dedicated outdoor air system (DOAS) Requires 90% of conditioned floor area to be served by a DOAS per C403.6 that delivers required ventilation air in a manner that does not require space conditioning fan operation. ❑ C406.7 Reduced energy in service water heating Requires 90% of floor area be in occupancy types listed in C406.7.1 and that 60% of annual hot water energy use be provided by heat pump, waste heat recovery or solar water -heating systems. 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 • echanical Summary, pg. 2 , MECH-SUM Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Service Water Heating Systems Equipment Type (s) 0 Hot water heating tank(s) 0 Instantaneous 0 No service water systems boiler 00 Heat exchange from space heat boiler or Dedicated central hot water/steam Distribution Type (s) 11 Circulation System 0 On -demand Commissioning Commissioning is required for: 0 Mechanical systems per C408.2 0 Service water heating systems per C406.4 If required, commissioning shall be performed for all applicable systems regardless of individual equipment capacity. Exceptions to commissioning requirements; 0 Total output capacity of all mechanical space conditioning systems in the building do not exceed 240,000 Btu/h cooling or 300,000 Btu/h heating. Mechanical systems commissioning not required. 0 Capacity of largest service water heating system in building does not exceed 200,000 Btu/h. Service water heating systems commissioning not required. Low Energy and Semi -Heated Spaces (Note 6 and 7) Space Type Location in Plan(s) Space(s) Served Area Served, square feet Heating Capacity, Btu/h (Note 4) Cooling Capacity, Btu/h (Note 5) Peak Space Conditioning Capacity, Btu/h-sf Compliance Check Notes Il-Note 4 - Provide total installed heating output capacity of systems serving Low Energy or Semi -Heated space(s) in btuh. Note 5- Provide total installed cooling capacity of system serving Low Energy space(s) in Btu/h. Not allowed for semi -heated spaces. Enter 0 if no cooling, vi Note 6 - Refer to Section C402.1.1 Low Energy Building. Intalled peak space conditioning capacity, heating or cooling, may not exceed 3.4 Btu/h`sf. Note 7- Refer to Section C402.1.1.1 and Semi -Heated Space definition in Chapter 2. Total heating output capacity may not exceed 8 Btulh'sf, Only systems without electric resistance heating and no cooling are eligible for the wall insulation exception under semi -heated. 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 - Page 5 of 20 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Switchgear Date 1/1/201 5 like following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the shington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. miapplicable (ves no na) Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes Equipment - Sizing, Performance and Type C403.1 Exempt process equipment Identify equipment to be used in manufacturing, industrial or commercial processes that do not provide space conditioning; identify provisions applicable to this equipment per C403.1 exception C403.2.1 Load calculations Provide load calculations performed per ASHRAE Std 183 or equivalent, using design parameters per C302 and Appendix C; include load adjustments to account for energy recovery Tab 7, Heat Cool Load Sum C403.2.2 Equipment and system sizing Indicate that output capacities of heating and cooling equipment and systems are no greater than the smallest available equipment size that exceeds the calculated loads; note exceptions taken Tab 4, Page P3853-Al C403.2.3 C403.2.3.2 C403.2,13,1 HVAC equipment performance requirements (efficiency) Provide equipment schedules on plans or complete MECH-EQ forms indicating type, capacity, rated and WSEC minimum efficiencies for all heating and cooling equipment; include supply and OSA cfms and operating hours for all air systems; identify heating and cooling equipment that does nol have a corresponding WSEC minimum efficiency (manufacturer rated) Tab 4, Page P3853-A1 C405.8 C403.2.14 Electric motor efficiency List all motors t 1/12 hp (that are not integral to a rated piece of equipment) in the mechanical or electrical equipment schedules on plans; indicate hp, rpm, number of poles and rated efficiency, or exception applied For fractional hp motors (1/12 - 1 hp), indicate whether they are an electronically commutated motor, have rated efficiency of at least 70%, or exception taken C403.2.11.1 Fan power limitation For all HVAC fan systems that provide heating and / or cooling, provide system total nameplate ILip in MECH-FANSYS-SUM form For all applicable HVAC systems with total fan motor hp > 5hp, verify fan system motor hp or bhp complies with fan power limits per equations in Table C403.2.11.1(1), provide MECH- FANSYS form for each system C403.2.11.2 Motor nameplate hp For all applicable HVAC systems with total fan motor hp > 5hp, indicate fan motors specified are the smallest available motor hp size greater than fan bhp, note exceptions taken C403.2.11.3 Fan efficiency For all applicable HVAC systems with total fan motor hp > 5hp, identify in equipment schedule ail fans required to comply with fan efficiency grade and indicate rated FEG is a 67, or exception taken; indicate these fans are sized so total efficiency is within 15% of the fan maximum total efficiency C4032.11.4 Group R occupancy exhaust fan efficacy For all exhaust fans < 400 cfm in Group R occupancies, indicate in equipment schedule the fan flow rate and efficacy (cfm/watt), or exception taken; refer to Table C403.2.11.4 (CE-57) ISIN C403.2.13 Variable flow capacity - fans For fan motors t 7.5 hp, indicate method of variable flow control (VSD or equivalent method) in equipment schedule, or exception taken; for equivalent method for an HVAC system refer to HVAC System Controls for additional requirements ow C403.2,3 Maximum air cooled chiller capacity For chilled water plants and buildings with >i 500 tons of cooling capacity, indicate air-cooled chiller capacity is 5 100 tons, or exception taken C403.4 Large capacity cooling systems For buildings with a 300 tons of cooling capacity, indicate method of multi -stage or variable capacity control (VSD, multiple staged compressors, or max capacity of any single unit < 66% of the total) C403.2.3.1 Non-standard water-cooled centrifugal chillers For water-cooled centrifugal chillers not designed for operation at standard conditions, provide calculations documenting maximum full load and part load rated equipment performance requirements C403.2.13.1 C403.4.3.2 Centrifugal fan open -circuit cooling towers For open -circuit centrifugal fan cooling towers with a 1,100 gpm capacity, indicate cooling towers comply with efficiency requirements for axial fan open circuit cooling towers C403.4,2 C403.4.2.5 Large capacity boiler systems For single boilers with > 500,000 Btu/h capacity, indicate multi -stage or modulating burner For boiler system (single or multiple) with > 1,000,000 Btu/h capacity, indicate tumdown ratio per Table C403,4,2,5 and method (multiple single input boilers, modulating boilers, or combination) C403.2,13 Variable flow capacity - pumps For pump motors a 7.5 hp, indicate method of variable flow control (VSD or equivalent method) in equipment schedule, or exception taken; for equivalent method for a hydronic system refer to Hydronic System Controls for additional requirements C403.2.3 Gas and oil -fired forced air furnace and unit heaters For forced air furnaces with capacity a 225,000 Btuth and all unit heaters, indicate in equipment schedule intermittent ignition or 'ID, flue or draft damper, and rated jacket loss C403.2.4.8 Combustion heating equipment For combustion heating equipment with output capacity > 225,000 Btu/h, indicate modulating or staged combustion control C403.2.3.3 Packaged electric heating / cooling equipment Verify all packaged electric equipment with > 6,000 Btu/h cooling capacity and any amount of heating is a heat pump; include in equipment schedules C403.2.12 Heating outside a building Indicate systems providing heating in non -enclosed outdoor occupied spaces are radiant systems* refer to HVAC System Controls for additional requirements C403.2.7.1 Kitchen exhaust hoods Indicate on plans the type, duty and exhaust air rate of each kitchen hood, refer to HVAC System Controls for additional requirements C403.2.4.3 Outdoor supply air, exhaust and relief dampers Indicate locations of OSA intake, and exhaust and relief outlet dampers on plans; indicate whether dampers are Class 1 motorized, or gravity and exception taken (include leakage rating, cfm/sf); refer to HVAC System Controls for additional requirements for OSA dampers C403.2.4.3 Retum air dampers Indicate locations of return air dampers that are integral to economizer operation; verify dampers are motorized; indicate whether dampers are Class 1, or within packaged equipment eligible for leakage rating exception (include leakage rating, cfm/sf) C403.2.4.3 Stairway and shaft vent dampers Indicate location of stairway and shaft vent dampers on plans; verify dampers are Class 1 motorized; refer to HVAC System Controls for additional requirements C403.2,4.4 Zone isolation dampers For systems serving areas > 25,000 sf or spanning more than one floor, that include areas that are expected to be occupied non -simultaneously; identify isolation zone areas on plans and Locations of associated isolation dampers in HVAC distribution system; refer to HVAC System Controls for additional requirements C403.2.3.4 Humidification For cooling systems with humidification equipment that are also required to have air economizer, indicate humidifier is adiabatic (direct evaporative or fog atomization), or exception taken 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 - Page 6 of 20 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH-CHK 2015 Washington State EnergyCode Compliance Fo r Co ercia ildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Jana2 7 r Poject Title: LBoeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Swttchgear Date 1 / 201 e following information is necessary to check a permit application for compile with the mechanical systems and equipmentrequirements of the ishington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. I...A pplicable (yes,no na) Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes Additional Efficiency Package Option, More Efficient HVAC Equipment & Fan Performance - Must comply with all 3 provisions to be eligible C406.2.1 C403.2.3 FIVAC system selection To comply with additional efficiency package option, catcutate the percentage of heating and cooling equipment in the project (based on output capacity) that do not have a corresponding WSEC listed efficiency; shall be less than 10% to C406,2.2 C403.2,3 Minimum equipment efficiency To comply with additional efficiency package option, indicate that all listed heating and cooling equipment have a rated efficiency that exceeds WSEC listed efficiency by at least 1 50/0 C406.2.3 C403.2.11.3 Minimum fan efficiency To comply with additional efficiency package option, indicate rated FEG of stand alone fans is a 71; indicate these fans are sized so the fan efficiency at design conditions is within 10% of the maximum total Qr stalic efficiencv HVAC System Controls C403.2.4.1 Thermostatic controls (thermostats and humidistats) Indicate locations of thermostatic and humidity control devices and the zones they serve on plans, including perimeter system zones Tab 4, Page P3853-Al & Tab 5, ROM Wttere adjacent (neighboring) zones are ntrolled by separate thermostats (including perimeter systems used to offset heat gain or loss), and are connected by permanent openings > 10% of either zone si area, indicate controls configured to prevent adjacent zones from operating in conflicting modes (one in heat, other in cool); applies to adjacent perimeter zones, adjacent nonperimeter zones, and adjacent perimeter and non erimeter zones If applying Exception 2 to nonperimeter zones adjacent to perimeter zones, indicate that setpoints and deadband settings In these zones are coordinated so cooling in a nonperimeter zone does not occur until the temperature in that zone is 5°F higher than the adjacent erimeter zone temperature in heating C403.2.4.1.1 Heat pump supplementaryIndicate heat staged heating operation with compression as the first stage of heating and sup_plemental healing controlled with outdoor lock -out temperature set to 40°F or less C403.2.4.1.2 Deadband Indicate zone thermostatic controls configured with 5°F minimum deadband for systems that Icoritrot both healing and cooling C403.2.4.1.3 Setpoint overlap restriction ((hermostats) separate heating and 000ting Systems with separate thermostatic control devices are used to serve a zone, indicate locations of both thermostatic control devices and the zone they serve on plans Indicate a limit switch, mechanical stop or DDC control with programming to prevent simultaneous heating and cooling C403.2.4.2 C403.2.4.2.1 C403.2.4.2.2 Automatic setback and shutdown Indicate zone thermostatic controls configured with required automatic setback and manual overricle functions, setback temperatures, and control method (automatic time clock or programmable controls); note exceptions taken C403.2.4,2,3 Automatic (optimum) start ndicate system controls that adjust equipment startlime required to bring each area served up to design temperature jost_prior to scheduled occupancy C403.2.4,3 Outdoor supply air dampers Indicate automatic controls configured to close OSA damper during unoccupied equiprnrent operation; not including economizer cooling, night flush or IMC required OSA / exhaus C403.2.4.3 Stairway and shaft vent dampers Indicate method of activation of airway and shaft vent dampers (fire alarm or iriterruption of power) C403.2.4,4 Zone isolation controls For systems serving areas > 25,000 sf or spanning more than one floor, that include areas that are expected to be occupied non -simultaneously: indicate controls that allow for independent space conditioning of isolation zones; or exception taken C403.2.12 Heating outside a building Indicate occupancy sensing or timer switch controls configured to automatically shut off heating system when area served is unoccupied C403.2.4.5 Snow melt systems Indicate automatic controls configured to shut off system when pavement temperature exceeds 50°F and no precipitation is falling, and when outdoor air temperature exceeds 40"F C403.2.4.6 Freeze protection system conlrols Indicate automatic controls to shut off system when outdoor temperature exceeds 40°F, or conditions protect fluid from freezing C403.2.4.9 Group RI hotel / motel guest rooms For hotels and motels with over 50 guest rooms, indicate automatic controls serving guest rooms that are capable of setback (heating) and set-up (cooling) of temperature setpoint by at least 5°F; indicate control method - activated by room entry or occupancy sensor 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 - Page 7 of 20 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Switchgear Dale 1/1/2015 rye following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the shington Slate Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. wcable ppli (yes no na) Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes C403.2.4.10 C403.2,4.11 Group R2 / R3 dwelling units, Group R2 sleeping units For primary space conditioning system, indicate 5-2 programmable thermostats capable of two setback periods per day; for all thermostats indicate purpose (heating only, cooling only, or both), required temperature range and al minimum a 10°F deadband; or exception taken C403.2.6 C403.2.11.4 Ventilation Indicate method of ventilation air delivery (natural or mechanical) for each zone If mechanically delivered, indicate that systems are configured to provide not more than 150% of, but at least the minimum required volume of outdoor air to each zone per IMC, ASHRAE 62.1 or other applicable code (WAC, OSHA, etc); or exception taken If delivered via natural ventilation, identify required elements per IMC including minimum openable area to the outdoors or qualifying adjoining spaces C403.2.6.2 Demand controlled ventilation Identify spaces > 500 sf with occupant load > 25 people/1,000 sf per IMC; for each space indicate whether it is served by an HVAC system with total design OSA > 3,000 cfm, and / or the system has airside economizer or automatic modulating OSA damper; indicate OSA controls are configured to provide demand controlled ventilation or provide supporting documentation for applied exception C403.2.6.3 Occupancy sensors For gyms, classrooms, auditonums and conference rooms > 500 sf, indicate occupancy -based OSA control when space is unoccupied and method (closes OSA damper or shuts -off equipment); or altemate means provided to automatically reduce OSA when space is partially occupied C403.2.6.4 C403.2,6.4,1 Enclosed loading dock ventilation For enclosed loading docks, indicate ventilation / exhaust system method of activation (gas detection system for CO and NO2, or occupancy sensors), and control method (staged or modulating) C403.2.6.4 C403.2.6.4.2 Enclosed parking garage ventilation For enclosed parking garages, indicate ventilation / exhaust system activated by gas detection system for CO and NO2, and control method (staged or modulating); or exception taken C403.2.7.1 Kitchen exhaust hoods Provide calculations that show a balanced accounting of total kitchen exhaust (include all hoods) with % of: supply air, transfer air from adjacent spaces, and make-up air, if applicable, indicate that direct make-up air to each hood does not exceed 10% of hood exhaust For kitchens with total hood exhaust exceeding 2,000 cfm, indicate exhaust air rate per Table C403.2.7,1 and compliance method (DCV, energy recovery, or transfer air that would otherwise be exhausted) C403.2.7.2 Laboratory exhaust systems Refer to Systems Requiring Energy Recovery for requirements MEL,exception C403.2.13 Variable flow capacity - HVAC system fans For HVAC fan motors s 7.5 hp, Indicate method of variable flow control (VSD, or equivalent control method that reduces design air volume by 50% at 1/3 static design pressure); note taken C403.3.1 DX air handler variable cooling control (Under Integrated Economizer) For DX air handlers with economizer and cooling capacity s 65,000 Btu/h, indicate number of cooling stages provided and method (multiple compressors and / or variable speed compressors); indicate minimum displacement (capacity reduction) as % of full load Indicate control method (cooling capacity controlled in response to space temperature, space temperature controlled by modulating supply airflow, or both) C403.2.11.5 Fan airflow control For DX air handling units with cooling capacity_ 65,000 Btu/h and evaporative and chilled water air handling units with fan >_ 0.25 hp, indicate whether system is single zone or multiple zone and related control method (cooling capacity controlled in response to space temperature, space temperature is controlled by modulating supply airflow, or both) For mechanical cooling systems (includes DX and chilled water coils) that control cooling capacity in response to space temperature - Provide a minimum of two stages of fan control; indicate minimum fan speed is 5 66% of full speed drawing 5 40% of full speed fan power during periods of low cooling or ventilation only For other mechanical cooling systems (includes DX and chilled water coils) that control space temperature by modulating airflow (in lieu of, or in addition to, controlling capacity in response to space temperature) - Provide fan controls for modulating supply airflow; indicate minimum fan speed is 5 50% of full speed drawing 5 30% of full speed fan power during periods of low cooling or ventilation only; or exception taken C403.2A.12 DDC system capabilities Provide central and zone level DDC controls as required based on system application, capacity or size thresholds and other qualification per Table C403.2.4.12.1 Identify all DDC system input / output control points; indicate capability for trending and graphical display Ducting Systems C403.2.8.1 C403.2.8.3 Duct construction Indicate on plans that all ductwork is constructed and sealed per IMC For OSA ductwork, also indicate on plans that ductwork meets air leakage requirements per C402.5 and vapor retarder requirements per the IBC C403.2.8.3 Duct pressure classifications Identify location of low, medium and high pressure ductwork on plans C403.2.8.3.3 High pressure duct leakage test Indicate high pressure duct leakage testing requirements on plans; provide test results to jurisdiction when completed 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 - Page 8 of 20 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R over 3 stories and alt R Revised anuary 2017 dake applicable Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Switchgear Date1/2015 following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the Ishington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. ves no na) Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes C403.2.8.1 C403.2.8.2 Duct insulation For supply and return ductwork located in unconditioned space or outdoors, indicate R-value of insulation on ductwork on plans; identify climate zone; note exceptions taken For supply ductwork located in conditioned space, identify if design supply temperature is < 55°F or > 105°F and indicate R-value of insulation on this ductwork on plans; note exception taken For OSA ductwork, shafts and plenums, indicate R-value of insulation on these elements on Plans per Table C4821. for steel -framed walls: note exception taken Piping Systems C403.2.9 Piping insulation Indicate design temperature range of fluid conveyed in piping and thickness of insulation (in inches) on hydronic piping_plans; or exception taken C403.2.9.1 Piping insulation exposed to weather Indicate method of protection of pipe insulation from damage / degradation on hydronic piping plans Economizers C403.3 Air economizer required Identify in equipment schedules on plans or in MECH-EQ forms all cooling systems requiring air economizer controls Provide MECH-ECONO form indicating systems utilizing air economizer exceptions, including those with water -side economizer in lieu of air economizer; indicate on plans eligible exception(s) taken and measures to comply with exception(s) C403.3.1 tegrated economizer operation - air and water Indicate air and water -side economizers are configured for partial cooling operation even where additional mechanical cooling is required to meet the load C403.3.2 Economizer heating system impact - air and water Verify control method of HVAC systems with economizers does not increase building heating energy usaqe during normal operation C403.3.3.1 Air economizer capacity Indicate modulating OSA and retum air dampers are configured to provide up to 100% OSA for cooling C403.3.1 C4032 .3.3. Integrated air economizer Verify mechanical 000ling controls are interlocked with air economizer controls so the outside air damper remains in 100% open position when mechanical cooling is also required to meet the cooling load, until the leaving air temperature is < 45°F For systems with cooling capacity a 65,000 Bluth, verify that control of economizer dampers is not based only on mixed air temperature; or exception taken C403.3.3.3 Air economizer high limit controls Indicate high limit shut-off control method and required high limit per Table C403.3.3.3 C403.3.4.1 Water economizer capacity For eligible systems where water -side economizer may be provided in lieu of air economizer, indicate system is capable of 100% design cooling capacity at 50°F db / 45°F wb OSA temperatures C403.3.4.2 Water economizer maximum pressure drop Indicate pressure drop across precooling coils and h exchangers in water economizer system do not exceed pressure drop limit C403.3.1 DX air handling equipment control For DX air handlers with economizer and cooling pacity ?. 65,000 Btu/h, refer to HVAC System Controls for requirements C403.2.4.7 DX equipment economizer fault detection and :dianostics For DX air handlers with economizer and cooling capacity 5 54,000 Btu/h, provide a fault detection and diagnostics (FDD) system to monitor economizer system operation and report fautts Systems Requiring Energy Recovery C403.5.1 Energy recovery (ER) - ventilation / exhaust systems For systems with design OSA > 5,000 cfm, or design supply air cfm and % OSA exceeding the values in Tables C403.5.1(1) or (2), indicate exhaust air ER method; or exception taken with supporting calculations For rooms served by multiple systems with aggregate design OSA > 5,000 cfm, or aggregate design supply air cfm and % OSA exceeding the values in Tables C403.5.1(1) or (2), indicate exhaust air ER method; or exception taken with supporting calculations Indicate ER rated effectiveness that increases OSA enthalpy by a 50% based on delta between OSA and retum air enthalpies at design conditions C403.2.7.2 Laboratory exhaust systems (energy recovery) For buildings with total lab exhaust > 5,000 cfm, indicate method of energy recovery used to pre -condition laboratory make-up air; ER effectiveness (min 25°F); or alternative method per exception (VAV exhaust, semi -conditioned makeup, or GERM calculation) C404.10.4 (under C404.11) Pools and permanent spas exhaust systems (energy recovery) For buildings with pools or spas with water surface area > 200 sf, indicate exhaust air ER method and use of waste heat (preheat ventilation air, pool water or service hot water); or exception taken Indicate ER system has the rated effectiveness and is configured to decrease the exhaust air temperature at design conditions by 5 36°F C403.5.2 Energy recovery - steam condensate systems For buildings with on -site steam heating systems, indicate condensate water ER For buildings that use oft -site generated steam where condensate is not returned to the source, indicate on -site condensate water ER 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 - Page 9 of 20 Mechanical PermitPlans Checklist MECH-CHK 15 Washington State EnergyCode Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings ncludirig includingR2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2 ProJec Title: Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Switchgear Date 1/1/2015 following information is necessary to check a permit application for pli nce with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements ofthe ishington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. wipplicable (yes,no na) Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes C403.5.3 Energy recovery - cooler / freezer condensers For buildings with food service, meat or deli departments that have a 500,000 Btu/hi of remote refrigeration capacity for coolers / freezers, indicate condenser ER and use of captured energy (service ter heating, space heating, or dehumidification reheating) For buildings with a 40,000 sf conditioned floor area and with a 1,000,000 Btu/h of remote refrigeration capacity for coolers I freezers, indicate condenser ER and use of captured energy for service water heating and also for space heating, or dehumidification reheating C403.5.4 Energy recovery - condenser systems For buildings with 24-hour operation and with . 1,500,000 Btu/h of heat rejection capadty and design service hot water load >i 250,000 Btu/h, indicate condenser ER to pre -heat service water; or exception taken. Provide calculations showing the amount of recovered heat that is utilized (60% of peak heat reiection load or ore -heat service water to 85°F). Hydronic System Controls C403.2.13 C403.4.2,7 Variable flow control - hydronic system pumps For hydronic system pump motors7.5 hp, indicate method of variablevanable llow control(VSD or equivalent method that requires a 30% design wattage at 50% design fluid flow); note exception taken Identify whether hydronic coils have DDC controls and associated manner of pump speed control (differential pressure, zone hydronic demand, etc) C403.2.5 C403.4.2.4 Hydronic system setback and part load controls For boilers that provide building heating, indicate controls that provide heating water temperature setback based on outdoor temperature For heating and chilled water systems a 300,000 Btu/h, indicate systems are configured to automatically reset supply water temperature based upon demand; or exception taken. If system pump motor hp a 3 hp, also indicate controls automatically reduce flow by a 50%. For chilled water systems (a 300,000 Btu/h, pump motor hp a 3 hp) that serve water-cooled unitary air conditioners, indicate VSD or staged pumps in chilled water system and heat rejection loop that reduce pump flow so that one control valve is nearly wide open, or to maintain a minimum differenti pressure: or ex_c_eption taken 403.4.2 Boiler sequencing Indicate automatic controls that sequence operation of multiple boilers C403.4.6 Hot gas bypass limitation For cooling equipment with hol gas bypass, provide either multiple step unloading or continuous capacity modulation; indicate bypass capacity per Table C403.4.6 403.4,2.2 Two -pipe changeover systems Indicate changeover deadband (min 15°F), heating cooling mode scheduling and changeover temperature range (limit 30°F) 403.4.2.6 Chiller / boiler plant pump isolation tndicate controls are configured to automatically reduce overall plant ow and shut-off flow through individual chillers and boilers when not in use Nor C403.2.13.1.1 C403.4.3.1.1 C403.4.3.1.2 Heat rejection equipment - variable flow control For cooling towers with fan motors a 7.5 hp, indicate VSD and method to adjust fan speed (adjusted based on leaving fluid temperature or condenser temperature / pressure of heat rejection device) For multiple -cell heat rejection equipment with VSD, indicate controls that ramp all fans in unison 403.4.3.3 Heat rejection equipment - coolin.q tower flow turndown Indicate open -circuit cooling towers with multiple pumps VSD control e designed so all cells can be run in parallel 403.4.2.3.1 Water loop heat pump - deadband Indicate capability of central equipment to provide minimum 20°F water supply temperature deadband between heat rejection and heat addition modes; or exception taken C403.4.2.3.2.1 Water loop heat pump - heat rejection equipment, Zone 4 Indicate type of cooling tower (open- or closed-circuit) in equipment schedule; indicate method used to limit system heat loss when heat rejection is not needed C403.4.2.3.2.2 Water loop heat pump - heat rejection equipment, Zone 5 For open- or closed-circuit cooling towers, provide a heat exchanger that separates the cooling tower and heat pump loop C403.4.2.3.3 Water loop heat pump - isolation valves For hydronic heat pump systems with total system power /' 10 hp, indicate 2-way isolation valves on each heat pump and variable flow s stem control Dedicated Outdoor Air Systems (DOAS) - Optional through 6/30/16, Prescriptive 7/1/2016 C403.6 C403,6.3 Dedicated outdoor air systems For buildings with office, retail, education, library and fire station spaces, identify these spaces on plans; indicate that ventilation air in each occupied space is provided via a DOAS system; or document compliance with C403.6.3 Impracticality; or exception taken (buildings complying with C402.4.1.4 or C406.6 may not utilize exceptions) C403.6.1 Energy recovery ventilation with DOAS For all DOAS systems, indicate exhaust air ER method; or exception taken with supporting calculations. Indicate ER rated effectiveness that increases OSA enthalpy by a 50% based on delta between OSA and retum air enthalpies at design conditions. C403.6,2 Heating / cooling system controls with DOAS Indicate equipment associated with the delivery of zone level heating and cooling (fans, hydronic pumps, primary air dampers, etc) are configured to shut off, and central equipment is configured to turn down, when there is no call for heating or cooling in the zone they serve If applying Exception to heating / cooling fans used for air mixing in the space during deadband periods, include fan watts per cfm in equipment schedule 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 - Page 10 of 20 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January2D17 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Swttchgear Dale 2 01 5 ,e following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance ith the mechanical systemsnd equipment equirernen s ofthe 4hington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. pplicable (ves,no.na) Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes C402.4.1.4 C403.6 Increased prescriptive maximum vertical fenestration area with DOAS Indicate that all occupied, conditioned spaces are served by a DOAS per C403.6 Additional Efficiency Package Option, Dedicated Outside Air Systems A C406.6 Building provided with DOAS To mply with additional iciency package option, indicate h 90% or more of all 000upied, conditioned s..ces are setved b a DINA .er C403.6 Multiple Zone Air Systems C403.4.4 Air systems serving multiple zones Identify supply air systems serving multiple zones arid the zones they serve on plans; indicate whether system is VAV and method of primary air control; or provide supporting documentation for a. flied exce.tion to VAV Provide equipment schedules on plans or MECH-EQ form that list all VAV air terminals and types C403.4.4 VAV systems serving multiple zones For each air terminal include: maximum airflow rates for pnmary supply air during zone peak heating and zone peak cooling; maximum airflow during reheating, recooling or mixing; minimum airflow rate to maintain required ventilation, and the basis for these values; if IMC or ASHRAE 62.1 multiple zone equation is basis for minimum flow rates, provide calculation on dans C403.4.4.1 Single duct VAV terminal units Indicate single duct terminal units are configured to reduce primary supply airalt before rebeating or recoolinq C403.4.4.2 Dual duct systems - termina units For systems with separate warm air and cool air ducts, indicate terminal units are configured to reduce the flow from one duct to minimum before mixing with air from the other duct VAsystem static Indicate locations of duct static pressure sensors on plans; include at least one sensor per major duct branch; verify controller setpoint pressure at each sensor is 5 1.2 inch w.g. C403.4.1.1 C403.4.1.2 pressure sensors - DD sensors and C set points For systems with zone level DDC, indicate controls are configured to monitor zone damper positions and reset static pressure setpoint based on the zone requiring most pressure; include control logic that automatically detects and generates an alarm if any zone excessively drives logic,reset and allows building operators to exclude zones from o ic C403.4.4. ultiple-zone VAV sys e ventilation optimization ntrols For systems with zone level DDC controls, indicate controls are configured to automatically reduce outdoor airflow in response to changes in system ventilation efficiency; or exception taken C403.4.4.4 VAV system supply air reset ndicate controls automatically reset supply air temperature in response to building loads or outdoor air t• .. ature: or exce.tion ta en ,„ultiple Zone HVAC Systems, High Efficiency VAV - Required for systems utilizing C403.6 DOAS Exception 2, must comply with all 16 provisions C403.7, Item 1 Air economizer Indicate system is configured for 100% air economizer operation and complies with all related economizer re.uirements .er C403.3 without economizer exceptions) C403.7, I em 2 Direct digital controls (DDC Provide DDC controls for all components of system; identify all DDC system input / output control .oints• indicate ca.abilit for trendin. and graphical display C403.7, Item 3 Outdoor airflow measurement and reductio For systems with minimum OSA > 2,500 cfm, indicate outdoor airflow monitoring station that measures OSA intake under all load conditions; indicate control sequence that increases or reduces system OSA cfm based on VAV terminal feedback of ventilation efficiency (per C403.4.4.3 without exceptions) or DCV (per C403.2.6.2) C403.7, Item 4 upply airflow measuremen For systems with minimum OSA > 2,500 cfm, indicate supply airflow monitoring station capable of measurin. so"! air delivered to VAV terminals under all load conditions C403.7, Item 5 Zone isolation and maximum area served Verify maximum area served by a single HEVAV system is 5 50,000 sf, or one entire floor, whichever is greater; in addition if a system serves > 25,000 sf, that includes areas that are ex.ected to be occu.ied non-simultaneousl indicate zone isolation controls per C403.2.4.4 C403.7, Item 6 Interior / exterior zone design supply air temperature Verify that VAV terminals serving interior cooling driven loads are sized per design supply air temperature that is 5°F higher than VAV terminals serving exterior zones C403.7, Item 7 Maximum air terminal inlet velocity Identity air terminals with minimum pnm airflowp nts > 50% maximum setpoint in equipment schedule or MECH-EQ form; indicate air terminal inlet velocity does not exceed 900 f.m 0403.7, Item 8 Sequence of operation Indicate DDC system sequences of operation are designed and configured per ASHRAE GPC 36 C403.7, Item 9 Maximum allowable system brake horse.ower Verity fan system bhp is 5 90% of the bhp limit per Option 2 equation in Table C403.2.11,1(1), .rovide MECH-FANSYS form for each s stem C403.7, Item 10 Fan -powered terminal unit motor and control Indicate all series and parallel terminal fans have electronicatty commutated motors; Indicate DDC control system is configured to vary air terminal fan speed as a function of the load; indicate fan speed during periods of low heating, low cooling, or ventilation only is 5 66% of peak design air flow or provide supporting documentation for applied exception 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 - Page 11 of 20 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Switchgear Date 1/1/2015 e following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the shington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions, Pplicable (yes.no.na) Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes C403.7, Item 11 Application of single duct and fan -powered terminal units Indicate VAV terminal types on plans; verify fan -powered terminal units only serve perimeter zones with envelope loads; verify all other zones are served by single duct terminal units C403.7, Item 12 Fan -powered terminal unit primary air reset Indicate DDC controls are configured to automatically reset the primary supply air cfm setpoint of all fan -powered terminal units to the minimum required to maintain ventilation during occupied heating or deadband, based upon the VAV air handling unit OSA ventilation fraction C403.7, Item 13 High occupancy space controls For spaces > 150 sf with occupant density a 25 people / 1000 sf, indicate p is served by dedicated terminal unit with DCV control that resets terminal unit ventilation setpoint; also indicate occupancy sensor control that automatically reduces minimum ventilation to zero and sets back room heatincLand cooling setpoints by .a 5°F C403.7, Item 14 Dedicated HVAC systems For server, electronic equipment, telecom or similar spaces with cooling loads > 5 W/sf, indicate spaces are served by independent HVAC systems that are separate from HPVAV systems serving rest of building; indicate dedicated HVAC systems have air economizer controls or energy recovery per C403.3 Exception 9 C403.7, Item 15 Central plant efficiency Indicate whether systems are served by a high efficiency heating water plant, or a high efficiency chilled water plant If complying via high efficiency heating water plant: Indicate all VAV terminals have hydronic heating coils served by heating water system with either gas -fired boiler(s) with thermal efficiency a 90%, air -to -water heat pumps, or heat recovery chillers If complying via high efficiency chilled water plant: Indicate all VAV air handlers have cooling coils served by chillers with rated IPLV efficiency that exceeds WSEC listed IPLV by at least 25% per Table C403.2.3(7) (note water-cooled IPLV is max, all others are min); indicate smallest chiller or compressor in plant Is 5 20% of total plant capacity, or provide thermal storage sized for 5 20% of total plant capacity C403.7, Item 16 Fault detection and diagnostics ndicate DDC system includes a fault detection and diagnostics (FDD) system configured to monitor operation and provide fault reporting of required parameters for all VAV air handlers and VAV air terminal units in the HPVAV system HVAC Equipment Energy Use Metering C409.3.1 HVAC equipment energy use metering For new buildings > 50,000 sf and building additions > 25,000 sf, venfy energy use metering of all equipment used to provide space heating and cooling, dehumidification and ventilation will e rovided per C409; indicate equipment eliaiple for xception Documentation and System Specific Requirement To Support Commissioning 6 C408.2 Scope of mechanical systems commissioning Indicate that all mechanical systems, equipment, and controls for which the WSEC requires control functions and / or configuration to perform specific functions are required to be commissioned; For buildings with a 240,000 Btu/h total output cooling capacity or a 300,000 Btu/h total output heating capacity, indicate that all mechanical systems regardless of individual capacity are required to be commissioned; or provide building heating / cooling capacity calculation demonstrating eligibility for exception C403.2.10 C408.1.1 C408.1.2 C408.1.4.2 C103.6 Commissioning requirements in construction documents Indicate in plans and specifications that Cx per C408 is required for all applicable mechanical systems; Include general summary with at a minimum of Items 1 thru 4 of the Cx plan per C408.1.2 including: narrative description of activities, responsibilities of the Cx team, schedule of activities including verification of project close out documentation per C103.6, and conflict of interest,plan (if required); Include in general summary that a Cx project report or Compliance Checklist (Figure C408.1.4.2) shall be completed by the Certified Cx Professional and provided to the owner prior to the final mechanical inspection. C408.2.2 Air system and hydronic system balancing Indicate in plans that air and fluid flow rates shall be tested and balanced within the tolerances defined in the specifications; indicate systems shall be balanced in a manner to first minimize throttling losses, then adjusted to meet design flow conditions C408.2.2.1 Air system balancing devices Indicate devices that provide the capability to balance all supply air outlets, zone terminals and air handling equipment requiring system balancing C408.2.2.2 Hydronic system balancing devices Indicate devices that provide the capability to isolate, balance and measure flow across all hydronic equipment requiring system balancing including heating and cooling coils and pumps C408.2.3 Functional performance testing criteria Identify in plans and specifications the intended operation of all equipment and controls during all modes of operation, including interfacing between new and existing -to -remain systems Project Close Out Documentation C103.6 Documentation and project close out submittal requirements Indicate in plans that project close out documentation and training of building operations personnel is required for all mechanical components, equipment and systems governed by this code; indicate close out documentation shall include: record documents, O&M manuals, applicable WSEC compliance forms and calculations 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 - Page 12 of 20 Service Water Heating Permit Plans Checklist SWH-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January2017 ctshie Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Switchgear Date 1/1/2015 following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanicial systems and equipment requirements of the ngton State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. : pplicable (Ves,no,na) Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Looation in Documents Building Department Notes Equipment - Sizing, Performance and Type C404.2 SWH equipment type and efficiency Provide equipment schedule on plans indicating type and capacity; indicate efficiency complies with required federal standard C404.2.1 High input -rated SWHFor systems For individual SWH equipment serving an entire building with a 1,000,000 Btu/h capacity, indicate h al efficiency a 90%; or exception taken buildings with aggregate capacity of all SHW equipment a 1,000,000 Btu/h (exclude < 100,000 Btu/h equipment from threshold calculation), indicate average capacity weighted thermal efficiency a 90%; or exception taken If applying Exception 1 for site -solar or site -recovered energy, provide calculations and source of annual service water heating energy use estimate C404.4 Heat traps Indicate piping connected to equipment have heat traps on supply and discharge C404.5 Insulation under electric water heater For electric water heaters located in unconditioned spaces or on concrete floors, indicate R-10 insulation under equipment Piping Systems C404.6 Insulation of piping Indicate thickness of piping insulation on plans per Table C403.2.9; verify insulation is provided - from the water heater to the final fixture in a line, from the inlet / outlet piping at water heater to heat trap (up to 8 feet), and on piping that is heat traced; note exceptions taken C404.3 Efficient SWH supply piping Indicate method of compliance on plans for all piping runs connecting service hot water source to hot water fixture (maximum pipe length or maximum pipe volume method per Table C404.3.1). provide calculations for all piping runs documenting the total length and / or volume Service Water Heating System Controls C404,7.1 C404.8 Heated -water circulating systems For circulation systems with dedicated retum piping, indicate controls are configured to automatically start pump based on demand for hot water and shut-off pump when there is no demand and when the desired water temperature is met For circulation systems with cold water supply piping serving as the return, indicate controls are configured to automatically start pump based on demand for hot water and shut-off pump when there is no demand, or when temperature of water entering the cold water supply pipe is .a 104°F C404.7,2 Heat trace system controls For heat trace systems provided to maintain temperature of service hot water in piping, indicate controls are configured to de -energize system when there is no demand for hot water and when the desired water temperature is met C404.7.3 Controls for hot water storage For systems with separate water heater and storage tank, indicate controls are configured to limit operation time of pump after end of heatingycle to 5 minutes C403,2.13 C403.4.2.7 Variable flow control - pumps For SVVH, pool/spa and pressure boosting pump motors a 7.5 hp, indicate method of variable flow control (VSD or equivalent method that requires k 30% design wattage at 50% design fluid flow); note exception taken Identify basis of pump speed control (differential or static pressure setpoint, pressure, zone load demand, etc) Pools and Permanent Spas - Equipment and Controls (Sections are under C404.11) C404.10.1 Pool heating equipment efficiency Provide equipment schedule on plans indicating type and capacity for all pool heating equipment; indicate efficiency complies with required federal standard; for heat pump water heaters indicate COP a 4 C403.2.13 Variable flow control - pumps Refer to Service Water Heating System Controls C404.10.1 C404,10.2 Pool heater on / off controls Indicate automatic on / off control based on scheduling and readily accessible on / off switch on heater that operates independent of thermostat setting; note exceptions taken C404.10.3 Pool covers For all pools and in -ground permanent spas, indicate a vapor retardant cover on plans For all pools and in -ground spas heated to > 90°F, indicate cover shall include insulation a R- 12 C404.10.3 Pool assembly insulation For all pools and in -ground spas heated to > 90°F, Indicate on plans that sides and bottom are provided with insulation a R-12 C404.12 Energy consumption of portable spas Indicate portable spa complies with Association of Pool and Spa Professionals APSP-14 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 - Page 13 of 20 Energy Recovery (ER) Systems - Service Water Heating and Pool Systems 111\ C404.10.4 (Section under C404.11) Pools and permanent spas exhaust systems (energy recovery) For buildings with pools or permanent spas with water surface area > 200 sf, indicate exhaust air ER method and use of waste heat (preheat ventilation air, pool water or service hot water); or exception taken Indicate ER system has the rated effectiveness and is configured to decrease the exhaust air temperature at design conditions by s 36°F 4.1 C403.5.3 Energy recovery - cooler / freezer condensers For buildings with food service, meat or deli departments that have a 500,000 Btu/h of remote refrigeration capacity for coolers / freezers, indicate if condenser ER will be used to pre -heat service water For buildings with a 40,000 sf conditioned floor area and with a 1,000,000 Btu/h of remote refrigeration capacity for coolers / freezers, indicate if condenser ER will be used to pre -heat service water C403.5.4 Energy recovery - condenser systems For buildings with 24-hour operation and > 1,500,000 Btu/h of heat rejection capacity and design SWH load > 250,000 Btu/h, indicate condenser ER to pre -heat service water; or exception taken. Provide calculations showing the amount of recovered heat that is utilized (60% of peak heat rejection load or pre -heat service water to 85°F), C404.10 Drain water heat recovery units For systems incorporating drain water ER, indicate system design complies with CSA B55.2 (or CSA 55.1 for Group R); indicate potable waterside pressure loss at design flow is < 10 psi Service Water Heating Energy Use Metering C404.9 SWH energy usage in dwellinqunits For Group R-2 multi -family buildings with central SWH systems, provide metering of hot water energy usage per dwelling_unit; indicate metering and data reporting method C409.3.2 SVVH equipment energy use metering For new buildings > 50,000 sf and building additions > 25,000 sf, with total SWH equipment capacity a 50 kW ( a 170,600 Btu/h), verfiy energy use metering of all SWH equipment will be orovided_oer C409 Additional Efficiency Package Option, Reduced Energy Use In Service Water Heating - Must comply with both provisions to be eligible C406.7.1 Eligible building type To comply with additional efficiency package option, verify that ?. 90% of the conditioned floor area of the buildin is one or more of the occu ancies identified in this section OR; Provide whole building energy analysis per C407 that demonstrates the SWH load in the building is a 10% of total building energy loads C406.7.2 C403.5.4 Load fraction To comply with additional efficiency package option, provide documentation that verifies a 60% of building annual SW -I energy is provided by high efficiency sources (heat pump water heater with COP a 3, waste heal recovery, solar water-hea(ing system); For buildings with 24-hour operation and with > 1,500,000 Btu/h of heat rejection capacity and design service hot water load > 250,000 Btu/h (per C403.5.4); provide documentation that verities a 100% of building annual SWH energy is provided by condenser energy recovery or other high efficiency source Documentation and Specific System Requirements to Supporting Commissioning Ilk C408.4 Scope of service water heating systems commissioning Indicate that all SWH equipment and controls for which the WSEC requires control functions and / or configuration to performpecific functions are required to be commissioned-+D7 For buildings where the largest SWH system has ? 200,000 Btu/h total output capacity, indicate that all SWH systems regardless of individual capacity are required to be commissioned. C408.4.1.3 Scope of pool and permanent spa systems commissioning Indicate that all pool and permanent spa water heating systems regardless of individual capacity are required to be commissioned; Indicate that energy recovery equipment that heats pool water regardless of capacity is required to be commissioned; Identify all pool heating and energy recovery equipment and controls that the WSEC defines as being capable of and / or configured to perform specific functions. C404.13 C408.1.1 C408.1.2 C408.1.4.2 C103.6 Commissioning requirements in construction documents Indicate in plans and specifications that Cx per C408 is required for all applicable service ater heating systems; Include general summary with at a minimum of Items 1 thru 4 of the Cx plan per C408.1.2 including: narrative description of activites, responsibilities of the Cx team, schedule of activities including verification of project close out documentation per C103.6, and conflict of interest _plan (if required); Include in general summary that a Cx project report or Compliance Checklist (Figure C408.1.4.2) shall be completed by the Certified Cx Professional and provided to the owner prior to the final mechanical inspection. C408.4.1 Functional performance testing criteria Identify in plans and specifications the intended operation of all equipment and controls during all modes of operation, including interfacing between new and existing -to -remain systems Project Close Out Documentation C103.6 Documentation and project close out submittal requirements Indicate in plans that project close out documentation and training of building operations personnel is required for all SWH components, equipment and systems governed by this code; indicate close out documentation shall include: record documents, O&M manuals, applicable WSEC compliance forms and calculations 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Economizer �� xv��U�� uoons MECH-ECONO 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over3stories and all u1 Revised January 2O17 Project Title: Boeing Vault 2827m/Outdoor 8wimhgeo Date 1/1/oo10 All cooling systems shallboconfigured mprovide air economizer operation, regardless msystem For Building Dept. Use capacity, for new construction and mechanical system alterations. Various exceptions to this requirement are available, Identify all systems that an economizer exception will be applied to and additional information asnoted below. Economizer ECONOMIZER EXCEPTIONS -NEW CONSTRUCTION AND ADDITIONS Exce�� p1 �o��a��at��a�� ^ outdoor air system (o&43)per cwV3.o.Spaces served shall have year - Summary round design cooling loads from lights and equipment less than 5wafts per square foot. Refer mSection c400nfox descriptions of economizer provisions and exceptions. For alterations refer to Section Coon*and Table C503,4. System ID uumme+ Equipment Loads (Wlsf) Single zone unitary or package systems with dehumidification that affect other systems such that air economizer would increase energy System ID High efficiency single zone unitary or packaged systems. Equipment cooling efficiency shall be better than the WSEC required minimum efficiency by at least 64% in Climate Zone 4C and 59% in Climate Zone 5B per Table C403.3. System ID Exp 4 Equipment that provides hydronic chilled water for chilled beams and chffled ceiling systems that is served by a water economizer system per C403.3.4 in lieu of air economizer. Water -source heat pumps with heat recovery. Heat pump efficiency shall be 15% better than WSEC required minimum efficiency. Provide at minimum 60% air economizer. Energy recovery to preheat OSA shall have at least 50% effectiveness. Additional system requirements apply. System ID Cooling equipment serving Group R occupancies, Per unit limit is less than 20,000 Btu/h cooling capacity for equipment installed outdoors or in a mech room adjacent to the outdoors. For Cooling equipment installed in other locations the unit limit is less than 54,000 Btu/h. Efficiency shall be 15% better than WSEC required minimum efficiency. Equipment Location Cooling Capacity Variable refrigerant flow (VRF) systems with energy recovery. outdoor unit shall boareverse-cycle heat pump with variable speed oompresoon(s)and condenser fan(o).Outdoor unit cooling capacity shall benot less than ss.unosm/x,Energy recovery mpreheat outdoor air shall have atleast 00%rated effectiveness. System shall Uocapable o, providing i naneovx»eaUng and cooling Vynunferhng recovered energy from zpne(o)incooling mode mother zona(s)that are inheating 'node Cooling equipment serving Controlled Plant Growth Environments, Equipment cooling efficiency shall be better than WSEC required minimum efficiency by at least 20%. Not eligible: unitary and applied heat pumps. Outdoor Unit System ID System ID mssesswm /ssn Cooling equipment with energy recovery, Spaces served shall have year-round design cooling loads from lights and equipment greater than 5 watts per square foot. Energy recovery system shall utilize recovered energy for on -site space heating or preheating of service hot water. Provide calculations to the code official that demonstrate the amount of recovered energy used for on -site heating is equivalentmthe annual ano�ym�wth e cooling sy stem .~.' uy^uny+ Equipment 2015 Washington State Ener• Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Economizer Exceptions, cont. MECH-ECONO 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Date 1/1/2015 Economizer Exception Summary Refer to Section C403.3 for descriptions of economizer provisions and exceptions. For alterations refer to Section C503.4 and Table C503.4. ECONOMIZER EXCEPTIONS - NEW CONSTRUCTION AND ADDITIONS, CONTINUED Exp 10 Cooling equipment for dedicated server, electronic equipment or telecom switch rooms. Per building limit for this exception is 240,000 Btu/h cooling capacity or 10% of required building air economizer capacity, whichever is greater. Part load control required over 85,000 Btu/h. Additional requirements apply. Option a - Cooling equipment efficiency shall be 15% better than the WSEC required minimum efficiency.. Option b - Waterside economizer required. Cooling equipment efficiency shall be 5% better than the WSEC required minimum efficiency. Option c - Waterside economizer required. All cooling equipment is subject to ASHARE Standard 127. Total Claimed Exempt Capacity: Total building air economizer capacity (if claimed > 240 kBtulh): Alternate Exp 10 Capacity Limit: System ID Compliance Option Cooling Capacity (Btu/h) ECONOMIZER EXCEPTIONS - MECHANICAL SYSTEM ALTERATIONS OR REPLACEMENT C503.4 Pre -approved design alternative to full compliance with air economizer Exp 1 requirement. An alternative for mechanical system alterations where existing building constraints make full compliance with air economizer requirement impractical. Provide calculations to the code official that demonstrate the proposed alternate design strategy provides similar energy savings to the annual energy that would be saved by the cooling system with air economizer per C403.3. System ID Alt. Strategy ECONOMIZER EXCEPTIONS - SIMPLE SYSTEMS C503.4 Qualifying small equipment. Per unit limit less than 33,000 Btu/h. Per Exp 2 building limit for this exception is 72,000 Btu/h cooling capacity or 5% of required building air economizer capacity, whichever is greater. Cooling equipment efficiency shall be 15% better than WSEC required minimum efficiency. Not eligible: non -unitary equipment, unitary equipment installed outdoors or in mech room adjacent to outdoors, equipment installed during new construction, shell -and -core construction, or initial tenant improvement. System ID Cooling Capacity (Btu/h) Total Claimed Exempt Capacity: Total building air economizer capacity (if claimed > 72,000 Btu/h): Alternate C503.4 Exp 2 Capacity Limit: C503.4 Equipment that provides hydronic chilled water for chilled water terminal Exp 3 units. Equipment part load cooling efficiency (IPLV) shall be better than WSEC required minimum efficiency by at least 25%. Per building limit for this exception is 480,000 Btu/h cooling capacity or 20% of required building air economizer capacity, whichever is greater. Chilled water terminal units serving Group R occupancies are not included in the building capacity total, Total Claimed Exempt Capacity: Total building air economizer capacity (if claimed > 480,000 Btulh): Alternate C503.4 Exp 3 Capacity Limit: System ID Cooling Capacity (Btu/h) Table Compliance Options for alteration or replacement of existing C503.4 mechanical cooling equipment per Table C503.4. Refer to table and all applicable table footnotes for full requirements. Applies to the following retrofit conditions: Option a - Any new or replacement equipment Option b - Replacement equipment of same type with same or smaller cooling output capacity. Option c - Replacement equipment of same type with large cooling output capacity. Option d - New equipment added to existing system or replacement equipment that is different than existing being replaced. System ID Equipment Type Compliance Path 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Mechanical Fan System Power A owarice MECH-FANSYS-SUM 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Switchgear Date Revised January 2017 1/1/2015 For Building Dept, Use HVAC Air Distribution System Schedule List all HVAC systems that have the capability to provide heating and/or cooling to the spaces they serve. System or Primary Supply Fan ID Speed Control (Note 1) Description (Note 2) System Total Nameplate HP (Note 3) Fan Power Calculation Required (Note 4) t Note 1 - Constant Volume (CV), Variable Air Volume (VAV), or Hospital/Lab CV system that qualifies for VAV budget per C403.2.11.1 Exception 1. Sing e zone VAV systems shall comply as CV. Note 2 - Describe system type and list all fans (or groups of fans) associated with the delivery and removal of conditioned air by the system. Include all supply, retum/relief, exhaust and exhaust hoods (>1 hp), make-up air, dedicated outside air (DOAS), booster fans, and series fan -powered terminals. VAV parallel fan -powered terminals and economizer relief fans do not need to be included if the fans do not operate at peak conditions. Note 3 - Enter the total nameplate hp of all fans associated with the delivery and removal of conditioned air by the .system. Note 4 - This form automatically identifies whether a MECH-FANSYS form is required to demonstrate compliance with the fan power allowance (Yes), or this information is not required because the system has a combined total nameplate motor hp that is 5 hp or less (No) MECH-FANSYS Forms A MECH-FANSYS form shall be provided for each system with total nameplate hp greater than 5 hp. Select (Add Fan System Form) to generate an additional form. Added forms can be deleted with button in cell E32 of the added form. 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Mechanical Fan System Power Allowance MECH-FANSYS 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Sv% CA separate MECH-FANSYS form must be completed for every HVAC system that exceeds the 5 hp threshold. Fan System ID Date 1/1/2015 System Supply Fan Speed Control CV Constant Volume (CV), Variable Air Volume (VAV), or Hospital/Lab CV system that qualifies for VAV budget per C403.2.11.1, Exception 1 For Building Dept. Use Compliance Option Nameplate HP Compliance is based upon either the fan motor nameplate horse power (Option 1), the fan brake horsepower (Option 2), or C403.7 high efficieny VAV fan brake horsepower (10% less than Option 2). The -bhp calculation provides adjustments for special equipment per Table C403.2.11.1(2). Fan System Supply CFM Total 600 In Fan Equipment Schedule below, provide maximum design supply airflow rate (CFM) of all supply fans serving the conditioned space in Fan Equipment Schedule below. Fan System CFM Total is the supply airflow of the central air handler at peak design conditions. Additional volumetric air flow provided at zone fan terminals, booster fans, or through induction is not included in the supply CFM total. However, the fan power of this equipment is included in the HP and BHP calculations. Fan System Supply CFM Total is automatically calculated by the form. Fan Equipment Schedule Fan ID and Location Fan Type Quantity of Fan Type Total CFM (Note 1) Total Nameplate HP (Note 2) Total BHP (Note 3) heat pump 1 Supply 600 0.17 heat pump 1 Return 1,750 0.2 Note 1 - Total CFM is the maximum CFM of the listed fan(s) when C operating Note 2 - Total namplate hp of the listed fan(s). at peak design operating conditions. Note 3 - Total brake horsepower (bhp) of the listed fan(s) at peak design operating conditions. Not required if Nameplate HP compliance option chosen. Compliance Message: Total Proposed: Total Allowance: 0.4 0.7 #VALUEI COMPLIES Brake Horsepower Allowance Adjustments Device Type Desc p on and Location CFM thorough this device (CFMD) Assigned Pressure Drop, PD in w.c. (Note 6) Calculated Pressure Drop, PD in w.c. (Note 7) Adjustment, A in bhp (Note 8) Note 4 - Bhp allowance for energy recovery devices and run around coil loops includes both air streams, so the CFMD is the sum of the supply CFM and exhaust CFM if both go through the device. Note 5 - Energy recovery effectiveness is defined as change in the enthalpy of the outdoor air supply divided by the enthaply difference between the outdoor air and retum air at design conditions. Note 6 - Assigned pressure drop (PD) adjustment per Table C403.2.11.1(2). Note 7- Pressure drop (PD) adjustment shall be calculated per the applicable method defined in Table C403.2.11.1(2) based on specific system conditions. Note 8 - A = PD * CFMD/4131 where A is the allowed system brake horse power adjustment, PD is pressure drop allowance, and CFMD is the cfm through the device. Total Adjustment (bhp): 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over stories and all R1 General Instructions: A. Include all fans directly associated with the delivery and removal of conditioned air to the zones served by the system. Enter CFM and brake horsepower (bhp) of each fan at peak design conditions and the nameplate horsepower (hp). Include supply, retum and relief fans, exhaust and exhaust hood fans (>1 hp), booster fans and fans included as part of make-up air units, dedicated outside air systems (DOAS), energy recovery ventilators (ERV), and series fan -powered terminal equipment. B. VAV parallel fan -powered terminals and economizer relief fans do not need to be included if the fans do not operate at peak conditions. C. Fans not directly associated with the delivery and removal of conditioned air, such as condenser fans, do not need to be included in the fan power total. D. Fan power calculations are not required for non -central air HVAC systems such as 4-pipe fan coils and variable refrigerant flow (VRF) systems unless individual fan systems are greater than 5hp. E. In the Brake Horsepower Allowance Adjustments table, if a Device Type is selected that has an Assigned Pressure Drop, this value will auto fill into the Assigned Pressure Drop cell and the Calculated Pressure Drop cell will be write -protected. If the Device Type requires a Calculated Pressure Drop, then enter this value into the Calculated Pressure Drop cell and the Assigned Pressure Drop cell with be write -protected. F. Refer to FAQ section of MECH-FANSYS-DOC for additional instructions. 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Fan Power Allowance Adjustment Factors 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 MECH-FANSYS-DOC Revised January 2017 TABLE C403.2.11.1(2) FAN POWER LIMITATION PRESSURE DROP ADJUSTMENT Device Adjustment Credits Fully ducted return and/or exhaust air systems 0.5 inch w.c. (2.15 inches w.c. for laboratory and vivarium systems) Return and/or exhaust air flow control devices 0.5 inch w.c. Exhaust filters, scrubbers, or other exhaust treatment The pressure drop of device calculated at fan system design condition Particulate filtration credit: MERV 9 - 12 0.5 inch w.c. Particulate filtration credit: MERV 13 - 15 0.9 inch w.c. Particulate filtration credit: MERV 16 and greater and electronically enhanced filters Pressure drop calculated at 2x clean filter pressure drop at fan system design condition Carbon and other gas -phase air cleaners Clean filter pressure drop at fan system design condition Biosafety cabinet Pressure drop of device at fan system design condition Energy recovery device, other than coil runaround loop (2.2 x energy recovery effectiveness) -- 0.5 inch w.c. for each airstream Coil runaround loop 0.6 inch w.c. for each airstream Evaporative humidifier/cooler in series with another cooling coil Pressure drop of device at fan system design conditions Sound attenuation section (fans serving spaces with design background noise goals below NC35) 0.15 inch w.c. Exhaust system serving fume hoods 0.35 inch w.c. Laboratory and vivarium exhaust systems in high-rise buildings 0.25 inch w.c./100 feet of vertical duct exceeding 75 feet Deductions Systems without central cooling device -0.5 inch w.c. Systems without central heating device -0.3 inch w.c. Systems with central electric resistance heat -0.2 inch w.c. . . .= water column. For SI: I inch w.c..= 249 Pa, I inch.= 25 4 mm. 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Design Load Calculation Summary 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including MECH-LOAD-CALC R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1Revised January 2017 Project Title; Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Switchgear Date 1/1/2015 The following information shall be included in the load calculation program summary submitted with the permit documents. If a load calculation summary is not available, provide the required information below. For Building Dept. Use Equip. ID Area(s) Served Load in Btuin (Note 1) Load in btufh (Note 1) lalculafibn ivihod . (Note 2) Notes Note 1 - Design load .shall account for the building envelope, lighting, ventilation and occupancy loads of the space(s) served by the mechanical system. Heating and cooling loads shall be adjusted to account for load reduction achieved by an energy recovety system, if applicable. Note 2 - Computer load calculation program, worksheet (identify source), or equivalent computation procedure in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 183. Instructions for Electronic Forms, pg. 1 2015 Washington State EnergyCode Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Nov 2017 Intro Commercial Provision Chapters 1 - 5 of the 2015 Washington State Energy Code apply to all commercial occupancies, F R-3 and R-4 occupancies greater than 3 stories above grade, and R-1 occupancy (all building heights). This file, LTG15-v4.XLSM, has electronic compliance forms for electrical power and lighting system provisions as definec Section C405 and Chapter 5. This includes interior arid exterior lighting systems, electric motors, and transformers. There an two companion files: ENV15-v4.XLSM (Sections C303, C402, Chapter 5, and Appendix A envelope requirements) and MECH15-v3.XLSM (Section C403 and Chapter 5 mechanical systems requirements EnerCode gy This form is a compliance aid and is not a substitute for the full energy code text or specific jurisdiction compliance requirements. Users should refer to the code text and contact the local jurisdiction for complete information. The full 2015 WSEC code text is available for download from the NEEC websit http:/www.n c.net/ener odes Training Refer to the NEEC website for instruction on how to complete all of the 2015 WSEC Compliance Forms. Start-up Select this file from the NEEC website to download to your computer. When opening the file be sure to Enable Macros and i applicable Enable Content. Overview This file is an Excel workbook that contains multiple compliance forms and resources in Excel worksheets. Each workshe is indicated by a tab at the bottom of the screen. You may visit each worksheet by selecting it's t Most calculations are automated. Cells that display informational text and the results of calculations are write -protected a cannot be edited. Save Files This file is saved in the same manner as any standard Excel file. Getting Around Some forms have multiple pages. All pages are available on screen when you select the tab for a form (worksheet). Use scroll bars or page down key to find additional pages located below the first page. Input Cells All general project information and the date are entered once on LTG -SUM. This information is automatically replicated o all other LTG forms. The LTG -SUM form accompanies all other LTG forms except LTG-EXT, which is a stand alone form. Only input cells are accessible. If you try to edit a write -protected cell an error message will appear requesting a passwor A password IS NOT required to complete these forms, You may use the TAB key to move to the next input cell, If the TAB doesn't take you where you want to go, use your mouse to move around the for Avoid excessively long text strings when entering information. In some cases, text that extends beyond the available spa will not be visible. In most cases the text will wrap within the cell. This may force part of the form onto a new page. To enter the date, use this format: mm/ddlyyyy. For example, you would enter 7/1/2013 or 12/21/20 Check boxes can be checked or unchecked by clicking in the box with your mouse. Radio buttons (circles) allow only one a set to be selected Drop -down lists have an arrow at the right side of the cell. Click on the arrow with your mouse and select the appropriate option. Use the delete button on your computer to clear a drop -down ent When a form has a space for notes or explanation, click anywhere in the space to ed Personalizing You can personalize the forms with your company name, address, phone, or any other information. This is done by editin the header or footer in Excel. Adding And Deleting Lines Many tables, such as for listing proposed lighting fixture types, have a certain number of lines available for entering data. You may need more lines to enter all your information. Where this feature is available, you can add additional lines to the tat, by selecting the "+" button on the right hand side of the table with your mous, To remove lines that you have added, select the "2 button with your mouse, This will delete the last line of the section. Yc cannot remove lines that were not added; an error message will appear if you If you add additional lines with this method, the pagination may be affected forcing the forms to carry additional lines over other pages, Be sure to submit all pages to the plans examine Calculation Area You must select aCalculation Area on LTG-INT-SPACE or LTG-INT-BLD to enable the calculations in these forms, LPA Calculation Type You must select aLPA Calculation Type on LTG-INT-SPACE or LTG-INT-BLD to enable the calculations in these forms. Exterior LTG Zone You must select aLighting Zone on LTG-EXT (line 12) to activate this worksheet to display the applicable base site allowance and automatically calculate the applicable exterior lighting power allowances.B54 Instructions for Electronic Forms, pg. 2 2015 Washington State EnergyCode Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Nov 2017 Interior LTG Building Area Method For projects complying via the Building Area Method, provide the total gross interior area for each Building Area Type in tt Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage table using the drop down ment Assign a Building Area using the drop menu for each lighting fixture type defined in the Proposed Lighting Wattage table. The worksheet will total all fixtures assigned to each Building Are Each Building Area shall comply independentli Interior LTG Space -By- Space Method For projects complying via the Space -By -Space Method, provide total gross interior area for each Space Type in the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage table using the drop down men For Atriums and any space utilizing the additional lighting wattage allowance based on ceiling height per Footnotes d thrt. provide total gross interior area and ceiling height (above finished floor) in the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage table. All Display lighting shall be entered in the LTG-INT-DISPLAY worksheet. Results from this worksheet automatically trans' to the LTG-INT-SPACE worksheet in the assigned locations under Retail Display Allowance, Lobby ArUExhibit Allowance ar Proposed Retail Display Lighting cells Interior LTG Retail Display For projects with eligible Retail Sales display lighting that is in addition to Retail Sales general area lighting, select the Re Display category per Section C405.4.2.2,1 from the drop down menu provided, and enter the total gross interior area of the footprint illuminated by display lighting in the Maximum Allowed Retail Display Lighting Wattage table. Assign a correspondir Retail Display category to each lighting fixture type defined in the Proposed Retail Display Lighting Wattage table using the drop down menu, For projects with eligible Lobby Art/Exhibit display lighting that is in addition to Lobby general area lighting, enter a unique name for each Lobby that this allowance will be applied to, and enter the total gross interior area of the Lobby in the Maximu. Allowed Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Lighting Wattage table, Assign a corresponding Lobby to each lighting fixture type definec the Proposed Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Lighting Wattage tablc The total Retail Display and Lobby Art/Exhibit Display gross interior areas entered in the LTG-INT-DISPLAY worksheet rr not exceed the total Retail Sales and Lobby Art/Exhibit Display gross interior areas entered in the LTG-INT-SPACE workshei Exterior LTG Provide square -foot surface area, perimeter linear feet, or number of items for each Surface Type in the Tradable and Nc Tradable Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage tables using the drop down menu Assign a Surface using the drop menu for each exterior lighting fixture type defined in the Tradable and Non -Tradable Proposed Lighting Wattage tables. Printing The forms should print on any printer supported by your operating system. You will need to have the following TrueType fonts installed under Windows: Arial, Times New Roman, Courier New and Wingdings. These are all standard Windows fonts. If you are losing form details when printing, you may have a shortage of printer memory. Try printing problem pages individually By default, only the active worksheet is printed. To print more than one worksheet at a time, open your print set-up menu and select either the page range you wish to print or Entire Workboc Forms (worksheets) in a workbook may not be deleted because the file is lock( Blnk Forms a To print blank forms, delete all of the heading information at the beginning of LTG -SUM. For less than 50% alterations, select the Calculation area in the LTG-INT-SPACE form before printing For each radio button group there is a button labeled "Clear." Clicking this button will clear the other buttons so that they print as empty circles. The "Clear" button will not prin End of Instructions for Electronic Forms Lighting Summary LTG -SUM 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R Revised Nov 2017 Project Info Compliance forms do not require a password to use. Instructional and calculating cells are write - protected. Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Switchgear Date 1/1/2017 Applicant Information. Provide contact information for individual who can respond to inquiries about compliance form information provided. For Building Department Use Company Name: Eaton - Omaha Power Center Company Address: 3900 Dahlman Ave., Omaha, NE 68107 Applicant Name: Amy Jewell Applicant Phone: (402) 609-4715 Applicant Email: Project Description la New Building © Addition 0 Alteration Q No Lighting Scope Include PROJ-SUM form (included in envelope forms workbook) with lighting compliance forms. Interior Lighting System Description El Interior Lghtng Plans Included room / work lighting Interior Lighting Power Allowance Method Burling Area Method ® Space -by -space Method Select method used in project. Interior Lighting Controls 0 Al C405.2.1 - C405.2.8 Lighting Controls a C405.2 Exception 5 Luminaire Level Lighting Controls (LLLC) D Additional Efficiency Package Option C406.4 Enhanced Digital Lighting To comply with C406.4, no less than 90% of the total installed interior lighting power shall comply vtith required controls per C406.4. Dwelling Unit Interior Lighting Permanently installed interior lighting fixtures in dwelling units comply with: • No Dwelling O C405,2 thru C405,5 Commercial Lighting Controls and LPA Units O C406.3 High Efficacy Lighting O R404.1 Residential High Efficacy Lighting. Duelling unit lighting complies with WSEC Residential provisions in lieu of WSEC Commercial provisions. Exterior Lighting System Description 0 Exterior Lighting Plans Included entrance / security lighting Building Additions Refer to Section C502.2.6 for additional requirements. Compliance Method Lighting systems in addition area comply with all applicable provisions as a stand alone new construction project Lighting systems in addition are combined with existing building lighting systems to demonstrate compliance Addition is combined with existing: For interior lighting projects, include nevi + existing -to -remain Proposed Lighting Wattage table in LTG-INT-BLD or LTG-INT-SPACE For exterior lighting projects, include new + existing -to -remain Proposed Tradable and Proposed Non -Tradable Lighting Wattage Interior lighting CI Q interior lighting fixture form, exterior lighting fixture tables in LTG-EXTform. Exterior lighting ei Q wattage in wattage in Lighting Summary, cont. LTG -SUM 2015 Washington State EnergyCode Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings ncluding R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R Revised Nov 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Switchgear Date 1/1/2017 Change of Space Use a Existing interior lighting systems in areas under -going a change in space use are upgraded to comply with LPAS for the new space types per Tables C405.4.2(1) or C405.4.2(2). Identify interior spaces requiring LPD upgrade to the current Code in Proposed Lighting Wattage table in LTG-INT-BLD or LTG-INT-SPACE form. Interior and Exterior Lighting Alterations Select all Lighting Power and Lighting Control elements that apply to the scope of the retrofit project. If project includes a combination of spaces Mere less than 50% of the existing fixtures are replaced in some spaces, and 50% or more of the fixtures are replaced in others, then provide separate lighting poser compliance forms for the two retrofit conditions. Spaces undergoing the same type of retrofit may be combined into one lighting poiAer compliance form. Refer to Section C503.6 for additional requirements. All alteration lighting controls shall be commissioned per C408.3. a No changes are being made to the interior or exterior lighting systems and existing space uses and configuration are not changed. Lighting Power interior lighting Parking garage Exterior lighting 0 50P/0 or more of existing are replaced CI CI Less than 50% of existing are replaced Lamp and/or ballast replacement only — existing total wattage not increased CI 1 0 0 0 .ng-to-remain fixtures + existing -to -remain or LTG-EXT -to -remain fixtures -to -remain fixtures LTG-EXT form. and parking garages, 0 0 shall comply with fixtures in form. shall not exceed in the Proposed and total 50% or more replaced - Total lighting power of new + exis total LPA per Sections C405.4.2 and C405.5.2. Include new Proposed Lighting Wattage table in LTG-INT-BLD, LTG-INT-SPACE Less than 50% replaced - Total lighting poser of new + existing the total lighting power pnor to alteration. Include new + existing Lighting Wattage table in LTG-INT-BLD, LTG-INT-SPACE or 50% threshold applies to number of luminaires for interior spaces installed wattage for exterior luminaires. Lighting Controls tnterior lighting Parking garage Exterior lighting New wiring installed to serve added fixtures and/or fixtures relocated to new circuit(s) New or moved lighting panel 0 0 0 0 0 — C405.2.3, and application per C405.2.7. Wiring and automatic a new interior reconfigured Interior space is reconfigured - luminaires unchanged or relocated New wiring or circuit - For interior fighting, occupancy sensor controls per C405.2.1, specific fighting controls per C405.2.5. New or moved panel - Provide all applicable time switch controls per C405.2.2. Reconfigured interior space - Provide space. Application specific lighting control provide required manual controls per daylight responsive controls per C405.2.4 For exterior lighting, provide required controls lighting controls as noted for New all required lighting controls that apply to provisions per C405,2.5 do not apply to Interior Lighting - Space -By -Space Method LTG- NT-SPACE 15 Washnaton State Enerqv Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings includinq R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and at R1 Revised Nov 2017 _. . Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Switchgear Date 1/1/2017 Calculation Area NOTE 9 0 New Construction 0 Addition - 0 Addition stand alone 4 existing Spaces where < 50% of 0 Spaces where o 50% of Spaces where the Use 0 luminaires are replaced luminaires are replaced is changing (C505) For Building Department Use LPA Calculation Type • Standard 0 Additional Efficiency Package Option C408.3 Reduced Interior LigNing To comply with C406.3, the Proposed LPD shall be 25% lower than the Target LPA. Refer to C406.3 for additional requirements. User Note Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage N°TE1 Location (plan #, room #) Space Type Ceiling Height NalE2 Gross Interior Area in ft2 Allowed Watts per ft2 Watts Allowed (watts/ft2 x area) Electrical/mechanical 9 . 4 1180 0.760 897 Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Allowance from LTG-INT-DISPLAY N°TE Total Area Retail Display 1180 LTG-INT-DISPLAY PJlowed Watts Allowance from i 897 Pro osed Lighting Wattage rs""3 Location (plan #, room #) _ Fixture Description 14°.17 4' 6' 6 Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture NME 7 Watts Proposed Main LED striplight,equivalent to a T8 lamp 12 42 504 Proposed Retail Disp ay Lighting from LTG-INT-DISPLAY Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Lighting Total Proposed Watts 504 Interior Lighting Power Allowance COMPLIES Note 1 - List all unique space types per Table C405.4.2(2) that occur in the project scope. Select space type category from drop down menu. Note 2 - Indicate ceiling height for atriums and spaces utilizing the ceiling height adjustment per Table C405.4.2(2), Footnotes d thru f. Note 3 - List all proposed lighting fixtures including exempt lighting equipment and existing -to -remain fixtures. Note 4 - For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T-8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. Note 5 - For lighting equipment eligible for exemption per C405.4.1, note exception number and leave Watts/Fixture blank. Note 6 - Existing -to -remain fixtures shall be included in the Proposed Lighting Wattage table in the same manner as new fixtures. Identify as existing in fixture description. Note 7 - For proposed Watts/Fixture enter the luminaire wattage for installed lamp and ballast using manufacturer or other approved source. For luminaires with screw -in lamps, enter the manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not the lamp wattage). For low voltage lighting, enter the wattage of the transformer. For line voltage track/busway systems, enter the larger of the attached luminaire wattage or 50 watts/lineal foot, or enter the wattage limit of permanent current limiting device. Note 8 - Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Allowance is independent of the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage. Enter all proposed lobby art/exhibit display fixtures in LTG-INT-DISPLAY form only. Note 9 - Calculation Area Details: a. Lighting fixtures in a building addition may comply as a stand alone project, or they may be combined with the overall ex/sting building lighting systems to demonstrate compliance. Refer to C502.1, b. For alterations and building additions, provide Space Types and gross interior areas in the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage table. If building addition will comply as combined with the overall existing building fighting systems, include all applicable existing Space Types and cross interior areas. Interior Display Lighting - Space-by-Sp'ace LTG-INT-DISPLAY 2015 Washington State EnergyCode Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings includingR2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all Revised Nov 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Switchgear Date 1/1/201 7 Genera! Note - In Sales areas, an increase in lighting power allowence is permitted for lighting installed specifically for the purpose of highlighting merchandise, Only Sales areas illuminated with eligible merchandise display lighting may be included in the Gross Interior Area under each Retail category. This lighting power allowance is the Maximum Retail Display Allowance OR the Total Retail Proposed Display Watts, whichever is less. Proposed retail display fighting wattage that exceeds this allowance is applied to general area lighting. Maximum Allowed Retail Display Lighting Wattage For Building Department Use User Note Location (plan #, room #) Retail Sales Area TypeNOTE 1 Gross Interior Area in If Allowed Watts per ft2 NOTE 2 Watts Allowed (watts/ft2 x area) NOTE 3 Total Retail Wth Display Area Maximum Total Watts Base Allowance AllowancemE 4 Retail Display Lighting Retail Display Proposed Retail Display Lighting WattageNOTE 5 Retail Area Location (plan #, room #) Fixture DescriplionNOTE 6 Number of Fixtures Watts per Fixture"TE Watts Proposed Proposed Retail Display Lighting Totals from LTG-INT-DISPLAY Total Retail Proposed Display Watts"TE Retail Display Power Allowance"TE Retail 1 Retail 3 Retail 4 Note 1 - Select retail sales areas from drop down menu. Only retail sales areas that comply with C405.4.2.2,1 may be entered in this table. Note 2 - Retail display lighting power allowances per C405.4.2.2.1, Equation 4-11. Note 3 - Unlit Message - Enter lighting fixture information for this retail sales area in Proposed Lighting Wattage table to generate Lighting Power Allowance. Note 4 - Maximum retail display wattage allowance as calculated per C405.4.2.2.1, Equation 4-11. Note 5 - Only separately controlled retail display fixtures that are independent of general area lighting per C405.4.2.2.1 may be entered in this table. Note 6 - For proposed Fixture Description, list ALL proposed display lighting fixtures. Indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T-8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, fist the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. Note 7 - For proposed Watts/Fixture enter the luminaire wattage for installed lamp and ballast using manufacturer or other approved source. For luminaries with screw -in lamps, enter the manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not the lamp wattage). For low voltage lighting, enter the wattage of the transforrner. For line voltage track/busuay systems, enter the larger of the attached luminaire wattage or 50 wattsilineal foot, or enter the wattage limit of permanent current limiting device. Note 8 - Total Retail Proposed Display Watts is automatically entered into the Proposed Fixture Wattage table in LTG-INT-SPACE. Note 9 - Retail display lighting power allowance is the lesser of the Maximum Retail Display Allowance OR the Total Retail Proposed Display Watts. Retail display wattage allowance is automatically entered in the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage table in LTG-INT-SPACE. Note 10 - Enter a unique title for each lobby area in the project that has seperately controlled art/exhibit display lighting. A lobby area title (Column A) and the gross interior sf of the lobby area are are both required to generate the maximum display allowance. Note 11 - Lobby art and exhibit display wattage allowance per Table C405.4.2(2), Footnote c = 0.5 WIft2, Note 12 - Proposed display lighting totals for each lobby area per information entered into Proposed Lobby Art/Display Lighting Wattage table. Note 13 - Only separately controlled display fixtures installed in lobbies for the purpose of highlighting art and exhibits, that are independent of general area lighting, may be entered in this table. Note 14 - Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Allowance is automatically entered in LTG-INT-SPACE. Interior Display Lighting - Space -by -Space LTG-1NT-DISPLAY 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings includingR2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all Revised 0 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Switchgear Date 1/1/2017 General Note - In Lobby areas, an additional wattage allowance is permitted for lighting installed specifically for the purpose of highlighting art and exhibits. Only Lobby areas Wth eligible display lighting may use this additional allowance. Proposed display lighting for each Lobby area r-ay not exceed this allowance. Maximum Allowed Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Lighting Wattage For Building Department Maximum Display Watts Allowed Per Area NOTE 11 Use Proposed Display Lighting Total Per Area NOTE 12 Lobby AreaN°TE 10 Lobby Description including (plan # & room #) Gross Interior Area in fe Total Lobby with Display Ares Total Lobby Art/Exhibit Display AllowancrEl` Proposed Lobby Art/Exhibit DisplayLightingWatta " Lobby Area Location (plan #, room #) Fixture Descn.ptionNOTE 6 Number of Fixtures Watts per FixtureN°1- 6 Watts Proposed Total Lobby Art/Exhibit Proposed Display Watts Interior Lighting Power Allowance * See footnotes on previous page Interior Lighting - Building Area Method LTG-INT-BLD msforCommerciaIBuiIdrs includingR2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R' Revised Nov2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Switchgear Date 1/1/2 01 7 Calculation Area NOTE 9 0 New Construction 0 Addition - 0 Addition stand alone + existing o 0 pSpaces where < 50% of S aces where ? 50% of Spaces where the Use luminaires are replaced luminaires are replaced is changing (C505) For Building Department Use LPA Calculation Type 0 Standard 0 Additional Efficiency Package Option a C406.3 Reduced Interior Lighting Power To complywith C406.3, the Proposed LPD shall be 25% lower than the Target LPA, Refer to C406.3 for addifional requirements. User Note Maximum A owed Lighting Wattag0TE 1 Building Area Location (plan #, room #, or ALL) Area Description Gross Interior Area in ft2 Allowed _ Watts per fr,, Watts Allowed (wattsfft2 x area) NOTE 2 Total Proposed LightingWattage Building Area Location (plank room #) Fixture Description NOTE 3, 4, 5, 6 Number of Fixtures Watts per 7 FiNOTE xture Watts Proposed Compliance by Building Area Building Area Wamings I otal Allowed Watts I otal 1-loposed Watts intenor Lignting Power Allowance Note 1 - List all unique building areas per Table C405.4.2(1) that occur in the Totals project scope. Select building area category from drop down menu. Note 2 - Unlit Message - Enter lighting fixture information for this building area surface in Proposed Lighting Wattage table to generate Lighting Power AlloKance. Note 3 - Proposed fixtures must be listed in the building area in which they occur. List all proposed lighting fixtures including exempt lighting equipment and existing -to -remain fixtures. Note 4 - For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T-8), numberof lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. Note 5 - For lighting equipment eligible for exemption per C405.4.1, note exception number and leave Watts/Fixture blank. Note 6 - Existing -to -remain fixtures shall be included in the Proposed Lighting Wattage table in the same manner as new fixtures. Identify as existing in fixture description. Note 7 - For proposed Watts/Fixture enter the luminaire wattage for installed lamp and ballast using manufacturer or other approved source. For luminaires with screw -in lamps, enter the manufacturer's listed maximum inputRattage of the fixture (not the lamp Kettage). For low voltage _ _ lighting, enter the wattage ot the transformer For line voltage track/Dust4ey systems, enter the larger ot the attached luminaire wattage or 50 vetts/lineal foot, or enter the wattage limit of perrnanent current limiting device. Note 8 - Proposed Wattage for each Building Area type shall not exceed the Allowed Wattage for that Building Area type. Trading wattage between Building Area types is not allotned under the Building Area Method compliance path. Note 9 - Calculation Area Details: a. Lighting fixtures in a building addition may comply as a stand alone project, or they may be combined vith the overall existing building lighting systems to demonstrate compliance. Refer to C502.1. b. For alterations and building additions, provide Building Area types and gross interior areas in the Maximum Allowed Lighting Exterior Lighting LTG-EXT 2015 Washington State EnergyCode Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings includingR2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Nov2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Switchgear Date 1/1/2 0 1 7 Exterior Lighting Zone 41 Zone 1 Co Zone 2 0 Zone 3 0 Zone 4 Exterior Lighting Zone selection required to enable LTG-EXT form. Zones are defined in Table C405.5.2(1) and specified by the For Building Department Use Calculation Area JCR'S ii. kill. 41 New construction 0 Addition - stand 0 Addition + existing a Alteration with < 50% 0 Alteration with 50% ext. ext. wattage replaced wattage replaced User Note Building Grounds Applies to individual luminaires> 100 Watts 0 Efficacy > 80 lumens/watt 1:1 Exemptio 0 Controlled by motion sensor Tradable Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage "'"El Base Site Allowance: 500 Tradable Surfaces Surface Description Area (ft2), perimeter (If) or # of items Allowed Watts per ft2 or per ft Allowed Watts x ft2 (or x tf) NOTE 2 Main Entry Door entry area in front of 3' wide door 3 20W/LF door 60 Total Allowed Tradable + Site Allowance Watts: 5 60 Tradable Proposed Lighting Wattage Tradable Surface Fixture Description NOTE 4, 5 Number of Fixtures Watts per Fixture NOTE 6 Watts Proposed Main Entry Door 4 14 56 Total proposed tradable viatts may not exceed the sum of total alloined tradable Total Proposed Tradable Watts: LIAttC !MEC the hAAP AN. allninenrp Anv hasp site allnimancp. not needled tn make 56 tradable malts comply can be applied to individual non -tradable categories. Non -Tradable Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage ""1 Site Allowance Remaining; 500 Non -Tradable Surfaces Surface Description Area (ft2), perimeter (If) or # of items Allowed Watts per f12, If or item Allowed Watts x ft2 (or x If) NOTE 2 Non -Tradable Proposed Lighting attage NOTE 3, 7 Non -Tradable Surface Fixture Description NOTE 4, 5 Number of Fixtures Watts per Fixture NOTE 6 Watts Proposed Non -tradable proposed watts may not exceed allowed watts for any individual surface unless the total excess watts for all non -tradable surfaces are less than the remaining site alloktence. Non -Tradable Watts Exceeding LPA: 0 Remaining Site Allowance: 500 Exterior Lighting COMPLIES WITH MAX. ALLOWANCE Note 1 - List all exterior surfaces per Table C405.5.2(2) that occur in the project scope. Select exterior surface categories from drop (low menL Note 2 - Unlit Message - Enter lighting fixture information for this surface in Proposed Lighting Wattage table to generate Lighting Power Note 3 - IJst all proposed lighting fixtures including existing -to -remain fixtures. Note 4 - For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type, number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if applicable). Note 5 - Existing -to -remain fixtures shall be included in the Tradable and Non -Tradable Proposed Lighting Wattage tables in the same manner as new fixtures. Identify as existing in fixture description. Note 6 - For proposed Watts/Fixture enter the luminaire wattage for installed lamp and ballast using manufacturer or other approved sourre. Fo luminaires Kith screwin lamps, enter the manufacturer's listed maximum input Kettage of the fixture (not the lamp viattage). For low voltage lighting, enter the wattage of the transformer. -.- Note 7 - Automated Tellerand Night Depositories - For each location, enter the number of ATM machines or depositories within that location. If there are multiple locations in the project, enter each location individually in the Non -Tradable Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage tablr and identify the location in the Surface Description section. Lighting, Motor, and Electrical Permit Checklist, Pg. 1 LTG-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Nov 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Switchgear Date 1/1/2017 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and electrical requirements in the Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents Building Uepartment Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS C405.2 Lighting controls, general For all lighting fixtures, indicate lighting control method on plans for spaces and lighting zone(s) served, or exception taken C405.2 Luminaire level lighting controls (LLLC) Indicate on plans all fixtures provided with LLLC in lieu of C405.2 lighting controls; provide description of control capabilities and performance parameter; C405 1 Lighting in dwelling units For permanently installed lighting fixtures in dwelling units, indicate lighting control method on plans for spaces and lighting zone(s) served, or demonstrate compliance with high efficacy exception C405.2.3 C405.2.1.1 C405.2.2.2 G405.2.4 C405.2 5 Manual controls Indicate on plans the method of manual lighting control (whethe combined with occupancy sensor, automatic light reduction, daylight responsive or specific application controls), location of manual control device and area or specific application it serves C405.2.2.1 C405.2.2.2 C405.2.3 Manual interior light reduction controls Indicate on plans which method of manual 50% lighting load reduction is provided, or whether lighting load is reduced via occupancy sensors or daylight responsive controls C405.2.2 Method of automatic shut-off control Indicate on plans the method of automatic shut-off control during unoccupied periods (occupancy sensor, time switch or digitaltimer switch) for all lightinp zones;_. Indicate locations where automatic shutoff is provided by other methods (occupancy sensor or digital timer switch) or which time switch control exception applies C405.2.1 C405.2.1.1 Occupancy sensor controls Indicate on plans the spaces served by occupancy -sensors Indicate whether occupancy sensor controls are configured to be manual -on, automatic 50%-on, or serve a space eligible for automatic 100%-on per exception C405.2.1.2 Occupancy sensor controls - warehouses Indicate aisleways and open areas in warehouse spaces provided with occupancy sensor controls that reduce lighting power by 50% C405.2.2.1 Automatic time switch controls Indicate locations of override switches on plans and the lighting zone(s) served, include area sq. ft G405.2.6 Digital timer switch Indicate digital timer switch control includes: manual on/off, time delay, audible and visual indication of impending time-out C405.2.4.2 C405.2.4.3 Daylight zones - Sidelight and toplight Indicate primary and secondary sidelight daylight zone areas on plans, in cludesq_ fit,;_._._.._._.._ Indicate toplight daylight zone areas on plans, include sq. ft. For small vertical fenestration assemblies (rough opening less than 10 percent of primary daylight zone) where daylight responsive controls are not required, provide fenestration area to davliaht zone calculation(s) C405.2.4 Daylight responsive controls Indicate on plans lighting zone(s) served by daylight responsive controls Identify sidelight and toplight daylight zones that are not provided with daylight sensing controls and the exception(s) that apply�___�ns _.._- .__ Indicate on plathe lighting load reduction method - continuous dimming, or stepped dimming that provides at least two even steps between 0%-100% of rated power_..-_ Indicate that daylight sensing controls are configured to completely shut off all controlled lights in the lighting zone C405.2.5 Additional controls Specific application lighting controls Identify spaces and lighting fixtures on plans that require specific application lighting controls per this section C405.2.5 - Items 1 &2 Display and accent lighting Indicate on plans that display and accent lighting, and display case lighting are controlled independently from both general area lighting and other lighting applications within the same space Indicate manual and automatic lighting control method Lighting,Motor, and Electrical Permit Checklist,Pg.2 LTG-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Nov 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Switchgear 'Date 1/1/2017 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and electrical requirements in the Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents Building Uepartment Notes C405.2.5 - Item 3 Hotel/motel guest roams Indicate method of automatic control - vacancy or captive key control of all installed luminaires and switched receptacles in guest room C405.2.5 - Item 4 Supplemental task lighting Indicate method and location of automatic shut-off vacancy control for supplemental task lighting, including under -shelf or under -cabinet lighting C405.2.5 - Item 5 Lighting for visual applications non - Indicate on plans eligible non -visual lighting applications, include_sa. ft. area of each fighting_control zone Indicate on plans that non -visual lighting are controlled independently from both general area lighting and other lighting applications within the same sp_ace:,_ Indicate method of manual fighting control and applicable automatic lighting control C405.2.5 - Item 6 Lighting equipment for sale or demonstration Indicate on plans that lighting equipment for sale or demonstration are controlled independently from both general area lighting and other lighting applications within the same ..$0.4.0—' _... ___ _ Indicate method of manual lighting control and applicable automatic lighting control _.,..,__________. C405.2.5 - Item 7 Means of egress lighting Identify on plans egress fixtures that function as both normal and emergency means of_egress illumination: Provide cafaildtion of figFiting power density *dflotar egress fighting; -ffittilaTegress righting powererf§ify is greater fh-bn11:02Wq. ft., indicate on plans egress fixtures requiring automatic shut-off during unoccupied periods: Indicate method of automatic shut-off contro C405 Exterior lhtin ig g.2.7 controls Indicate on exterior lighting plans and fixture schedules the automatic lighting control method, control sequence, and locations served;_ For building facade and landscape lighting, indicate automatic controls shut off lighting as a function of dawn/dusk and fixed ggening/closinsaimei For all other exterior lighting, indicate automak controls shut ofr lighting as a function of available daylight; include control sequence that also reduces lighting power by at least 30% between 12am-6am, or from 1 hour after closing to 1 hour before ()Denim or based upon motion sensoi C405.5,1 Exterior building grounds lighting controls For building grounds fixtures greater than 100 watts, indicate on plans whether fixtures have efficacy greater than 80 lumens or; are controlled by motion sensor, or are exempt fighting per C405„5,2 C405.2.5 (listed after C405.2.7) Area controls - Master control switches and circuit power limit Indicate location(s) of master control switch(es) intended to control multiple independent switches; circuit breaker may not be used as a master control switch Verify that no 20 amp circuit controlled by a single switch or automatic control is loaded beyond 80% ADDITIONAL EFFICIENCY PACKAGE OPTION - ENHANCED DIGITAL LIGHTING CONTROLS C406.4 Enhanced digital lighting controls To comply with additional efficiency package option, indicate on plans all interior lighting fixtures that are individually addressed and provided with continuous dimming, or exception taken; InclUaeCalCUlation of percent total installed interior lighting power that is configured with required enhanced lighting control functions (min 90% to comply with additional efficiency package option) Lighting, Motor, and Electrical Permit Checklist, Pg. 3 LTG-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Nov 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Switchgear Date 1/1/2017 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and electrical requirements in the Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents Budding Department Notes INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER & EFFICACY C405.4.1 C405.4.2 Total connected interior lighting power Include all luminaires in lighting fixture schedule; indicate fixture types, lamps, ballasts, and manufacturer's rated watts per fixture* li dentrfy spaces eligi le for` if gTiTing power exemption on plans' and in compliance forms; indicate the exception applied; Identify lighting equipment eligible for lighting power exemption in fixture schedule and in compliance forms; indicate the exception appl,ied;,,,,,,,,, Indicate that exempt lighting equipment is in addition to general area lighting and is controlled indeg pdently C405.3 Exit signs Indicate location of exit signs on plans and rated watts pei fixture in lighting fixture schedule (maximum 5 watts per side' C405.1 Lighting in dwelling units -lamp efficacy If high efficacy exception is applied to permanently installed lighting fixtures in dwelling units, indicate in lighting fixture schedule if lamps in fixtures are high efficacy per R404.1. Calculate percentage of fixtures with high efficacy lamps in oroiect (min 75% to comply with exception). Interior Lighting Power Calculation - Indicate compliance path taken C405.4.2.1 Building Area Method Complete required compliance forms — proposed wattage per building area does not exceed maximum allowed wattage per building area; identify locations of building areas on plans C405.4.2.2 Space -By -Space Method Complete required compliance forms — total proposed wattage does not exceed maximum allowed wattage; identify locations o space types on plans, including retail display areas, lobby art & exhibit display areas, and ceiling heights as applicable ADDITIONAL EFFICIENCY PACKAGE OPTION - REDUCED INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER DENSITY C406.3 Reduced lighting power density To comply with additional efficiency package option, demonstrate in compliance forms that total connected interior lighting wattage is 25% less than the total maximum allowed lighting wattage via Building Area Method or Space -By -Space Method C406.3 Reduced lighting power density - dwelling unit lamp efficacy For project with dwelling units, to comply with additional efficiency package option indicate in lighting fixture schedule if lamps in interior fixtures have efficacy rating of 60 lumens per watt or more, Calculate percentage of fixtures with lamps that hav_t This of_teeccv ratir Ln tq njply s66th. option' EXTERIOR LIGHTING POWER & EFF _9 CACY C405.5.2 Total connected exterior lighting power Include all luminaires in lighting fixture schedule; indicate fixture types, lamps, ballasts, and manufacturer's rated watts per fixture; Identify exterior applications eligible for lighting power exemption on plans and in compliance forms; indicate exceptior a pplied;________ Indicate that exempt exterior lighting is controlled independently from non-exempt exterior lighting; include exception claimed for each fixture or group of fixtures under exception category Table C405.5.2(1) Exterior lighting zone Indicate building exterior lighting zone as defined by the AHJ C405.5.1 Exterior building grounds lighting For building grounds fixtures rated at greater than 100 watts that are complying based on efficacy, indicate rated lamp efficacy (in lumens per watt) in fixture schedule C405.5.2 Exterior lighting power calculations Complete required compliance form — proposed wattage for exterior lighting plus base site allowed does not exceed maximum allowed Lighting, Motor, and Electrical Permit Checklist, Pg. 4 LTG-CHK 2 15 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Nov 2017 Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Switchgear Date 1/1/2017 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and electrical requirements in the Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes LIGHTING ALTERATIONS C503.6 Interior and parking garage lighting fixture alterations \Nhere 0/o of existing luminaires in interior space(s) or parking garage are replaced; indicate compliance path (building area or space -by -space method); include all new and existing-tc remain luminaires in compliance form (LTG-INT-BLD or LTG - INT-SPACE); indicate proposed fighting wattage does not 4 e 1-Ped-4nRoirt)1104M-rn-76-TEV?nctUe-sibaceN or parking garage are replaced; indicate total existing lighting wattage in each space prior to alteration; include all new and existing -to -remain luminaires in LTG-INT-SPACE form; indicate proposed total lighting wattage in alteration area does not exceed tatal existing liahtina wattaoe nrinr tn alteratioi C503.6 Exterior lighting tbcture alterations Where 0% of existing exterior lighting wattage is replaced; include all new and existing -to -remain luminaires in LTG-EXT form; indicate proposed total exterior lighting wattage does not exceed maximum allowec WTere < 50% of existing exterior-lift-AIN wattage is replaced; indicate total existing lighting wattage prior to alteration; include all new and existing -to -remain luminaires in LTG-EXT form; indicate proposed total exterior lighting wattage does not exceee 001 existing watta,oe Prior> alteratiot C503.6 Interior lighting wfting alterations Mere new wiring is installed to serve new interior luminaires and /or luminaires are relocated to a new circuit; indicate lighting controls are provided (as applicable) - manual (C405.2.3); occupancy sensor (C405.2.1); daylight responsive (C40_12.4)' soecific application (C405,2,5): exit sions (C405.3) C503.6 Exterior lighting wiring alterations %Miere new wiring is installed to serve new exterior luminaires and /or luminaires are relocated to new circuit; indicate exterior lighting controlsa provided (C405.2.7) C503.6 Lighting panel alterations %Nhere a new lighting panel is installed or an existing panel is moved (all new raceway and conductor wiring); indicate lighting controls are provided (as applicable) - same provisions as wiring alterations; time switch controls and manual light reduction controls (C405 2/) C503.6 Interior space reconfiguration Where interior space(s) is reconfigured (permanently ristatled waHs or ceiling -height partitions); indicate lighting controls are provided (as applicable) - same provisions as lighting panel alterations C504.2 Lighting repairs Identify existing luminaires being upgraded with bulb and / or ballast replacement; indicate fixture alteration does not increase existing fixture wattaQE C505,1 Change of space use Identify spaces on plans where the building area type or space use type is being changed from one type to another per Tables C405,4,2(1) or (2) Inikate cornPiance path- (titiilding area or space:W-space method); include all new and existing -to -remain luminaires in compliance form (LTG-INT-BLD or LTG-INT-SPACE); indicate proposed lighting wattage does not exceed maximum allowed Per compliance path RECEPTACLES C405.10 Controlled receptacles Identify all controlled and uncontrolled receptacles on electrical plans in each space in which they are required; include receptacle configuration such as spacing between controlled and oncontrolled, duplex devices etc__ Indicate on plans whether the method of automatic control foi each controlled receptacle zone is by occupant sensor or programmable time -of -day contro Lighting, Motor, and Electrical Permit ChL•cklist, Pg. 5 LTG-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 storiesand aII Ri Revised Nov 2017 Boeing Vault 28 27KV Outdoor Switchgear Date /1/2 017 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the fighting, motor, and electrical requirements 'n the Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes MOTORS, TRANSFORMERS, ELECTRIC METERS, INTERIOR TRANSPORTATION C405.6 Electrical transformers Include electrical transformer schedule on electrical plans; indicate transformer size, efficiency, or exception taker C405.7 Dwelling unit electrical energy consumption Indicate on electrical plans that each dwelling unit in Group R-2 has a separate electrical energy meter C405.8 Electric motor efficiency Include all motors, including fractional hp motors, in electric motor schedule on electrical plans; indicate hp, rpm, rated efficiency. or exception appliec C405.9.1 Elevator cabs For luminaires in each elevator cab, provide calculated average efficacy of combined fixtures that indicates efficacy is not less than 35 lumens per watt_ Indicate rated watts per cfm for elevator cab ventilation fans & not exceed 0.33 watts per cfm _ _ Indicate automatic controls that de -energize lighting and ventilation fans when elevator is stopped and unoccupied for a period of 15 minutes or more C405.9.2 El scaators and moving walks Indicate escalators comply with ASME A17.1/CSA B44; automatic controls are configured to reduce operational speed to the minimum permitted when not in use C405.9.3 Regenerative drive Indicate all one-way down or reversible escalators are providec with a variable frequency regenerative drive DOCUMENTATION AND SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS TO SUPPORT COMMISSIONING (Cx) C408,3 Scope of electrical power and lighting systems commissioning Indicate that all electrical systems (receptacles, transformers, motors, vertical and horizontal transportation) for which the WSEC requires control functions and / or configuration to perform specific functions are regujred to be commissioned eFeTotal building lighting load is > 201lhk7 or where total lighting load of luminaires requiring daylight sensing and / or occupancy control > 10 kW, indicate that all automatic lighting control systems are required to be cornmissioned; or provide building lighting power calculation demonstrating eligibility for exception. C405.13 C408.1.1 C408.1.2 C408.1.4.2 C103.6 Commissioning requirements in construction documents Indicate Cx requirements in plans and specifications for all applicable electrical and figbfingsgbtrel systemsper C408; 'include general summary with at ininimum items I DIRT:it-dine Cx plan per C408.1.2 including: narrative description of activities, responsibilities of the Cx team, schedule of activities including verification of project close out documentation per .01.0.3.6—an.d.conffict ofinterest, planftrequirea Include in general summary that a Cx project report or Compliance Checklist (Figure C408.1.4.2) shall be completed by the Certified Cx Professional and provided to the owner prior to the final electrical inspection C408.3.1 Functional performance testing criteria Identify in plans and specifications the intended operation of all equipment and controls during all modes of operation, including interfacing between new and existing -to -remain systems PROJECT CLOSE OUT DOCUMENTATION C103,6.3 Project close out documentation requirements Indicate in plans that project close out documentation is required including WSEC lighting compliance forms and calculations that document all interior and exterior lighting area and / or surface types, lighting power allowances and installed densities If "no" is selected for any question, provide explanation: End of Lighting, Motor & Transformer Permit Documents Checklist F.,ToN PoweringBusiness Worldwide Heating and Cooling Load Summary CUSTOMER INFORMATION Customer Name: Booing Street Address: 7755East Marginal Way South Job Information: Plant 2Vault 28 city: Tukwila 27KV Outdoor Switchgear State: Washington PROJECT INFORMATION Description: 27KV Outdoor Switchgear Elevation: 40ft. Sales Order: P3853 Cooling Load SwitmhgmmrLmode q1v Stu0h°unit uwncngnar -- Control Panels: -' NO PANELS? Bus Duct: _ SwitchgeerSubtotal 4 Enclosure Loads Envelope Loads aea.f2 Btu/h^t2 Roof: 1197 37 YVaU 1: 'SO 0.0 VVaU2: 425 6.4 We 3: 200 6.8 Wall 4: 245 2.4 Door(o: 74 r9 Base: 1193 0,0 Envelope Subtotal Internal Loads wattage Btu/h~waft Lighting: 482wofto 1.29 Mioo: 0wafto 0.00 Internal Subtotal Ventilation Load Infiltration: Intake/Exhaust: Ventilation Subtotal ') 4443 2710 1420 581 581 0 9735 Btu/h 1544 396 Enclosure Subtotal 4 11675Btu/h Heating Load 4461 1142 -5as1 -2634 '30S7 '1112 -2434 '17907 Btu/h '3571 -3571 Bhu/h -21538 Btm/h Coo|ingLmad'-) 116T6Btu/h 0.97 Tons Heating Load4 21528 Btulh 8313Watts C c THE WALL-MOUNTTM HEAT PUMPS - 10.0 EER, (60HZ) SINCE 191° Climate Control Solutions Models: W18HA to W6OHA 60 Hz Heating Capacities: (16,500 to 56,500 Btuh) Cooling Capacities: (17,100 to 58,000 Btuh) The Bard Wall -Mount Heat Pump is a self contained energy efficient heating and cooling system, which is designed to offer maximum indoor comfort at a minimal cost without using valuable indoor floor space or outside ground space. This unit is the ideal product for versatile applications such as: new construction, modular offices, school modernization, telecommunication structures, portable structures or correctional facilities. Factory or field installed accessories are available to meet specific job requirements. Engineered Features Aluminum Finned Copper Coils: Grooved tubing and enhanced louvered fin for maximum heat transfer and energy efficiency. Twin Blowers: Move air quietly. Most models feature multispeed blower motors providing airflow adjustment for high and low static operation. Motor overload protection is standard on all models. Heat Pump Compressor: Scroll Compressors are standard on all 11 to 5 ton models. Eliminates need for crankcase heater. Phase Rotation Monitor: Standard on all 3 phase scroll compressors. Protects against reverse rotation if power supply is not properly connected. R-410A Refrigerant: Designed with R-410A (HFC) non -ozone depleting refrigerant in compliance with the Montreal protocol and 2010 EPA requirements. Liquid Line Filter Drier: Standard on all units. Protects system against moisture. Galvanized 20 Gauge Zinc Coated Steel Cabinet: Cleaned, rinsed, sealed and dried before the polyurethane primer is applied. The cabinet is handsomely finished with a baked on, beige textured enamel, which allows it to withstand 1000 hours of salt spray tests per ASTM B117-03. Foil Faced Insulation: Standard on all units. Electrical Components: Are easily accessible for routine inspection and maintenance through a right side, service panel opening. Features a lockable, hinged access cover to the circuit breaker or toggle disconnect switch. Electric Heat Strips: Features an automatic limit and thermal cut-off safety control. Heater packages are factory or field installed for all 11 through 5 ton models. Features easy slide -in field assembly with various BTUH outputs. Condenser Fan and Motor Shroud Assembly: Slide out for easy access. Filter Service Door: Separate service door provides easy access for filter change. One Inch, Disposable Air Filters: Are standard equipment. Optional one inch washable filters available and filter racks permit the addition of 2° pleated filter. Factory or field installed. Solid State Electronic Heat Pump Control: Provides efficient 30, 60 or 90 minute defrost cycle. A thermistor sensor, speed up terminal for service and 10 minute defrost override are standard on the electronic heat pump control. High & Low Pressure Switches are Auto - Reset: Standard on all units. Built-in lockout circuit resets from the room thermostat. Provides commercial quality protection to the compressor. Five Minute Compressor Time Delay: Short cycle delay on make and break timer protection is standard. Built into the heat pump control. Emergency Heat Circuit: Permits continuous operation of the system. Barometric Fresh Air Damper: Standard on all units. Allows up to 25% outside fresh air. Built-in Circuit Breakers: Standard on all electric heat versions of single and three phase (230/208 volt) equipment. Toggle disconnects are standard on all electric heat versions of three phase (460 volt) equipment. Slope Top: Standard feature for water run-off. Full Length Mounting Brackets: Built into cabinet for improved appearance and easy installation. NOTE: Bottom mounting bracket included to assist in installation. Top Rain Flashing: Standard feature on all models. GREEN REFRIGERANT R-410A Ven ation System Packages All packages are designed to meet your specific ventilation requirements . utilizing one of six ventilation options for the product. All assemblies can be factory installed, installed in the field at time of installation or as a retrofit system after installation. • Complies with efficiency requirements of ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2013. • Certified to ANSI/ARI Standard 390-2003 for SPVU (Single Package Vertical Units). • Intertek ETL Listed to Standard for Safety Heating and Cooling Equipment ANSI/UL 1995/CSA 22.2 No. 236-05, Fourth Edition. • Commercial Product - Not intended for Residential application. • . • • • Standard - Barometric Fresh Air Damper Optional - Motorized Fresh Air Damper Optional - Blank off Plate Optional - Commercial Room Ventilator w/Exhaust • CRV - Spring Return Optional - Economizer with Exhaust, Enthalpy or Dry Bulb Optional - Energy Recovery Ventilator ran as CERTIFIED,,, www.alridirectory.olg Singgle PacHageV4Ncal HP AHRI Sundae 390 Bard is an ISO 9001:2008 US Certified Manufacturer Intertek Form No. S3523-418 Supersedes S3523-318 Page 1 of 28 Capacity and Efficiency Ratings MODELS Cooling BTUH 01 EER 01 High Temp Heating (47F) BTUH 0 co i2), Low Temp Heating (17F) BTUH 01 COP CO W18HA 17,100 10.20 16,500 3.00 10,200 2.00 W24HA 24,600 10.00 23,400 3.00 14,600 2.00 W3OHA 30,000 10.00 29,800 3.00 18,800 2.10 W36HA 34,600 10.00 32,000 3.00 20,000 2.10 W42HA 40,500 10.20 38,500 3.00 22,500 2.00 W48HA W6OHA 47,000 58,000 10.00 10.40 44,000 56,500 3.00 3.00 26,000 36,500 2.00 2.20 0 Capacity is certified in accordance with ANSI/ARI Standard 390-2003. 01 EER = Energy Efficiency Ratio, COP = Coefficient of Performance and are certified in accordance with ANSI/ARI Standard 390-2003. Specifications 11/2 through 3 Ton MODELS Electrical Rating - 60 Hz Operating Voltage Range Compressor --Circuit A Voltage Rated Load Amps Branch Circuit Selection Current Lock Rotor Amps Compressor Type Fan Motor & Condenser Fan Motor--HP--RPM Fan Motor --Amps Fan--DIA/CFM Blower Motor & Evap. Blower Motor--HP-RPM-SPD Blower Motor --Amps CFM Cooling & E.S.P. w/Filter (Rated -Wet Coil) Filter Sizes (inches) STD. Basic Unit Shipping Weight--LBS +Barometric Fresh Air Damper-Lbs +Blank -Off Plate-Lbs +Motorized Fresh Air Damper-Lbs +Commercial Room Ventilator-Lbs +Economizer-Lbs i-Enerw Recover Ventilator-Lbs W18HA-A W24HA-A W24HAW3OHA-A W3OHA-B W3OHAC -B W24HA-C -W36HA-A W36HA-B W36HA-C 230/208 - 1 230/208 - 1 230/208 - 3 460 - 3 230/208 - 1 230/208 - 3 460 - 3 230/208 - 1 230/208 - 3 460 - 3 197-253 197-253 197-253 414-506 197-253 197-253 414-506 197-253 197-253 414-506 230/208 230/208 230/208 460 230/208 230/208 460 230/208 230/208 460 5,8/8.2 10.4/12.4 6.8/8.1 5.0 11.2/12.7 7,2/8.2 5.1 14.6/16.6 10.8/12.3 5.6 9.0 12.8 8.3 5.1 14.1 9.0 5.6 17.9 13.2 6.0 48/48 64/64 58/58 28 77/77 71/71 38 112/112 88/88 44 Scroll Scroll Scroll Scroll Scroll Scroll Scroll Scroll Scroll Scroll I1/5 - 1075 1/5 - 1075 1/5 - 1075 1/5 - 1075 1/5 - 1075 1/5 - 1075 1/5 - 1075 1/5 - 1075 1/5 - 1075 1/5 - 1075 1.2 1.2 1.2 0.8 1.5 1.5 0.8 1.5 1.5 0.8 18" - 1750 18" - 1700 18" - 1700 18" - 1700 20" - 2200 20' - 2200 20" - 2200 20" - 2200 20" - 2200 20" - 2200 1/6-1100-2 1/6-1100-1 1/6-1100-1 1/6-1100-1 1/3-1100-2 1/3-1100-2 1/3-1100-2 1/3-1100-2 1/3-1100-2 1/3-1100-2 0.8 1.0 1.0 .45 2.6 2.6 0.8 2.6 2.6 0.8 600 - .2 800 -. 2 800 - .2 800 - .2 1000 - .4 1000 - .4 1000 - .4 1100 - .3 1100 - .3 1100 - .3 16 x 25 x 1 16 x 25 x 1 16 x 25 x 1 16 x 25 x 1 16 x 30 x 1 16 x 30 x 1 16 x 30 x 1 16 x 30 x 1 16 x 30 x 1 16 x 30 x 1 335 345 345 345 375 375 375 380 380 380 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 69.0 69.0 69.0 69.0 75.0 75.0 75.0 75.0 75.0 75.0 69.0 69.0 69.0 69.0 75.0 75.0 75.0 75.0 75.0 75.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 56.0 56.0 56.0 56.0 56.0 56.0 Specifications 31/2 through 5 Ton MODELS Electrical Rating - 60 Hz Operating Voltage Range Compressor --Circuit A Voltage Rated Load Amps Branch Circuit Selection Current Lock Rotor Amps Compressor Type Fan Motor & Condenser Fan Motor--HP--RPM-SPD Fan Motor --Amps Fan--DIA/CFM Blower Motor & Evap. Blower Motor--HP-RPM-SPD Blower Motor --Amps CFM Cooling & w/Filter (Rated -Wet Coil) Filter Sizes (inches) STD. Basic Unit Shipping Weight--LBS +Barometric Fresh Air Damper-Lbs +Blank -Off Plate-Lbs +Motorized Fresh Air Damper-Lbs +Commercial Room Ventilator-Lbs +Economizer-Lbs +Ener Recover Ventilator-Lbs Form No. S3523-418 Supersedes S3523-318 Page 2 of 28 W42HA-A W42HA-B W42HA-C W48HA-A W48HA-B W48HA-C W6OHA-A W6OHA-B W6OHA-C 230/208 - 1 230/208 - 3 460 - 3 230/208 - 1 230/208 - 3 460 - 3 230/208 - 1 230/208 - 3 460 - 3 197-253 197-253 414-506 197-253 197-253 414-506 197-253 197-253 414-506 230/208 230/208 460 230/208 230/208 460 230/208 230/208 460 14.3/16.5 10.8/12.5 5.6 17.8/22.3 11.2/14.1 6.4 26/30.1 15.5/17.9 9.0 17.9 13.5 6.0 22.3 14.1 6.4 30.1 17.9 9.0 112/112 88/88 44 117/117 83/83 41 1 134/134 110/110 52 Scroll Scroll Scroll Scroll Scroll Scroll Scroll Scroll Scroll 1/3 - 825 - 2 1/3 - 825 - 2 1/3 - 825 - 2 1/3 - 825 - 2 1/3 - 825 - 2 1/3 - 825 - 2 1/3 - 825 - 2 1/3 - 825 - 2 1/3 - 825 - 2 2.6 2.6 1.3 2.6 2.6 1.3 2.6 2.6 1.3 24" - 2950 24" - 2950 24" - 2950 24" - 2950 24" - 2950 24" - 2950 24" - 3100 24" - 3100 24" - 3100 1/3-1070-2 1/3-1070-2 1/3-1070-2 1/2-1070-2 1/2-1070-2 1/2-1070-2 3/4-1070-3 3/4-1070-3 3/4-1070-3 2.3 2.3 1.2 2.3 2.3 1.2 3.9 3.9 1.7 1400 - .4 1400 - .4 1400 - .4 1550 - .2 1550 - .2 1550 - .2 1700- .2 1700- .2 1700- .2 20 x 30 x 1 20 x 30 x 1 20 x 30 x 1 20 x 30 x 1 20 x 30 x 1 20 x 30 x 1 20 x 30 x 1 20 x 30 x 1 20 x 30 x 1 480 480 480 485 485 485 530 530 530 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 70.5 70.5 70.5 70.5 70.5 70.5 70.5 70.5 70.5 70.5 70.5 70.5 70.5 70.5 70.5 70.5 70.5 70.5 79.0 79.0 79.0 79.0 79.0 79.0 79.0 79.0 79.0 Ventilation System Packages Bard Wall -Mounts are designed to provide optional ventilation packages to meet all of your ventilation and indoor air quality requirements. All units are equipped with a barometric fresh air damper as the standard ventilation package. All ventilation packages can be built-in at the factory or field -installed at a later date. Barometric Fresh Air Damper NUM Motorized Fresh Air Damper Commercial Room Ventilator Economizer Energy Recovery Ventilator BAROMETRIC FRESH AIR DAMPER STANDARD The barometric fresh air damper is a standard feature on all models. It is installed on the inside of the service door and allows outside ventilation air, up to 25% of the total airflow rating of the unit, to be introduced through the air inlet openings and to be mixed with the conditioned air. The damper opens during blower operation and closes when the blower is off, Adjustable blade stops allow different amounts of outside air to be introduced into the building and can be easily locked closed if required. BLANK OFF PLATE OPTIONAL A blank off plate is installed on the inside of the service door. It covers the air inlet openings, which restricts any outside air from entering the unit, The blank off plate should be utilized in applications where outside air is not required to be mixed with the conditioned air. MOTORIZED FRESH AIR DAMPER OPTIONAL The motorized fresh air damper is internally mounted behind the service door and allows outside ventilation air, up to 25% of the total airflow rating of the unit, to be introduced through the air inlet openings and to be mixed with the conditioned air. The two position damper can be fully open or closed. The damper blade is powered open by a 24VAC motor with spring return on power loss. The damper can be controlled by indoor blower operation or can be field connected to be managed based on building occupancy. NOTE: The above vent systems are intake only without built-in exhaust capability. Building will likely require separate field installed barometric relief or mechanical exhaust elsewhere within the conditioned space. Balancing dampers in the return air grille may be required to achieve specified amount of outdoor air intake, COMMERCIAL ROOM VENTILATOR OPTIONAL The built-in commercial room ventilator is internally mounted behind the service door and allows intake of outside ventilation air. It includes a built-in exhaust air damper for room pressurization relief. The commercial room ventilator (CRV) is a simple and innovative approach to improving the indoor air quality by providing fresh air intake and exhaust capability through the CRV. The damper can be easily adjusted to control the amount of fresh air supplied into the building. The CRV can be controlled by indoor blower operation or field controlled based on room occupancy. Complies with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.1 "Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality". Standard Features: •Fully modulating •Honeywell Hi -Torque Actuator with 0-10V signal input capability •No hood required •Simple single blade design •Positive shut-off with non-stick gaskets •Solid State Controller with occupancy CFM setting and rnodulating 4-20 mA thermostat signal input ECONOMIZER OPTIONAL The built-in economizer is internally mounted behind the service door and allows outside ventilation air, up to 100% of the total airflow rating of the unit. It includes a built-in exhaust air damper for room pressurization relief. The economizer is designed to provide "free cooling" when outside air conditions are cool and dry enough to satisfy cooling requirements without running the compressor. This in turn provides lower operating costs, while extending the life of the compressor, Standard Features: 'Full rated outdoor intake •Fully modulating 'Honeywell Hi -Torque Actuator •7" intake hood with filter 'Simple single blade design *Positive shut-off with non-stick gaskets •Electronic DB and/or Enthalpy sensors depending upon version 'Honeywell JADE electronic economizer module with precision settings and diagnostics •DB or Enthalpy economizer versions available Certified FDD Product California Title 24, Part 6 HJW1 0 www.energy.ca.gov WALL -MOUNT ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATOR OPTIONAL The wall -mount energy recovery ventilator (ERV) is a highly innovative approach to meeting indoor air quality ventilation requirements as established by ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.1, The ERV allows from 200 to 450 CFM (depending upon model) of fresh air and exhaust through the unit while maintaining superior indoor comfort and humidity levels. In most cases this can be accomplished without increasing equipment sizing or operating costs. Heat transfer efficiency is up to 67% during summer and 75% during winter conditions. Intake and exhausted blowers have 3 independently selectable speeds, The ERV consists of a unique "rotary energy recovery cassette" that provides effective sensible and latent heat transfer capabilities during summer and winter conditions, Various control schernes are addressed including limiting ventilation during building occupancy only. The ERV is designed to be internally mounted behind the service door in the W**AA or W**LA model wall -mount units. It can be built-in at the factory (W"*A only) or field installed as an option. WERVP-*3 and WERVP-*5 can be independently adjusted for intake and exhaust rates. The ERV's have exhaust gravity shut-off dampers and motorized air intake dampers for positive shut-off, Wiring includes plug-in harnesses for easy vent installation and removal. Form No. S3523-418 Supersedes S3523-318 Page 3 of 28 Ventilation Options ;Overview Ventilation Option Nomenclature Code Air Intake and Exhaust Options Intake Hood Depths Operation Notes Fresh Air Damper X Up to 25% of the rated unit airflow. No exhaust air. No Hood Damper opens when blower is on. Pins are used for blade position. Standard Vent Option. Normally used for positive room pressurization. Blank Off Plate B No Intake or exhaust air. No Hood Uses insulated plates to block air openings normal- ly used for vent options. Provides optimum cabinet sealing. Motorized Fresh Air Damper M Up to 25% of the rated unit airflow intake. No ex- haust air. Spring return motor. No Hood On/Off operation. No intake air adjustment, Normally used for positive room pressurization. Energy Recovery Ventilator R Intake and exhaust blowers with 3 selectable speeds. 3„ On/Off operation Offers energy savings by using energy recovery wheels. Ventilator, Partial Intake Airflow C Spring return motor motor that closes on power loss. Air intake of up to 50% rated unit CFM. No Hood Solid state board with min. position and adjustable On/Off occupied airflow. Optional 0-10V input. Provides ventila- tion to occupied structures to meet fresh air require ments. Economizer, Full Intake Airflow, Outdoor Temperature Sensor Y Spring return motor that closes on power loss. Air intake of full rated unit CFM (Full flow). 7„ JADE Controller with min. position blade setting and 0-10V CO2 sen sor input. Econ omizes based on outdoor temp. only. Takes advantage of cooler outdoor weather condi- tions to save ener gy costs. Economizer, Full Intake Airflow, Outdoor Temp. and Enthalpy Sensor Z Spring return motor that closes on power loss. Air intake of full rated unit CFM (Full flow). �„ JADE Controller with min. position blade setting and 0-10V CO2 sen- sor input. Econ- omizes based on outdoor temp. and humidity. Takes advantage of cooler outdoor weather conditions to save energy costs. Does not operate when humidity is high. Form No. S3523-418 Supersedes S3523-318 Page 4 of 28 Economizer Performance Data - WECOP 500 450 400 2 E50 tj. 300 O • 250 4.7 ru 200 • 150 > 10D 50 .0 -50 0 W18 Ventilation Delivery 2 5 8 10 Da m per Position -Supply & Return Grilles -.20 Duct Stati: .413 Duct Statt 12 Airflow amounts less than 100 CFM may not be achievable. SOD 700 2 500 u 500 0 44-470 300 ▪ 200 100 0 0 W24 Ventilation Delivery 4 & 8 10 12 Damper Position Suppty & Return I3riib .20 Duct Start .40 DU a s tact: Airflow amounts less than 100 CFM may not be achievable. Form No. S3523-418 Supersedes S3523-318 Page 5 of 28 Econornizer Performance Data - WECOP Vent I ati on CFM 0 1000 SOD 600 400 200 W30 and W3 Ventilation Delivery 2 6 Damper Position Supply & Return Gr,I 20 DuctSt atie 10 .40 Duct Static 12 Airflow amounts less than 100 CFM may not be achievable. 1E00 1400 2 120D u 1800 0 SOO EGO 400 20D 0 0 W42 and ).V48, Ventilation Delivery Damper Position )ply & Return Gr .20 Duct 5tatt 10 12 Airflow amounts less than 100 CFM may not be achievable. ens S3523-418 Supersedes S3523-318 Page 6 of 28 Economizer PerformanceData - WECOP Ventilation C 1800 1600 1400 1200 1000 800 600 400 200 0 W60 Ventilation Delivery 4 6 Damper Position Supply 8: R eturn GriIs .20 Duct Statt - .40 Duct Statt 10 Airflow amounts less than 100 CFM may not be achievable. Form No. S3523-418 Supersedes S3523-318 Page 7 of 28 Commercial Room Ventilator Performance Data - WCRVPS Ventilation CF VentitationCFK4 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0 0 800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0 W18 and W24 Ventilation Delivery 2 4 6 Damper Position 8 10 Supply & Return Grilles -.20 Duct Static -.40 Duct Static Airflow amounts less than 100 CFM may not be achievable. W30 and W36 Ventilation Delivery 2 4 6 Damper Position 8 10 Supply & Return Grilles .20 Duct Static .40 Duct Static Airflow amounts less than 100 CFM may not be achievable. Form No, S3523-418 Supersedes S3523-318 Page 8 of 28 Commercial Room Ventilator Performance Data - WCRVPS 1200 1000 800 c 600 0 400 a) 200 0 -200 6 1200 1000 2 Ventilation C 800 600 400 200 0 W42 and W48 Ventilation Delivery 2 4 6 Damper Position 8 10 Supply & Return Grilles -.20 Duct Static 40 Duct Static Airflow amounts less than 100 CFM may not be achievable. W60 Ventilation Delivery 2 Supply & Return Grilles 4 6 Damper Position 8 10 .20 Duct Static .40 Duct Static Airflow amounts less than 100 CFM may not be achievable. Form No, S3523-418 Supersedes S3523-318 Page 9 of 28 Performance and Application Data- WERVP•*2 SUMMER COOLING PERFORMANCE (INDOOR DESIGN CONDITIONS 75°DB/6211/B) Ambient 0.D. VENTILATION RATE -- 250 CFM 62% EFFICIENCY VENTILATION RATE -- 225 CFM 63% EFFICIENCY VENTILATION RATE -- 200 CFM 63% EFFICIENCY DB/WB F VLT VLS VLL HRT HRS HRL VLT VLS VLL HRT HRS HRL VLT VLS VLL HRT HRS HRL 75 11925 8100 1325 7394 5022 822 10727 7287 3441 6758 4591 2168 9540 6480 3060 6010 4082 1928 105 70 8100 8100 0 5022 5022 0 7287 7287 0 4591 4591 0 6480 6480 0 4082 4082 0 65 8100 8100 0 5022 5022 0 7287 7287 0 4591 4591 0 6480 6480 0 4082 4082 0 80 17550 6750 10800 10881 4185 6696 15788 6072 9716 9946 3826 6121 14040 5400 8640 8845 3402 5443 75 11925 6750 5175 7394 4185 3209 10727 6072 4655 6758 3826 2933 9540 5400 4140 6010 3402 2608 100 70 6863 6750 113 4255 4185 70 6173 6072 101 3889 3826 64 5490 5400 90 3458 3402 56 65 6750 6750 0 4185 4185 0 6072 6072 0 3826 3826 0 5400 5400 0 3402 3402 0 60 6750 6750 0 4185 4185 0 6072 6072 0 3826 3826 0 5400 5400 0 3402 3402 0 80 17550 5400 12150 10881 3348 7533 15788 4858 10930 9946 3060 6886 14040 4320 9720 8845 2722 6124 75 11925 5400 6525 7394 3348 4046 10727 4858 5870 6758 3060 3698 9540 4320 5220 6010 2722 3289 95 70 6863 5400 1463 4255 3348 907 6173 4858 1315 3889 3060 829 5490 4320 1170 3458 2722 737 65 5400 5400 0 3348 3348 0 4858 4858 0 3060 3060 0 4320 4320 0 2722 2722 0 60 5400 5400 0 3348 3348 0 4858 4858 0 3060 3060 0 4320 4320 0 2722 2722 0 80 17550 4050 13500 10881 2511 8370 15788 3643 12145 9946 2295 7651 14040 3240 10800 8845 2041 6804 75 11925 4050 7875 7394 2511 4883 10727 3643 7084 6758 2295 4463 9540 3240 6300 6010 2041 3969 90 70 6863 4050 2813 4255 2511 1744 6173 3643 2530 3889 2295 1594 5490 3240 2250 3458 2041 1417 65 4050 4050 0 2511 2511 0 3643 3643 0 2295 2295 0 3240 3240 0 2041 2041 0 60 4050 4050 0 2511 2511 0 r 3643 3643 0 2295 2295 0 3240 3240 0 2041 2041 0 80 17550 2700 14850 10881 16/4 9207 15788 2429 13359 9946 1530 8416 14040 2160 11880 8845 1361 7484 75 11925 2700 9225 7394 1674 5720 10727 2429 8298 6758 1530 5228 9540 2160 7380 6010 1361 4649 85 70 6863 2700 4163 4255 1674 2581 6173 2429 3744 3889 1530 2359 5490 2160 3300 3458 1361 2098 65 2700 2700 0 1674 1674 0 2429 2429 0 1530 1530 0 2160 2160 0 1361 1361 0 60 2700 2700 0 16/4 1674 0 2429 2429 0 1530 1530 0 2160 2160 0 1361 1361 0 75 11925 1350 10575 7394 837 6557 10727 1214 9513 6758 765 5993 9540 1080 8460 6010 680 5330 80 70 65 6863 2363 1350 1350 5513 1013 4255 1465 837 837 3418 628 6173 2125 1214 1214 4959 911 3889 1339 765 765 3124 547 5490 1890 1080 1080 4410 810 3458 1190 680 680 2778 510 60 1350 1350 0 837 837 0 1214 1214 0 765 765 0 1080 1080 0 680 680 0 70 6863 0 6863 4255 0 4255 6173 0 6173 6889 0 3889 5490 0 5490 3458 0 3458 75 65 2363 0 2363 1465 0 1465 2125 0 2125 1339 0 1339 1890 0 1890 1190 0 1190 60 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 WERVP- * 2 2-Ton Winter Heating Performance (INDOOR DESIGN CONDITIONS 70°F DB) Ambient O.D. VENTILATION RATE 250 CFM 74% EFF. 225 CFM 75% EFF. 200 CFM 75% EFF. DB/°F VLT HR VL VLT HR VL VLT HR VL 65 1350 999 351 1215 911 304 1080 821 259 60 2700 ' 1998 702 2430 1823 608 2160 1642 518 55 4050 2997 1053 3645 2734 911 3240 2462 778 50 5400 3996 1404 4860 3645 1215 4320 3283 1037 45 6750 4995 1755 6075 4556 1519 5400 4104 1296 40 8100 5994 2106 7290 5468 1823 6480 4925 1555 35 9450 6993 2457 8505 6379 2126 7560 5746 1814 30 10800 7992 2808 9720 7290 2430 8640 6566 2074 25 12150 8991 3159 10935 8201 2734 9720 7387 2333 20 13500 9990 3510 12150 9113 3038 10800 8208 2592 15 14850 10989 3861 13365 10024 3341 11880 9029 2851 10 16200 11988 4212 14580 10935 3645 12960 9850 3110 5 17550 12987 4563 15795 11846 3949 14040 10670 3370 0 18900 13986 4914 17010 12758 4253 15120 11491 3629 -5 20250 14985 5265 18225 13669 4556 16200 12312 3888 -10 21600 15984 5616 19440 14580 4860 17280 13133 4147 LEGEND; VLT = Ventilation Load - Total VLS = Ventilation Load - Sensible VLL = Ventilation Load - Latent HRT = Heat Recovery -Total HRS = Heat Recovery - Sensible HRL = Heat Recovery - Latent Form No. S3523-418 Supersedes S3523-318 Page 10 of 28 Performance and Application Data- WERVP-*3 SUMMER COOLING PERFORMANCE (INDOOR DESIGN CONDITIONS 75°DB/621WB) Ambient O.D. VENTILATION RATE--250 CFM 62 % EFFICIENCY VENTILATION RATE -- 225 CFM 63 % EFFICIENCY VENTILATION RATE -- 200 CFM 63 % EFFICIENCY DB/NB F VLT VLS VLL HRT HRS HRL VLT VLS VLL HRT HRS HRL VLT VLS VLL HRT HRS HRL 75 19080 12960 6120 12020 8164 3855 15502 10530 4972 9921 6739 3182 11925 8100 3825 7751 5265 2486 105 70 12960 12960 0 8164 8164 0 10530 10530 0 6739 6739 0 8100 8100 0 5265 5265 0 65 1.2960 12960 0 8164 8164 0 10530 10530 0 6739 6739 0 8100 8100 0 5265 5265 0 80 28080 10800 17280 1/690 6804 10886 22815 8775 14040 14601 5616 8985 17550 6750 10800 1140/ 4387 70.1.9 75 19080 10800 8280 12020 6804 5216 15502 8775 6727 9921 5616 4305 11925 6750 5175 7751 4387 3363 100 70 10980 10800 180 6717 6804 113 8921 8775 146 5709 5616 93 6862 6750 112 4460 4387 73 65 10800 10800 0 6804 6804 0 8775 8775 0 5616 5616 0 6750 6750 0 4387 4387 0 60 10800 10800 0 6804 6804 0 8775 8775 0 5616 5616 0 6750 6750 0 4387 4387 0 80 28080 8640 19440 17690 5443 12247 22815 7020 15795 14601 4492 10108 17550 5400 12150 11407 3510 7897 75 19080 8640 10440 12020 5443 6577 15502 7020 8482 9921 4492 5428 11925 5400 6525 7751 3510 4241 95 70 10980 8640 2340 6917 5443 1474 8921 7020 1901 5709 4492 1216 6862 5400 1462 4460 3510 950 65 8640 8640 0 5443 5443 0 7020 7020 0 4492 4492 0 5400 5400 0 3510 3510 0 60 8640 8640 0 5443 5443 0 7020 7020 0 4492 4492 0 5400 5400 0 3510 3510 0 80 28080 6480 21600 17690 4082 13608 22815 5265 17550 14601 3369 11232 17550 4050 13500 11407 2632 8774 75 19080 6480 12600 12020 4082 7938 15502 5265 10237 9921 3369 6552 11925 4050 7875 7751 2632 5118 90 70 10980 6480 4500 6917 4082 2835 8921 5265 3656 5709 3369 2340 6862 4050 2812 4460 2632 1828 65 6480 6480 0 4082 4082 0 5265 5265 0 3369 3369 0 4050 4050 0 2632 2632 0 60 6480 6480 0 4082 4082 0 5265 5265 0 3369 3369 0 4050 4050 0 2632 2632 0 80 28080 4320 23760 17690 2721 14968 22815 3510 19305 14601 2246 12355 17550 2700 14850 11407 1755 9652 75 19080 4320 14760 12020 2721 9298 15502 3510 11992 9921 2246 7675 11925 2700 9225 7751 1755 5996 85 70 10980 4320 6660 691.7 2721 4195 8921 3510 5411 5709 2246 3463 6862 2700 4162 4460 1755 2705 65 4320 4320 0 2721 2721 0 3510 3510 0 2246 2246 0 2700 2700 0 1755 1755 0 60 4320 4320 0 2721 2721 0 3510 3510 0 2246 2246 0 2700 2700 0 1755 1755 0 75 19080 2160 16920 12020 1360 10659 15502 1755 13747 9921 1123 8798 11925 1350 10575 7751 877 6873 80 70 10980 2160 8820 6917 1360 5556 8921 1755 7166 5709 1123 4586 6862 1350 5512 4460 877 3583 65 3780 2160 1620 2381 1360 1020 3071 1755 1316 1965 1123 842 2362 1350 1012 1535 877 658 60 2160 2160 0 1360 1360 0 1755 1755 0 1123 1123 0 1350 1350 0 877 877 0 70 10980 0 10980 6917 0 6917 8921 0 8921. 5709 0 5709 6862 0 6862 4460 0 4460 75 65 3780 0 3780 2381 0 2380 3071 0 3071 1965 0 1965 2362 0 2362 1535 0 1535 60 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 WERVP-3* 3-Ton Winter Heating Performance (INDOOR DESIGN CONDITIONS 70°F DB) Ambient O.D. VENTILATION RATE 400 CFM 75% EFF. 325 CFM 76% EFF. 250 CFM 77% EFF. DB/°F VLT HR VL VLT HR VL VLT HR VL 65 2160 1620 540 1755 1334 421 1350 1040 311 60 4320 3240 1080 3510 2668 842 2700 2079 621 55 6480 4860 1620 5265 4001 1264 4050 3119 932 50 8640 6480 2160 7020 5335 1685 5400 4158 1242 45 10800 8100 2700 8775 6669 2106 1 6750 5198 1553 40 12960 9720 3240 10530 8003 2527 I 8100 6237 1863 35 15120 11340 3780 12285 9337 2948 9450 7277 2174 30 17280 12960 4320 14040 10670 3370 10800 8316 2484 25 19440 14580 4860 15795 12004 3791 12150 9356 2795 20 21600 16200 5400 17550 13338 4212 13500 10395 3105 15 23760 17820 5940 19305 14672 4633 14850 11435 3416 10 25920 19440. 6480 21060 16006 5054 16200 12474 3726 5 28080 21060 7020 22815 17339 5476 17550 13514 4037 0 30240 22680 7560 24570 18673 5897 18900 14553 4347 -5 32400 24300 8100 26325 20007 6318 20250 15593 4658 -10 34560 25920 8640 28080 21341 6739 21600 16632 4968 LEGEND: VLT = Ventilation Load - Total VLS = Ventilation Load - Sensible VLL = Ventilation Load - Latent HRT = Heat Recovery - Total HRS = Heat Recovery - Sensible HRL = Heat Recovery - Latent Form No. S3523-418 Supersedes 53523-318 Page 11 of 28 c Performance and Application Data- WERVP- * 5 SUMMER COOLING PERFORMANCE (INDOOR DESIGN CONDITIONS 75°DB/62°WB) Ambient 0.D. VENT LATION RATE -- 400CFM 63% EFFICIENCY VENTILATION RATE -- 325 CFM 64% EFFICIENCY VENTILATION RATE -- 250 CFM 65% EFFICIENCY DB/ F VLT VLS VLL HRT HRS HRL VLT VLS VLL HRT HRS HRL VLT VLS VLL. HRT HRS HRL WB 75 6884 9477 4475 5737 8018 3786 9720 4590 9587 6512 3075 70 0 9477 0 0 8018 0 9720 0 6512 6512 0 65 0 9477 0 0 8018 0 9720 0 6512 6512 0 80 7897 12635 6682 10692 8100 5427 8683 75 7897 6054 6682 5123 8100 5427 4160 70 7897 131 6682 111 8100 5427 90 65 7897 0 6682 0 8100 5427 0 60, 7897 0 6682 0 8100 5427 0 80 9720 6318 14215 8100 5345 12028 6480 4341 9768 75 9720 6318 7634 8100 5345 6459 6480 4341 5246 95 70 9720 6318 1111 8100 5345 1447 6480 4341 1175 65 9720 6318 0 8100 5345 0 6480 4341 0 60 9720 6318 0 8100 5345 0 6480 4341 0 80 7290 4738 15794 6075 4009 13365 4860 3256 10854 75 7290 4738 9213 6075 4009 7796 4860 3256 6331 90 70 7290 4738 3290 6075 4009 2784 4860 3256 2261 65 7290 4738 0 6075 4009 0 4860 3256 0 60 7290 4738 0 6075 4009 0 4860 3256 0 80 4860 3159 17374 4050 2672 14101 3240 2170 11939 75 4860 3159 10793 4050 2672 9132 3240 2170 7416 85 70 4860 3159 4870 4050 2672 4120 3240 2170 3346 65 4860 3159 0 4050 2672 0 3240 2170 0 60 4860 3159 0 4050 2672 0 3240 1 2170 0 75 2430 1580 12372 2025 1336 10469 1620 9587 1085 8502 80 70 65 2430 2430 1580 1580 6449 1184 2025 2025 1336 1336 5457 1002 1620 1620 5517 1899 1085 1085 4432 814 60, 2430 1580 0 2025 1336 0 1620 1085 1085 0 70 0 8029 0 8029 0 6793 0 6793 8235 0 8235 5517 0 5517 75 65 0 2764 0 2764 0 2338 0 2338 2835 0 2835 1899 0 1899 60 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 WERVP-5* 5-Ton Winter Heating Performance (INDOOR DESIGN CONDITIONS 70°F DB) Ambient O.D. VENTILATION RATE 450 CFM 80% EFF. 375 CFM 81% EFF. 300 CFM 82% EFF. DB/°F VLT HR VL VLT HR VL VLT HR VL 65 2430 1944 486 2025 1640 385 1620 1328 292 60 4860 3888 972 4050 3281 770 3240 2657 583 55 7290 5832 1458 6075 4921 1154 4860 3985 875 50 9720 7776 1944 8100 6561 1539 6480 5314 1166 45 12150 9720 2430 10125 8201 1924 8100 6642 1458 40 14580 11664 2916 12150 9842 2309 9720 7970 1750 35 17010 13608 3402 14175 11482 2693 11340 9299 2041 30 19440 15552 3888 16200 13122 3078 12960 10627 2333 25 21870 17496 4374 18225 14762 3463 14580 11956 2624 20 24300 19440 4860 20250 16403 3848 16200 13284 2916 15 26730 21384 5346 22275 18043 4232 17820 14612 3208 10 29160 23328 5832 24300 19683 4617 19440 15941 3499 5 31590 25272 6318 26325 21323 5002 21060 17269 3791 0 34020 27216 6804 28350 22964 5387 22680 18598 4082 -5 36450 29160 7290 30375 24604 5771 24300 19926 4374 -10 38880 31104 7776 32400 26244 6156 25920 21254 4666 LEGEND: VLT = Ventilation Load - Total VLS = Ventilation Load - Sensible VLL = Ventilation Load - Latent HRT = Heat Recovery - Total FIRS = Heat Recovery - Sensible HRL = Heat Recovery - Latent Form No. S3523-418 Supersedes S3523-318 Page 12 of 28 Electrical Specifications — Standard Single Circuit HeatPumps .., Dual Circuit MODEL. Rated Volts & Phase No. Field Power Circuits 0 Minimum Circuit Ampacity 0 Maximum External Fuse or Ckt. Brkr. 0 Field Power Wire Size 0 Ground Wire 0 Minimum Circuit Ampacity 0 Maximum External Fuse or Ckt. Breaker 19 Field Power Wire Size 19 Ground Wire Size Ckt. A Ckt. B Ckt. A Ckt. B Ckt. A Ckt. B Ckt. A Ckt. B W18HA-A00, AOZ A04 A08 230/208-1 1 1 1 16 37 57 20 40 60 12 8 6 12 10 10 W24HA-A00, AOZ A04 A08 230/208-1 1 1 1 or 2 21 42 63 25 45 70 10 8 6 10 10 8 42 25 45 25 8 10 10 10 W241-18-500, BOZ B06 230/208-3 1 1 15 33 20 35 12 8 12 10 W24HA-000, COZ C06 460-3 1 1 9 18 15 20 14 12 14 12 W3OHA-A00, AOZ A05 A10 230/208-1 1 1 1 or 2 24 50 76 35 50 80 8 8 4 10 10 8 50 26 50 30 8 10 10 10 W3OHA-B00, BOZ 506 509 515 230/208-3 1 1 1 18 36 45 25 40 50 10 8 8 10 10 10 W3OHA-000, COZ C06 CO9 0 C15 460-3 1 1 1 1 10 19 24 25 15 20 25 30 14 12 10 10 14 12 10 10 W36HA-A00, AOZ A05 A10 0 Al5 230/208-1 I 1 1 or 2 1 or 2 29 55 81 85 40 60 90 90 8 6 4 4 10 10 8 8 55 55 26 52 60 60 30 60 6 6 10 6 10 10 10 10 W36HA-B00, BOZ 806 809 0 615 230/208-3 1 1 1 1 23 41 50 52 30 45 50 60 10 8 8 6 10 10 10 10 W36HA-000, COZ C06 C09 9) C15 460-3 1 1 1 1 11 20 24 25 15 25 25 30 14 10 10 10 14 10 10 10 W4214A-A00, AOZ A04 A05 A10 0 815 230/208-1 1 1 1 1 or 2 1 or 2 30 51 56 82 82 45 60 60 90 90 8 6 6 4 4 10 10 10 8 8 30 32 52 52 45 45 60 60 8 8 6 6 10 10 10 10 W42)A-B00, BOZ 806 B09 0 815 230/208-3 1 1 1 1 24 42 52 52 35 50 60 60 8 8 6 6 10 10 10 10 W42HA-000, COZ C06 C09 0 C15 460-3 1 1 1 1 12 21 25 26 15 25 30 30 14 10 10 10 14 10 10 10 W48HA-A00, AOZ A04 A05 A10 0 A15 0 A20 230/208-1 1 1 1 or 2 1 or 2 1 or 2 1 or 2 35 56 61 87 87 110 50 60 70 90 90 125 8 6 6 3 3 2 10 10 8 8 8 6 35 35 35 58 26 52 52 52 50 50 50 60 30 60 60 60 8 8 8 6 10 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 W48HA-BOO, BOZ B06 B09 0 B15 0 818 230/208-3 1 1 1 1 2 25 43 52 52 N/A 35 50 60 60 N/A 8 8 6 6 N/A 10 10 10 10 N/A 33 28 40 30 8 10 10 10 W48HA-000, COZ 009 0 C15 460-3 1 1 1 12 26 26 15 30 30 14 10 10 14 10 10 W60HA-A00, AOZ A05 A10 9) A15 0 A20 230/208-1 1 1 ar 2 1 OT 2 1 or 2 1 or 2 47 73 99 99 112 60 90 110 110 125 8 4 3 3 2 10 8 6 6 6 47 47 4/ 60 26 52 52 52 60 60 60 60 30 60 60 60 8 8 8 6 10 6 6 6 io 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 W6OHA-B00, BOZ B09 0 Ell 5 0 618 230/208-3 1 1 1 2 32 59 59 N/A 40 60 60 N/A 8 6 6 N/A 10 10 10 N/A 35 28 40 30 8 10 10 10 W60HA-000, COZ C09 9)C15 460-3 1 1 1 15 29 29 20 35 35 12 8 8 12 10 10 02, These "Minirnum Circuit Ampacity" values are to be used for sizing the field power conducto s. Refer to t re National Electrical Code (lates) versior3 Article 310 for power conductor sizing. CAUTION: When more than one field power circuit is run through one conduit, the conducto s must be lerated. Pay special attention to note 8 of Table 310 regarding Ampacity Adjustment Factors when more than three (3) conductors are in a raceway. 0 Maximum size of the lime delay fuse or circuit breaker for protection of field wiring conductors. 0 Maximum KW that can operate with the heal pump on is 9KW. Full heat available during emergency heat made. C) Maximum KW that can operate with the heat pump on is 10KW, Full heat available during emergency heat mode. ID Based on 75°C copper wire. All wiring must conform to the National Electrical Code and all local codes. IMPORTANT: While this electrical data is presented as a guide, it is important to electrically connect properly sized fuses& conductor wires in accordance vAth the National Electrical Code & all local codes. Form No. S3523-418 Supersedes S3523-318 Page 13 of 28 Electrical. Specifications - Dehumidification Models MODEL Volts & Phase No. Field Power Circuits Single Circuit Dual Circuit © Minimum Circuit Ampacity ® Maximum External Fuse or Ckt. Brkr. © Field Power Wire Size ps Ground Wire D Minimum Circuit Ampacity © Maximum External Fuse or Ckt. Breaker 0Rated Field Power Wire Size Ground Wire Size Ckt. A Ckt. B Ckt. A Ckt. B Ckt. A Ckt. B Ckt. A Ckt. B W24HADA00, AOZ A04 A08 230/208-1 1 1. 1 or 2 21 42 62 30 45 70 10 8 6 10 10 8 42 25 45 25 8 10 10 10 W24HA0600,80Z B06 230/208-3 1 1 15 33 20 35 12 8 12 10 W24HADC00,COZ C06 460-3 1 1 9 18 15 20 14 12 14 12 W3OHADA00, AOZ A05 A10 230/208.1 1 1 1 or 2 25 51 77 35 60 80 8 6 4 10 10 8 51 26 60 30 6 10 10 10 W3OHADBOO,BOZ B06 809 230/208-3 1 1 1 18 36 45 25 40 50 10 8 8 10 10 10 W3OHADC00,COZ C06 C09 460-3 1 1 1 11 20 24 15 20 25 14 12 10 14 12 10 W36HADA00,AOZ A05 A10 230/208-1 1 1 1 or 2 29 55 81 40 60 90 8 6 4 10 10 8 55 26 60 30 6 10 10 10 W36HADB00,807 B06 809 230/208-3 1 1 1 23 41 5] 30 50 60 10 8 6 10 10 10 W36HADC00,COZ 006 C09 460-3 1 1 1 11 20 24 15 25 25 14 10 10 14 10 10 W42HADAOO,AOZ A05 A10 230/208-1 1 1 1 or 2 31 57 83 45 60 90 8 6 4 10 10 8 31 52 45 60 8 6 10 10 W4211AD800, BOZ B06 B09 230/208-3 1 1 1 26 44 53 35 50 60 8 8 6 10 10 10 W42HA0000,COZ C06 C09 460-3 1 1 1 12 21 26 15 25 30 14 10 10 14 10 10 W48HADAO0,AOZ A05 A10 230/208-1 1 1 or 2 1 or 2 38 64 90 50 80 100 8 6 3 10 8 8 38 38 26 52 50 60 30 60 8 8 10 6 10 10 10 10 W48HADBOO, BOZ B06 B09 230/208-3 1 1 1 27 45 54 40 50 60 8 8 6 10 10 10 W48HADCOO,COZ C06 C09 460-3 1 1 1 13 22 27 15 25 30 14 10 10 14 10 10 W6OHADA00, AOZ A05 A10 230/208-1 1 1. or 2 1 or 2 47 73 99 60 90 110 8 4 3 10 8 6 47 47 26 52 60 60 30 60 8 8 10 6 10 10 10 10 W6OHADBOO,BOZ 809 230/208-3 1 1 33 60 40 60 8 6 10 10 W6OHADC00,COZ C09 460-3 1 1 17 30 25 35 10 8 10 10 OO These "Minimum Circuit Ampacity" values are to be used for sizing the field power conducto s. Refer to the National Electrica Code (latest version) Article 3 0 for power conductor sizing. CAUTION: When more than one field power circuit is run through one conduit, the conducto s must be derated, Pay special attention to note 8 of Table 310 regarding Ampacity Adjustment Factors when more than three (3) conductors are in a raceway. ® Maximum size of the time delay fuse or circuit breaker for protection of field wiring conductors. OD Based on 75°C copper wire. All wiring must conform 10 the National Electrical Code and all local codes. IMPORTANT: While this electrical data is presented as a guide, it is important to electrically connect properly sized fuses & conductor wires in accordance with the National Eledncal Code & all local codes, Form No. S3523-418 Supersedes S3523-318 Page 14 of 28 Ite Indoor Blower Perfonnanc•e W18HA W24HA - CFM at 230 or W3OHA/W36HA 460iVolts W42HA/W48HA W6OHA ESP in H2O High Speed Dry/Wet Coil Low Speed Dry/Wet Coil Single Speed Dry/Wet Coil High Speed Dry/Wet Coil Low Speed Dry/Wet Coil High Speed Dry/Wet Coil Low Speed Dry/Wet Coil High Speed Dry/Wet Coil Medium Speed Dry/Wet Coil Low Speed Dry/Wet Coil 0.0 980/970 725/720 960/920 1435/1400 960/960 1840/1790 1655/1605 2095/1995 1910/1820 1795/1715 0.1 920/905 670/655 920/860 1400/1355 935/945 1755/1700 1565/1530 2040/1950 1850/1760 1730/1655 0.2 850/825 630/610 860/790 1300/1250 925/905 1665/1615 1490/1455 1985/1900 1790/1700 1665/1600 0.3 785/755 580/550 790/705 1230/1160 895/880 1570/1515 1410/1370 1925/1850 1735/1630 1605/1540 0.4 715/680 530/490 700/610 1125/1075 840/810 1465/1410 1320/1280 1875/1800 1675/1570 1545/1475 0.5 610/565 455/390 565/450 1010/940 765/735 1355/1280 1215/980 1820/1745 1615/1500 1475/1310 Above data is with 1" standard throwaway filter and 1" washable For optional 2" pleated filter - reduce ESP by ,15 in. See installation instructions for maximum ESP information on various KW applications. Speeds marked "bold" above are Factory Connected. Electric Heat Table-.--i efer to Electrical spe bons for Avadal ility► by Unit Model Nominal KW At 240V (1) At 208V (11 At 480V (2) At 460V (2) KW 1-Ph Amps 3-Ph Amps Btuh KW 1-Ph Amps 3-Ph Amps Btuh -Ph Amps Btuh KW 3-Ph Amps Btuh 4.0 4.0 16.7 13,652 3.00 14,4 10,239 5.0 5.0 20.8 17,065 3.75 18.0 12,799 6.0 6.0 14,4 20,478 4.50 12.5 15,359 6.0 7.2 20,478 5.52 6.9 18,840 8,0 8.0 33.3 27,304 6.00 28.8 20,478 9.0 9.0 21.7 30,717 6.75 18.7 23,038 9.0 10.8 30,717 8.28 10.4 28,260 10.0 10.0 41.7 34,130 7.50 36.1 25,598 15.0 15.0 62.5 36.1 51,195 11,25 54.1 31.2 38,396 15.0 1.8.0 51,195 13.80 17.3 47,099 18.0 18.0 43.3 61,434 13.50 37.5 46,076 18.0 21.7 61,434 16.56 20.8 56,519 20.0 20.0 83.3 68,260 15,00 72.1 51,195 (1) These electric heaters are available in 230/208V units only. (2) These electric heaters are available in 480V units only. Heater Packag • Designed for adding Electric Heat to 0 KW Units • Circuit Breaker Standard on 230/208V Models • ETL US & Canada Listed • Toggle Disconnect Standard on 460V Models Air Conditioner Models -A00 Models 230/208-1 -B00 Models 230/208-3 -000 Models 460-3 Heater Model # KW Heater Model # KW Heater Model # KW W18HA EHW18H-A04 EHW18H-A08 4 8 N/A N/A W24HA EHW2TH-A04 EHW2TH-A08 4 8 EHWH24-B06B 6 EHWH24B-006 6 W3OHA EHWH3D-A05B 5 EHWHO3-B06B EHWH03-B09B 6 9 EHWCO3A-006 EHWCO3A-009 6 9 EHWH34 AlOB 10 EHWA37-B158 15 EHWH03A-C15 * 15 EHWH36-A05B 5 EHW36H-806B 6 EHWCO3A-006 6 W36HA EHWH36-A1UB 10 EHWHO3-B09B 9 EHWCO3A-009 9 EHWH36-A158 ` 15 EHW36H-815B * 15 EHWHO3A-C15 * 15 EHWHD4-A04B 4 EHWHO5-306B 6 EHW4TH-006 6 W42HA EHW4TH-A05 5 EHWHOS-B09B 9 EHW4TH-009 9 EHW4TH-A10 10 EHWH0548158 '` 15 EHW4TH-C15 * 15 EHW4TH-A15 * 15 EHWHD4-A04B 4 EHWHOS-BO6B 6 EHWH42.-A05B 5 EHWHOS-B09B 9 EHW4TH-009 9 W48HA EHW4TH-A10 10 FHWH0548158 * 15 EHW4TH-C15 * 15 EHWti42-A158 * 15 EHW4TH-818B * 18 EHWHD4-A20B * 20 EHWHD4-A05B 5 EHWHO5-B09B 9 W6OHA EHWSTH-A10 EHWHD4-A153 * 10 15 EHWH05-B15B * * 15 18 EHW4TH-009 EHW4TH-C15 * 9 15 EHWHD4-A2OB * 20 EHW4TH-B18 NOTE: Field installed heater packages are not approved for use with top supply opening models. * Not available for dehumidification models. Form No. S3523-41 B Supersedes S3523-318 Page 15 of 28 �~ Cooling Application Data ~Outdoor Temperature OF 00 1007 105`r | / on^r 115~r zoo^p 125`17 Mvuc Return Air (paxwo) m Cooling Capacity rs`p au^r ao~r oo^r yn^r wzo*x r5/oo Total Cooling Sensible Cooling 18,300 /4,400 17'400 14.000 16,500 13.700 xo' 7no 13,300 14.800 13,000 /4.100 12,700 za.*oo 12,500 12,800 12.200 12,200 12.000 11,500 11.500 11,000 11,000 80/67 Total Cooling — Sensible Cooling 19,500 13.900 18,900 13.700 18,300 13,500 17.700 13.300 17,100 13.100 /6,*00 12.900 15.800 12,800 15.200 12,600 14.600 m.*oo 13,900 12.200 13.300 12,000 aonz Total Cooling Sensible Cooling ra'aoo 1*.300 22.100 13.900 21.100 13,600 20,000 13,200 18,ono /z.ynu �ono � 12,500 n .znn 12.200 16.200 11,900 15,400 11.580 14,500 11,100 13.700 10.700 m24*x 75162 Total Cooling Sensible Cooling za'soo 21.700 zs' 000 20.600 24,600 19,600 22,e00 18,700 21,500 18,000 20.200 17.300 19,000 16.800 18,000 16.300 17.100 16.000 16.400 15.800 15.700 15.600 80m7 Total Cooling Sensible Cooling au.*no 21,000 28.800 20,200 27,300 19.400 25.900 18.700 2*'608 18.100 23,500 17.600 zz.^oo 17.200 21.400 1e.800 20.600 16.600 zg.aon 16.500 19,100 za.*oo am7z Total Cooling Sensible Cooling ao'zno 21.500 33,700 20,500 31.400 19.500 29,300 18.600 27.400 17.800 25.700 z/.zno z*.zoo /a.*on 22,800 15,800 21.700 15.300 20,600 14.900 19.700 14.500 wouxx rmee Total Cooling Sensible Cooling 29'600 24.200 28'800 23.900 zu'000 23,600 zr' xoo 23,200 26.:00 22.e00 25.200 22.500 2*200 22.100 23,100 21.600 22,000 21,100 20,800 20,700 19,600 19,600 au�r Total » Sensible Cooling a� �oo ' 23.400 a� *oo ' 23.400 sz �on ' 23.300 a0000 ' 23.200 s0000 ' 23.100 zyaon 22.900 oo soo 22,600 cz soo ' 22,300 us�oo ' 21.900 cuzno ' 21,600 oa '900 21.100 ~~'� Total Cooling Sensible Cooling a/.ron 2*.000 36,700 23,800 o�7no za.^oo 34.600 23,100 ao.*oo 22./00 32,100 22,200 30,800 21.600 29.300 20.900 2/.800 20,200 2�zoo /s.000 24.600 /8.700 woo*x 7��u' Totalc'won� Sensible Cooling ne zoo 28,500 a*sno ' 27'700 aa000 ' 26,900 s, noo ' 26.100 s000u ' 25,500 zgsnn 24.800 �/ zoo ' 24.200 z�eoo ' 23.600 z� �oo ' 23.100 zszno ' 22,600 zz 'yoo 21,900 nm6r Total Cooling Sensible Cooling 38,500 27.600 a/.aoo 2/.100 aa.*oo 26,600 35'600 26.100 34.600 25.700 33,300 25.200 32.100 24.800 30,800 2*.400 29.500 24.000 2e.100 23,600 26,600 23,200 85172 Total Cooling Sensible Cooling 45'900 28,300 4*.000 27.500 42./00 26.700 40.200 26.000 38.200 25.200 36,400 24.400 a^.soo 23'700 32,800 22.900 31.000 22.100 29,200 21,300 ur.*oo 20,600 wwa*x 75m2 Total Cooling Sensible Cooling 42.700 34.700 40.900 33,700 38.900 32,700 37.100 31,800 35.300 31,000 33.600 30,200 31.900 29,500 30,300 28,800 2e.600 28.100 27.100 27.100 25.500 25,500 onmr Total Cooling Sensible Cooling 45.600 33,600 **.00u 33,000 43.200 az.*oo 41.e00 31,800 40.500 31,300 39.100 30,700 37.600 30,200 as'/ou 29,700 34.400 2e.200 32,800 28.700 31.000 28.300 oonz Total Cooling Sensible Cooling 54.300 34.400 52,000 33.500 49e00 32,600 47300 31.600 45.000 30,700 *c.000 29,700 *o.suu 28,800 ao.^oo 27.900 36,200 26,900 34.100 25.900 31.*00 25,100 w^u*x rs/az Total Cooling Sensible Cooling ^o'uoo 38.900 ^s'moo 38,000 *4.900 37,100 42.900 36.200 40.900 35.400 39.100 34.500 37,200 33,600 35,300 32.800 33.400 32,000 31.600 31.200 29.700 2e.700 nnm7 Total Cooling Sensible Cooling oz' zoo 37,700 51'000 37.e00 49.800 36,700 *o.onu 36,200 47.000 35,700 45.500 »o./oo 43.e00 a*.000 42.100 33.e00 40.200 33,300 38,300 32.600 36,200 31,900 a��c' Totalcwxn9 Sensible Cooling sz zoo 3e.600 seaoo ' 37,800 orzoo ' 36,900 s4ono ' 36,000 nzzno ' 35,000 *9�on ' a*.00n �raoo ' 32,900 ��000 ' 31,800 ^zano . ao./oo ay000 . 29,500 ar .sno 28,200 wso*« rsm� n�a/counn� Sensible Cooling aoeoo ' 46,400 oe �oo ' 45.200 nusoo ' *4.100 ozeno ' 43.000 on �no ' ^z.000 �azoo ' «n.soo �nnoo ' 39,900 �s eoo ' 38,900 ^� uoo ' 37.900 aeynn ' 36,900 a7noo ' 35.900 amor nxa/npon n� Sensible Cooling s^�oo ' *s.000 saann ' 44.300 oz soo ' 43.700 000no 43.000 saoon ' 42.400 sauoo 41.600 s�000 ' 40.900 oo aon ' 40.200 soaon ' 39.400 �osoo ' 38,600 �s 'zoo 37,800 as/7e Total Cooling Sensible Cooling 77'300 46.100 74.000 . 45.000 70'700 43.900 67.500 42.700 a^.xoo *z.000 61.500 40.300 58,600 39.000 55,600 37,700 52.900 36,300 50,200 34.900 47.400 33,500 mBelow an^F,unit requires ufactory o,Uominma||eglow ambient con* m Outdoor temperatures shown are measured atthe condenser section air inlet. * Return air temperature ^p oonou�mumn/xym"m,,o|� %mRated Airflow '10 Rated +zu num arox oeouu|earon 0a75 0.950 /o 1.0 1.02 Los Unit Charge Rates- R420A UNIT Std. Unit - L»s. o*xum. Units 'Los. w1nyA'1uscnR*Heat Pump, ooxz 4.25 mm wm4xx'1ossRn*Heat Pump, ooHz ^.ro *�8125 wgnnA'1ossnn*Heat Pump, ao*z 5.50 6,3125 wan*x'1ossnn*Heat Pump, so*z rosau zzzo w42H4' /V sER R* Heat Pump, 60 *z 7.1875 7.93/5 W4unx'1ossnexHeat Pump, au*z 8.1875 8.50 xvso*x' 10 ccn n* Heat Pump, 60 *z 8.50 8.81e5 Form No. o3523-418 Supersedes S3523:18 Page 16mzo Heating Application Rating and Outdoor Temperature °F * 0 MODEL 0° 5' 10° 15° 20° 25° 30° 35° 40° 45° 47° 50° 55° 60°F 65°F BTUH 6,700 7,700 8,800 9,800 10,800 11,800 12,800 13,800 14,900 16,100 16,500 17,200 18,200 19,300 20,300 W18HA WATTS 1,450 1,460 1,480 1,490 1,500 1,500 1,510 1,510 1,540 1,560 1,570 1,570 1,590 1,600 1,610 COP 1.36 1.55 1.75 1.93 2.11 2,31 2.49 2.68 2.84 3.03 3.10 3.21 3.36 3.54 3.70 BTUH 9,500 11,000 12,500 14,000 15,300 16,500 17,600 18,800 20,800 22,800 23,400 24,500 26,000 27,500 29,000 W24HA WATTS 1,960 1,990 2,020 2,060 2,090 2,120 2,150 2,190 2,220 2,250 2,260 2,280 2,310 2,350 2,380 COP 1.43 1.62 1.82 2.00 2,15 2.29 2.40 2.52 2.75 2.97 3.00 3.15 3.30 3.43 3.58 BTUH 12,900 14,700 16,500 18,300 19,800 21,100 22,400 23,700 26,300 28,800 29,800 30,900 32,700 34,500 36,300 W3OHA WATTS 2,420 2,460 2,500 2,540 2,560 2,570 2,590 2,600 2,680 2,760 2,790 2,810 2,850 2,890 2,930 COP 1.57 1.76 1,94 2.12 2.27 2.41 2.54 2.68 2.88 3.06 3.10 3.23 3.37 3.50 3.63 BTUH 13,200 15,200 17,200 19,200 21,100 22,800 24,500 26,200 28,700 31,100 32,000 33,200 35,200 37,200 39,200 W36HA WATTS 2,600 2,640 2,670 2,710 2,730 2,750 2,760 2,780 2,840 2,910 2,930 2,950 2,990 3,020 3,060 COP 1.49 1.69 1.89 2.08 2.27 2.43 2.61 2.77 2.97 3.14 3,10 3.30 3.45 3.61 3.76 BTUH 13,500 16,100 18,800 21,500 23,400 24,700 26,100 27,500 32,100 36,700 38,500 40,100 42,800 45,500 48,100 W42HA WATTS 3,070 3,120 3,170 3,220 3,230 3,220 3,200 3,190 3,340 3,490 3,550 3,580 3,630 3,680 3,730 COP 1,29 1.52 1.74 1.96 2.13 2.25 2.39 2.53 2.82 3.09 3.10 3.29 3.46 3.63 3.78 BTUH 15,800 18,800 21,800 24,800 27,500 29,800 32,200 34,600 38,500 42,500 44,000 45,800 48,800 51,800 54,800 W48HA WATTS 3,710 3,740 3,760 3,790 3,800 3,790 3,790 3,780 3,860 3,930 3,960 3,980 4,010 4,030 4,060 COP 1.25 1.48 1.70 1.92 2.13 2.31 2.49 2.69 2.93 3.17 3.25 3.38 3.57 3.77 3.96 BTUH 25,200 28,500 31,900 35,200 37,800 39,800 41,900 43,900 49,200 54,400 56,500 58,500 61,900 65,200 68,500 W6OHA WATTS 4,420 4,530 4,640 4,760 4,780 4,730 4,690 4,650 4,990 5,340 5,480 5,550 5,660 5,770 5,880 COP 1,68 1.85 2.02 2.17 2.32 2,47 2.62 2.77 2.89 2.99 3.00 3.09 3.21 3,32 3.42 * 70°F DB indoor return air at rated CFM includes defrost operation below 45°, 0 Outdoor temperatures shown are measured at the condenser section air inlet. Form No. S3523-418 Supersedes 53523-318 Page 17 of 28 Clearances Required for Service Access and Adequate Condenser Inlet Airflow MODELS LEFT SIDE RIGHT SIDE W18HA, W24HA, W3OHA, W36HA 15" 20' W42HA, W48HA, W6OHA 20" 20" Minimum Clearances Required to Combustible Materials SUPPLY AIR DUCT MODELS 0 FIRST THREE FEET CABINET W18HA, W24HA 0" 0" W3OHA, W36HA 1/4" 0" W42HA, W48HA, W6OHA 1/4 0' 0 Refer to the Installation Manual for more detailed information. Dimensions of DEPTH (D) W18-60H HEIGHT (H) SUPPLY Basac Unit for Architectural & Insta11ation Requirements (Nominal) MODEL WIDTH ) RETURN A 8 C 8 E F G 0 P Q 8 S T 8HA W24HA 33.300 17.125 74.563 7.88 19.88 11.88 19.88 35,00 10.88 29.75 20.56 30.75 32.06 33.25 31.00 2,63 34.13 26.06 10.55 4.19 12.00 9.00 W3OHA W36HA 38.200 17.125 74.563 7.88 40,00 10.88 29.75 17.93 30.75 32.75 33.25 31.00 2.75 26.75 9.14 4,19 12.00 9.00 W42(4A W48HA 42.075 22.432 84.875 9.88 29.88 15.88 29.88 43.88 13.56 31.66 30.00 32.68 26.94 34.69 32.43 3.37 43.00 23.88 10.00 1.44 16.00 1,88 W6OHA 42.075 22.432 9 .000 9.88 29.88 15.88 29.88 43.88 13.56 37.00 30.00 40,81 35.06 4281 40.56 3.37 43.00 31.00 10.00 1.44 16.00 10.00 All dimensions are in inches. Dimensional drawings are not to scale. Built In RaM Hood 4° Pitch Heater Access Panel Electric Heat C. Breaker/ Disconnect Access Panel (Lockable) Hood for ECON models only Standard flush vent door for non- ERV/CRV Econ. n-todels 3" 7 Low Voltage Electrical Entrance High Voltage Electrica Entrance Front View Side View NDrain H Side Wall Mounting Brackets (Built In),, Top Rain Flashing Shipping Location Optional Electrical Entrances .44 Supply Air Opening Return Air Opening 0 Not used when WECOP* Economizers installed. Filter access is through the ECONWMT hood. Bottom Installation Back View Bracket MIS-3796 Form No. S3523-418 Supersedes S3523-318 Page 180128 Bard W18HA Series Sound Data Matrix (dBA c 10 feet) C211'-'4',:l' ' ,V-Sir,„i)w „,,,,,,,,. --fr Ducted - FrontOutlet Un"As'"'""g Dire WMICFS Isolation Curb WMICF5 Isolation Curb WARM Isolatum Curt, Du'l WAIICF5 Isolation Curb DUIC' WMCFS Isolation Curb swegyne Treatment Gdlle Grille Gob WAPFB51 Free Blow Supply Plenum Standard Supply Duct Standard Supply Duct Standard Supply Dud wApssio SuPPIY A' Silencer Return Air Treatment on, GnIle WAPR11.X Return Air Silencer WAPR114 Return Alr Silencer Onlle Grille WAPR114 Return Atr Silencer WAPR11,X Return Air Silencer rem Opoon CRY' ril CFM C70 CFM i70 CIA! f011 CFM VetriiMitan Onty 42.3 39.6 39.2 36.8 40.5 Foil toad 47.3 45.2 42.9 42.0 44.0 43.1 MI mt.gm'd OA 46.2 44.0 42.0 41 1 45.0 MN= 40.7 Outdoor te 10 Feet 62.8 IIIIIIMIIIIIIIIIIIIMIIIIIIIMIIIII Caroni rower linil 1 ood 55.2 4" IIEM111111111111111=1 Outdoor 50110E1A:inter 68.0 MEM MilleiMENEr Lo Lo. 1...„ - MiliiiiiMM1 Ventliotion 47*y 48.7 42.1 mu= Futiwd 49.4 442 11=1.111 Mall 4074 49,2 416 Eallalli agini I eat Option 1,1i1 Med Med Med Med Ventilation a.ty 50.3 42.0 50.2 Fol.., 50.8 44.5 illiA 50.6 43.8 50.8 1112111111311.21011311 High I trgh I High l''' IIMIIIIIMIIIMMIIII Ventilation OM), si x 41,4 50.9 40.1 Foil Lood 51.9 44.3 integrated dOA 51.6 43.6 Bard W18HA Series Sound Data Matrix (dBA @ 5 feet) Ducted - Front Outlet unft m''''''' °I'''' IseMletiolCaF:urb Iso"lationICFCLII Isola"tiorCnFC5urb °''''st Iso"iCrtCrti't latio Cir''' isoWlaMtio'CixF: tirb Supply Air Treatment Grille Grille Grille WAPFDS1 Free Mow Supply Plenum Standard Supply DIME Standard Supply NO Standard Supply Duct WAPS514 Supply Air Silencer Retain Aft Treatment Grille Grille WAPRII-X Return Air Silencer WAPRI14 Return Air Silencer Ghia Grille WARM% Return Air Silencer WAPRti-X Return Air Silencer rent Option CRI" Rrst. (TM SRI CF3I 574 (TM 570 C nil 11111=1.11111111.1111M Ventilation Only 42,4 39.3 38.8 37.6 40.1 37.3 37.5 35.7 Full toad 49.6 47.3 45.1 44.0 ' 48.6 46.6 46.6 44,9 OA 48,2 45.8 43.8 42.7 47.1 44.0 45.1 43.4 Outdoor y4 5 66.2 l'red Option ERE Ventilation only 51.8 43.7 51.9 42.5 Foil toad 52.3 45.8 A 52.5 46.2 ditA 52.1 45.2 52.3 44.5 rod Option Mr Med Med Med Med Ventilation Only 53.3 43.7 ME Fultioad 53.8 46.1 WNW. 46.6 h.a d&A 53.6 45.4 539* 1111111 rent Option ARV High High limb High High High High High Only MINIIIIIIMIIM MI 1111111M1 h ffi L"'d MIIIIIIIIIIIIII 46.1 IMEIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIM 46'7 tntegroted OA 54.9 1111111 46'6 11M11111111111111111. 46'2 ' Integrated vat mcalcula fed per ANSI/ASA S12.60-2009/Parl 2, Section S.2.2.1, Table 2 Triple Mode Type 3 IIVAC System Duty epics: Ventilation S4%, Part Load 23./.., Fa Load 17% ' Integrated Sound Vales ste also applicable for use in learning spaces for LEE!) aches* EQ Prerequisite 3 Minimum Acoustical Perfunstance, OPTION I. Using methods preseribcd in ANSI S12443, classroom must achieve a maximum backgroamd noise leyel of 4S dna. Results nefensrmad Were gxorded In The Bard Manufacturing Company, Inc. Sound Lab facility Actual Field Application Results May Vary Weds Classroom Design and Construction Methods 4/26/2016 Forrn No. S3523-418 Supersedes S3523-318 Page 19 of 28 Bard W24HA Series Sound Data Matrix (dBA 10 feet) ►1i4 1 '; Ducted - Front Outlet Unit Mounting Direct WMICF5 Isolation Curb WMICF5 isolation Curb WMICF5 Isolation Curb Duet WMICF5 Isolation Curb WMICF5 Isolation Curb Supply Air Treatment Grille Grille Grille WAPFB51 Free Blow Supply Plenum Standard Supply WPy Duct Standard Supply PpY Duct Standard Supply Duct WAPS51ls Supply Air Silence Return air Treatment Grille Grille WAPR11-X Return Air Silencer WAPR114 Return Mr Silencer Grille Grille WAPR11-X Return Alr Silencer WAPR11-X Return Air Silencer Vera Orion CRP Ventilation Only 45.3 43.2 42.5 3$.5 a1.5 38.7 39.5 37.4 FaBxaad 50.4 46.9 44.8 41.7 48.9 42.9 44.$ 41.4 mt.yrored dBA 49.2 46.0 44.1 40.9 47.5 41.9 43.6 40.4 Outdoor xo Feat 62.3 Sound g°"°' Fill load 58.0 49.2 57.6 48.3 Outdoor Sound Power 71.0 Venr ()pliers ERV IEIIMMIINIIIOZMIIIIIIIMMMIIM v`nrJ l ° Only 50.6 40.3 49.3 39.4 r Ben« 51.2 41.3 50.1 41.0 Integrated dBA 51.0 41.0 49.8 40.5 Ver"O/.n°n ENV Med Med Med Med Ventilation Only 52.5 40.6 �_�® . Full Load 52.8 41.8 =MI_ .._. . _. -...... Integrated dBA 52.7 41.4 ®_ 41.0 Veer E so RV High High High High High High ` High High veaDanan 1111:11__®®_ 40.7 ____ FuR2aaar 112111111111_ 42.9 1112111=111 ...... ..111E11 1111111111__ integrated 54.0 __� IEEE_� _ Bard W24HA Series Sound Data Matrix (dBA 5 feet) a Ducted - Front Outlet Unit Mounting Direct WMICF5 Isolation Curb WMICF5 Isolation Curb WMICFS Isolation Curb DirectWMICFS Isolation Curb Direct WMICF5 Isolation Curb Supply Air Treatment Grille Grille Grille WAPFBSt Free Blow Supply Plenum Standard Supply Duct Standard Supply Duct Standard Supply pact WAPS51t, Supply Air Silencer Return Ala Treatment Grine Grille WAPR11-X Return Air Silencer WAPR114 Return Air Silencer Grille Grille WAPR11-X Return Air Sllanaa WAPR11-X Return Air Silencer Cl Option i711 C'F')I 5711 CF\i 570 (F'll i711 CFAI 57D Ct'JI 5711 CF)I 170 ("FMi711 CF:X1 V n1to0A °110111111110111:21 44,a 44.2 40.4 41.7 39.2 Fart toad 111111111111311111311 40.3 47.5 44,9 11111.1.11111111111111 ftazratad aBA li131� '� Sa.5 ® 462 . ®- -�- Vero Ogtion ENV ism Lon ! Ltlrs LOU n O v Only only 53.8 43.4 _� Full Load 53.9 44.7 _.NMI ® 44.3 ... n� OA as 53.9 44.3 53.a ' Vera Option ERV Ventilation Only 55.7 44 0 54.9 43.2 Full mad 55.5 44.9 55.0 44.7 integrated dBA 55.6 44.6 55.0 44.2 Vemr3p9„a ERV High High High High High High iHigh High vaQ Fran fismaimaimiimm 56.6 _� 43.7 _11111111111111M1111 Ito/novel 57.0 11111111111111 ��- Integrated d$A 57.a =- 4/3 1111_.� 1111111111.11 -121111.1111 ' Integrated values calculated per ANSI/A.SA S1260-20091Part 2, Section 5.2.2.1, Table 2 Triple Mode Type 3 HVAC System Duty Cycles. Ventilation 58 ., Part Lo d 25 2, Full Load 17% ' Integrated Sound Vales are also applicable for use in learning spaces for LEED schools{ IIQ Prerequisite 3- Minimum Acoustical Performance, OPTION 1. Using methods prescribed in ANSI 512.61), classroom must achieve a maximum background noise level of 45 dia. Result. Referenced Were Recorded In The Bard Manufacturing Company, Inc. Sound tab Facility Actual Field Application Results May Vary With Classroom Design and Construction Methods B/5/2020 Form No, 53523-418 Supersedes S3523-318 Page 20 of 28 Bard W3OHA Seres Sound Data Matrix (dBA @ 10 feet) - ,,z • -----e,,,, '. Ducted -Front Outlet link Mounting [bred WMICF5 lsolabon Curb WMICF5 dation Curb WMICF5 Isolation Curb Direct WMICF5 Isolation Curb Brest WMICFS Isolation Curb Supply Air Treatment Gnu Giille Grille WAPFB51 Free Blow Supply Plenum Blended Supply Dud Standard Supply D Standard Supply Duct WAPS51-G Supply Asuct Silencer Return Atr Treatment Grigg Odlle WAPR114 Return Alr Silencer WAPR11.X Return Alr Wend Gnfle Gdlle WAP1111-X Return Air Silences WAPR11 X Return Alr Silencer Vent Optaan CIO' Ventikstion any 51.2 48.7 48.2 43.6 46.5 42.6 .0 42.6 Tvi i 88.8 52.9 50.4 48.8 44.6 47.3 44.7 48.5 43.2 !Mean:der! dBA 52.4 49.9 48.6 44.3 47.0 44.1 47.6 43.0 Outdoes 10 71 67.1 %mild Pourr nil, I owl 59.8 50.3 60.6 49.1 Outdate- Sound Bawer 72.2 VenOp t tran ERV 1111=11111111111111.111111MIMMIMM Ventliagan any 54.3 45.6 52.5 45.0 Tui l inad 54.3 46.1 52.5 45.1 mt"'°''d d8A 54.3 45.9 52.5 451 Vent Opium ER I Veninotlon Only 55.8 46.0 54.1 45.5 Full load 55.5 46.2 54.0 45.2 Integrated dBA 55.6 46.1 54.0 45.3 l'''' °Ph''' ERI' High High High High High High High Nigh Vntl Ttan 11120i11allinVgogr 56.9 45.4 FiH,..dz ianli 56.1 45.9 integrated ditA 111= Mil= 88'4 45.7 Bard W3OHA Series Sound Data Matrix (dBA @ 5 feet) Ducted - Front Outlet Ur14 Mounting Direct WMICFS Isolation Curb WMICF5 Isolation Curb WMICFS Isolation Curb Direct WMICE5 Isolation Curb Direct WMICF5 Isolation Curb Soputy Aft Treatment Gdile Grille Grille WAPFE151 Free Slow Supply Plenum Standord Supply Dud Standard Supply Dud Stamford Supply Duct WAPS51.0 Supply Air Silencer Return Arr Treatment Grille Grille WAPR11-X Return Air Silencer WAPR11-X Return Air Silencer Grille Gille WAPRWX Return Air Welton' WAPR11-X Return Air Silencer V'''C'T'' 12111111=11=1111111111111=111. Ventliatton Only 55.8 51.6 49.6 46.3 48.4 45.7 47.3 44.8 Full Load 53.9 52.8 50.3 47.2 54.5 47.3 51.1 45.6 Integrated d0A 54.8 52.4 50.1 46.9 53.2 46.8 50.1 45.3 Outdoor *5 Peet 69.4 Vent Ounce ERV Venningon Only 57.6 48.9 54.5 48.3 Full toad 57.4 49.3 55.5 48.6 Integrated d8A 57.5 49,2 55.2 48.5 Vero Option ERV Ventliatton Ont., 58,9 49.4 56.7 48.9 Full toad 58.7 49,8 57.1 48.8 langrated dim 58.8 49.7 57.0 48.8 Vent Operee ERV High High High High Ventitation Only 60.8 111111111.11111111 50.0 .8 49.2 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII Full Load 68,6 1.11.11= , 69.2 49'8 11111111111111111111111111111 Integrated d8A 68.7 MIMI 50.2 59.4 49.6 .1.1 1111111111111 ' Intepated values calculated per ANSI/ASA S12.64-21:09/Pe33 2, Section 5./11, Table 1 1 rink Mode Type 3 IIVAC System Duty Cydes, Ventilation 511%, Part Load 2501, Full Load 17% 'Integrated Sound Vales Ort a01 applicable for use in learning spaces for LEE° schools, EQ Prerequisite 3 - Minimum 4m0101 Performance, OPTION I. Using methods prescribed in ANSI SI ,.60, classmate melt aducvs a 21:12.M11111 background noise level of .45 dB. Results Referenced Were Recorded In The Bard Manufacture.; Company, Inc. Sound Lab Facility Actual Fiekl Application Results May Very With Classroom Design and Construction Methods 7/27/2016 Form No, S3523-418 Supersedes S3523-318 Page 21 of 28 Bard W36HA Series 1 Sound Data Matrix (dBA Ducted - Fr&it Outlet @ 10 feet) 091 Mounting Direct WMICF5 Isolation Curb WMICF5 Isolation Curb WMICFS Isolation Curb Direct WMICF5 Isolation Curt, [bred WMICFS Isolation Curb Supply Air Treatment Grille Grille Grille WAPFB51 Free Blow Supply Plenum Standard Supply Duct Standard Supply Duct Standard Supply Duct WAPS5t4 Supply Air $ilenuer Return Air Treatment Gnile Gnlle WAPR11-X Return Air Silencer WAPR11-X Return Air Silencer Grille Grille WAPR11-X Return Air Silencer WAPR11-X Return Air Silencer Vent Option CRV 51.2 48.7 48.2 43.6 46.5 42.6 45.0 42.6 Ventlettkin Only Arnow! 52.9 50.4 48.8 44.6 47.3 44.7 48.6 43.2 hnegnded dBA 52.4 49.9 48.6 44.3 47.0 44.1 47.6 43.0 Outdoor @ 10 feet 67.1 Sound Power Full teal 59.8 50.3 60.6 49.1 Outdoor Sound Power Lan 54.3 Lon Lan Lan 45.6 72.2 Lon 52.5 Lan Lon Lan 45.0 Vent Option ERV Ventilation Only Fut 1 toad 54.3 46,1 , 52.5 45.1 Integrated ditA 54.3 45.9 52.5 45.1 Vent ophan ERV Med 55.8 Med Med Med 46.0 Med 54.1 Med Med Med 45.5 Ventilation Only Full toad 55.5 46.2 54.0 Integrated dBA 55.6 46.1 54.0 Vent Optron ERV High 57.8 High High High 46.5 High 56.9 High ME High High 45.4 Ventilation Only FUR tend 57.4 461 11311111111111111111111:111 integrated dig! 57.5 46.6 56.4 EMI Eni Bard W36HA Series Sound Data Matrix (dBA 5 feet) FIZIOI- '1,:,:,-1-Tre,,!•,!. , ,,,,,,' :,,-; -'- Ducted - Froat Outlet MIN Mounting Direct WMICF5 Isolation Curb WMICF5 Isolation Curb WMICF5 Isolation Curb Direct WMICFS Isolation Curb Direct WMICF5 Isolation Curb Supply Air Treatment Grille Grille Grille WAPFB51 Free Blow Supply Plenum Standard Supply Duct Standard Supply Duct Standard Supply Duct WAPS514 s.ppiy Air Silencer Return Air Treatment Grille Grille WAPR114 Return Air Silencer WAPR114 Return Alr Silencer Grille Grille W05R11-X Return Air Silencer WAPR11-X Return Air Silencer Vent Opelon CRV 5111CF M 5711( 1-NI 5711 CI M 570 ( Em Veneta:Iron Onty 55.8 51.6 49.6 46.3 111111111=1112/111 Fun load - 53.9 52.8 50.3 47.2 54.5 III= 51.1 45.6 Integrated dBA 54.6 52.4 50.1 46.9 EIMEZE 50.1 45.3 Outdoor 5i. 5 Feet 69.4 IIIIIIIIIIII Wet Opliint ERV Lan Lan 1 an Lon Ventilation Only 57.6 48.9 54.5 48.3 Full Load 57.4 49.3 1112311111111 111:13:111 integrated dBA 57.5 49.2 inium. 1E01 Vent ()Mon ERV Ventilation Only 58.9 49.4 56.7 48.9 Ful I Load 58.7 49.8 57.1 48.8 integrated dBA 58.8 49.7 57.0 48.8 Vent Option ER V Ventilation 60.8 50.0 59.8 49.2 Fut I load 60.6 50.3 59.2 49.8 Integrated dBA 60.7 50.2 59.4 49.6 . Integrated value., calculated per ANSI/ASA S17.60.2009/Part 2, Section 5,2 2.1, Table 2 Triple Mode Type 311VAC System D ty Cedes Ventilation 58%, Part Lo d /5%, 7 all Load 17% 'Integrated Sound Vales ars also applicable for use in learning spates far LEFD schools: EQ Prerequisite 3. Minimum Acousti .111 Performance, OP110N I. Using methods prescribed in ANSI 65269, desalinate must schteve a nommen background noise level of 45 dB,. Results Referenced Were Recorded In The Bard Manufacturing Company, Inc. Sound Lab Facility Actual Field Application Results May Vary With Classroom Design and Construction Methods 7/27/2016 Form No. S3523-418 Supersedes S3523-318 Page 22 of 28 Bard W42HA Series Sound Data Matrix (dBA 10 feet) , _ ,,,,, ,,,,,, - , .;'-', a" li, ' ,, , Ducted - Front Outlet Unit MauntIng Direct MOUS Isolation Curb IMAGES Isolation Curb MAUS isolation Curb Direct MICH Isolation Curb Direct WAIICF5 Isolation Curb Supply Alr Treatment Grille Gnile Grille WAPFB51 Free Blow Supply Piollrn Standard Supply Duct Standard Supply nue S Mutant Suppty Di ng WAPS514 SUM* Air Silencer Return Air Treatment Grille Grille SVAPR114( Return Air Sikncer WAPRII'X Return Air Silencer Grille Grille WAP11114 Return Air Silencer WAPRIlig Return Air Silencer e'en, (Anton ... . -, cn, , , F.-, eeno ( i m int c. I'm 570 Cii NI ' 570 C I" M A711( FM Mredreeko orgy 50.5 49.1 47.3 44.1 463 40.6 40.1 Fa:nand 54.5 533 48.0 45.3 En44.1 52.6 Integnerted &IA 53.5 52.3 47.8 44.9 52.0 51.1 Outdoor SP 10 Feet 66.9 NMI Sound Penner Full Land 63.3 52.9 KU 48.2 Outdoor Sound Power ''"'ER8P''''Y ' MIIIIIIMMIIIIIIII 1 ma LOUb." 1,01, =111111111 Velatian nte Onk 51.8 44.9 50.0 1..111111M1 Am f....i 51.9 47,2 50.3 MI= h'kg'''d doi 51.9 46.5 . 11111111. 42.8 i 'eat Opitan ERE Med Med Med Med Ventelatenn 52.7 45.2 50.5 41.5 Full Load 52.6 46.5 IMMO 111CM '""'''''d dBA 52.6 46.1 EMI 43.0 ar1111011.1.111 High High High 6220h 11111.11111111111111.111. Vertillentlan Only 53.7 4" 1111311.111111111111110311 At e I l toad 54,1 47.1 53.0 ONIMINIMI Integtated d8A 54.0 46.8 IEM aZil Bard W42HA Series Sound Data Matrix (dBA 5 feet) Ducted - Front Outlet DDIty"DIDD DI" u."4CE1atlainCtrb IsolMatioiCnrC5urb isdatioWMICrIFCSurti tIk'd IsoMtatioinCFC5urb 11"d lawMlCktionFCSurb SAAPlY Air Treatment Grine Grine Ga. WAPRIS1 Supply Plenum Standard Supply Dud Stmdsrd Supply Not Standard Supply Ott41 WAPSfiriG sopoy m, Silenmr Returnwir Treatment Grille GrIlle WAPR114 Return Air Silencer WAP11114 Return Alr Silencer Grille Grille WAPettliiX Rehm Air Silencer WAPRI14 Return Air Silencer 'Allr °P.'" CR1 isimiz=zi ..,,,,2 CFI 5711 C FAI 570 ( 1 NI 570 1652 IMIIIIIMIIIIMIIIIII Ventilation Only 53,0 50.6 48.2 46.8 48.7 43.4 47.4 42.8 Ball temd 58.2 56.3 49.3 48.1 58.0 47.4 56.7 46.6 Integrated oRA 5" 55.1 49.0 47.7 56.5 46.4 55.2 45.6 , Ulcer V 5 t,. 69.3 reo- Only sa.s 46.8 53.0 44.4 1.111111111111111=Milli Fulltared 55.4 50.1 54.1 46.0 1.111111111111111111.111 Migrated d8A 55.1 49.2 53.8 45,5 111110111111 11111 I ea Opium 1,1 7 r Vomiter.. Only 55.5 48.0 54.1 44.8 _ ftelanetet 56.1 49.4 55.8 46.7 Integrated aBA 55.9 49.0 55.3 46.1 rem trwrim ARV' ,,,,e, High High High 11/2111111=11:1=1 Venda:Ann Only 57 ' 111111111111111111115111 56.1 45.7 IIIIIUIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIMIIII full Load 7. IIIIIIIIIIII 50.2 57.1 47'5 IIMIMIIIIIIIIIIIMNIIIIMII havgarted ol8A 57,3 IIIIIIIIIIIIII 4" 56.8 47.0 IIIIIII 1111111.1111 ' Integrated values calculated per ANSI/ &SA 312.60-2049IPad 2, Section 5 2.2 1, Table 2 Triple Mode Type 311VAC System Duty (4cles Ventilation 38%, Part Load 25%, Full Load 171,6 'Integrated Sound Vales are lkile .pplIcAble for use Le learning spaces for LEED sehoob,. EQ Prerequisite 3 - MlnIneunAnaustIcel Perform., OPTION 1 Using methods preuribed in ANSI 812 60, clauroolunmst achleve a maximum background nabe Intl of 45 dna Results Referenced Were Recorded lo The Bard Manufacturing Company, Inc. Sound Lab Fadlity Actual Field Application Results May VaryWIth Claearoerti Design and Construction Methods 7/14/21215 Form No, S3523-418 Supersedes S3523-318 Page 23 of 28 Bard W48HA Series Sound Data Matrix dBA 10 feet) ,P)$;.:,.:.., '.41:Ep-L,' :',-„, •::it4;•, Ducted - FrOpt Outlet WRVS Isolation Curb WMICFS Isolation Curb WARM Isolation Curb Dh64 MUM holation Curb WMICFS Isolation Curb Supply Ak Treatment Ga. Grine Grine WAPFB51 F. Blow Sunny Plenum Standani Supply Duct Standard Supply Duct Standard Supply Duct WAPS514 Supply Air Sikncer Return Ak Treatment Gm. Grille WAPR11-X Return Air Silencer INAPR11-X Return Air Silencer Grine Grille WAPR114 Rettan Air Snencer WAPRII-X Return Air Silencer Vent 0Mo,, CRst ,res, g gm Fro ggm 57tt £ FM .5711(TM IIIMMI a Ventiltion Oney 51.3 49.3 47.9 43.2 inzarinicimigal Warred 64,9 62.8 49.0 44.8111MIEZEI h''''d attA52.0 54.0 51.9 48.744.3 IEEE 02d.1.014034 Fest 65.9 Mill Sound Power F..tii...d 2 63, 5" 111111111111 0 2131i0Ot Sound Powet MI 1111111110111111111111111 L' ' 1.411% 1 Lou Lou Ventikeion onty 52.2 50.6 11111.M.11111112311 Rdilaea, 51.9 50.7 1131111111111111 EMI - A14 52.0 50.7 111Z1 43.0 '-x- ENIII0iINI0f1IN131111 Med Med Med Med v"kn owr 52.4 48.5 MM. Num 42.1 Fug Load 52.3 45'5 111301•11111 integrated da4 3 52. 49.2 Emiumm USE , en, Opann RIO' She limb High Nigh Ventilation amy 53.4 4" 111E2111111111111111111111111011 Fanned 53.6 4714 IEIEIMIIINIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIZSII Integrated ditA 5 53. 47.6 54.0 MUM Bard W48HA Series Sound Data Matrix (dBA 5 feet) I I A: , ,,,' -?' ---- ft ' ''..,,", Ducted - Front Outlet link Mounting Direet WMICFS Isolation Curb WMICFS Isolation Curb WMICFS Potation Curb Direct WMICF5 Isolation Curb threct WMICFS Isolation Curb SupelAtAk Treatment Gene Grine Greta WAPF(351 Free Okra, SuppkFlemen Standard Supply Dud Stanek./ Supply Duct Standard Supply Duct WAPSS14 Supply Air Silencer Return Ak Treatment Grille Grille WAPR114 Return Air Silencer WAPR114 Return Air Silencer Grine Grine WAPR114 Return Alr Enema WAPRit4 Return Air Silencer rent Option CRY Ventilation Only 53.9 51.0 48.2 4 .7 49.6 48.2 44.4 43.8 ' Fut I Load 58.8 57.9 49.6 47.0 58.7 57.8 50.5 47.3 Integrated date 57.7 56.2 49.2 46.6 57.2 56.2 49.2 46.4 OuttiourQ, 5 Fret 68.6 tent Opoon ERI 1.2.1111.111111111111.MINIMINIMIII Ventilation am, 53.9 48.9 52.6 45.2 Fultlerad 54.8 49,3 55.0 56.3 Integrated dgA 54,5 49.2 54.3 46.0 t ent Orlon ERY Ventilation Only 55.0 50,3 54.4 45.9 Full Load 56.5 50,7 56.1 41.4 integrated OSA 55.3 50.6 55.6 43.5 *at Opann ERV IMIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIMMII Ventgatkm Only 56.7 49.3 56.0 46.4 Maned 57.2 49.7 57.8 47.0 Integrated dgA 57.0 49.6 57.3 46.8 Integrated ,ol es calculated per ANSI/dee 512 66-2009tPart 2, Seet1 n 5' 2 2 I, Table 2 Triple Ate& Type IIVAC System Duty Cycle, Vental dos 58%, Pail L ad 25%, Full Lead 1700 'Integrated Sound Veto are also epplleable for use 1n itantin spates f r LFED schoub, EQ Prerequisite 3 - Minimum aconstleslPerternsante,OE CION I l sine ushods prescribed In se,51 512 fin, damn.. most athlete a nusitnurn WeRfareund nobs keel of s5 dlet Results Referenced Were Recorded Iry The Bard Manufacturing compute, Inc Sound tab Warty Actual Pl*Id Applitellen Results Maly Very With Classroom Design end Constructlen Methods 4/18/2016 Form No. S3523-418 Supersedes S3523-318 Page 24 of 28 Bard W6OHA SeriesSound Data Matrix (dBA @ 10 feet) i , Ducted - Front Outlet u'''''''''''' °I'd Mi loolatianCFCtrh iscratteinCFC5urb Iso"iC leteinFC5 urb V leoalCFlatioinC5uen W itOMIatioinCF:urb Supply Air Treatment Go. Grille swie HAMM Fr. Gko Supply Plenurn Standard Supply Duct Standard Supply Duct Standerd Supply WARS514 Silencer Return Mr Treatment Go. Grille WARR114 Return Air Silencer WARM X Return Air Silencer Grille Grille WARRITX Return Air Silencer WAPRII-X Return Air Silencer I ma °plum CRV 570 ( i NI .570 ( 111 570 ( f 11 574 1 FM Verstilott. Date 51.3 50.1 47.8 44.6 49.1 42.2 47.7 41.2 FuO Land 56.0 53.5 48.6 45.6 55.7 48.3 52.5 43.9 'd dBA 54.9 52.6 48.3 45.3 54A 47.0 51.4 43.2 Outdoor@ ID F., 67.4 , Sound Power mu blad 63.7 54.1 63.6 50.6 Outdoor Sound Power 76.2 l'ent Oprant Mt' V.Htention 63.4 45.0 52.1 42.8 Pod good 56.7 46.7 , 55.2 46.5 tntegraced du 55.8 46.2 54.4 45.6 rent Option FRI Med ' Med Med Med 1111111111111111111=111 Ventilation Only 54.7 45.1 1131 11111111= fidt Load 57.6 47.5 MOM EMI integrated ditA 56.8 46.8 56.0 rill I imf Ophan rm.' High High High High Vendiagan 56.7 415 IEIIIIMIIMIIIIMIIIIZEIII hdl 1...1 58.9 47''0 KLEMM dBA 58.3 46.5 58.0 11211 Bard W6OHA Series Sound Data Matrix (dBA 5 feet '.'--',. .: -v-.::;,•;:...- Ducted - Front Outlet Unit Mounting Direct WASCF5 Isolation Curb WHICFS Isolation Curb WHICH Isolation Curb Direct WMICF5 isolation Curb Pir*4 WHIM Notation Curb Sappy Afr Treatment Grille Odle GO,Standard WARRIS1 Fr. HRH SupRieman SWAY Duct SlmthIGScdrie Duct . SMAdArd SRAM Dud WARS514 supply Alt Silencer 0000004, Treatment Grille Grille WARR1TX Return Air Silencer WARRITX Return Air Silencer Grffle Grille WARRild Return Air Silencer WA171111-X Return Air Silencer '''''','°''' mciammiczni 5711CFM 5711 CHM 574/ (TM 5711 CFM 11111.11111111.11111M Ventilation Only 54.3 52.0 48.4 47.1 51.6 44.6 50.8 Full io 59,4 57.0 49.2 48.4 EMI 50.0 56.7Ma integrated dBA 58.2 55.9 48.9 48.0 1 48.8 55.4 En Outdoor. rn, 5 Fret 69.9 111.111 I era Ophon )7721' Ventilation Only 56.1 47.9 55.3 45.5 FA Load 59.0 48.8 58.1 , . 48.7 integrated dad 58.2 48.5 57.3 47.9 I ma Oiaton FRI' Med Med Med " 111111111111111= Ventilation Only 57.2 48.2 57.0 WEE Fug toad 60.1 49.0 linil ME/1 Integrated dBA 59.3 48.7 59.0 NM I 'era °puma FRI' Venttlation Only 59,5 48.8 59.8 46.6 Fug load 61.6 49.4 61.4 50.4 ""mt" dItA 61.0 49.2 60.9 49.4 Intrgratad yal ta calculated per ANSI/ASA SI2.66,409/Pa02, Seal n 5.2.2.1, Table I Triple Made Type 3 IIVAC System Duty Cycles: Validation 5f194, Part I oad 25%, Full Lead 17% 'Integrated Sound Vales are Mao applicable for main learning apace, f r LEED schools; Fdd Prerequisite 3 - Minimum Arousdcal Performance, OPTION I. Using methods priacribed in ANSI MIMI, classroom must achieve a maximum background noise lead of 45 dna. Remotes Ratarenced Were Recorded in This nerd Manufacturing Company, Inc. Sound tads Facility Actual Field Application devil's May Vary With Classroom Design and Construction Methods 4/1A/21116 Form Na, S3523-418 Supersedes S3523-318 Page 25 of 28 Standard Exterior Painted Steel Finishes Exterior cabinets of standard Bard HVAC products are constructed with 16, 18, or 20 gauge zinc coated steel that is cleaned, rinsed, sealed and dried prior to a polyurethane primer being applied, followed by a baked on textured enamel. This coating system has been tested to 1000 hours exposure time per ASTM B 117-003 testing standards. Exterior cabinet screws and fasteners use a Magni 550 coating system. Parts coated to this specification are capable of withstanding neutral salt spray testing for a minimum of 1000 hours with no red rust per ASTM B 117-003 testing standards. Optional Aluminum Exterior Finish Aluminum exterior finish cabinets are available for most unit models. The exterior sides, door panels, and service access doors are of a stucco textured Aluminum 3003 H14 material with excellent corrosion resistance. Exterior cabinet screws and fasteners use a Magni 550 coating system. Parts coated to this specification are capable of withstanding neutral salt spray testing for a minimum of 1000 hours with no red rust per ASTM B 117-003 testing standards. Optional Stainless Steel Exterior Finish Exterior Stainless Steel finish cabinets are often selected for corrosion and chemical resistance. Higher grades of stain- less steel are often specified to meet the requirements of harsh environments. Units may not only be exposed to wind- blown dust, dirt, lint, and fibers but also may be exposed to corrosive agents. The Bard stainless steel grade enclosure and fasteners for years of operation in these conditions. Features - Sides, doors, grilles, back panels, and top are 316 grade stainless steel. / , - Base, condenser partition, and fan shroud are 304 grade stainless steel. - Stainless steel exterior cabinet screws, washers, nuts, and bolts are used. - Stainless steel outdoor motor mount and motor mount hardware. - Compressor mounting hardware is stainless steel and hex no -spin rivet nuts are used in the unit base. - Corrosion resistant coating is applied to fan blade. Form No. S3523-418 Supersedes S3523-318 Page 26 of 28 Evaporator and Condenser Coil Coating Options All models use astandard aluminum fin copper hairpin evaporator and condenser coil. An additional corrosion resistant phenolic coating may beordered for the evaporator coil, condenser coil, o, both evaporator and condenser coils. Phe- nolic coated coils will withstand exposure tomany corrosive atmospheres with the exception of stron8m|ka|is, strong oxidizers, wet bromine, and chlorine and f|ourine in concentrations greater than IOO ppm (part per mi|\ion). Because the resistance is dependent upon the environment and unit application, contact Bard for job specific recommendations. XUodm-AU models use u standard aluminum fin copper hairpin evaporator and condenser nzii The option unit contains our standard non -coated evaporator and condenser coils which are acceptable for typical non -corrosive environments. � 1 Option- The l option unit contains our standard phenolic coated evaporator coil and o non -coated condenser. Phe- nolic Coated evaporator coils are normally suggested for use in areas where indoor cnnns\vo chemicals be present for additional coil protection. ° 3Option- The 2 option unit contains our resistance phenolic coated condenser coil and a standard non -coated evap- orator coil, Phenolic coated condenser coils are normally suggested for use in areas where outdoor corrosive chemi- cals orsa|t may be present for additional uni| protection. 3 Option- The 3 option unit contains our corrosion resistance phenolic coated evaporator coil and a corrosion re- sistance phenolic coated condenser coil. Coated evaporator and condenser coils are normally suggested for use in areas where indoor and outdoor corrosive chemicals or salt may be present for additional coil protection, Cabinet Coating Options Bard offers a high performance' mu|tiporpose, surface tolerant, two -component chemically -cured epoxysemi1dnss coating for wall mount units. Two options are available to offer additional equipment protection for applications such as chemical pmoeusin0, fertilizer storage areas, power plants, petroleum refineries, pulp and paper mills, water and sewage treatment plants and mining operations. ° 4Option- The 4 option unit contains our corrosion resistance phenolic coated evaporator and condenser coils and a coated unit condenser section. 8ycoating the condenser section, the copper tubing, motor muunt, sheet metal party, fi|ter/drierund compressor housing inthe condenser area are protected with on epoxy semi -gloss coating. ° 5Option- The 5 option unit contains our corrosion resistance phenolic coated evaporator and condenser coils and unit is both internally and externally coated. By coating the interior and exterior of the unit' the copper tubing, motor mount, sheet metal pads.fi|ter/drier, compressor housinQ, blower assembly, and any optional ventilation fea- tures are protected with an epoxy semi -gloss coating. This is the highest level of protection available. It is required for applications where the internal and external features ofthe unit are exposed toa high |ewa| ofsalt orcorrosive chemicals. ° Adhesion: (ASTMD4541)'Excellent ° Salt Spray Resistance; (A8TMB117)'Excellent = Direct Impact Resistance: (ASTM02784)'Very Good ° Abrasion Resistance: VASTM O40GLU'Excellent � Humidity Resistance: (ASTMD2347)'Excellent ° Exterior Exposure: (45" South ' Lt. Industrial) ' Very Quud (Normal, expected loss ofgloss for epoxy coatings) ° Chemical Resistance*: (ASTN1 D 1308' 24 hr. unntaot)- Excellent. Resists splash and spillage ofalkalis, na|ts, moisture, u|ln. greases, food stuffs, and detergents, 50%xmdium hydroxide, 38%ammunia. 5%triuudium phos- phate, 25% citric acid. 35% |oct|o acid, lD% ammonium hydroxide, sewage. 50% ethanol, Qasu|ine, methanol, kerosene, naphtha, xy|o|. *All results based on testing ofsystem compromised nftwo coats of4 mils (lOO microns) DFT per coat. Form No, s3523-48 Supersedes u3523-318 Page 27m,o W MODEL NUMBER CAPACITY 18 - 11/2 Ton 24 - 2 Ton 30 - 21/2 Ton 36 - 3 Ton 42-31 Ton 48 - 4 Ton 60 - 5 Ton 36 H A HEAT PUMP REVISION D = DEHUMIDIFICATION OPTION - Models W24H, W3OH, W36H, W42H, W48H & W6OH only. Insert D in place of dash (-). A 10 KW I VOLTS & PHASE A - 230/208/60/1 B - 230/208/60/3 C - 460/60/3 VENTILATION OPTIONS (See Page 26) X X X E T COLOR AND CABINET OPTIONS X - Beige (Standard) 1 - White 4 - Buckeye Gray 5 - Desert Brown 8 - Dark Bronze A - Aluminum S - Stainless Steel FILTER OPTIONS X - 1 inch Throwaway (Standard) W - 1 inch Washable P - 2 inch Pleated (MERV 8) M - 2 inch Pleated (MERV11) N - 2 inch Pleated (MERV 13) CONTROL MODULES (See Chart Below) COIL AND UNIT COATING OPTIONS X - Standard 1 - Phenolic Coated Evaporator 2 - Phenolic Coated Condenser 3 - Phenolic Coated Evaporator and Condenser 4 - Coated coils and condenser section 5 - Coated coils, inside and outside of unit SUPPLY AIR OUTLET X - Front (Standard) 0 For OKW and circuit breakers (230/208 volt) or toggle disconnects (460 volt) applications, insert OZ in the KW field of the model number. Models W18HA, W24HA W3OHA, W36HA W42HA, W48HA, W6OHA Description Factory Installed Code No. Field Installed ' Part No. Factory Installed Code No. Field Installed Part No. Factory Installed Code No. Field Installed Part No. Barometric Fresh Air Damper - Standard X BFAD-2 X BFAD-3 X BFAD-5 Blank -Off Plate B BOP-2 B BOP-3 B BOP-5 Motorized Fresh Air Damper w/Plug M WMFADP2 M WMFADP3 M WMFADP5 Commercial Ventilator - Partial Flow -No hood C WCRVPS2-* 0 C WCRVPS3-* 01 C WCRVPS5-* 0 Economizer w/Plug, Temp Only 0 -7" hood Y WECOPT2-* (0 Y WECOPT3-* 0 Y WECOPT5-* 0 Economizer w/Plug, Enthalpy 0 -7" hood Z WECOPE2-* 0 Z WECOPE3-* 0 Z WECOPE5-* 0 Energy Recovery Ventilator w/Plug, 230 Volt 0 R WERVPA2-* 0 R WERVPA3-* 0 R WERVPA5-* 0 Energy Recovery Ventilator w/Plug, 460 Volt 0 R WERVPC2-* 0 R WERVPC3-* 0 R WERVPC5-* 0 O Insert color to match unit ("X" = Beige; "4" = Buckeye Gray; etc.) Low Pressure Control 07 High Pressure Control 0 Low Ambient Control and Relay 0 Start Kit 0 Start Kit C) Outdoor Thermostat 0 Factory Installed Code W18H, W24H W3OH, W36H W42H, W48H, W6OH STD STD X N/A N/A STD STD • E CMH-27 CMH-22 STD STD • 0 CMH-28 CMH-23 STD STD • • R CMH-29 CMH-24 STD STD • • S CMH-30 CMH-25 STD STD • • • T CMH-31 CMH-26 STD STD • Field Installed CMC-15 0 CMC-15 m STD STD • Field Installed SK111 O SK111 C) STD = Standard Equipment 0) The high & low pressure controls are auto reset. Operating circuit includes a lockout feature and is resettable from the wall thermostat. All low pressure controls use a timed bypass circuit to prevent nuisance tripping during low temperature start-up. 0 The low ambient control includes an 8201-008 (fan relay) and permits cooling operation down to 0°F. 0 PTCR start kit can be used with all -A single phase models. Increases starting torque 2-3x. Not used for -B or -C three phase models. Do not use if SK111 is used. ® Start capacitor and potential relay start kit can be used with all -A single phase models. Increases starting torque 9x. Not used for -B or -C 3-phase models. Do not use if CMC-15 is used. 0 The outdoor thermostat is adjustable from 0°F to 50°F. It is suitable for use as a compressor cut-off thermostat. NOTE: Standard heat pump control board has a 5-minute compressor anti -short: cycle timer. Cli. Bard SINCE 1914 e Contro ore ns Bard Manufacturing Company, Inc. Bryan, Ohio 43506 www.bardhvac.com Due to our continuous product improvement policy, all specifications subject to change without notice. Before purchasing this appliance, read important energy cost and efficiency information available from your retailer. Form No. S3523 April 2018 Supersedes 53523-318 Page 28 of 28 INSTALLATION & OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ECONOMIZERS WITH EXHAUST for EQUIPMENT BUILDING APPLICATIONS Models ECONWMT-T2B* & ECONWMT-T3B* (Factory Installed Vent Option "T") with D.B. OUTDOOR CONTROL ECONWMT-E2B* & ECONWMT-E3B* (Factory Installed Vent Option "W") with ENTHALPY OUTDOOR CONTROL For Use with 1-1/2 through 3 Ton Wall Mount Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps NOTE: These instructions are written to cover field -installed economizers, but are also included with factory installed economizers. For factory installed economizers, all portions addressing "installation" are for reference only. BMC, Inc. Bryan, Ohio 43506 Manual 2100-575B Supersedes: 2100-575A File: Volume III Tab 19 Date: 07-18-13 Page 1 of 25 \/ CONTENTS GENERAL Nomenclature 3 General Information 3 Unpacking 3 Description 3 INSTALLATION Basic Installation 4'5&7 Control Wiring Connection 8 Intake Air Hood Assembly 14 Left -Hand Applications Only ... ......... -----14 Outdoor Air Sensor Factory Installed Deploy. 14 JADE nmEconomizer Controller 17 Start -Up / Checkout Procedures 18 21 Entha|py Settings (Figure &Table) 21 Economizer Sequence ofOperation Condition Cool Outdoor Ambient Conditions —,2% Condition Warm Outdoor Ambient Conditiono'22 Economizer Features ......... —...... --------23 Economizer Operation for Single Stage .... --24 PHOTOS Photo Photo Photo Photo Photo OutdourAirSensor (Fadnry'|nsta|led)'15 Outdoor Air Sensor (Facto ry-InntaU).... 5&15 Wire Harness .... -----------'8 Low Voltage Terminal Block ------'8 Manual 2180-575B Page 2of25 FIGURES Figure HVAC Unit Access Panels 4 Figure Left & Right Filter Brackets 5 Figure 3 CondenoorExh. P1ahaw/Somen G Figure Mixed Air Sensor Location ............. 7 Figure Mixed Air Sensor Location 7 Figure 24VControl Wiring w/1-Stage A/C 9 Figure 24VControl Wiring w/ 'Stago/VC 10 Figure 24VControl Wiring w/1-Stage HP 11 Figure 24VControl Wiring w/ -Stage HP 12 Figuro1O 2'StageHPw/Dehum,&Op\.Elec. Heat_ 13 Figure 11 Economizer Hood |nxtm|| Steps 10 Figure 12 Left Hand Economizer 17 Figure 13 100% Outside Airflow Path 22 Figure 14 Mixed Airflow Path 22 Figure15 10O%Closed Loop Airflow Path 23 TABLES Table Economizer Application 3 Table System Setup 18 Table Advanced Setup 19 Table 4 Setpointo 19 Table Checkout 20 Table Status ... ........ -----'-2O GENERAL ECONIMIZER WITH EXHAUST MODEL NOMENCLATURE ECON WM ECONOMIZER WALL MOUNT A/C or HP T = Telcom/ Equipment Bldg. GENERAL INFORMATION The economizer should only be installed by a trained heating and air conditioning technician, These instructions serve as a guide to the technician installing an economizer package, not as a step-by-step procedure with which the mechanically inclined owner can install the package. The economizer housing is shipped in one carton, which contains the electrical harness, miscellaneous hardware and installation instructions. The economizer installation requires the use of a 2-stage cooling thermostat (if there is not one already present) and requisite amounts of low voltage conductor wire for two -stage cooling. The number of low -voltage control conductors will vary depending upon application. If using a master controller, the MC4000 controller is designed specifically to control two (2) redundant wall mount units equipped with economizers. Any wall mount unit equipped with an economizer must also have a factory/field installed low ambient control. Please refer to appropriate modellyear Specification Sheet for requisite field installed low ambient control kit part numbers. UNPACKING Upon receipt of the equipment, be sure to compare the model number found on the shipping label with the accessory identification information on the orders and shipping document to verify that the correct accessory has been shipped. Inspect the carton housing of each economizer assembly as it is received, and before signing the freight bill — verify that all items have been received and there is no visible damage. Note any shortages or damage on all copies of the freight bill. The receiving party must contact the last carrier immediately, preferably in writing, requesting inspection by the carrier's agent. Concealed damage not discovered until after loading must be reported to the carrier within 15 days of its receipt. NOTE: Factory installed Telcom economizers have the air intake hood shipped knocked -down. See "Intake Air Hood Assembly" section for shipping location of hood parts and follow the assembly instructions. T = Temperature E = Enthalpy CABINET SIZE 2 - 2 Ton 3 - 3 Ton (See Table 1) B REVISION X COLOR OPTIONS X - Beige 1 - White 4 - Buckeye Gray 5 - DesertBrown 8 - Dark Bronze DESCRIPTION The ECONWMT-T, -E economizer is designed to be used with wall mount series air conditioners and heat pumps, shown in Table 1, equipped with low ambient controls. They are electromechanical economizer systems designed to provide "free" cooling where the outdoor air temperature/enthalpy is cool enough to provide the needed cooling without running the compressor, or in addition to the compressor. When cooling is required, the system automatically takes advantage of cold outdoor air when available and uses it for first stage cooling. This then reduces the need to run the air conditioning compressor providing lower operating costs and increasing the service life of the equipment. If the outdoor air temperature/enthalpy is too warm to be sufficient for cooling, the dry bulb outdoor air temperature sensor detects the condition and automatically closes the outdoor air intake/exhaust damper, opens the return air damper, and switches to compressor -only operation. Without attention from the end user, the economizer assembly is meant to automatically achieve maximum savings while ensuring appropriately cool space temperatures. The economizer utilizes a fully -modulating damper actuator, which will control intake/exhaust in order to obtain and maintain a factory -set minimum supply air temperature. As a secondary feature, the economizer assembly can be programmed for a minimum ventilation based on an "occupied" (or otherwise dedicated) 24V signal to satisfy fresh air ventilation on populated structures or dilution of internal pollutants. TABLE 1 0 MODEL FOR USE WITH FOLLOWING UNITS ECONWMT-T3B* -E3B* VV30A S26H W3OL 1N36A S31 H W36L W3OH W36H T24H T24S T3OH T3OS ECONWMT-T2B* -E2B* W17A W18H MBA W24H W24A W17L W18L W24L 0 Low ambient control is required wieconomizer for low temperature operation. * Color ECONWMT Series Economizers are not for use with variable capacity ECU models. Manual 2100-575B Page 3 of 25 l • INSTALLATION of FIELD (INSTALLED) ECONOMIZER BASIC INSTALLATION l . Unpack the economizer assembly, which includes the integral economizer with attached electrical harness, mixed air sensor, body panels, miscellaneous hardware, and installation instructions. 2. From existing wall mount unit, remove and save Blower Access Panel and Filter Access Panel. Remove and discard the Ventilation Access Panel. Remove and save the existing filter. (See Figure 1.) 3. Remove and discard the exhaust cover plate. (See Figure 1.) 4. Install new condenser exhaust plate with screen over the opening. (See Figure 3.) /I� WARNING AVERT I SSEMENT . HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK . ELECTRICAL SHOCK CAN RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH . DISCONNECT THE REMOTE ELECTRIC POWER SUPPLY OR SUPPLIES BEFORE SERVICING . DANGER DE CHOC ELECTRIOUE . UN CHOC ELECIR I DUE PEUT TUER OU CAUSER DES BLESSURES GRAVES COOPER LES AL I MENTAT I UNS ELECTR I DUES AVANT D'EFFECTUER LA MAINTENANCE FIGURE 1 FILTER ACCESS PAWL (THIS PANEL IS ON NEWER UNITS, THIS PANEL IS DISCARDED.) WDVER ACCESS PAR VENT IFTIW PAWL (THIS PANEL IS DISCARDED.) 5. Remove and save existing unit return air filter. Remove and discard the right and left filter brackets. (See Figure 2.) Outdoor Air Sensor Field Installation a.) Disconnect power to the unit, b.) Install the outdoor air sensor in the lower condenser section on the side opposite the compressor with two (2) screws provided. Sensor should protrude approximately 1 %" below the base. (See Photo 42.) c.) Route the wire harness across the back of the units and secure to the back with the two (2) push mount wire ties provided. Route the wire harness up through the grommet in the bottom of the control panel and secure with the wire tie (provided) to the remaining wires in the grommet. Ensure the wire harness cannot contact any moving parts or hot tubes. (See Photo #3.) d.) Install a grommet in the side of the low voltage terminal block and route the wire harness through the low voltage terminal block and through the side of the control panel through the existing grommet. (See Photo #4.) e.) Route the wire harness up into economizer control box and connect to terminals OAT on the JADETM controller. (See Photo #5.) NOTE:ON OLDER UNITS THIS WAS A 1- PIECEPANEL, MIS-31A A Manual 2100-575B Page 4 of 25 INSTALLATION of FIELD (INSTALLED) ECONOMIZER NOTE: If you are installing this economizer assembly into a left-hand access wall mount, please stop here and proceed to specific instruction note on Page 14. 6. In the open cavity between the filter rack and the condenser section, begin to insert the main economizer assembly. Slide the assembly inside, being careful not to tear the existing insulation. Do not completely recess the assembly. (See Figure 4.) 7. Unravel the attached economizer wiring harness and separate the two (2) orange wires connected to a white, two -pin sensor plug. The remainder of the low voltage wires can be routed through the existing wiring grommet located near the bottom of the wall mount electrical control panel. (See Figure 4.) FIGURE 2 LEFT FILTER BRACKET RIGHT FILTER BRACKET PHOTO #2 OPERATING POSITION THERMISTOR LOCATION MIS-3088 Manual 2100-575B Page 5 of 25 / FIGURE 3 CONDENSER EXHAUST PLATE WITH SCREEN CONDENSER PARTITION BACK BLANK -OFF PLATE ECONOMIZER ASSEMBLY -SECURE USING (4) SCREWS PART #1012-086 -INSTALL COVER PLATE SCREEN MEDIA FACING PARTITION CONDENSER COVER PLATE MIS-2955 SECURE WITH PROVIDED SCREWS MIS-3094 Manual 2100-575B Page 6 of 25 c 8. Pull wires gently through grommet so that low voltage wires protrude underneath wall mount terminal board. 9. Route two (2) orange wires connected to a white two -pin sensor plug along refrigerant lines and behind the filter bracket to terminate at the blower partition. (See Figure 4.) 10. Fully seat economizer assembly to the rear of the wall mount cavity, making sure economizer control panel opposite filler strip is fully recessed into cabinet. (See Figure 5.) 11. Install temperature sensor bracket and mixed air temperature sensor in blower partition. Insert white two -pin sensor into sensor housing. (See Figure 5.) FIGURE 4 INTEGRATED FILTER SUPPORTS 12. Install filter retained from Step #2 in filter bracket of new economizer. Reinstall Blower Access Panel and Filter Access Panel. NOTE: Newer models already have the bottom screws approximately 1" from the corners. If not, drill in one (1) screw at each lower corner. (Reference Figure 1.) 13. Connect all low voltage leads to terminal board of wall mount unit as required according to installed equipment and controls. Figure 6 shows the basic economizer wiring, and is followed by typical control wiring diagrams for single unit applications. Refer to MC4000 Lead/Lag Controller Instructions Manual 2100-563 for dual unit control connections. Ili t, .1 1 'qg ,,rit.. 1 somm...1 1 nil 1 i FIGURE 5 FRONT VIEW TOP VIEW INSTALL TEMPERATURE SENSOR TO BLOWER PARTITION. ROUTE WIRES FROM ECONOMIZER BEHIND FILTER BRACKET FILL AND THROUGH WIRE TIE. WIRE TIE TO SUCTION LINE LOW VOLTAGE WIRE TO TERMINAL STRIP TEMPERATURE SENSOR BRACKET PART #113-468 TEMPERATURE SENSOR PART #8602-058 (C7250A1001) MIS-3089 A Manual 2100-575B Page 7 of 25 PHOTO #3 Wire Tie Locations PHOTO #5 PHOTO #4 NOTE: Since observation of motor/damper operation is difficuh after air hood installation, it is recommended the unit be enabled for start-up now. If high voltage power is available and the wall mount unit can be energized, turn to Page 18 for programming and start-up/checkout procedures. If no power is available, or if immediate start-up is not desired, continue with the basic installation process. The air hood assembly can be partially disassembled al a later time for start-up/checkout procedures. CONTROL WIRING CONNECTION DIAGRAMS The control wiring diagrams on the following pages represent typical control wiring for single units controlled by individual thermostats. If thermostats other than those referenced are used, the installer must verify output functions accordingly. For dual unit installation utilizing lead/lag controller systems, complete details are contained in MC4000 Series Lead/Lag Controller Manual 2 I 00-563. For operation with MV4000. See MV4000 Installation Manuals, Manual 2100-575B Page 8 of 25 FIGURE 6 1-STAGE A/C WITH OPTIONAL ELECTRIC HEAT WITH ECONWM* STYLE ECONOMIZER Low Voltage Wiring Diagram 8403-058 (TH5220D1151) 7 Thermostat part #8403-060 r 7 1 A/C UNIT 24V TERMINAL U J m w w Ct ›- Economizer Wiring Harness W TAPE WIRE END -YELLOW/RED —ORANGE—n —BROWN/WHITE—fl —YELLOW/WHITE—C- A Factory Installed jumper. Remove fort -stage operation \ on units with 15ormore kw Must be energized to enable minimum position. NOTE Economizer Control Default Setting is 10V (100%). Depending upon application may require setting to lower value. nFactory Jumper Installed. A4Change "system type ° setup function I, from 5(2hea11 cool heat pump) to 6 (2 bea//2 cool conventional). AChange model configuration from heat pump to heat/coo and must be configured for economizer for YO/D output to be active as first stage cooling 0/der units may not have Y1 and Y2 connections on 24vterm/nalblock. /fnot present wire nuts must be used MIS-2983 C Manual 2100-575B Page 9 of 25 8403-058 (TH5220D1151) FIGURE 7 2-STAGE A/C WITH OPTIONAL ELECTRIC HEAT WITH ECONWM* STYLE ECONOMIZER Low Voltage Withig Diagram /\ L_ - Economizer Wiring Harness r TAPE WIRE ILI-1>_ END PINK —BROWNNVHITE—D —YELLOWNVHITE—D A Facto') (installed jumper. Remove for 2-stage operation on UMS with 15 or more kw AMust be energized to enable minimum posibbn. NOTE.' Economizer Control Default Setting 10V (100%). Depending upon application may require setting to lower value. AFactory Jumper Installed AChange "system type", set up function 1, from 5 (2 heel cool heat pump) to 6' (2 heat/2 cool conventional). Change model configuration from heat pump to heat/coo l, and must be configured for economizer for YO/D output to be active as first stage cooling MIS-2984 C Manual 2100-575B Page 10 of 25 Thermostat part #8403-060 FIGURE 8 1-STAGE HEAT PUMP WITH OPTIONAL ELECTRIC HEAT WITH ECONWM* STYLE ECONOMIZER Low Voltage Ming Diagram log €)oloc) lot cx7 Economizer — Wiring Harness YellowNVhite—Fi a) 7 0_ AMust be energized to enable minimum position. NOTE: Economizer Control Default Setting is 101/ (100%). Depending upon application may require setting to lower value. /2\ Must be configured for heat pump / multistage/ no economizer/ to enable YO/D output to be active as denumefication output AFactory Jumper Installed MIS-2981 B Manual 2100-575B Page 11 of 25 24V Low Voltage Terminal Block FIGURE 9 2-STAGE HEAT PUMP WITH OPTIONAL ELECTRIC HEAT WITH ECONWM* STYLE ECONOMIZER a) Low Voltage Ming Diagram Economizer Wiring Hamess r--- 2 _J ellowNVhite AMust be energized to enable minimum position. NOTE: Economizer Con/ro/Defau/t Setting Is 10V (100%). Depending upon application may require setting to lower value. A Mus/be configured for heat pump ano' economizer to enable YO/D output to be active as 1st -stage cooling AFactory Jumper Installed MIS-2982 B Manual 2100-575B Page 12 of 25 FIGURE 10 2-STAGE HEAT PUMP WITH DEHUMIDIFICATION & OPTIONAL ELECTRIC HEAT WITH ECONWM* STYLE ECONOMIZER Low Voltage Wiring Diagram Economizer Wiring Hamess AMust be energized to enable minimum position. NOTE: Economizer Control Default Selling is 10V (WOW Depending upon application may require setting to lower value. A Must be configured for heat pump / no economizer/ \ to enable 1/0/D output to be active as dehumidification output AFacto/y Jumper Installed. MIS-2995 B Manual 2100-575B Page 13 of 25 c INTAKE AIR HOOD ASSEMBLY The Telcom/Equipment Building version economizers utilize an air intake hood to maximize outdoor airflow performance and to be able to introduce this at low intake velocity. FACTORY INSTALLED ECONOMIZERS The main economizer assembly is installed in the unit's ventilation cavity, but the air intake hood is shipped knocked down. The intake hood pieces are located on the back side of the A/C unit. NOTE: Some applications on equipment buildings necessitate the air intake hood assembly be shipped inside the building for installation at the final site. In this case, the solid panel covering the economizer section must be left in place to protect and weatherize the equipment during transit. ECONOMIZER HOOD INSTALLATION A.) For Factory Installed Economizer Only: Detach plate by removing three (3) screws and filter door. Discard cover plate and replace filter door (See Step #1.) B.) For Field Installed Economizer Only: 1. Attach hood mounting door by inserting top lip under hook bend on upper panel. Use four (4) 1/2" hex head screws to fasten hood mounting door to unit. (See Step #1.) 2. Use four (4) screws to attach right side assembly and left side assembly. (See Step #2.) 3. Hood bottom requires pre -assembly of bottom filter bracket. Bottom filter bracket is attached to primered non -textured side of base using two (2) 1/2" hex head screws. (See Step #3.) 4. Install hood top assembly to hood mounting door using three (3) 1/4" hex head screws. Side bends of top assembly should overlap left and right side assemblies. Attach top to side assemblies using four (4) 1/2" hex head screws. (See Step #4.) 5, Insert hood bottom assembly between side assemblies with back bend resting on hook bend of hood mounting door. Attach to left side assembly and right side assembly using four (4) 1/2" hex head screws. (See Step #4.) 6. Insert mist eliminator. Install hood front using two (2) attached retainer clip screws. (See Step #5.) LEFT-HAND APPLICATIONS ONLY 1. Before installation into wall mount cavity, rotate economizer 180° so JADE controller will now be adjacent to the wall mount unit control panel. (See Figure 12.) 2. Remove two (2) side angles and block off plate. (See Figure 12.) 3. Reinstall two (2) side angles in upper position. Reinstall block off plate in lower position. (See Figure 12.) 4. Loosen actuator shaft adaptor clamp from damper blade rod. (See Figure 12.) 5. Remove actuator assembly from economizer. (See Figure 12.) 6. Full adaptor clamp retainer clip; remove adaptor clamp from actuator assembly and reinstall on the opposite side of the actuator on the "0" position. (See Figure 12.) 7. Reinstall actuator assembly with adaptor clamp facing away from the economizer assembly. (See Figure 12.) 8. Ensure position of the economizer damper is closed, then tighten shaft adaptor clamp. (See Figure 12.) 9. Hood mounting door will use alternate control panel door location. (See Figure 13.) Outdoor Air Sensor Fac Deployment The factory installed outdoor air sensor is shipped in a position to prevent damage during, transit. (See Photo #1.) The outdoor air sensor is located in the condenser section on the side opposite the compressor. To deploy the mixed air sensor to its working position, remove the upper screw and install it loosely in the lower hole in the slot of the bracket. Loosen the lower screw and slide the outdoor air sensor down. Tighten both screws. (See Photo #2.) ory Lustalled Manual 2100-575B Page 14 of 25 To deploy sensor to operating position, lower sensor as shown in Photo #2, PHOTO #1 FACTORY INSTALLED SHIPPING POSITION PHOTO #2 OPERATING POSITION Manual 2100-575B Page 15 of 25 STEP 1 INSTALL HOOD MOUNTING DOOR (Field install only) REMOVE FILTER ACCESS PA NEL AND REPLACE sLEFT SIDE ONCE COVER PLATE � ASSEMBLY IS DISCARDED (Factory install only) FIGURE 11 1/2" HEX HEAD SCREWS REMOVE COVER PLATE AND DISCARD (Factory install only) RE-INSERT SCREW TO HOLD CONTROL PANEL COVER AFTER PLATE REMOVAL STEP 3 BASE PART #126-443 (PRIMERED SIDE) 1/2" HEX HEAD SCREWS BOTTOM FILTER BRACKET STEP 5 INSTALL HOOD FRONT USING (2) ATTACHED RETAINER CLIP SCREWS INSTALL HOOD SIDES TO HOOD MOUNTING DOOR HOOD BOTTOM ASSEMBLY STEP 2 STEP 4 HOOD TOP ON OUTSIDE OF SIDES HOOD BOTTOM ON INSIDE OF SIDES INSTALL MIST ELIMINATOR COVER PLATES INSTALL HOOD TOP AND HOOD BOTTOM TO SIDES AND MOUNTING DOOR HOOD TOP ASSEMBLY (12) SCREWS PART #1012-086 MIS-3242 A Manual 2100-575B Page 16 of 25 FIGURE 12 BLADE IN CLOSED POSITION MOVE SIDE ANGLES TO UPPER POSITION MOVE BLOCK OFF PLATE TO LOWER POSITION LEFT HANDED ECONOMIZER JADETM ECONOMIZER CONTROLLER W7220 Controller offers unparalleled flexibility and expansion in a dependable and solid electronic platform. • Multiple economizer applications from one controller. • Nearly limitless customization of setpoints. • Internal Checkout menu provides fast performance assessment. • Alarms menu provides assistance in troubleshooting. Memory: User defined setpoints remain in non-volatile flash memory regardless of electrical outage duration. Control voltage below 18V may cause erratic performance. MENU UP (EXIT) BUTTON LEFT HANDED APPLICATION "0" POSITION DAMPER BLADE ROD ACTUATOR SHAFT ADAPTOR CLAMP MIS-3224 2 LINE LCD SELECT (ENTER) ROLL BUTTON (UP/DOWN) BUTTONS Manual 2100-575B Page 17 of 25 c START-UP / CHECKOUT PROCEDURES From the factory, the JADE"' economizer controller has been preset with "default" values that were pre- determined as optimum for equipment buildings, and these are shown in Tables 2 - 4. However, it is important to review and/or customize these operational values per owner specifications in order to guarantee satisfactory performance. The installing contractor can easily access the JADETM programming by the integral keypad and LCD display. There are six (6) basic MENU categories to navigate: 1. STATUS — provides real-time access to sensor input, damper and equipment operation. 2. SETPOINTS — customizable operational parameters. 3. SYSTEM SETUP — customizable application programming. 4. ADVANCED SETUP — further application and operational options. 5. CHECKOUT — instantly activate and verify economizer functions. 6. ALARMS — displays alarms and pinpoints problem areas. Before being placed in service, the JADETM economizer controller programming should be reviewed/customized through the following steps: 1. SYSTEM SETUP: from the main screen, press the SCROLL (UP/DOWN) BUTTONS to navigate through the six (6) basic menu items to the SYSTEM SETUP menu. Push the SELECT (ENTER) BUTTON to choose the SYSTEM SETUP menu. — Navigate through the multiple levels of SYSTEM SETUP by pushing the SCROLL (UP/DOWN) BUTTONS. To change a specific parameter in the SYSTEM SETUP menu, press the SELECT (ENTER) BUTTON to display its current value. Press the SCROLL (UP/DOWN) BUTTONS to change or increase/decrease value. Press the SELECT (ENTER) BUTTON to save the new customized value — "CHANGE STORED" will be displayed. Press the SELECT (ENTER) BUTTON again to return to current menu parameter. — For specific SYSTEM SETUP level information, refer to Table 2. NOTE: During an extended level of inactivity, the display of the JADETM economizer controller will begin to automatically scroll through the various levels of the STATUS menu as a screensaver. Each level will stay for approximately 5 seconds before changing to the next level. TABLE 2 SYSTEM SETUP (Menu Levels) Menu Level Default Value Range Notes INSTALL 01/01/10 Display Order = MM/DD/YY Setting Order = DD/MM/YY UNITS DEG °F °F / °C Sets controller to read in either measurements EQUIPMENT HP(B) HP Heat Pump HP See Note CONV = A/C AUX IN HP(B) HP(0) HP(B) Energize on Cool See Note * Energize on Heat FAN SPEED 1 Speed 1 Speed 2 Speed FAN CFM 5000 100 to 15000 Not applicable AUX OUT EXH2 NONE ERV EXH2 SYS Product can be used to signal other devices OCC INPUT INPUT or ALWAYS INPUT is for dedicated OCC signal, ALWAYS is for all other situations FACTORY DEFAULT NO YES or NO Resets to factory defaults if changed to YES NOTE *: In SYS SETUP the correct Equipment setting is HP and for the AUX2 IN is HP (B) in all applications. This is correct for both Air Conditioner and Heat Pump equipment in order to have correct operating sequences for the economizers. DO NOT change to CONV = A/C setting just because the equipment is an air conditioner and not a heat pump. 2. ADVANCED SETUP: from the main screen, press the SCROLL (UP/DOWN) BUTTONS to navigate through the six (6) basic menu items to the ADVANCED SETUP menu. — Push the SELECT (ENTER) BUTTON to choose the ADVANCED SETUP menu. — Navigate through the multiple levels of ADVANCED SETUP by pushing the SCROLL (UP/DOWN) BUTTONS. — To change a specific parameter in the ADVANCED SETUP menu, press the SELECT (ENTER) BUTTON to display its current value. Press the SCROLL (UP/DOWN) BUTTONS to change or increase/decrease value. Press the SELECT (ENTER) BUTTON to save the new customized value — "CHANGE STORED" will be displayed. Press the SELECT (ENTER) BUTTON again to return to current menu parameter. — For specific ADVANCED SETUP level information, refer to Table 3. Manual 2100-575B Page 18 of 25 TABLE 3 ADVANCED SETUP (Menu Levels) Menu Level Default Value Range Notes MA LOW SET °F 45°F 35-55° Temp to activate freeze protection — Close Damper FREEZE POS CLO CLO or MIN Damper position upon freeze protection STG3 DLY 15 MIN 0 to 4.0h or OFF Delay for 34 Stage Cooling — allows for 3 stages of cooling, one stage for econ 8, two stages for compressor DMPR POS CLO CLO or OPN Where damper goes upon shutdown signal MA T CAL 0.0°F +/-2.5°F from actual reading Mixed Air Sensor temperature calibration OA T CAL 0,0°F +/-2,5°F from actual reading Outdoor Air Sensor temperature calibration OAS H CAL 4-10% from actual reading Outdoor Air Humidity Sensor calibration for economizers using temp/humidity sensor 3. SETPOINTS: from the main screen, press the SCROLL (UP/DOWN) BUTTONS to navigate through the six (6) basic menu items to the SETPOINTS menu. — Push the SELECT (ENTER) BUTTON to choose the SETPOINTS menu. — Navigate through the multiple levels of SETPOINTS by pushing the SCROLL (UP/ DOWN) BUTTONS. — To change a specific parameter in the SETPOINTS menu, press the SELECT (ENTER) BUTTON to display its current value. Press the SCROLL (UP/DOWN) BUTTONS to change or increase/decrease value. Press the SELECT (ENTER) BUTTON to save the new customized value — "CHANGE STORED" will be displayed. Press the SELECT (ENTER) BUTTON again to return to current menu parameter. — For specific SETPOINTS level information, refer to Table 4. TABLE 4 SETPOINTS (Menu Levels) Menu Level Default Value Range Notes MAT SET 53°F 38°F to 65°F Mixed Air Temperature setpoint at which the economizer damper will begin to modulate to maintain setting LOW T LOCK 0°F -45°F to 80°F Low outdoor ambient temperature for compressor lockout DRYBLB SET 70°F 48°F to 80°F Maximum outdoor temperature setting for "free" economizer cooling ENTH CURVE ES3 ES1, ES2, ES3, ES4 or ES5 Enthalpy boundary "cures" for economizers using temp/humidity sensor, see "Enthalpy Settings" explanation MIN F'OS 10V 2 to 10 VDC Actuator vottage for Minimum Position— see Minimum Position Vent Setup NOTE below EXH1 50% 0 to 100% Setpoint for damper if exhaust fan is powered by economizer EXH2 6% 0 to 100% Setpoint for AUX output signal NOTE: At this point, the economizer assembly should be fully functional and ready for preliminary testing. 4. CHECKOUT: from the main screen, press the SCROLL (UP/DOWN) BUTTONS to navigate through the six (6) basic menu items to the CHECKOUT menu. — Push the SELECT (ENTER) BUTTON to choose the CHECKOUT menu. — Navigate through the multiple levels of CHECKOUT by pushing the SCROLL (UP/ DOWN) BUTTONS. — To perform a specific test in the CHECKOUT menu, press the SELECT(ENTER) BUTTON to choose a particular exercise, "RUN?" will appear. Press the SELECT (ENTER) BUTTON again to activate this exercise. After a short pause, "IN PROGRESS" will appear as the test activates. "DONE" will display after the test is complete. Press the MENU UP (EXIT) BUTTON to end the test and/or turn off the activated relay. — For specific CHECKOUT level information, refer to Table 5. NOTE: CHECKOUT functions bypass the normal 5- minute delay for compressor protection. Be sure to allow for enough time to pass between tests so the compressor is not damaged from extreme short -cycling. MINIMUM POSITION NOTE: Minimumposition setting has been preset to 10V which when connected to MC4000 Lead/Lag Controller System will allow economizer to drive wide open per emergency ventilation strategy as detailed in MC4000 Instructions. This may require resetting to a lower value per job specifications. Manual 2100-575B Page 19 of 25 TABLE 5 CHECKOUT (Menu Levels) Checkout Item Checkout Test DAMPER VMIN-HS Positions damper to the minimum amount of opening allowed by actuator DAMPER VMAX-HS Opens damper to the MIN POS level indicated in the SETPOINTS menu. See Minimum Position Ventilation Setup Procedure (Pg. 16) DAMPER OPEN Forces damper to full open position, energizes exhaust contacts DAMPER CLOSE Positions damper to completely closed position CONNECT Y1-O Forces Y1-OUTPUT to compressor CONNECT Y2-0 Forces Y2-OUTPUT to compressor CONNECT AUX Depending upon AUX OUT setting from SETUP menu: NONE — no action ERV — 24VAC out for ERV & NOT Economizer SYS — 24VAC out for alarm NOTE: Economizer assembly should be ready to put into service. At any point during operation, in economizer mode or idle, real-time information from sensors and integral components can be accessed from the STATUS menu. 5. STATUS: from the main screen, press the SCROLL (UP/DOWN) BUTTONS to navigate through the six (6) basic menu items to the STATUS menu. — Push the SELECT (ENTER) BUTTON to choose the STATUS menu. — Navigate through the multiple levels of STATUS by pushing the SCROLL (UP/DOWN) BUTTONS. — As the STATUS menu simply gives input/output information in real-time, there is no way to change or otherwise alter the displayed criteria. It is simply a window into the operation of the economizer controller. — For specific STATUS level information, refer to Table 6. NOTE: Upon power -up (or after power failure or low voltage condition), the controller will begin a 5-minute time delay before enabling mechanical cooling. TABLE 6 STATUS (Menu Levels) Menu Level Range Notes ECON AVAIL 'YES/NO Indicates if conditions are favorable for economizing ECONOMIZING YES/NO Indicates if economizer is actively economizing OCCUPIED YES/NO Indicates if dedicated 24V occupied signal is being received on terminal OCC HEAT PUMP COOLJHEAT Displays actual compressor use if in HEAT PUMP mode COOL Y1-IN ON/OFF Indicates if 24V signal is being received on terminal Y1-I COOL Y1-OUT ON/OFF Displays if controller is actively calling for mechanical compressor cooling (24V on Y1-0) COOL Y2-IN ON/OFF Indicates if 24V signal is being received on terminal Y2-I COOL Y2-OUT ON/OFF Displays if controller is actively calling for Stg. 2 cooling (24V on Y2-O) MA TEMP 0° to 140°F Current mixed air temp OA TEMP -40° to 140°F Current outdoor air temp OA HUM 0% to 100% Current outdoor air humidity for economizers using temp/humidity sensor DAMPER OUT 2.0 to 10.0 Displays voltage to actuator ACT POS 0 to 100% Current % of opening ACT COUNT N/A Current count of actuator cycles from installation ACTUATOR OK YES/NO Indicates potential fauht EXH1 OUT ON/OFF Output of EXH1 Terminal MECH COOL ON 0, 1, or 2 Stages of mechanical cooling currently active NOTE: If there are any potential problems recognized by the economizer controller, it may be registered in the form of an alarm in the ALARM(S) menu. If there is a period of inactivity AND there is an alarm registering, the controller will randomly scroll through the ALARM(S) menu items as a screensaver. Manual 2100-575B Page 20 of 25 ENTHALPY SETTINGS If economizer is enthalpy-based, and was shipped with the temp/humidity sensor, the economizer must be programmed for the specific enthalpy curve boundary desired for "free" outdoor cooling. The available enthalpy boundaries are all subject to specific OA temperature, OA humidity, and OA dew points. If all of the OA conditions are below the specific points outlined in each boundary, the conditions are good to economize and economizer mode is set to "YES". If some or all the OA conditions are above the specific points outlined in each boundary, the conditions are not good to economize and the economizer mode is set to "NO". ES3 is Factory Default Enthalpy Curve Temp. Dry Bulb (°F) Temp. Dewpoint (°F) Enthalpy (btu/lb/da) Point P1 Point P2 Temp. °F H ucymRidHity Temp. °F H ou/mRi diii ty ES1 80,0 60.0 28.0 80.0 36.8 66.3 80.1 ES2 75.0 57.0 26.0 75.0 39.6 63.3 80.0 ES3 70.0 54.0 24.0 70.0 42.3 59.7 81.4 ES4 65.0 51.0 22.0 65.0 44.8 55.7 84.2 ES5 60.0 48.0 20.0 60.0 46.9 51.3 88.5 HL 86.0 66.0 32.4 86.0 38.9 72.4 80.3 ALARM(S): from the main screen, press the SCROLL (UP/DOWN) BUTTONS to navigate through the six (6) basic menu items to the ALARM(S) menu. - Push the SELECT (ENTER) BUTTON to choose the ALARM(S) menu. - Navigate through the current alarms in ALARM(S) by pushing the SCROLL (UP/DOWN) BUTTONS. - Once the alarm has been identified, and the cause has been removed (e.g. replaced faulty sensor), the alarm may erase itself. If a manual alarm -erasing is required, it can be cleared from the display by navigating to the desired alarm arid pressing the SELECT (ENTER) BUTTON to choose that specific alarm. "ERASE?" will display. Press the SELECT (ENTER) BUTTON again. "ALARM ERASED" will appear. Press the MENU UP (EXIT) BUTTON to complete the action and return to the previous menu. - For specific ALARM(S) information, refer to Table 7. TABLE 7 ALARMS (Examples) Alarm(s) Notes MA T SENS ERR Malfunctioning mixed air sensor OA T SENS ERR Malfunctioning outdoor air sensor ACT STALLED Actuator cannot reach desired percentage of opening SYS ALARM If AUX is set to SYS in SETPOINTS menu, SYS will display upon any registered alarm NOTE: This is not a complete list of alarms. Additional alarms will display depending upon the parameter settings and configuration and attached equipment. Manual 2100-575B Page 21 of 25 ECONOMIZER SEQUENCE OF OPERATION FIGURE 13 100% OUTSIDE AIRFLOW PATH Condition — Cool / Dry OA Conditions • 1" Stage Cooling closes and sends signal to JADETM control. Since the air temperature outside is cooler than the preset DRYBULB SET setting, or is below the ENTH CURVE boundary in the SETPOINTS menu, the actuator will power the economizer damper to "economizer" mode as the indoor blower motor starts. The mixed air sensor senses a mixture of return air and cool outdoor air and modulates opening to achieve preset MAT SET setting in SETPOINTS menu. MIST Compressor operation is inhibited. (See Figure 13.) ELIMINATOR • 2" Stage Cooling closes and sends a signal to JADETM control, which closes the Y1-0 relay to begin mechanical cooling. The economizer damper REMAINS OPEN in tandem operation with the compressor as long as the OA conditions do not drop below the preset DRYBULB SET/ ENTH CURVE settings in the SETPOINTS menu. (See Figure 14.) • 3rd Stage Cooling (if available) closes and sends a signal to JADETM control, which closes the Y2-0 relay to begin 2" stage mechanical cooling. The economizer damper REMAINS OPEN in tandem operation with the compressor as long as the temperature outside does not drop below the preset DRYBULB SET setting in the SETPOINTS menu. (See Figure 14.) Condition — Warm / Humid OA Conditions • 1 Stage Cooling closes and sends signal to JADETM control. Since the OA conditions are above the preset DRYBULB SET/ENTH CURVE setting in the SETPOINTS menu, the control will simply close the Y1-0 relay to initiate mechanical cooling. The economizer damper will remain closed or in a minimum ventilation setting depending upon occupied status. (See Figure 15.) • 2" Stage Cooling (if available) closes and sends a signal to JADETM control. Since the OA conditions are still above than the preset DRYBULB SET/ENTH CURVE setting in the MIST SETPOINTS menu, the control will simply close ELIMINATOR RETURN AIR the Y2-0 relay to initiate 2" stage mechanical cooling. The economizer damper will remain OUTDOOR AIR EXHAUST AIR closed or in a minimum ventilation setting depending upon occupied status. (See Figure 15.) OUTDOOR AIR EXHAUST AIR SUPPLY AIR --AIR FILTER RETURN AIR MIS-2938 B FIGURE 14 MIXED AIRFLOW PATH COOLING COIL SUPPLY AIR CONDENSER AIR CONDENSER COIL MIS-2936 a Manual 2100-575B Page 22 of 25 FIGURE 15 100% CLOSED LOOP AIRFLOW PATH COOLING COIL AIR FILTER MIST ELIMINATOR DAMPER BLADE CONDENSER AIR CONDENSER COIL— Yo AIR MIS-2937 B ECONOMIZER FEATURES • One piece construction — easy to install. Direct - drive actuator eliminates linkage. • Exhaust air damper — built in with positive closed position. Provides exhaust air capability to prevent pressurization of tight buildings. • JADETM controller provides nearly limitless customization on a solid, intuitive electronic platform. • Actuator Motor —24 volt, power -open, spring - return, direct -coupled with stall protection. Self - centering shaft clamp and access cover facilitate ease of replacement/maintenance. • Proportioning -type control — for maximum "free" cooling economy and comfort with up to 100% outside air. • Drybulb sensor to monitor outdoor air temperature. • Minimum Ventilation Position available for required ventilation of occupants or dilution of pollutants. • Mixed air sensor to monitor outdoor and return air to automatically modulate damper position. Manual 2100-575B Page 23 of 25 c c Economizer Operation for Single Stage: THERMOSTAT/CONTROL CALLS FOR 15T STAGE COOLING OA CONDITIONS ABOVE DRYBULB OR ENTHALPY CURVE SETPOINTS MECHANICAL COOLING BEGINS, ECON. DAMPER CLOSED OR MIN, POSITION CONDITIONED SPACE LOAD IS PICKED UP BY MECHANICAL COOLING THERMOSTAT IS SATISFIED AND SYSTEM SHUTS DOWN OA CONDITIONS BELOW DRYBULB OR ENTHALPY CURVE SETPOINT ECONOMIZER ONLY OPERATION, MAT SENSOR ATTEMPTS TO MAINTAIN PRESET DISCHARGE AIR TEMP. IS ADDITIONAL COOLING REQ'D? CONDITIONED SPACE LOAD IS PICKED UP BY ECONOMIZER THERMOSTAT IS SATISFIED AND SYSTEM SHUTS DOWN 4, MECHANICAL COOLING BEGINS, ECON DAMPER REMAINS OPEN CONDITIONED SPACE LOAD IS PICKED UP BY ECONOMIZER AND MECHANICAL COOL THERMOSTAT IS SATISFIED AND SYSTEM SHUTS DOWN Manual 2100-575B Page 24 of 25 C Economizer Operation for Two Stage: YES 2ND STAGE MECHANICAL COOLING BEGINS, ECON DAMPER CLOSED OR MIN. POSITION ♦ CONDITIONED SPACE LOAD IS PICKED UP BY MECHANICAL COOLING THERMOSTAT/CONTROL CALLS FOR 1ST STAGE COOLING 1 OA CONDITIONS ABOVE DRYBULB OR ENTHALPY CURVE SETPOINT 1ST STAGE MECHANICAL COOLING BEGINS, ECON. DAMPER CLOSED OR MIN. POSITION IS ADDITIONAL COOLING REQ'D? CONDITIONED SPACE LOAD IS PICKED UP BY MECHANICAL COOLING THERMOSTAT IS SATISFIED AND SYSTEM SHUTS DOWN OA CONDITIONS BELOW DRYBULB OR ENTHALPY CURVE SETPOINT ECONOMIZER ONLY OPERATION, MAT SENSOR ATTEMPTS TO MAINTAIN PRESET DISCHARGE AIR TEMP. 1 IS ADDITIONAL COOLING REQ'D? NO CONDITIONED SPACE LOAD IS PICKED UP BY ECONOMIZER THERMOSTAT IS SATISFIED AND SYSTEM SHUTS DOWN CONDITIONED SPACE LOAD IS PICKED UP BY ECONOMIZER AND MECHANICAL COOL NO THERMOSTAT IS SATISFIED AND SYSTEM SHUTS DOWN YES 1ST STAGE MECHANICAL COOLING BEGINS, ECON DAMPER REMAINS OPEN IS ADDITIONAL COOLING REQ'D? 1 YES 1 2ND STAGE MECHANICAL COOLING BEGINS, ECON DAMPER REMAINS OPEN 1 CONDITIONED SPACE LOAD IS PICKED UP BY ECONOMIZER AND MECHANICAL COOL Manual 2100-575B Page 25 of 25 Sure-Lites DESCRIPTION The LPX combo series is a UL 924 code compliant solution for exit and emergency requirements and is designed to operate for a minimum of 90 minutes during a power outage. Features include a polycarbonate housing, LED sources for both the exit letters and the emergency heads, as well as a labor saving self -diagnostic option that automatically performs required NFPA testing. The Exit is field configurable for either red or green letters. The LED emergency heads are available with 25 feet or 50 feet of egress coverage. The LED sources and nickel cadmium battery require no maintenance. Product options include exits or combos with remote capacity that can be used for extended run times or to power Sure-Lites SRP/SRM LED remotes. SPECIFICATION FEATURES Prepared by Electrical General Features - Field selected red and green sign letters standard on all units (units shipped red, field convertible to green with supplied parts). - Dual Voltage Input 120/277 VAC, 60 Hz - 240 VAC capable with 48 hour rechargable time - Sure-Lites EZ Key patented external battery disconnect feature — prevents unnecessary battery drainage, saves on installation time Solid-state voltage limited charger - Brownout circuit - Low -voltage disconnect - Test switch/power indicator light - Standard 24 hour recharge time (max) - Self -Diagnostic feature available as an option - Laser test capability with Self - Diagnostic Remote Capacity - Remote capacity is available in the combo (3 watts) or the exit (5 watts) - Remote capable versions are compatible with the Sure-Lites SRM and SRP series LPXC Emergency Heads - LED emergency heads are available with 100 lumens/head (25 feet of coverage) or 200 lumens/head (50 feet of coverage) of emergency light output. - Heads can be mounted to top or sides of exit Housing Construction - All components are injection molded, color stable, high impact UL 94-5VA rated polycarbonate material - White or black textured finish standard - Components are of snap -fit construction to enable under 5-minute installation - Molded -in wireways facilitate internal wire routing and connections - Field adjustable snap -out or snap -in chevron directional indicators have full 3/4" stroke - Knockout provided on housing for surface attachment mount install - Universal exits can be field configured as single face or double face - Snap -fit canopy with captive mounting screws included with all exits 19 3/4" [502 ] 13" [330 ] 2 1/8" [54] LPX - Combo can be ceiling, wall, or end mounted - Universal J-box mounting pattern. Code Compliance - UL 924 Listed - UL Damp Location (0° C - 40° C) - Life Safety NFPA 101 - NEC/OSHA - Most State and Local Codes - California Energy Code Warranty - Fixture: 5-Year - Battery: 7-year pro-rata 13" LISTED N FPA irto 40°C operating temperature range T20lit17:At;pa'nfre0:tabase, 1/8" 54 LPXC SERIES POLYCARBONATE COMBO SURFACE MOUNT LED LAMPS EMERGENCY EXIT LIGHTING SELF DIAGNOSTICS REMOTE CAPACITY NICKEL CADMIUM BATTERY ENERGY DATA Input Voltage E'T•N Powering Business Worldwide TD505032EN 2017-9-1 Sure-Lites LPXJLPXC SEMES CATALOG LOGIC LPXC = LED polycarbonate Combo Coverage 25 = 25 feet Remote Capacity Color = 0 watts = white R3 = 3 watts Self Diagnostics = no self diagnostics SD = self diagnostics Full Catalog L. gic LPXC25, LPXC25R3, LPXC25SD, LPXC25R3SD LPXC = LED polycarbonate Combo 25 = 25 feet = 0 watts R3 = 3 watts BK = black SD = self diagnostics ( standard ) LPXC25BKSD, LPXC25R3BKSD LPXC = LED polycarbonate Combo 50 = 50 feet not available = white -E-3K = black SD = self diagnostics ( standard ) LPXC5OSD, LPXC5OBKSD LPX = LED polycarbonate Exit not applicable R5 = 5 watts = white -BK = black SD = self diagnostics ( standard ) LPXR5SD, LPXR5BKSD REMOTE LOGIC IIIIIIIIIIIIIIMMIIIIIIIISEL Series Outdoor Capable Remotes Illg:=IIIIIIIIE;21 Single Head Remotes Double Head Remotes Catalog number II. SRP/SRM25 SRP/SRM30 SRP25D/ SRP500/ SRP60D/ SRM25D SRM5OD SRM6OD Watts Consumed IIIIIMIIIIIIIIIIIIIIMIIIIICMIII 4.1 MillMIlliglialln. Catalog Number ..„..._ Remote # of SRPA29 Watts remotes Available fixture will power # of SRP/ SRM13 remotes fixture will power # of SRP/ SRM25 remotes fixture will L power # of SRP/ SRM30 remotes fixture will power #ofSRP25D/ SRM25D remotes fixture will power # of SRPSOD/ SRM50D remotes fixture will power # of SRP6OD/ SRM6OD remotes fixture will power LPXC25R3 3 NA I 2 1 NA 1 NA NA LPXR5 5 1 4 2 1 2 _i 1 NA e ' - - L _ SRP SRPD S R NI SRMD ,:-- , - • - , - ---.0, SRPA WHITE EiliToN Powering Flawless SRPA BLACK SRPA BRONZE SRPA SILVER Worldwde Sure-Lites LPX/I..PXC SERIES PHOTOMETRY LPXC25 1/' a',44 ..,..----,-77;, / ' " 7" , I. ,i. 1,, f ,,, , I ,'t 1 ' / , 25 ft, 25ft 4EZ X Orient Tilt -0.5 0.25 7.5 125 27 0.5 0.25 7.5 55 27 16.5 0.211 7.5 125 27 17.5 0.212 7.5 55 27 33.5 0.172 7.5 125 27 34.5 0.173 7,5 55 27 50.5 0.132 7.5 125 27 51.5 0.135 I 7.5 55 27 67.5 0.093 7.5 125 27 68.5 0.096 ' 7.5 55 27 84.5 0.054 7.5 125 27 85.5 0.058 7.5 55 27 101.5 0.015 7.5 125 27 102.5 0,019 7.5 55 27 I.PXC50 SO ft FE 24.25 0.33 7.5 158 40 24.75 0,33 7.5 22 40 74.75 0.3 7.5 22 40 74.25 0.292 7.5 158 40 "*The "Rule of Thumb" spacing guidelines are designed to achieve 1 foot-candle average and 0.1 foot-candle minimum with a 40:1 maximum/minimum ratio. The corridor used is 100 feat long, 9 foot ceiling with a 6 foot wide walkway and 3 foot path of egress. The reflectances are BO °/a ceiling, 50 % walls and 2 0 % floors. The fixture mounting height is 7.5 feet. Eaton assumes no responsibility for local requirements or specific project variables. This is a guideline to be used as a design aid, not as guarantee of any code compliance. E AT•N Powering Business 1VOlktvVid0 Sure-L es LRX/LPXC SERIES c TECHNICAL DATA Exit Lamps LPXC Series Exits use energy efficient, long life LED's to provide uniform diffuse illumination of the exit face. These red and green LEDs require no maintenance and consume less than one watt, on average. The LED's are powered from AC input during normal operation and from the battery during a power outage. Emergency Heads The LPXC series features long life LED's for the emergency source. These LED's require no maintenance and are available with 100 lumens/ head or 200 lumens/head output. The heads are adjustable and can be mounted on the top or side of the exit housing. Housing Construction Rugged, durable, injection molded polycarbonate materials are used throughout the LPXC Series. All structural components are designed with reinforcing ribs to add additional rigidity and to maximize structural integrity. These materials are impact and scratch resistant, and they have been UV stabilized to resist discoloration due to age and ultraviolet radiation. All components are designed to be of snap -fit construction - no mechanical fasteners — to facilitate installation in under 5-minutes. Any components required for installation (wirenuts, wire leads, universal metal J-box bracket, etc.) are all included. The universal design of the LPXC Series enables exits to be configured as single face or double face in the fieicl. All LPXC series Combo's can be wall, ceiling, or end mounted; a rugged, snap -fit, low profile canopy with captive screws is included with every exit for ceiling and end mounting application. EZ Key Laser tester Part Number = LASER (sold separately) Lens Lenses for the LPXC Series are made from durable, impact resistant polycarbonate. All exit faces are designed with full 3/4" stroke snap -out or snap -in chevron directional indicators to insure maximum visibility and compliance with the latest codes. Units come with red lenses installed and green lenses included for field selectable red or green signs. Brownout Circuit The brownout circuit on Sure-Lites' exits monitors the flow of AC current to the exit and activates the emergency lighting system when a predetermined reduction of AC power occurs. This dip in voltage can cause fixtures to extinguish resulting in a loss of normal lighting even though a total power failure has not occurred. Solid -State Transfer The LPXC Series incorporates solid-state switching which eliminates corroded and pitted contacts or mechanical failures associated with relays. The switching circuit is designed to detect a loss of AC voltage and automatically energizes the lamps using DC power. Upon restoration of AC power, the DC power will be disconnected and the charger will automatically recharge the battery, Low Voltage Disconnect When the battery's terminal voltage falls, the low -voltage circuitry disconnects the lighting load. The disconnect remains in effect until normal utility power is restored, preventing deep battery discharge. EZ Key — External Power Disconnect The EZ Key is an external power disconnect. The patent EZ Key technology keeps the battery disconnected during the construction cycle. This prevents battery wear and ensures the battery maintains its charge for the inspection process. Simply remove the key once the building is commissioned. Test Switch/Power Indicator Light A test switch located on the side of the exit permits the activation of the emergency circuit for a complete operational systems check. The Power Indicator Light provides visual assurance that the AC power is on. Sealed Nickel Cadmium Battery Sure-Lites sealed nickel cadmium batteries are maintenance -free with a life expectancy of 10 years. The sealed rechargeable nickel cadmium battery offers high discharge rates and stable performance over a wide range of temperatures, from 0° C to 40° C (32 F to 104 F), Self Diagnostics Option The self -diagnostic unit will automatically perform all tests required by UL924, and NFPA 101. The system indicates the status of the fixture at all times using the LED indicator near the test switch on the side of the unit. A 90 minute battery power (emergency mode) simulation test will occur every 12 months. A 30 second battery power simulation test will occur every 30 days. Laser Test The Self -Diagnostic option include a laser pointer testing cability. Activation of the photocell test button with a laser pointer will simulate loss of AC power and engage the emergency operation of the exit and emergency heads. Warranty All Sure-Lites' products are backed by a firm five-year warranty against defects in material and workmanship. Maintenance -free, long -life, sealed nickel cadmium batteries carry a seven- year pro-rata warranty. EIT•N Powering Mimes Worldwide Sure-Lites LPX/LPXC SERIES SELF DIAGNOSTIC TESTING OPERATIONS The Sure-Lites Eagle Eye Self Diagnostics is continuously monitoring your emergency fixture, and will signal any failure through the 3 color indicator LED. Initial Operation: When the unit is first powered up it will go into a 24 hour fast charge and the indicator LED will pulse green. Once the unit has fully charged it will perform a self calibration. After self calibration, the LED will change to steady green indicating the unit is fully charged and float charging the battery to maintain readiness. Automatic Testing: The unit will perform a battery capacity, lamp/LED, and charge circuit test every 30 days for 30 seconds. During this time, the indicator LED will change to a steady yellow. It will perform a full battery capacity (90 minute) test once per year. During this time, the indicator LED will change to a blinking yellow. Manual Testing: • 10 Second "Installation" test — Press and release the test button once during fast charge (blinking green) to initiate a 10 second quick test. The sign will switch to emergency mode for 10 seconds allowing the installer to verify proper installation of the unit, and the LED indicator will turn solid yellow. • 30 Second Test - Press and release the test button once during float charge (steady green), The indicator LED will turn steady yellow to indicate the unit is performing a 30 second test of the batteries and lamps/LEDs. • 90 Minute Test - Press and release the test button a second time during a 30 second test (steady yellow) to change to a 90 minute test. During this test, the LED indicator will change to blinking yellow, and the circuit will perform a full battery capacity, charge circuit, and LED test. • Canceling Test — Press and release the test button during the 90 minute test (flashing yellow) to return the fixture to its original state (fast charge or float charge) Laser Test: The SEL SD products are equipped with a Laser Test function that allows the unit to be manually tested without the need to physically press the test button. Shining a laser pointer in the hole marked "LASER TEST" on the bottom of the unit has the same effect as a press and release of the test button. Clearing Failure Codes: • A battery failure (LED two blink red) can be cleared by replacing the battery. Disconnecting the battery and AC power, or performing a full 90 minute discharge will reset the error code, however, it will return if the battery is faulty • Charge Circuit (LED three blink red) and lamp/LED failure (LED four blink redl will clear when the unit successfully passes a manual or automatic 30 second test. SELF DIAGNOSTIC TESTING OPERATIONS Indicators: • LED Off - No power to unit, emergency mode. • LED Steady Green - Unit is fully charged and is float charging the battery to maintain readiness. • LED Green Pulse - Unit is in a 24 hour fast charge of the battery. • LED Two Blink Red - Battery has failed a capacity test, or the battery is disconnected. See "Clearing Failure Codes" above. • LED Three Blink Red - Battery charge circuit has failed. See "Clearing Failure Codes" above. • LED Four Blink Red - Lamps have burned out, or on an EXIT/Combo, 50% or more of the LEDs have failed. See "Clearing Failure Codes" above. • LED Steady Yellow - 30 second test or 10 second quick test (Fast Charge only). • LED Blinking Yellow - 90 minute test. Maintenance: None required. Replace the batteries as needed according to ambient conditions. However, we recommend that the equipment be tested regularly in accordance with local codes. OFF - EMERGENCY MODE / POWER OFF STEADY BLINK • GREEN - FAST CHARGE STEADY GREEN - FULL/FLOAT CHARGE STEADY YELLOW - QUICK TEST STEADY BLINK YELLOW - 90 MINUTE TEST O. 2 BLINK RED - BATTERY FAILURE 3 BLINK RED - CHARGE CIRCUIT FAILURE 11140411. 4 BLINK RED - LAMP/ LED FAILURE J Eaton E:T•N lea Highway G 307 Peachvee City, GA 30259 P. 770-485-4800 Powering Business Worldwide wvw.eaton.corrAghting Specifics ons and dimensions subject to change without notice. TD505©32EN 2017-9-6 C C OrA L/THON/A L/GHT/NG° FEATURES & SPECIFICATIONS INTENDED USE — Built an the compact, low -profile Z strip channel, this LED strip offers long maintenance -free life, several color temperatures, lumen outputs and lengths. Ideal for new construc- tion and retrofit applications in T5 and T8 lengths. Ideal for uptight and downlight in commercial, retail, manufacturing, warehouse, cove and display applications, Certain airborne contaminants can diminish the integrity of acrylic and/or polycarbonate. Click here for Acrylic-Polycarbonate Compatibility table for suitable uses. CONSTRUCTION — Compact -design channel and cover are formed from code -gauge cold -rolled steel. Easy to install row aligner induded for continuous row mounting. Finish: Paint options include high -gloss, baked white enamel (WH), galvanized (GALV), matte black (MB) and smoke gray(5KGY),Afterfabrication,five-stageironphosphatepre-treatmentensuressuperiorpaint adhesion and rust resistance, OPTICS —Standard diffuse snap on/snap off lens eliminates pixels, improves uniformity and minimizes glare. L/LENS option available. ELECTRICAL — L70>60,000hours. Utilizes high -output LEDs integrated an a two -layer circuit board, ensuring cool -running operation.Optional internal pluggablewiring harnessforreduced laborcostinrow mounting applications. (See PLR_ ordering information on page 3.) Electronic LED driver is rated for 75 input watts maximum (see Operational Data on page two for actual wattage consumption), multi -volt input and 0-10V dimming standard. This fixture is designed to withstand a maximum line surge of 1,5kV at0,75kA combination wave for indoor locations, for applications requiring higher level of protec- tion additional surge protection must he provided. LEDs provide nominal 80 (RI at 3000 K, 3500 K,4000 K, or 5000 K. Lumen output up to 2,000 lumens per foot. In 86°F (30°C) ambient environments. Luminaire should be installed in applications where ambient temperatures do not exceed 86°F (30°C), INSTALLATION — Tool -less channel cover for easy installation. Fixture may be surface mounted (with or without ZSPRG hanger), pendant or stem mounted with appropriate mounting options. Three-point aligner locks in place for easy continuous row mounting. LISTINGS — CSA certified to US and Canadian safety standards, For use in damp locations between -4°F (-20°C) and 86°F (30°C). DesignLights Consortium® (DLC) qualified product. Not all versions of this product may be DLC quali- fied. Please check the DLC Qualified Products List at www.designlights,org to confirm which versions are qualified. WARRANTY — 5-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at: www,acuitybrands.com/(ustomerResources/Terms and conditions.asax Note: Actual performance may differ as a result of end -user environment and application. All values are design or typical values, measured under laboratory conditions at 25 °(. Specifications subject to change without notice, Catalog Number Notes Type LED Striplight ZL1N 24", 48" and 96" Lengths L/lens Lensed Capable Luminaire This item is an A+ capable luminaire, which has been designed and tested to provide consistent color appearance and out -of -the -box control compatibility with simple commissioning. All configurations of this luminaire meet the Acuity Brands' specification for chromatic consistency This luminaire is part of an A+ Certibed solution for nLight' or XPoint' Wireless control networks marked by a shaded background* To learn more about A+, visit www,acuitybrands.com/aplus. *See ordering tree for details INDUSTRIAL ZL1N Page 1 of 6 ZL1N LED Striplight 4 \ A+ Capable options indicated �'� by this color background. ORDERING INFORMATION will vat deaendinr nn options selected. Consult with your sales representative. Exampile: ZL1N L48 3000LM FST MVOLT 40K 80CRI WH Seriex � ZL1N LED striplight L ngth " L24 24" e rg Reflectors (blank) Less reflector SMR Symmetric » . a , 'Nominal ntens 1500LM 1,500Iumens' 2500LM 2,500 lumens' 35OOLM 3,500lumens DIff t,, s .. " FST Snap onfroted,diffuse L/LENS No diffuser SBLFST Straight blade louver with snap on frosted, diffuse ;Voltage MVOLT 120-277V 120 120V 208 208V 240 240V 277 277V 347 347V' 480 480V' L46 46" L48 48" (blank) Less reflector ASR Asymmetric (L48 only) SMR Symmetric 3000LM 3,000 Iumens 5000LM 5,000lumens 7000LM 7,000lumens TZL1N LED striplight L92 92" L96 96" (blank) Less reflector SMR Symmetric 6000LM 6,000lumens 100001M 10,000lumens 14000LM 14,000 Iumens , .`ye ., y k tolortemperature L 30K 3000K ' .Y'`a.„ Y 4' ez or en 80CRI 80CRI /'�N FvaQ2' t 5 `c „ Y5 3"' kid �: h yi Option r w.., PLR Plug-inwiring5` fi i,h�'�e',+ "'.�k g 7 a�R,. h...'e me.'iM ' .<4n� Cordsets15 ',t" yamJzLyL sPalotfin3sh r,t... WH White GALV Galvanized MB Matte black SKGY Smoke gray 35K 3500 K 40K 4000 K 50K 5000 K 90CRI 90 (RI PLR1LVG Plug-in wiring -low voltage' E7W Emergency battery pack, 7W (not available for California)'-' 2E7W Two Emergency battery packs, 7W (not available for California)7" E1OWLCP Emergency battery pack, 10W Linear Constant Power, CA Title 20 compliant?:' 2E1OWLCP Two Emergency battery packs, 10W Linear Constant Power, CA Title 20 Compliant'd'9 E15WLCP Emergency battery pack, 15W Linear Constant Power, CA Title 20 compliant'," OUTEND Cord set to exit endplate of fixture CS1W Straight plug, 120V CS3W Twist -lock, 120V (57W Straight plug, 277V (S11W Twist -lock, 277V CS25W Twist -lock, 347V (S97W Twist -lock, 480V CS93W 600V SEOOW white cord, nu plug (no voltage required) HC36 ZACVH ZLANGBKT SQ_ NPP16D LSXR ZSPRG WGZ24 WGZ48 ZLR L24 SYM UPL WH ZLR L24 SYM WH ZLR 146 SYM UPL WH ZLR L46 SYM WH ZLR L48 ASY WH ZLR L48 SYM UPL WH ZLR L48 SYM WH ZLR L92 SYM UPLWH ZLR L92 SYM WH ZLR L96 SYM UPL WH ZLR L96 SYM WH Hanger chain, 36" Aircraft cable 10' (one pair) Luma-tilt'" angle bracket for shelf or ledge mounting only Stern kit, 2" increments up to 48" nLight° switching/dimming module Sensor Switch® LSXR occupancy sensor' For 15/16" T-grid only 24" wireguard, white 48" wireguard, white" 24" symmetric reflector with uplight, white finish 24" symmetric reflector, white finish 46" symmetric reflector with uplight, white finish 46" symmetric reflector, white finish 48" asymmetric reflector, white finish 48" symmetric reflector with uplight, white finish 48" symmetric reflector, white finish 92" symmetric reflector with uplight, white finish 92" symmetric reflector, white finish 96" symmetric reflector with uplight, white finish 96" symmetric reflector, white finish Notes 1 Optional. Reflectors ship separately. 2 3oeoperational Data an page 3 tora(tual lumens. 3 Not available with 0-10Vdimming option. 4 Nbtavailable with 124,24"fixture. 347Vand 480Vutilize a step-down transformer. 5 See ordering Information on page Si 6 hint available with cordsets. 7 Not available with L24,24"fixture. See spec sheet P51055LCP, 8915551CP and PS750L for more information. 8 Must specify voltage. 120, 208,240 or 277V. 9 00lyavailable with the 8'(96")fixtures. 10 Cnrdsets exit back of fixture unless UPEND option is specified. 11 07der 2 for tandem double length fixtures (MIN). Must specify voltage (not required when ordering (S93W). INDUSTRIAL ZL1N Page 2 of 6 ZL1N LED Striplight OPERATIONAL DATA epacka9e( Nammal,, *lumen i «> - Length inc hes„,`,,ambienftemperature �)`: Delivered Lumens 3000 j KCCT@77 F(25 C)' mp z... Dellve d lumen53500 KCCT@77 F (25°S ambtenttemperature Delivered Lumens,4000 KCCT@77 F(25 C) aAb ttemperature ,; Delivered Lumens 50001, `:iKCCT@77°F(25 CJ � amblenttemperpire Watta e ° a g xt' w@� _ Ll Ic .ComparableLightSource 2�t r',69CRI r 6120V/277V, i'90CRI- 80CRI OCRI .x80CRI 914I, 7i80CRI1, a 1500LM 24 1738 1409 1777 1467 1804 1494 1871 1528 15 1-lamp 17W T8 2500LM 24 2265 1846 2315 1900 2351 1947 2438 1991 19 1-lamp 17W T8 3500LM 24 3586 2924 3666 3026 3723 3084 3860 3152 31 1-lamp 32W18,1-l8mp 54W T5H0, SOW HID 3000LM 46 or48 3172 2586 3243 2677 3293 2728 3415 2788 25 1-lamp 32W T8, 1-lamp 54W T5H0, 50W HID 5000LM 46 or 48 4417 3601 4515 3727 4585 3798 4754 3882 34 2-lamp 32W T8, 1-lamp 54W T5H0, 70W HID 7000LM 46or48 6535 5328 6681 5515 6785 5619 7035 5744 52 3-lamp32WT8,2-lamp54WT5H0,100WHID 6000LM 92 or 96 6561 5349 6708 5537 6812 5642 7063 5767 48 3-lamp 32W T8, 2-lamp 54W T5H0, 100W HID 10000LM 92 or 96 8687 7082 8881 7331 9019 7470 9351 7636 68 4-lamp 32W T8, 2-lamp 54W T5H0, 100W HID 14000LM 92 or 96 12457 10513 12735 10665 12933 10711 13409 10949 104 4-lamp 32W T8, 3-lamp 54W T5H0, 150W HID di 2 c 1500LM 24 1881 1534 1923 1588 1953 1618 2025 1654 15 1-lamp 17W T8 2500LM 24 2452 1999 2506 2069 2545 2108 2639 2155 19 1-lamp17WT8 3500LM 24 3882 3165 3969 3276 4031 3338 4179 3412 31 1-lamp 32W T8, 1-lamp 54W T5H0, 50W HID 3000LM 46 or 48 3434 2800 3511 2898 3565 2953 3697 3019 25 1-lamp 32W T8, 1-lamp 54W T5H0, 50W HID 5000LM 460r48 4781 3898 4888 4035 4964 4111 5147 4203 34 2-lamp 32W T8, 1-lamp 54W T5H0, 70W HID 7000LM 46 or 48 7075 5768 7233 5971 7345 6083 7616 6219 52 3-lamp 32W T8, 2-13mp 54W T5H0, 100W HID 6000LM 92 or 96 7103 5791 7261 5995 7374 6108 7646 6243 48 3-l8mp 32W T8, 2-lamp 54W 15110,100W HID 10000LM 92 or 96 9404 7667 9614 7937 9764 8087 10123 8266 68 4-1amp 32W T8, 2-lamp 54W T5H0, 100W HID 14000LM 92 or 96 13485 10994 13786 11381 14001 11596 14516 11853 194 4-lamp 32W T8, 3-lamp 541N T5H0,150W HID DIMENSIONS All dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted, Specifications subject to change without notice. 2-1/8 15.4) 48 (122.01 PALLET DIMENSIONS Le gth z Approximate pwro m t '°F pales r kppr rmatepalIetdimerisions (LxwxN) L24 71bs. 408 46" X 51" X 3211/16" 146 11 lbs. 176 46"X51"X321/16" L48 12 lbs. 176 46" X 51" X 313/8" L92 221bs. 176 46" X 98 1/2" X 31 1/16" 196 24 lbs. 176 46" X 981 /2" X 311 /16" 2 2- 4 2-1/8 24 161.0) 24 (61.0) 1244.0) 2.1/8 (5.41 2-1/8 24 161.01 (122.0) 2-1/8 15 4) PHOTOMETRICS Please see www,lithonia,com INDUSTRIAL ZL1N Page 3 of 6 DIN LED Striplight REFLECTORS (optional) L24 Reflector 24.00 L48 Reflector 10.71-0 48.00 L96 Reflector 96.00 3.67 I- 10.70 PHOTOMETRICS Please see www.lithonia.com INDUSTRIAL ZL1N Page 4 of 6 ZL1N LED Striplight PRODUCT INFORMATION Advanced plug-in system with three -circuit capability. Available on industrial and strip products and a variety of architectural products mounted in continuous rows. 1, 2, 3 and 4-lamp fixtures. PLR22 (2-cir- cuit) and PLR33 (3-circuit) crossover harness switches hot circuit serving next fixture in row. Reduces fixture types on job for alternating circuit applications (see example below.) Easy one-step installation, saves up to 35% on labor costs. Expanded switching flexibility helps save energy. Rows can be 50% longer with two -circuit systems. Polarized, lock -together nylon connectors prevent miswiring in the field. 012 THHN conductor, rated 600V, 90°C. White neutral wire included. Grounding accomplished by fixture in -row connectors. CSA certified systems available with up to 2 circuits. G ground required. Note: Specifications subject to change without notice. ORDERING INFORMATION ad times wil depending on options selected. Consult with your sale entalive. Wiring PLR Advanced 3-Circuit Pluq In Series Number of hot wires i � ;` Branch circuits � :. ry. Dimming °r` ;' r � Ground _ = PLR (blank) Not required for 22or33 Circuits to which ballast is connected 8 Red wire LV Low -voltage dimming (blank) No ground in PLR PLR22 1 Black (blank) Not required for 22 or33 C Blue wire G Ground. Maximum 2 circuits PLR33 2 Black and red A Black wire 3 Black, red and blue Typical Applications • Multiple -circuit and single -circuit for longer continuous rows • Multiple -circuit with alternating fixtures on separate circuits, 2-circuit (PLR 22) and 3-circuit (PLR 33) • Multiple circuit with night -lights located along row as desired PLR3C (All PLR22) PLR3C PI:R3C PLR3C TYPICAL PLR28 APPUCAT PLR8 ONo 01.R28` PLA2B' `P1211 'PLR1'' Pt81 Circuit A Circuit B Circuit A Circuit 8 Circuit A Circuit B (:ircult A Circuit 8 Circuit A Circuit B Circuit A (All PLR33) CircuitA Circuit B Circuit ( Circuit A Circuit B Circuit C Circuit A Circuit 8 Circuit C Circuit A Circuit 8 PLR3A PLR3A PLR3A PLR3C PLR3B PLR38 I'LR313 PLR3C PLR3A PLR3A PLR3A PRODUCT INFORMATION A standard occupancy time delay is also present to ensure lights turn off (once minimum on timer has also elapsed) if no occupancy is detected. This timer isfactory set at 10 minutes to promote energy savings, but is adjustable between 30 seconds and 30 minutes, These adjustments maybe done through the unit's push-button. FEATURES • Four interchangeable lenses - high mount 360°, low mount 360°, high mount aisteway, and small motion 360°. • Integrated mounting bracket drops lens down 3" from chase nipple- no bracket accessory required. • 100% digital P1Rdetection - provides excellent RFimmunity Note: Specifications subject to change without notice. ORDERING INFORMATION Lead times will vary depending on options selected. Consult with your sales representative. Passive Infrared Indoor Occupancy Sensor LSXR Single Relay AMEIMIT Example: LSXR 10 ADC HVOLT 30M LSXR Series`' LSXR Passive Infrared Indoor Occupancy Sensor Lensaptton (blank) No lens 610 High and low mount 360° 6 High mount, 360' 650 High mount 360°andaisleway 10 Low mount, 360° 3PK High and low mount 360° and aisteway 50 High mount aisleway 4PK All lenses 9 Small motion,360° Dimming/ph'otoceil (blank) None HL High/low occupancy operation P Switching photocell (on/off) ADC Dimming and switching photocell ANL Dimming and switching photocell with high/low occupancy operation Voltage--, (blank) HVOLT 120-277 VAC (MVOLT) 347-480 VAC 'Max dim true( (blank) 10VDC 9H 9VDC 8H 8VDC 7H 7VDC Mtn dint level ; (blank) Minimum dimming level of ballast 1V 1 VDC 2V 2 VDC 3V 3VDC 4V 4VDC 5V 5 VDC 6V 6 VDC leadtength (blank) 14" 421 42" Temphumidity Y (blank) None LT Low temperature Defaiilttsm Bela Y (blank) 10 minutes (with minimum 15 minutes on time) 5M 5 minutes (LED only) 15M 15minutes 20M 20minutes 30M 30 minutes Far additional info€motion see wwwj(thanla.co INDUSTRIAL ZL1N Page 5 of 6 ZL1N LED Striplight c OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIE The Z Series fixture offers numerous options for almost every electrical and optical component, including a long list of field -installable accessories, HANGER CHAIN 36" chain with Y hanger. Order as: HC36 ZACVH HANGER 10' Aircraft cable with Y hanger, Order as: ZACVH WIRE GUARD Order as: WGZ24 WGZ48 ZSPRING HANGER Snap'n'lock design requiresnofasteners and can be used on T-grid ceiling or universal mounting systems. Order as: ZSPRG ANGLE MOUNTING BRACKET Luma-tilt`" angle bracket ships asa pair Order as: ZLANGBKT ON/A L/GHT/NG ZL1N INDUSTRIAL: One Lithonia Way, Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-315-4063 www,lithonia.com 4) 2013-2018 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved, Rev. 01/22/18 Page 6 of 6 C PERFECT SIZE MEETS SUPERIOR PERFORMANCE • LP3S and LP3M are available in 12-48VDC, 120VAC and 240VAC; LP3E in 120VAC • Surface mount, Edison mount, or integrated 1/2-inch NPT pipe mount • Five dome colors • Screw -on Tens provides easy access • Low profile — Model LP3S is only 5" high • Type 4X, IP66 enclosure • PLC and triac compatible • UL and cUL Listed, CSA Certified and CE Approved* * CE Approval for S and M models only. Streamline® Low Profile Strobe Light Models LP3S, LP3E, LP3M Model LP3 is a low profile strobe light. This Type 4X strobe is available in five colors: Amber, Blue, Clear, Green and Red. The LP3 is offered in three mounting configurations. The LP3S features a three -hole surface mount — ideal for control panels and other flat or flush surfaces. The LP3E features a standard A-19 medium Edison screw -in base. The LP3M features a 1/2" NPT male pipe mount and 18" wire leads. Both the LP3S and LP3M include a surface gasket to completethe Type 4X installation. An optional dome guard is available for use with the LP3M when installed flush with a panel. All LP3 units feature a unique threaded screw -on Tens to allow for tool free wiring and strobe tube replacement. The strobe tube is rated for 7,000 hours. LP3 comes in three voltage variations: 12-48VDC, 120VAC and 240VAC. The state-of-the-art strobe mechanism produces 2.2 joules of energy, while drawing relatively low amperage. StreamLine® strobes feature high -quality, long -life strobe tubes which are designed to reduce tungsten build-up for longer lamp maintenance cycles. Careful consideration is given to the relationship between tube shape and lens design for maximum light output. StreamLine products make use of surface mount technology, which provides a more powerful light in a much smaller package. The high - quality dry -electrolyte capacitor used in StreamLine products runs cooler than those used in many competitive strobes, resulting in a more reliable product that won't fail due to overheating. Model Voltage Operating Flash Rate/ Candela j;urrent Minute Peak' ECP2 LP3*-012/048** LP3*-120** LP3*-240** 12-48VDC 120VAC 240VAC 0.44-0.10 amps 0.10 amps 0.07 amps 65-95 65-95 65-95 175,000 51.5 175,000 51.5 175,000 51.5 *Indicates Mounting Style: (S) Surface Mount, (E) Edison A-19 Screw -in Base or (M) Male Pipe Mount ** Indicates color: (A) Amber, (B) Blue, (C) Clear, (G) Green or (R) Fled ' Peak candela is the maximum light intensity generated by a flashing light during its light pulse 2 ECP (Effective Candela) is the intensity that would appear to an observer if the light were burning steadily STREAMLINE° LOW PROFILE STROBE LIGHT (LP3S/LP3E/LP3M) LP3S 120° Power Connection Schematic 3x 0 .150" 0 2.50" 0 0.50" 1.75" 2x 0 .20 Dome Lens Gasket crew Custom Strobe Tube Snap -in Printed Circuit Board Assembly Surface Mount Housing Gasket Mounting A-19 Medium Edson Screw -in Base SPECIFICATIONS Lamp Lite: Light Source: Operating Temperature: Net Weight: Shipping Weight: Diameter: Height (from bottom): LP3S LP3E LP3M REPLACEMENT PARTS 7,000 Hours Strobe tube -31°F to 150°F 7.3 oz. 8.5 oz. 3.125" 5.0" 6.1" 5.8" 7,000 Hours Strobe tube -35°C to 66°C 206.96 g 240.98 g 79.5 mm 127.5 mm 154 mm 147.8 mm Description Lens, Amber Lens, Blue Lens, Clear Lens, Green Gasket Kit ' ' Includes gasket for LP3P, LP3S, and LP3T 2645 Federal Signal Dr., University Park, IL 60484 Tel: 708.534.4756 Part Number K8589063A K8589063A-01 K8589063A-02 K8589063A-03 K8589013A Fax: 708.534.4852 HOW TO ORDER • Specify model, voltage and color • Optional Accessories: Wire/Dome Guard (LP3G) for LP3S and LP3M www.federalsignal-indust.com Rev102012 STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTION MANUFACTURER'S BUILDING SIN: P3853 MANUFACTURER: EATON - OMAHA POWER CENTER MANUFACTURER'S NUMBER: M-652 MANUFACTURER'S ADDRESS: 3900 DAHLMAN AVE, OMAHA, NE 68107 STATE PLAN APPROVAL NUMBER: 15FBS1800XXX {TBD} STRUCTURAL SPECIAL INSPECTOR: MICHAEL C. STIEFERMANN, P.E. STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD: MICHAEL C. STIEFERMANN, P.E. This Statement of Special Inspection encompasses the structural discipline only. It is submitted as a condition for permit issuance in accordance with the Special Inspection and Structural Testing requirements of the Building Code. It includes a schedule of Special Inspection services applicable to this project. The Structural Special Inspector shall keep records of all structural inspections. Discovered discrepancies shall be brought to the immediate attention of the Contractor for correction. If such discrepancies are not corrected, the discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Building Official and the Structural Registered Design Professional in Responsible Charge. The Special Inspection program does not relieve the Contractor of his or her responsibilities. A Final Report of Special Inspections documenting completion of all required Special Inspections, testing and correction of any discrepancies noted in the inspections shall be submitted to the Building Official prior to issuance of a Certificate of Use and Occupancy. Job site safety and means and methods of construction are solely the responsibility of the Contractor. SEE SHEET No: 2, "NOTE" FOR STATEMENT • OF STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION (1) SCHEDULE OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONSISTRUCTURAL OBSERVATIONS - P3853 VERIFICATION & INSPECTIONIOBSERVATION EXTENT: (Continuous, Periodic, Submittal, or None) CODE REFERENCE(S) 2015 IBC COMMENTS DATE TASK COMPLETED I RESULTS Fabrication and Implementation Procedures Periodic 1704.2,5,1 Verify review of Quality Control procedures by Third - Party Inspection Agency PFS. Structural Steel Periodic 1705.2.1 Verify consistency with the structural calculations included in the Washington State Approved Plans and conformance with AWS Standards. Base Channel Welded Connections Verify consistency with AWS Standards Seismic -Force -Resisting System Periodic 1704,3.2, Verify consistency with the structural calculations 1704.6.1, included in the Washington State Approved Plans. 1705.12.3 Roof Panel Verify consistency with structural calculations Roof Truss Verify consistency with structural calculations Wall Panel Verify consistency with structural calculations Base Channel Verify consistency with structural calculations Roof Splice Connection Verify consistency with structural calculations Roof Panel to Roof Panel Connection Verify consistency with structural calculations Roof Panel to Wall Panel Connection Verify consistency with structural calculations Wall Panel to Wall Panel Connection Verify consistency with structural calculations Wall Panel to Base Connection Verify consistency with structural calculations Electrical Components and Their Anchorage Periodic 1704.3.2, Verify consistency with the structural calculations 1705.12.6 included in the Washington State Approved Plans. Switchgear_ Verify consistency with structural calculations NOTE: All periodic Special Inspections and Structural Observations will be performed during fabrication by the Registered Design Professional in Responsible Charge who completed the structural calculations and evaluation of the equipment enclosure. Welded connections of the base channels will be inspected by a AWS Certified Welding Inspector, STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS OBJECTIVE: To verify that a equipment enclosure for Boeing complies with the structural requirements of the 2015 International Building Code. The equipment enclosure is manufactured by Eaton's Omaha Power Center (EOPC Project Number P3853) and is to be sited at the Vault 28 Substation in Tukwila, Washington. METHODOLOGY: Structural calculations were prepared based upon the specified requirements. Loading parameters used in this evaluation are as follows. ASCE 7-10 Occupancy Category 3 Floor Live Load, 125 psf Roof Live Load, 30 psf Wind Velocity, V = 115 mph Exposure Category C Ground Snow Load, pg = 20 psf Exposure Category of Roof, Ce = 1.1 Thermal Factor, Ct = 1.0 Seismic Maximum Short Period Spectral Response Acceleration, Ss = 1.514 Seismic Maximum 1-Second Period Spectral Response Acceleration, Si = 0.578 Seismic Site Class D Acceleration -Based Site Coefficient, Fa = 1.0 Velocity -Based Site Coefficient, F, = 1.5 Seismic Design Category D CONCLUSIONS: The equipment enclosure complies with the specified structural requirements with the incorporation of the recommendations arising from this evaluation. EVALUATED BY: Michael C. Stiefermann, P.E. 221 County Road 427 Bonnots Mill, MO 65016 Washington P.E. License # 37264 Expiration Date 03/04/2019 DATE COMPLETED: October 3, 2018 STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS Boeing Vault 28 Substation Tukwila, Washington 27 kV Outdoor Metalclad Switchgear EOPC Project Number P3853 Prepared By: Michael C. Stiefermann, P.E. 221 County Road 427 Bonnots Mill, MO 65016 573-897-2530 Revision 0 10/03/2018 CONTENTS: References Page 1 Materials Page 1 Overall Dimensions, Weight, and Center of Gravity Page 1 Design Loadings Page 2 Support Reactions Page 5 Anchorage Design Page 11 Base Design Page 12 Roof Design Page 15 Wall Design Page 20 Diaphragm Design Page 23 Seismic Component Anchoring Page 27 APPENDICES: <�:':•`•G Appendix A — Manufacturer's Drawings Appendix B — Component Anchoring Detail STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS ATKONS EATONC}MAHAPOWER CENTER PROJECT NUMBER: P3853 REFERENCES: 1.Washington State Building Code, 2D16Revision 2.International Building Code (|BC).2O15Revision 3. ASCE "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures", Std. 7-2010 4� AISI "North American Specification for the Design of Cold -Formed Steel Structural Members", Std. 8100-2012 5./HGC"Specification for Structural Steel BuUdings'.Std. 38O-201U S. SEAW"Snow Load Analysis for VVmah\nghon^.Second Edition, 8T/1S95 PER 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION: GROUP S'2 CONSTRUCTION: TYPE U'B OCCUPANCY CATEGORY: U| MATERIALS: BASE: Structural Steel, ASTM A36 Fyb :=36'ksi Fb:= 58.ksi Eb:= 29000.ksi y,:= 490'pcf Gb:= 11200'ksi WALLS &ROOF: CF8S.ASTMA1O11 WELDS: E70XX BOLTS: SAE Grade 5.AGTMA449 Fm:= 30.ksi pm49.ksi E,=295O.bJ Fuv,:=7&kd nF",5 075.81.0,k»i OFm5=60.75kmi OF,,,0.65'47.0.kd Of,,, ~38.55ksi OF,,,, 0.7540.5,ksi OPm/ ~30.375kd OF,,, 0.65-24�-kd OF,,,, 15.6ksi EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE WEIGHT &DIMENSIONS: Length: Depth: Height: Weight: },,:=0.45A, Y' :=O.49Yo z. :=O.5U.Z, Page 1 of 28 1U/3/2O18 DESIGN LOADINGS: FLOOR LOAD: Dead: pfd := 18.psf Live: pfl := 125- psf WALL LOAD: Dead: p„d := 12.psf co„ := 100-plf ROOF LOAD: Dead: prd 12.psf Live: Pr i := 30'Psf WIND LOAD: Per ASCE 7-10 Occupancy Category = 3 V := 115-mph Kd := 0.85 Exposure = C := 1.0 G := 0.85 GCpi := 0.18 Kz := 0.85 qz := 0.00256.1c1cf1(d.V2. psf qz = 24.461 psf mph Roof Slope := 5. deg Primary System Walls: := 1.3 pp„:= qz.G•Cp pp, = 27 psf Cp, ppr := qz.G.Cp, pp, = —27 psf Roof: Cp, := —1.3 Component Parts Walls: GCp := 1.0.0.9 pc,,p := qz.(GCp + GCpi) pc,p = 26 psf Interior Zone: GCp := —1.1.0.9 pcwi := qz-(GCp — GCp,) pm; = —29 psf End Zone: GCp := —1.4.0.9 pc,, := qz.(GCp — GCpi) Pewe = —35 Psf Roof: GCp := 0.3 pc„p := qz.(GCp + GCpi) perp = 12 psf Interior Zone: GCp := —1.0 Ptill := ClZ.(GCp - GCp,) Pcri = —29 Psf End Zone: GCp := —1.8 Pere := Cli (GCp — GCpi) Pcre = —48 psf Corner Zone: GCp := —2.8 pc„ := c:(GCp — GCpi) Pcrc = —73 psf P3853.xmcd Page 2 of 28 10/3/2018 C, SNOW LOAD: Per ASCE 7-10 Is :=l]O Occupancy Category =3 Exposure =C Ce:=il Ct:=|D pf:~ ~^~/«.7-C,.(,.I,.pe,~i/~u'20-~^/\'/\ 22psf l3�pu � y:= odo O+ l4v/oY,3}pc[� y= l66ocf \ u / Balanced Conditions: C,:= 1.0 Unbalanced Conditions: tan(Roof Slope) for ie0'2 Pi+O-psf yo 2 Ps:={S*pf \Y = l2.5# 8=ll.43 PS=22psf lu~2Ob ku~l232ft ,omcn p if Roof _8|opc < 2.38,dcg y dsu:= min /& ,,3 8 9, / 6�6 " 22 psf \6.O4?/ Pm +psu'~28D47py[ lLl04ft SEISMIC LOAD: Per ASCE 7-10 Occupancy Category = 3 1.2 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 Ss := 1.514 S1 := 0.578 SMS := FaSs SMI := Fv•Si 2 2 SDS := —'SMS SDI := —SMI 3 3 SDI Ts := — To := 0.2•Ts SDS le := 1.25 Site Class = D Fa := 1.0 F„, := 1.5 Sms = 1.514 Smi = 0.867 SDS = 1.009 SDI = 0.578 Ts = 0.573 To = 0 115 Seismic Design Category = D RS(1):= For light -framed walls sheathed with steel sheets: Re:= 6.5 Qo' Sips' le ah Re Clo:= 3 Cd := 4 av ah = 0.58 = 0.202 DESIGN RESPONSE SPECTRUM T" SDs- 0.4 + 0.6.— SDs if > To SDI if T > Ts T 0.5 1 1.5 2 Period, T (seconds) P3853.xmcd Page 4 of 28 10/3/2018 ESTIMATE SUPPORT REACTIONS: Wind Forces: F:= ppr,Xo•Yo = —31.886 kip Fwhx = 8.953 kip Fwhx Ppw' Yo' Zo := 0.5- F‘yhx• Zo Fwhy ppw•Xo.Zo M0 0.5. Fwhy-Zo Seismic Forces: Ws := SSF•prX,0•170 Fsh := (Wo Ws)`ah F„ := (Wo + Ws)•a, sot o•ah•Zce + Ws-ah•Zo SUPPORT COORDINATES: ( 0 \ 82 154 226 SCX := 298 -in SCY := 358 418 490 ,566) o 300j •in Mwat, = 711.801 kip• in Fwhy = 16.9 kip M„oty = 1343.525 kip•in Ws = 0 kip Fsh = 94.916 kip F„ = 32.904 kip Msot = 7545.834 kip•in P3853.xmcd Page 5 of 28 10/3/2018 NSX := Iength(SCX) NSY := length(SCY) NS := NSX-NSY SCA := TW TW = for i E O.. NSX - 1 for j E 0 ..NSY - 1 ri+j-NSX, 0 4- SCXi SCY. ri+ j- NSX, 1 SCX`0 • .= -SCX0 =SCX'NSX+1 : 2•X0 - SCX NSX-1 SCY'0 := -SCY0 SCY' NSY+1 :=" 2-Y0 - SCYNsy_ 1 i := 1.. NSX SCX'. := S i CX. 1-1 i := 1 ..NSY SCY'. := SCY. i 1 for i E 0 NSX - 1 for j E 0..NSY - 1 SCX'. SCX'. 1+2 r. 4-- NSX 0 2 SSCY'. - CY'. J+2 ri+ j• NSX, 1 2 41 150 77 150 72 150 72 150 66 150 60 150 66 150 74 150 38.25 150 41 150 77 150 72 150 72 150 66 150 60 150 66 150 74 150 38.25 150 in SCA = 0 0 \ 82 0 154 0 226 0 298 0 358 0 418 0 490 0 566 0 in 0 300 82 300 154 300 226 300 298 300 358 300 418 300 490 300 566 300) := 0 .. NS - 1 -dA.. TW. T 1,0 xo-Y. dA = 1 SDA := ( 111 111 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 111 111 1 1 1 1 1 111 111 1 1 1 1 1 111 111 1 1 1 P3853.xmcd Page 6 of 28 10/3/2018 (0) (2) SDA' := SDA i := 0 1 Ax(i) := SCA® -SDA9) Ay0 .x Yi SDA' SDA'. 1 • .= min 1, Ax Syt :— SDA'(i) SDA SDA. i, 0' 1, 1 Ay(i) := SCA( I) • SDA'9 x' := SCA( — x, y' SCA(1) — yi (1)1 Ay' := ‘y -SDAt Icy := 1 := 1 Ayy9 := (3/'<i)•Ay'j ky: Ay(1) Sxi(i) E(dA•SCA y„ := xs := sign(X,g — x1) (dA-SCA( I)) ys := sign(Yeg y 1) ex := X,8 — x1 + XS. X0.5%) ey := DL1 := 1 + (Ycg — yo)•Sxi(1) NS cxj Jo Ax' xs = —1 ys = —1 + ys:Yo:5 0 1 ,(1)- x0 ):Syi 0 Ay' :kx cyJ ex = —61.5in DLIT = (12 11 10 10 9 9 8 7 7 12 11 10 9 9 8 8 7 6 )kip DL2 := We. dA (Ycg c a .(1) J +Xcg— a Y I e = —18in DL1F := 1 DL2F := 1 DL1•DL1F + DL2•DL2F DLz DL1F + DL2F DL2T= (8 13 12 11 10 8 9 9 3 8 13 11 11 9 8 8 9 3 )kip DLzT =(10 12 11 10 9 8 8 8 5 10 12 11 10 9 8 8 8 5)kip (Du.scA) EDLz = 163 kip — 254.813 in Wo = 163 kip Xcg = 254.813 in Ycg = 147 in — 147 in P3853.xmcd Page 7 of 28 10/3/2018 C. SRz(0)�-DLz SRb(I) :=-LJ.X�9�d& SRb6\��X,,.yo.d& <� <� <� (0)<� �Qz~ �= -D��o*��`' 3Rz �= -�i°vw�Sx/ �I��~ -FWv'dA <� <@ 6> <@ �6 � _ .' - ~ �� ) �� -�mrS� �� -�w/�� + �� / �� \ �(� SDA (6 8D&- (l) S�u~ �= �vxx �� G�x~ �= �� (o� + xy,cyJ' 8�x(7) �� _�� g�(6 ��SDA- ��8DA- � -x �� \ / (\) / (l) \ (^} (l) ('� �D� (l> SBy '� �= �°/v' �D& 8Ry- = -p,o��'�u�J SDy '� ' �� ;ou + n �oxJ �� SDA(� ' �� SDA(l) � \ / 8 O 0,407 O 0 5.535 -0.894 O\ O 0 0.497 O O 5.595 -0.894 O 0 0 0.497 O O 5.535 -0.894 O O O 0.497 0 0 5.535 -0.894 O U O 0497 O O 5.535 -0.894 0 U U 0497 0 8 5.535 -0.094 O 0 0 0.497 0 O 5.535 -0.804 O O O 0.497 O 0 5.535 -0.894 O O O 0.497 O O 5.535 -0.894 0 O O 0.497 O O 5.011 0.894 O 0 O 0497 U U 5.011 0.894 O 0 O 0.497 U U 5.011 0.894 8 O 0 0.407 0 O 5]3)1 0.894 O O O 0.497 0 O 5]311 0.894 0 O O 0497 O 0 5]011 0.894 O O O 0.497 O 0 5.011 0.894 O O 0 0497 0 0 5.011 0.894 0 0 0 0.497 0 0 1011 8.894 U/ / 0 O V O 0.939 O -0.502 6f0 O\ 0 0 0 O 0.939 0 -0359 6.501 O O O O O 0.999 O -0234 6.072 0 O 0 O O 0.939 O -0.108 5.643 O U O U 8 8.930 O 0.017 5.214 8 O 0 8 O O.939 O 0.122 4.856 O 0 O O O 0.939 O 0.227 4.498 O O O O O 0.939 O 0.352 4.069 O 0 0 0 O 0.939 O 0.485 3.616 O O 0 0 O 0.939 O -0.502 6.99 O 0 O 8 O 0.939 O -0.359 6501 O O O U U 0.930 U -0.234 6.072 O O O O O 0.999 0 -O.lO& 5.643 0 0 0 O O 0.939 0 0.017 5214 O O O O O 0.939 O 0.122 4.856 O 0 0 0 O 0939 O 0227 4.498 0 0 U O 0 0.939 O 0]52 4.069 U \0 0 0 0 0.939 0 0.485 3616 0/ kip / -l0]73 -)ZlA8 -ll.06 -\O/Q| -9.37l -8.4\6 -8324 -8.27l -51B5 -9.8]l -|].6X6 -lO.698 -lO.069 -9.00 -8.0j4 -7.062 -7.9O9 \-4.67] � -5.339 -1.281 0.357 0.498 1]54 3784 2795 -2D54\ -10.026 -2.406 0255 0.498 2.168 2.707 2795 -2/432 -9.375 -225 0.166 0.498 2.027 1J61 2.795 -2233 -9.375 -225 0.077 0.408 2.027 0.815 2.795 -2.106 -8.594 -2.062 -0.012 0498 1.858 -8.131 2.795 -1.892 -7.813 -1.875 -0.087 0.498 1.680 -092 2.795 -1699 -8.594 -2.063 -0.161 0.498 1.858 -1708 2795 -168 -9.635 -2.312 -0.25 0498 2.084 -2.654 2.795 -1.67 -4.98 -1.195 -0.345 8.498 1.077 -3.652 2.795 -1.016 -5.339 -l.28/ 0.357 -0.498 1.154 3.784 -2.795 -1.98 -10.026 -2.406 8.255 -0.498 2.168 2.707 -2.795 -2350 -9]75 -225 0,166 -0.498 2.027 1.761 -2J95 -2,159 -9.375 -225 0.077 -0.498 2.027 0.815 -2.795 -2,033 -8.594 -2.062 -0.0I2 -0.498 1.858 -0.131 -2.795 -1.019 -T813 -1.075 -O.087 -0A98 1.689 -0.92 -2.795 -1.626 -8.594 -2.063 -8.161 -0.498 1,858 -1J08 -2.795 -1.007 -9.635 -2.312 -0.25 -0.498 2.084 -2.654 -2.795 -1.597 -4.98 -1.195 -0.345 -0.498 1.077 -3.652 -2.705 -0.943/ �J Dux�=(00U8.953O094.9l6OO)kiy SRy Q "�J kip P3853.xmcd Page Sof28 10/3/2018 c Calculate Load Combinations: ULC :_ '1.4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0\ 1.2 1.6 0.5 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.2 1 1.6 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.2 0 1.6 .5 0 0 0 00 1.2 0 1.6 0 .5 0 0 0 0 1.2 0 1.6 -.5 0 0 0 0 0 1.2 0 1.6 0 -.5 0 0 0 0 1.2 0.5 0.5 1 0 0 0 0 0 1.2 0.5 0.5 0 1 0 0 0 0 1.2 0.5 0.5 -1 0 0 0 0 0 1.2 0.5 0,5 0 -1 0 0 0 0 1,2 0.5 0.2 0 0 0 1 .3 1 1.2 0.5 0.2 0 0 0 .3 1 1 1.2 0.5 0.2 0 0 0 -1 .3 1 1.2 0.5 0.2 0 0 0 -.3 1 1 FLC := 1.2 0.5 0.2 0 0 0 1 -.3 1 1.2 0.5 0.2 0 0 0 .3 -1 1 1.2 0.5 0.2 0 0 0 -1 -.3 1 1.2 0.5 0.2 0 0 0 -.3 -1 1 0.9 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0.9 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0.9 0 0 -1 0 1 0 00 0.9 0 0 0 -1 1 0 0 0 0.9 0 0 0 0 0 1 .3 -1 0.9 0 0 0 0 0 .3 1 -1 0.9 0 0 0 0 0 -1 .3 -1 0.9 0 0 0 0 0 -.3 1 -1 0.9 0 0 0 0 0 1 -.3 -1 0.9 0 0 0 0 0 .3 -1 -1 0.9 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -.3 -1 .0.9 0 0 0 0 0 -.3 -1 -1 USRx := ULC•SRxT USRy := 1J1 C SRy USRz := ULC•SRzT FSRx := FLC SRxT FSRy := FLC•SRy FSRz := FLC•SRzT max(FSRx) = 5.803 kip max(FSRy) = 7.14 kip max(FSRz) = 1.228 kip min(FSRx) _ -5.803 kip min(FSRy) = -7.14 kip min(FSRz) =-31.702 kip (1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0\ 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 .6 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 .6 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 -.6 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 -.6 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 .7 .2 .7 1 1 1 0 0 0 .2 .7 .7 1 1 1 0 0 0 -.7 .2 .7 1 1 1 0 0 0 -.2 .7 .7 1 1 1 0 0 0 .7 -.2 .7 1 1 1 0 0 0 .2 -.7 .7 1 1 1 0 0 0 -.7 -.2 .7 1 1 1 0 0 0 -.2 -.7 .7 .6 0 0 .6 0 .6 0 0 0 .6 0 0 0 .6 .6 0 0 0 .6 0 0 -.6 0 .6 0 0 0 .6 0 0 0 -.6 .6 0 0 0 .6 0 0 0 0 0 .7 .2 -.7 .6 0 0 0 0 0 .2 .7 -.7 .6 0 0 0 0 0 -.7 .2 -.7 .6 0 0 0 0 0 -.2 .7 -.7 .6 0 0 0 0 0 .7 -.2 -.7 .6 0 0 0 0 0 .2 -.7 -.7 .6 0 0 0 0 0 -.7 -.2 -.7 �.6 0 0 0 0 0 -.2 -.7 -.7, P3853.xmcd Page 10 of 28 10/3/2018 C C C ANCHORAGE DESIGN: Maximum Anchor Loads: Put := max(0•kip , max(FSRz)) Put = 1.228 kip Vux := max(max(FSRx),—min(FSRx)) V. = 5.803kip Vuy := max(max(FSRy),—min(FSRy)) Vuy = 7.14kip Vu := max JFSRx2 + FSRy2) Vu = 7.584kip JVux2 + Vuy2 = 9.201 kip Size Anchor Welds: Gin LW := 3 • in Fuw = 70 ksi Vuw := J Vux + Vuy2 + ut2 4Vn := 0.75.0.707•d,•L,•0.6•Fuw 4Vn = 12.527 kip Vuw = 0.741 OK Q�Vn Use 3/16" fillet welds by 3" long near each lifting lug location (18 places total). Adequate steel embedments into the concrete foundation to weld the base to are assumed. Design of the steel embedment is by others. Size Anchor Bolts: db := 1.0•in 8 7 ( 0.9743)2 nt _ in Ase 4 ' db — n \ t 4Vnb := 0.60.0.6•Fub'Ase OVnb = 12.648 kip Vu 4 Vnb ASe = 0.606 in2 — 0.6 OK (I)Pnb := 0.2.0.65•Fub'Ase OPnb = 4.567kip Put - 0.269 OK 4 nb Vu + Put - 0.869 OK 4Vnb tI nb Use 1.0" Diameter ASTM A36 or A307 embedded anchor bolts near each lifting lug location (18 places total). Anchor bolt embedment and edge distance are assumed to be sufficient to achieve the full capacity of the anchor bolt. Design of anchor wedges, anchor bolt embedment, and edge reinforcement, if needed, to establish pullout, breakout, and pryout strength is by others. Anchor wedges shall be welded to the enclosure base channel. P3853.xmcd Page 11 of 28 10/3/2018 BASE DESIGN: The base is evaluated for "as -installed" conditions only. Means and methods of construction are not evaluated. The base is evaluated for support by a concrete perimeter wall foundation with steel beam support at each base section split. For C8X11.5: A := 3.37.in2 d := 8-in tw := 0.220.in tf := 0.390.in Ix := 32.5.in4 := 8.14.in3 Zx := 9.63.in3 I := 1.31.in4 ry := 0.623.in J := 0.130.in4 C, := 16.5.in6 Iy.Cw ho Iy rts ho := d — tf c := —• — Sx 2 Cw = 0.756 in h0= 7.61 in c = 1.072 Vn := 0.60-d•tw•Fyb Mp •'= Zx• Fyb Eb LP '•• - = 1 36 rY Fyb (yb x.ho.\ L:= 1.95.T„ Eb j. C 1 + 1 4- 6.76. 0•7.FS 0.7.Fyb Sx.ho Eb J•c Lb := 78-in Mn := 2 r 2 •Eb • 1 + 0.078. j•c • Eb Fcr Mr := 0.7•Fyb•Sx Lb2 Sx•ho ( M if Lb Lp F„.Sx if Lb > Lr (Lb — Lp) MP — (MP — Mr)' — Lp ) (1)Mp = 26.001 kip.ft L = 2• 593 ft P otherwise OM, = 15.385 kip.ft Lr= 10.422 ft Investigate Uniformly Loaded Beam With Simple Supports Yo Wbs wbs := 82.in L := — 2 2 := 0.90 4>Vn := (I).Vu OMp := (I) • Mp 4>Mr := (I) *Mr (1)Mn := •Mn OMn = 20.704 kip.ft (I)Vn = 34.214 kip TW' (Pfd Pfl) = TW.(1.2•pfd 1.6.pfi) L = 150 in 5.o)-L4 = 0.285 in DR := 240-- DR = 0.456 OK 384.Eb.Ix L con•L2 Mu Mu := Mn = 14.788 kip•ft - — 0.714 OK 8 4)Mn P3853 xmcd Page 12 of 28 10/3/2018 For C6X8.2: A := 2.39. in2 d := 6.in t = 0.200•in tf := 0.343.in 4 I, := 13.1.in Sx := 4.35.in3 Z„ := 5.16i-n3 Iy := 0.687•in4 ry := 0.536•in J := 0.0736•in4 C, := 4.70.in6 •C„, s, := d — tf c := —• = 0.643 in = 5.657 in c = 1.081 Vn := 0.60-d •t„,- Fyb Mp Zx.Fyb L:= 1.95•rts• 0.7•Fyb Eb Lb := 12.in Fcr •c Sx-h -it2.Eb Mp if Lb Lp Fcr•Sx if Lb > Li tliMp = 13.932 kip.ft LT) = 2.231 ft Lp := 1.76. ry• 6.76• ( 0.7•Fyb Sx.ho \ Eb J.c Eb Fyb J.c (Lb\ 2 + 0.078- • — M, := 0.7•Fyb'Sx Sx-ho — L otherwise Lt. — Lp OM, = 8.221 kip. ft Lr-= 10.184 ft Investigate Uniformly Loaded Beam With Simple Supports L:=wbS TW := 106. in L = 82 in := T ' Pfd Pfl 5 -co-L4 384-Eb-I, = 0.163 in co, := T 1.2.pfd + 1.6-pfi) o:= 0.90 := o • Vn cliMp := 4).Mp 0).4,:= 0.M, 0Mn:= O.Mn OM, = 13.932 kip-ft = 23.328 kip TW = 106 in DR := 240--a DR = 0.477 OK L to„.L2 Mu Mt, — 11.425 kip-ft = 0.82 OK 8 OKI P3853.xmcd Page 13 of 28 10/3/2018 For L2X2X1/4: I := 0.346.in4 Sx := 0.244-in3 11)Mn := 0 .90 Sx'Fyb (I)IV1n = 0.659kip.ft Investigate Uniformly Loaded Beam With Simple Supports L := 3.5-ft TW := 12.in w := TW.(pfd + Pt) 4 5.co.L 8 := 8 = 0.048 in DR := 240.-8 DR = 0.275 OK 384•Eb•IxL w := TW.(1.2-pfd + 1.6.pfl) cou.L2 Mu Mu := M = 0.339 kip.ft - 0.515 OK 8 1)Mu Check 7 Ga Floor Plate: t := 0.18.in I:= —143 S := 2.- Z := —112 12 t 4 Investigate Uniformly Loaded Beam Fixed at Both Ends L := 12-in p := ys.t + pfl Pu := 1.21,0 + 1.6.pfl mu :- p.L4 DR := 360.-5 DR = 0.104 OK 384. Es 1 pu•L2 Mu (I)Mn := 0.90-Z-Fys — 0.08 OK 12 (Wu P3853 xmcd Page 14 of 28 10/3/2018 ROOF DESIGN: Determine Controlling Load Combination for Roof Prd 0 Pr 0 P := 0 Pere 0 0 ,,Prd•ay, Investigate Roof Plate Calculate Section Properties UPC := ULC.P prp := max(UPC) = 43.696 psf pm :_—min(UPC) pm = 21.86 psf FPC := FLC.P Pure := max(FPC) pure = 62.4 psf Purn —min(FPC) Purn = 37.633 psf 1 3 t := 0.120•in 1 := —•t 12 1 2 Z:= —•t 4 Investigate Uniformly Loaded Beam Fixed at Both Ends L := 42•in p t.ys + Pr 4 6 := P L DR := 60• S DR = 0.66 OK 384•Es•I L 4 p := —(t ys + 0.6•pere) 6 := P L DR := 60 8 DR = 0.457 OK 384•Es•I Pu := 1.2•t•ys + 1.6•Pr Pu := Pere) Mu :=12 (1)Mn Pu•L2 Mu Pu. L2 Mu 12 t�Mu — 0.566 OK — 0.462 OK Check Tensile Connection to Roof Ribs for Wind Uplift: TW := 42•in db := 8 •in sb := 20•in Ab := 4 Pu := —(0.9•t•ys + Pere) := 0.9•Z•Fys pTnb $Fntl •'fib Tu Tu := TW•sb•pu — 0.119 OK (lTnb P3853.xmcd Page 15 of 28 10/3/2018 Check Capacity and Deflection for Tapered Channels t:= 0.120-io L:= Y,, T\Y:= 34-in dl := 5.28'bo 8 :~ Roof _Sopc / \ Yo d2 dl � d2:= dl + ^-(u). -- -in d2= l82O6 d(x) := d2- 2. - -x 2 Compute the Effective Width of the Compression Flange t ~ 0J2in w:= 1.875,bo - 2-r k:= 0.43 2 / \2 Ti'f� � F,,:= k. !2-\l-p � F�=6lJ58kd X=O.697 �f := i`'vu�0673,|'p/J -wka=l605in Compute the Effective Areasof We P := 2\ \`»/ ]2-\ l -p, 2 Y :=] `2 X:~ / � l O22 /- _ \ �/l / `/ k:~ 4+ 2.O + y/} + 2^1 +y) / FYS 022\ l �- p �~ l - '-- p ~ L\l Fz / X f( ) h, hl:~ ]+q/ � 62:- -bl l+q/ - 3 � � �d I(X) := --.|i h�d(z)-\" - ��Y�(�� -2-�- lZl` - Investigate Negative Loading Conditions: b, 8(s):~ 2�--X)-- 688n(x):= 0.9'Fz-S(/) d(x)' ,L 'L M(X) M(X)« 6» -3 &:= du Axdx 81 A---- 81~3738^ lO ISAx) 8,Ax) L 0 'O 8(x):~ 81 - 'X y(x)0hddx 'D =0J�(� 46bo DD�~24O� DR=0]97 OK m,~l%2]O6plf M,,(X) := i n:= lO i:=O,]'u x.:~C— / n -O3l6 OK Page 16 of 28 1O/3/2O18 Investigate Positive Loading Conditions: co := TW- + co,, co = 242.011 plf P := (Dec' TW P = 325 lbf M(x) A := P.x ( I.) I LN (t) X (L — x) + —P- x — — 4 x — — 2 2 2 \ 2) 2 M(x) Es-1(x) dx j0 M(x) dx Es- I(x) 01 = 0.014 L 0(x) := 01 — M(x) dx Es I(x) rx y(x) (x) dx j0 Ax 2 M(x).x dx + M(x).x dx Es.I(x) Es- I(x) w 0 2 x := — x := root(0(x) , x = 150 in 2 y(x) y(x) = 0.905 in DR := 240- DR = 0.724 OK to, := purp•TW + 1.6-to„ to. = 362.8 plf P, Pu = 520 lbf Mu(x) 2 0 I 0 2 j \. 2 tow L Pu Rur + — 2 2 >'\ i Mup n := 10 i := 0,1.. n =x. : 1,-- M I up, :=4xi) max n Check Capacity of Roof to Wall Connection: = 2.535 kip Tu := pur„-TW. — 2 L 3. db — • in 8 ( utpu "rr" OVnb Pu (I)Vnb*Nb Nb := 3 Ab := • db2 (0.1 80 \ (0.50 \ t := 0.120 -in e := 1.00 in 0.75 j Tu = 1.529 kip C := 3.0 mf:= 0.75 F„ = 1.633 Fys nv 1'Ai (1)b- (t • Fus C• mi-- Fus- t) — 0.49 OK Tu Ovub-Nb — 0.296 OK b := 0.70 0 (i)bb .60 (I:Nub = 1.723 kip OK P3853.xmcd Page 17 of 28 10/3/2018 Check Capacity of Roof to Roof Connection at Splice Point: Xsp := 120-in Check Tensile Capacity of Insulation Barrier Mus := Mu(XSP dh := -3• in uibu 4)Vnb Pu = 29.81kip.ft Nb := 2-3 t := 70.120 \ 0.120 Ab := • db2 72.00 •in e := \ 2.50 Pu d(X p) = 15.621 in 13, = 22.9 kip Fus — = 1.633 (1)h := 0.60 (1) := 0.60 Ys e' := 0.9375 \ 0.875 j • in C := 3.0 mf:= 1.00 minGI)F„,5-Ab-2, b • (t.e): Pus 41bb' C • mr Fus•dh•t) 02\inb = 3.969 kip 0.962 OK 4)Vnb*Nb 17 dh := — • in 32 sh := 2.5-in Onsr := 0.65.0.6•Fus• breqd Ys• t0 0.5. Pu t := t e := el Nb Nb - e + e' + sh• --1 - — •dh 2 2 - Investigate Elastic Moment Capacity of Tie Plates db := 8 \ 3.5 . sbx :='In t := (11180 0.120 j shy := 5-in (0.75 \ -in e := 2.00 breqd = 3.534 in OK e' := e' Pu •t•2 - 0.736 OK 4)Pnsr htp 11.5-in Ab := -rc-clb2 Fus • in — = 1.633 4'b := 0.60 4'hh := 0.60 FYs 4)Vnb := min(4)F„5•Ah, 4) (t•e)•Fus , cl)hh- C•Mf Fus•dh•t 1 , 2 Sxtp := - 6 ° B0 := C := 3.0 mf:= 1.00 (iNnb = 3.374 kip OM nip := 0.9. S,tp•Fys•2 (1)Mutp = 17.854 kip. ft B„ := ( \ Sby -sbx 0 -sbx -sby B := Sbx Sby Sbx 0 -Sby) Sbx P3853.xmcd Page 18 of 28 10/3/2018 x (BOB„ r := x — 0.35 in max( B • .10 (i)Mnbr x Check Fastener Spacing for Double Channel Roof Trusses: Y Y >\ 2 y = —1 in Jo = 84.7 in2 r = 6.161in OlvInb = 7.731 kip-ft L := Y0 db := -in Ab — • db2 Ts := 4)Fnii•Ab 8 4 TW := 51-in q := max(purp,p„m)-TW.3 q = 795.6 plf Ts = 3.355 kip 2 dl + d2 Wf d 2 d — 11.743 in g:= d wf :-- (1.875 — 0.120)•in m :— —d 3 Smax := min 2 T \ L '8' s mq ) sacs Smax = 50 in s„t := 18-in — = 0.36 OK Smax P3853.xmcd Page 19 of 28 10/3/2018 WALL DESIGN: Investigate Wall Plate Calculate Section Properties t:= 0.120,in l2 3:= -1 OM,:= Of`Z.B" 2 4 '' investigate Uniformly Loaded Beam Fixed at Both Ends 8 L:= 42in p := -O/&p*vo 6 := 4 P-L DR:= 6U— DR= 0.400 OK 384-IS'l L Mu Pv:= -Pc°c Investigate Wall Elements -O37 OK Calculate Section Properties for Exterior Wall Panel Compute the Effective Width ofthe Exterior Skin When inCompression Fc,:= k. 2 Tc -Es /1\ Z) \�/ ��\l-ps/ Exterior Skin: n u / O22` ) p ._ f( ) d. d := t 6.:= t�+ 2� �^�� -« " v . 2 d l d = 4L\2�in-in b := 2-t y :~ d + -- l� l l 0 2 Interior Flange: d,: b,:= 2.1.00in y,:= d.+ dl + -2 d:=��d d=4]2in � &:=YA &=2.02lin 2 }:~to z -A,y 1~4.793in « r:= c= 1.54iu S:= d-y l y~l.457 in ] Page 20 of 28 18/3/2O18 Investigate Uniformly Loaded Beam -Column With Simple Supports L := 130.in TW := 42-in w := TW.0.6-pewp TW•pewp M := 7E 2• Es K := 1.0 Fe:= 4 5•co • L DR := 240. —6. DR = 0.224 OK 384•Es•1 -L2 c 8 := R= 4.795 kip 2 - 0.877 0.857 F, := if A., 1.5,0.658Xc , •Fys Xe2 Pu Pu Mu OP, := 0.85-A-F0 eMn := 0.9-Fys-S —opri + n - 0.462 OK opom n = 0.127 OK Calculate Section Properties for Exterior Wall Panel Compute the Effective Width of the Interior Flange When in Compression t := 0.120-in w := 1 •in k := 0.43 2 it 'Es it\2 F„ ( 0.22 1 F„ :- k• ( X := j= p := 1 - -- . N / Fer \ X ) X. p = 1.135 12.0 - 2 v' Fcr 165.094 ksi X = 0.426 be := if(A. 0.673,1 ,p).w be = 1 in Exterior Skin: d : Web: d0 bo-= 36. in y0 := y1 := d0 + d1 d1 := 4 12.in - 2•t b1 := 2•t Interior Flange: d2 b2 := 2.be ---> b413 A := b.c1 := — 12 d := Ed d = 4.12 in A := A = 5.491 in I := Ay2 I = 7.288 in4 r := A r = 1.152in 2 y2 := d0 Ay := A-y 10 := I + A-y2 Ay A Y := S d - y d2 + — 2 y -= 0.574 in S = 2.055 in3 P3853.xmcd Page 21 of 28 10/3/2018 Investigate Uniformly Loaded Beam -Column With Simple Supports L = 130 in TW = 42 in 5 .o).L4 co := —TVV-0.6.p,we 6 :— DR := 240--6 DR = 0.197 OK 384.Es.1 L N. L2 to„ := —TW.pcw, Mu :— Pu 8 := Rur 13,, = 4.795 kip K := 1.0 Fe:= 2•EsIFys := — = 1.145 F, := if (K•L)2 Fe 2 c 0 877 1.5,0.658 , Xe2 •F ys Pu u u := 0.85-A-Fn (1)IvIn := 0.9•Fys•S PM = 0.059 OK — + — 0.45 OK en en 4)Nin Check Capacity of Wall to Base Connection: TW := 36.in 3 . db := —.in 8 Yo Tu := pum TW• 0.9. 'VW. Zu. pwd 2 sbw := 10.in Nbw := round( TW — t := Sbw sbb := 12.in Nbb :— round Tu = 0.982 kip it 2 A := — •ub 4 TW — 0.5-in Sbb b := 3.in Nbw = 4 (0.120j (1.50 Fus •in e := •in = 1.633 if% :-- 0.70 0.180 0.75i Ys C := 3.0 Nbb = 3 mt.:— 0.75 itibb := 0.60 (* 11)Vnb min(1)Fnv Ab (I) b' (t. e)• Fus,itobb• C • mr Fus•db•t) 4)Vnb 1.723 kip db 1).(t1 )2 1 eb := 1.25.in — — Zeff• :— (I)Pa := 0.90.Fys•Zeff. 4 2 eb (I)Tnb := min(Ontl 'Ab, (I)Pa) 4)Tnb = 0.618 kip Tu Tu — 0.142.OK — 0.53 OK (I)Vnb*Nbw (I)Tnb'Nbb I:1)Pa = 0.618 kip P3853.xmcd Page 22 of 28 10/3/2018 DIAPHRAGM DESIGN: (Lateral Load Resistance) ROOF: X := Y := X = 47.188 ft Y = 25 ft Prd = 12 psf Pwd = 12 psf W UT 2 p -Y + Pwd'Z + SSF•prY 179.07 \ 267.279j woe X Vor 2 lbf ft Check Diaphragm Chord: A := 0.24-in2 Mud v2 (L)ur. (4.225 \ 8 kip cliPo := 0.85•A•Fys Z := Zo Z = 13.25ft SSF•pf = 0 psf B := 36.in pp, = 27.029 psf Mud /1.994) Puc Puc = ,2,976 kip Vr (0.169 \ kip ur := \.O.252j ft Puc OP. Check Capacity of Panel to Panel Connection: sb 20•in C := 3.0 3 db := 8 mf:= 0.75 t := 0.120, in (0.326) OK 0.486 2 Fos Ab := 1.633 Obb := 0.60 4 FYs (Wu := In in(OFnv • A,, 4bb• C • mr Fus•do) 4N„ = 1.723 kip Check Capacity of Roof to Wall Connection: ur" sb (0.163 Vn, \ 0.244, OK 3 It 2 Fus sb := 10.in db := —in t := 0.120•in Ab := ,db = 1.633 (I)b := 0.70 8 4 Fys C := 3,0 mf:= 0.75 n Onv • Ab bb• C -Mf Fus•db• Check Required Effective Diagonal Width: t := 0.12.in um' sb .4)Vov = 1.723 kip 2 Vur (13 b:= • —) + 1 b = 0.9.Fys-t \,Y (1.313 1.96 '0.082 \ Vov 0.122i in OK OK P3853.xmcd Page 23 of 28 10/3/2018 Check Shear Capacity CfRoof Panel: u:=B h :~Yo u=36in h=JOOio t=O]2in -u j�4 4�0- k°�= if — � l,4�0O + ,5��4 + k, = 374.833 k 2 2 /.\ /.� _ _ \b h 0.60-Fm if `b/ E/k, - 0.904-E,'k h i[—>l.5l /k\2 t J _ \t/ 0/50-6� -F~ V^s~v� ,~ otherwise t 1O/3/2018 WALLS: Nw:= 3 B:= 36•in _ Pwd'Y'2Z"th ( 0 \ (4.225\ kip 0.157, Check Edge Stiffener (Diaphragm Chord): Vur + vuw vuw := Nw•B (469.436 \829.273, plf 6.306) kip Pu = ( 6.22 " 00.988 Calculate Section Properties Compute the Effective Width of the Exterior Skin When in Compression t := 0.120' in w := B 2'E5 / t 2 Fcr 12- 2) \w) sJ k := 4 Fys p := 1 Fcr 0.22 kip p = 0.19 Fei = 1.185ksi X = 5,032 be = if(X 5 0.673,1 , p)•w be = 6.842 in be Exterior Skin: d0 := t b0 := — 2 Web: d 1 := 4.12• in - 2 t b l := t Interior Flange: d2 := t A := b.d A := b2:= 1.00•in d0 y0 2 d1 d + 0 2 d2 2 b•d3 —> 12 Ay:= EA'y d = 4.12 in A = 0.996 in2 — A y2 I = 2.368in4 Investigate Column With Simple Supports L:= Z K:= 1,0 Pu = / 6.22 \,10.988, kip Ay y• A r:= A,y2 y = 1.477in 1.542 in P3853.xmcd Page 25 of 2E3 10/3/2018 Fe:- 2 'Es (K.12.2 r = 1.047 4)P,, := Fi,:— if Check Capacity of Panel to Panel Connection: sb := 16.in db := 3 .in 8 C := 3.0 trif := 0.75 t 0.120.in , 2 t- c 1.5,0.658 , 0.877 .F Ys Pu 2 Ab := — db 4 10.387\ 0.684, F„ - 1.633 ys 2 OK (i)b := 0.70 uw. Sb /0.363 := MItl(OF„r Ab, 4)bb' C. Mr Fus.db't) Onv = 1.723 kip 0.642/ Check Capacity of Wall to Base Connection: sb := 12.in C := 3.0 OVn„ := min db := 8-3-in mf := 0.75 t:= 0.120,in 7C A 2 Ab := — • ub 4 On, • Ab 4>bb•C•mf-Fus•dwt) dAinv= 1.723 kip Check Required Effective Diagonal Width: vuw V„ + 2 0.90•Fys•t•Nw Check Shear Capacity Of Wall Panel: a := Z h := B a = 159in h = 36in _ — k, := if 2-' 1,4.00 + ,5.34 + 4.00 h 2/ a -,, "a"2 -- ..... _ Vn := 0.95- h-t- h j _ 0 60-F Ys 0.904.Es-kv h if > 1.51 h \ 2 t/ 0.60- Es-kv-Fys h otherwise Fys F„ — = 1.633 Fys OK b:= 0.70 uuw'sb /0.272'N (IN„ 0.481/ 11.968\ in OK 0.208, t = 0.12in kv = 5.545 clNn -= 6.743 kip u•13 (0.209\ On 0.369/ OK OK P3853.xmcd Page 26 of 28 10/3/2018 SEISMIC COMPONENT ANCHORING For electrical equipment constructed of sheet metal framing and supported at grade: Ip •-= 1.5 ap := 2.5 aP ahi := max 0.4. , 0.3 RP RP '= • 6.0 • SDS" 1p i := 0 av := 0.2. Sips ah = 0.45 avi = 0.202 For battery racks constructed of high deformability materials and supported at grade: I .= 1.5 P • aP• .= 1• 0 aP := max 0.4.— , 0.3 P RP := 2.5 • SDS • ip i := 1 avi := 0.2•Sps ahi = 0.45 avi = 0.202 (0.454) ah = 0.454 (0.202) = 0.202 Strength of anchorbolts with UNC threads: (I) y := 0.90 O. := 0.75 „ := 0.50 Ft„ := F., Fty := Fys Ft. = 49 ksi Fys = 30 ksi For 3/8-16 to 11Ga Plate j := 0 3 t. := 0.12-in := — • in n := 16 Ab := —7` • d b2 Ab = 0.11 in2 As. := 0.828 8 in 4 in OVno := Ab•OFnvi (INni := uFtudbtc 4V := „.2.7.t..clh.F., n3 := 4.24t,3' db*(1) sc'Ftu (Ian° := Ab*(1)F0a I OT.2 := crw- Ft, (1.723 qV. = 1.654 2.977 \,2.619) kip epT„ := 0„.0.85-te•dh.F., d',, := OT.3 := (I)„•[1.2-clh•Fty • (-41 • in — t.) + — —1-inji 8 4.1'n = /3.350 0.937 2.756 0.76 kip OV. := min(07n) 4T := min(T) = 1.654 kip OT. = 0.76 kip P3853.xmcd Page 27 of 28 10/3/2018 Evaluate Switchgear Anchoring: i := 0 j := 0 W := 4000.1bf Zcg := 55.in Nb := 2 Db := 105.in — 36.in V, :- 1 Nb ahW Vu = 908.41bf Tu = 51.907 lbf T„ :— J 0.5•Nb•Db Nb V,, T, 1 + .1 = 0.618 OK J OV, OT, ahi•W.Z,g, W• 0.9 — a, Evaluate Minimum Capacity of Deck Plate: ,0 N 30 ksi 0.9•Fty OFh = 27 ksi te = 0.12 in b := 8.in L := 12.in — 2.in Tu = (51.907 ) lbf TL 4 1 2 S —•134 (I)Mn := (l)Fb-S (1:1Mn = 0.518 kip•in 6 u = (0.13 )kip.in Mu — (0.25 ) OK SUMMARY: The anchoring connections for the switchgear shall all be comprised of 3/8-16 UNC SAE Grade 5 bolts, drilled and tapped into the floor deck. P3853.xmcd Page 28 of 28 10/3/2018 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 1/2/2020 MARTIN PROBST PO BOX 3707; M/C: 46-208 SEATTLE, WA 98124 RE: Permit No. D19-0263 BOEING - VAULT 28 8123 E MARGINAL WAY S Dear Permit Holder: Allan Ekberg, Mayor Jack Pace, Director In reviewing our current records, the above noted permit has not received a final inspection by the City of Tukwila Building Division. Per the International Building Code, International Mechanical Code, Uniform Plumbing Code and/or the National Electric Code, every permit issued by the Building Division under the provisions of these codes shall expire by limitation and become null and void if the building or work authorized by such permit has not begun within 180 days from the issuance date of such permit, or if the building or work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned at any time after the work has begun for a period of 180 days. Your permit will expire on 2/24/2020. Based on the above, you are hereby advised to: 1) Call the City of Tukwila Inspection Request Line at 206-438-9350 to schedule for the next or final inspection. Each inspection creates a new 180 day period, provided the inspection shows progress. -or- 2) Submit a written request for permit extension to the Permit Center at least seven(7) days before it is due to expire. Address your extension request to the Building Official and state your reason(s) for the need to extend your permit. The Building Code does allow the Building Official to approve one extension of up to 180 days. If it is determined that your extension request is granted, you will be notified by mail. In the event you do not call for an inspection and/or receive an extension prior to 2/24/2020, your permit will become null and void and any further work on the project will require a new permit and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Sincerely,"R"‘/( Bill Rambo Permit Technician File No: D19-0263 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 COORD COP? PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: D19-0263 DATE: 08/15/19 PROJECT NAME: BOEING - VAULT 28 SITE ADDRESS: 8123 E MARGINAL WAY S X Original Plan Submittal Revision # before Permit Issued Response to Correction Letter # Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: AT Aux e-ilq-11 Building Division (/ Public 'Works Fire Prevention Structural t•lk (64 Planning Divisio Permit Coordinator III PRELIMINARY REVIEW: DATE: 08/20/19 Not Applicable Structural Review Required (no approval/review required) REVIEWER'S INITLALS: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved Corrections Required Approved with Conditions Denied (corrections entered in Reviews) (ie: Zoning Issues) DATE: DUE DATE: 09/17/2019 n Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg D Fire D Ping 0 PW 0 Staff Initial's: 12/18/2013 BNBUILDERS INC Home Espanol Contact Search L&I Page 1 of 3 SEARCH Safety & Health Claims & Insurance 0 Washington State Department of Labor & Industries A-Z index Help My L&1 Workplace Rights Trades & Licensing BNBUILDERS INC Owner or tradesperson Principals BASTIAN, BRADLEY JAMES, PRESIDENT FINLAY, RICHARD MORSE, CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER NIELSEN, JEFFREY J, VICE PRESIDENT (End: 09/07/2017) O'BRIEN, TIMOTHY D, CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER (End: 09/07/2017) Doing business as BNBUILDERS INC WA UBI No. 602 056 687 2601 4TH AVE STE 350 SEATTLE, WA 98121 206-382-3443 KING County Business type Corporation Governing persons BRADLEY JAMES BASTIAN JEFFREY JON NIELSEN; Certifications & Endorsements , OMWBE Certifications No active certifications exist for this business. Apprentice Training Agent Registered training agent. Check their eligible programs and occupations. License Verify the contractor's active registration / license / certification (depending on trade) and any past violations. Construction Contractor Active. Meets current requirements. License specialties GENERAL License no. BNBUII*990K3 Effective — expiration 05/23/2001— 09/15/2019 Bond Western Surety Co Bond account no. 929643038 $12,000.00 Received by L&I Effective date 06/08/2017 06/02/2017 Expiration date Help us improve https://secure.lni.wa.gov/verify/Detail.aspx?UBI=602056687&LIC=BNBUII*990K3&SAW= 8/28/2019 . 'm n, .w .m 6 ,mv. ., 'l:. W v,� k,, $. .. :. .. �., i„x.: x7, trs da{ x' r:,,.. ,.r, •`Y1t vs..., r., .... ,::.°; x. ' ":_,. .. �� `r':t ✓�.:. L'.x4Y a" 7 ti T 4 � r % f ) 3' X y % HH a e ; 0 .t. .5a .9. o.. ✓{t A" u., a,,: ,u,. .r ` .�,�,.,. v„ + -; `x, v" ,a, x, # . .� Y.'.. .., re x ,.. a�33,� :,, k u ,`tee. 4k` .. ..: �. C' ..- exktiL Sl 6w. .. }, .., �� %. r•'. " '", t+i L 5' LOCATIONt, Bi ISSAQUAH PROJECT SEES MESS KENT Ell ©i •` a ' SYM REVISION I BY I APPROVED I DATE PLANT 2 VAULT 28 UPDATE W49284561 CASNE I CEC 1 04.04.18 ;s>=4•s^"r..,a �� rd)�' 4 � �� •` j��' �� (fi,�%t �Ic 9' ��; , u T rt� �a,�;iYx:��„ a x t ,xk�.::��` iRx+Sta+x„rX4`a`Y�.X .� >~•'�.... rk ,.'�txt1 VICINITY MAP vi J 2-41 2-40 z r � w LJ 2-44 2-45 � 2—fi4 2-5I GATE B-18 2-49 SITE ACCESS 2-55 0 2-65 2-63 _ 2-66 2 2 62 3 2-85 2-81 2-80 2-84 p g 2-117 e 2-83 4.r 2-88 VAULT 28 PROJECT SITE 2-126 REVISION BY I APPROVED I DATE Kt�w, PROJECT SUMMARY DESCRIPTION OF WORK: REMOVE AND REPLACE 26KV SWITCHGEAR IN VAULT 28. INSTALL NEW BATTERY HOUSE ON EXISTING CABLE GALLERY VAULT LID WEST OF NEW 26KV SWITCHGEAR SITE ADDRESS: 7755 EAST MARGINAL WAY SOUTH OWNER: THE BOEING COMPANY ATTENTION: JOHN MURDOCH FACIUTIES SERVICES — SHARED SERVICES GROUP PERMIT ADMINISTRATOR P.O. BOX 3707, M/C 46-88 (253) 740-0214 SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98124-2207 PROJECT CODES 1. 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC) 2. 2015 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE, COMMERCIAL PROVISIONS. 3. 2017 NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE (NEC) ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. D SITTS & HILL ENGINEERS, INC. CIVIL • STRUCTURAL • SURVEYING 4915 CENTER STREET I TACOMA. WA. 95409 PHONE: (253)474.9449 1 FAX: (253) 474-9449 htlp:lhvww.sitta-hillcoginears.roM Project No.: 17,477 Project Mgr.: RJJ Proj. Engineer: BKL Proj. Drafter: KLK 7 A lIVIIIIII7I FILE1 COPY�" Permit No. p`1T�tl"� Plan review appVahs�s'uDiee: to errors ana omissions. Approval of construction documents does n0i authir¢e the violation of any adopted code or ordinance Receipt of anDrovetl f e!a Copy and d bons, a wle gee: sy. Qate: City of Tin ,a n UILDIN i DI 'I;:IOf: REVISIONS No Or ;ae sna ! be mace to the scope Of Work wltnoUt J"O: a DrOvai of the Tukwila Building 0 vsion_ NOTE: Revisions will reamre a new Dian submittal and may include additional plan review. IN SET DRAWING # SHEET # DRAWING TITLE REV DATE GENERAL 2-YD-GO GO COVER SHEET 04.04.18 CIVIL (MASTERS) 2-YD-C95 C95 SITE PLAN C 04,04.18 2-YD-,C96 C96 Se I SITE PLAN RE UIREfxFOR: A 04.04.18 2-YD-C104 C104 SITE PLAN Etectricall F 04.04.18 2-YD-C105 C105 SITE PLAN Plumbng pin,B 04.04.18 ICity of Tukwila -kill ISION CIVIC (ORIGIN 2-YD-CXX1R C95AR ENLARGED SITE PLAN - REMOVAL 04.04.18 2-YD-CXX1 C95A ENLARGED SITE PLAN 04.04.18 2-YD-05XXX C95B MISC. NOTES, SECTIONS AND DETAILS O4.04.18 STRUCTURAL 2.83-S450 S450 CABLE GALLERY PLANS B 04.04.18 2.83-S500 S500 MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS B 04.04.18 ELECTRICAL 2-YD-V28E4R V28E4R VAULT 28 26KV ONE -LINE DIAGRAM - REMOVAL E 04.04.18 2-YD428E4AR V28E4AR ONE LINE DIAGRAM -REMOVAL D 04.04,18 2-YD-V28E4BR V28E4BR VAULT 28480VONE LINE DIAGRAM -REMOVAL G 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E50OR V28ESOOR VAULT 28 EQUIPMENT PLAN - REMOVAL C 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E501R V28E501R VAULT 28 POWER PLAN - REMOVAL C 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E502R V28E502R VAULT 28 LIGHTING & 208Y/120V POWER PLAN - REMOVAL D 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E503R V28E503R VAULT 28 GROUNDING PLAN - REMOVAL C 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E508R V28E508R CABLE GALLERY DETAILS B 04.04.18 2-YD-Vi0E4CR V1OE4CR VAULT 10 480V ONE -LINE DIAGRAM G 04.04.18 2-YD-V10ES10R VlOE51OR VAULT 10 EQUIPMENT PLAN C 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E4 V28E4 VAULT 28 26KV ONE -LINE DI M gP 1 04.04.18 2-V28-E4A V28E4A ONE LINE DIAGRAM ` " ' D 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E4B V28E4B VAULT 28 480V ONE LINE DIAGRAM FED 2420 G 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E500 V28E500 VAULT 28 EQUIPMENT PLAN C 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E501 V28E501 VAULT 28 POWER PLAN ' '' C 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E502 V28E502 VAULT 28 LIGHTING & 208Y/120V POW D 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E503 V28E503 VAULT 28 GROUNDING PLAN C 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E503a V28E503a GROUNDING DETAILS A 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E506 V28E506 VAULT 28 26.4KV SWITCHGEAR PANELS - OBSOLETE A 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E508 V28E508 CABLE GALLERY DETAILS B 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E515 V28E515 VAULT 28 LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE 04,04.18 2-YD-V28E516 V28E516 VAULT 28 26AKV SWITCHGEAR ELEVATION - BUS 1 ' A.04.18 2-YD-V28E517 V28E517 VAULT2826AKVSWITCHGEARELEVAT = J 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E518 V28E518 VAULT 2826AKVSWITCHGEAR ELEVA Q%04 OMPLiANC 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E520 V28E520 BATTERY HOUSE ONE LINE AND PLAN ECG APPROVED 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E523 V28E523 COMMUNICATION AND CONTROL AUG 27 2019 04.04.18 2-YD-V10E4C V10E4C VAULT 10 EQUIPMENT PLAN ILIG 04.04.18 RECEIVED BUILDING DIVISION CITY OF TUKWiLA AUG 15 2019 PERMIT CENTER CURRENT REVISION SYMBOL DATE COVER SHEET W4928456 — — 04,04.18 SHEET IT 2 VAULT 28 UPDATE GO PLANT 2 JOB NO, COMP NO. W4928456 PLANT 2, WA. DWG NO. 2—YD—GO 0, U t— W LLI CO u, W rn z 0 Q z z z 0 U zi J =I U H 65 C95A, C95AR �\ rl I `� LE TRIC E'l C MATCH LINE - CONTINUATION SEE SHEET C87 _ QOQ Q / / 0 0 o a o 0 0 0 0 o a o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o a 0 � Q O• X] im 11111111 i77 IF0110\I O SAN MH SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE ❑ CB CATCH BASIN O WMH WATER MANHOLE t PIV POST INDICATOR VALVE 101 WV WATER VALVE ❑ WM WATER METER U FH FIRE HYDRANT ® ELECTRICAL/TELEPHONE VAULT REFERENCE DRAWINGS CONSTRUCTION NOTES q-t, 01&3 E I RE D YaN FEB 24 2020 20 10 0 20 40 60 C87 I C86 C85 C84 C83 C82 I C81 C80 C96 C95 C94 C93 C92 C91 C90 C89 C88 C105 C104 C103 C102 C101 C100 C99 C98 C97 C114 C113 C112 C111 C110 C109 C108 C107 C106 ABINETS, I O KEY PLANE �•. i � F 1:NON GRAVEL REVIEWED FOR o A( CO APPROVED 141 NCE �` rn " > o AUG 27 2019 %ELECTRJC \ ( ❑ �OABINEfiS� N •, a M City otTukwila fii=CElVEp CITY OF EMERGENCY GENERATOR BUILDING DIVISION TUKWIl.q & FUEL TANK (APL-026) AUG 15 2019 PT.— — — — — — — — — — _ MATCH LINE - CONTINUATION SEE SHEET C104 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN DATE SUBTITLE CURRENT REVISION SYMBOL DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED OATS ACCEPTABILITY G. SEO 01.21.98 SITE PLAN W4928456 G 04.04.18 K L THIS DESIGN AND/OR CHECKED — DRAWING OF RECORD J#972179 HGI/DED 1.08.01 — PLANT 2 — PHASE 3 RECORD DRAWING W2548729 CEI EO 12.02.16 � t� SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED S Franklin 01.26,98 SHEET ® I" TITLE PLANT 2 - VAULT 28 UPDATE q REDRAWN 10196979 RFM 04.29.10 C PLANT 2 - VAULT 28 UPDATE W4928456 SITTS BKL 04.04.18 APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE D. DORMIER 01,26.98 V A SITE REDEVELOPMENT AS BUILT J#586456-02 DED REI 02.20.13 HHKa I�k 02.16.98 �J INCORP DRAWING RFM 11.22.13 APPRoveo PLANT 2 YARD JOB N0. COMP N0. •,y4, LJC 02.16.98 972198 B PLANT 2 - PHASE 3 W2548729 CEI EO 01.23.15 L c 0� RMLoveD 02.16.98 CIVIL MASTER PLANT 2 DwD No. 2-YD-C95 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- - -- - � LEGEND O SAN MH SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE 1 I ❑ CB CATCH BASIN O WMH WATER MANHOLE t PIV POST INDICATOR VALVE 0 WV WATER VALVE ❑ WM WATER METER 1 v FH FIRE HYDRANT I ELECTRICAL/TELEPHONE VAULT , 1 I GENERAL MOTES I I I I I I I I I0) REFERENCE DRAWINGS I I I I I I I I i I 0 I I II MATCH LINE - CONTINUATION SEE SHEET C105 SYM - REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE - DRAWING OF RECORD J#972198 HGI/DED 1.08.01 - REDRAWN 10196079 REM OC28.10 INCORP RFM/DP 08,08.14 A PLANT 2 - VAULT 28 UPDATE W4928456 SITTS BKL 04.04.18 ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY I DEPT. I D 01.26.98 TITLE 01.26.98 02.16.98 02.16.98 SITE PLAN PLANT 2 - VAULT 28 UPDATE PLANT 2 YARD CONSTRUCTION NOTES FEB 24 2020 DE COMPLIANCE fREVIE—WED-,FOR APPROVED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 27 019 AUG 15 2019 City of Tukwila PERMIT CENTER BUILDING DIVISION 20 10 0 20 40 60 SCALE IN FEET C96 C105 C114 C87 C86 C85 I C84 C83 I C82 I C81 I C80 C95 I C94 C93 C92 I C91 I C90 C89 C88 C104 C103 C102 C101 C100 C99 C98 I C97 C113 C112 C111 C110 C109 C108 C107 C106 m KEY PLAN N SCALE :NONE M N REVISION SYMBOL DATE S W4928456 A 04.04.18 0 C96 972198 COMP N0. o 02.16.98 ICIVIL MASTER PLANT2, 2-YD-C96 IrAm"411"m M C95AR o ❑ 0 0 ❑ O m El p ]MOM o UDDU0001 0 0 a 0 0 0 0 STOP UUUUUUL — l C104 S568 - CONTINUATION SEE SHEET C95 O UTILIDOR- ° I L o O❑o° O TYP. DT c104 C560 0013 14 _ cM�OBCRC� YC� fi ° ° ❑ — I� n-- MATCH LINE - CONTINUATION SEE SHEET C113 SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE D DRAWING OF RECORD J#972179 HGI/DED 1.08.01 E PLANT 2 - PHASE 3 W2548729 CEI EO 01.23.15 A 283/BTWT PROJECT J#982191-00 HGI/LCC 8.31.01 PLANT 2 - PHASE 3 RECORD DRAWING W2548729 CEI EO 12.02.16 B ADDED UNLOADING PAN & GUARD POSTS J#314487-00 DJD TLD 12.23.02 F PLANT 2 - VAULT 28 UPDATE W4928456 SITTS BKL 04.04.18 C LSAF-CONTROL ROOM - RECORD DRAWING J#711975 HGI/GGH 03.14.03 D PACKAGE 1, BLDG 02-127 RECORD DRAWING J#586456-02 HGI 06.17.11 COORD. NORTH 195783.02 0 1 UTILIDOR- o 4 C560 TYP. DTL o 0 I� O N_ t- Q aoaao ooaoaoo W o DODO 0 w z a00000000000 : 00000ao = �40 o o O o o❑ 0 o ❑ o El 0 0 0 0 0 o ❑ I I 1 UTILIDOR- C104 C560 TYP. DTL. 2-85 00 00o dole o�ouog COORD. NORTH 195366.04 DRAWN ACCEPTABILITY T. ROSLING DATE 12.15.98 SUBTITLE THIS DESIGN AND/OR CHECKED SITE PLAN SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED S. FRANKLIN 01.26.98 LNUAPPROVED BY DEPT. DATE D. DORMIER 01.26.98 ER TITLE PLANT 2 - VAULT 28 UPDATE CHECKED HJK 02.16.98 APPROVED PLANT 2 YARD LJC 02.16.98 RMLBVED 02.16.98 CIVIL MASTER IN WIN, OSAN MH SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE ❑ CB CATCH BASIN O WMH WATER MANHOLE t PIV POST INDICATOR VALVE O❑ WV WATER VALVE ❑ WM WATER METER '0 FH FIRE HYDRANT O CO CLEAN OUT 0 ELEC/TEL VAULT LIGHTING GENERAL NOTES REFERENCE DRAWINGS CONSTRUCTION NOTES C87 C86 C85 C84 C83 C82 I C81 C80 C96 C95 C94 C93 C92 C91 C90 C89 C88 C105 C104 C103 C102 C101 C100 C99 C98 C97 C114 C113 C112 C111 C110 C109 C108 C107 C106 0 KEY PLAN N N o PLANT COORD REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE Z APPROVED AUG 27 2019 RECEIVED City of Tukwila CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION AUG 1I b 2010 PLANT PERMIT CENTER M N N REVISION SYMBOL DATE W4928456 F 04.04.18 C104 COMP NO, 972198 02-YD-C104 o, of �I NI �5I W SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION DRAWING OF RECORD J#982179 HGI/DED 1.0&01 A PACKAGE 1, BLDG 02-127 RECORD DRAWING J#586456-02 HGI 06.17.11 - INCORP RFM/DP 08.19.14 B PLANT 2 - VAULT 28 UPATE W4928456 SITTS BKL 04.04.18 ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY I DEPT. I E COORD. NORTH 195366.04 DATE SUBTITLE 10.9.98 N 10.9.98 TITLE R 10.9.98 02.16.98 02,16.98 02.16.98 (CIVIL MASTER SITE PLAN 'LANT 2 - VAULT 28 UPDATE BUILDING 02-127 YARD O SAN MH SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE o CB CATCH BASIN O WMH WATER MANHOLE t PIV POST INDICATOR VALVE O WV WATER VALVE ❑ WM WATER METER 0 FH FIRE HYDRANT 0 CO CLEAN OUT ® ELEC/TEL VAULT LIGHTING GENERAL MOTES REFERENCE DRAWINGS ]EXPIUD FEB 24 2020 REVIEWED FOR>. �. CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED RECEIVED AUG 27 2019 CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 15 2019 City of Tukwila PERMIT CENTER BUILDING DIVISION 20 10 0 20 40 60 SCALE IN FEET C87 C86 C85 C84 C83 C82 C81 C80 C96 C95 C94 C93 C92 C91 C90 C89 C88 C105 C104 C103 C102 C101 C100 C99 C98 C97 C114 C113 C112 C111 C110 C109 C108 C107 C106 WA KEY PLAN N N PLANT COORD a V - REVISION I SYMBOL GATE W4928456 B 04.04.18 N C105a 982179 COMP NO. o 02-YD-C105 \ I_ A A A/ / Y / ,_/ A, / � F v Aa�,v ,� / ! / / \ / t. t.t A�� A / t,! T 2 r } r'tl1� 1 r t,! v �.' -- - - -- ----. - --- -- -- - - - - --- - \ _ \ v i I i i - , ----------- - — — — — -- — -- Ir -- - - ---- -- — --- ---- -- --- - - . ----- -- -- SYM I RENSION I BY I APPROVED 1 DATE I SYM PLANT 2 - VAULT 28 UPDATE W49284561 SITTS I BKL 104.04.18 1 ENLARGED PAVING AND GRADING PLAN SCALE. 1 "=10' C95, C96, C 104, 61 REVISION BY I APPROVED I DATE REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 27 2019 City of Tukwila iWILDING DIVISION LEGEND EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED WASHED ROCK SURFACING TO REMOVED. SEE CONSTRUCTION NOTE 4, THIS SHEEP CONSTRUCTION NOTES REMOVE EXISTING 6' HIGH CHAIN LINK FENCE FABRIC FROM FENCE AND GATES. L REMOVE EXISTING SWITCHGEAR ENCLOSURE, SEE ELECTRICAL. REMOVAL INCLUDES FLASHING AND CAULKING AT BASE OF SWITCHGEAR ENCLOSURE. L EXISTING SWITCHGEAR VAULT REMOVE EXIST. WASHED ROCK SURFACING. STOCKPILE CLEAN WASHED ROCK FOR REUSE ON -SITE. EXCESS WASHED ROCK NOT USED FOR RESTORATION SHALL BE DISPOSED OFF -SITE. REFERENCE DRAWINGS FEE 24 2020 0 5 l b µ r"°' 30 SCALE: 1"=10'-O" C87 T C86 C85 C84 C83 C82 C81 C80 C9 95 C94 C93 C92 C91 C90 C89 C88 C1 104 C103 C102 C101 C100 C99 C98 C97 C114 C113 C112 C111 C110 C109 C108 C107 C106 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 15 2019 PERMIT CENTER ISSUE FOR PERMIT D REMOVA:L::]AUGUST 12t 2019 K ACCEPTABILITY K. KREISCHER DATE 14,t7 SUBTITLE SPETHIS CIFICATION NS APDP R RMOKL . JOHNSON 08.14.17ENLARGED SITE PLAN - REMOVAL APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE R. JOHNSON 08.14.17 TrrIF PLANT 2 - VAULT 28 UPDATE CH CKED iS4'I B. LESLIE 08.14.17 PLANT 2 YARD ,,S��f .n APP VED KEY PLAN SCALE : NONE N SITTS & HILL ENGINEERS, INC. CIVIL • STRUCTURAL • SURVEYING, 48t5CENTERSTREET I TACOMA, WA. 96499 PRONE: (253) 4744449 1 FAX: (253) 474-9449 http:ttww,v.1K.s ili q1.......W Project No.: 17,477 Project Mgr.: RJJ Proj. Engineer. BKL Proj. Drofter. KLK W49284561 — 04.04.18 C95A1 l d JOB N0. COMP NO. � PLANT 21_" 2-YD-C95AR v / 2 �.v� \ I i / ENLARGED PAVING AND GRADING PLAN SCALE: 1"=10' REVISION I BY I APPROVED I DATE I SYM I REVISION PLANT 2 - VAULT 28 UPDATE W49284561 SITTS I BKL 104,04.18 BY I APPROVED I DATE V 4 l , / ENLARGED PAVING AND GRADING PLAN SCALE: 1"=10' REVISION I BY I APPROVED I DATE I SYM I REVISION PLANT 2 - VAULT 28 UPDATE W49284561 SITTS I BKL 104,04.18 BY I APPROVED I DATE V 4 l , C95, C96, C104, C1051CXr �T;K GAS �tf ACCEPTABILITY K. THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED R APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE R. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 27 2019 City of Tukwila LE-1 DIVISION ISSUE ■ ■ ■ MIT Neul"i AUGUST 12,2019 08.14.17 ENLARGED SITE PLAN 08.14.17 08.14.17 TITLE PLANT 2 - VAULT 28 UPDATE LEGEND �E— x x CHAIN LINK FENCE dv , CONCRETE PAVEMENT d GENERAL NOTES 6' HIGH 9 GAUGE VINYL COATED CHAIN LINK FENCE FABRIC, FABRIC WIRE TIES, TOP AND BOTTOM TENSION WIRE AND VINYL SLATS. COLOR: BLACK V STANDARD PANIC EXIT BAR KIT FOR CHAIN LINK PEDESTRIAN GATE AT INTERIOR SIDE OF GATE. MOUNT EXIT BAR 38" TO 42" ABOVE FINISH GRADE. EXIT DOOR HARDWARE AND ADJUSTABLE MOUNTING PLATE INCLUDING GUARD. HOOVER FENCE COMPANY OR APPROVED EQUAL. COLOR: BLACK INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. BATTERY HOUSE, SEE ELECTRICAL. ® SWITCH GEAR ENCLOSURE, SEE ELECTRICAL, 5. ALL EXISTING GALVANIZED POSTS, RAILS AND HARDWARE SHALL BE PREPARED, CLEANED AND PRIMED PRIOR TO PAINTING. REMOVE ANY OXIDATION OR RUST. COATING SHALL BE FORMULATED TO BE INSTALLED ON GALVANIZED SURFACES. COLOR: BLACK 6" DEPTH CONCRETE PAVEMENT. SEE A/C95B. SLOPE TO PARKING LOT AT NO LESS THAN 1.0%. I tile i► l51 MATCH TOP OF NEW PAVEMENT WITH TOP OF CONCRETE CURB AT FENCE OPENING, RESTORE WASH ROCK SURFACING WERE DISTURBED BY CONTRACTOR ACTIVITIES. i0141IN 111,1101 FEB 24 2020 0 5 30 SCALE: 1"=10'-O" C87 C86 C85 C84 C83 C82 C81 C80 C9 95 C94 C93 C92 C91 C90 C89 C88 Cl 104 C103 C102 C101 C100 C99 C98 C97 C11 4 C113 C112 C111 C110 P09 C108 C107 C106 RECEIVED CITY OF: TUKWILA AUG 15 2019 PERMIT CENTER KEY PLAN N SCALE : NONE SITTS & HILL ENGINEERS, INC. CIVIL a STRUCTURAL • SURVEYING 4815 CENTER STREET I TACOMA, WA. 98489 PHONE: (253) 474�9449 1 PAX: (253) 474.9449 hUp;1h1w .sJN hfl1 a 91peers.c*m Project No: 17,477 Project Mgr.: RJJ Proj. Engineer: BKL Proj. Drafter: KLK W49284561 — C95A 04.04.18 0 0 08.14.17 PLANT 2 YARD PLANT 2 2-YD-C95A PLASTIC COVERING NOTES (AS REQUIRED) 1. PLASTIC SHEETING SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM THICKNESS OF 6 MILS AND SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE STATE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 9-14.5(3). 2. COVERING SHALL BE INSTALLED AND MAINTAINED TIGHTLY IN PLACE BY USING SANDBAGS OR TIRES ON ROPES WITH A MAXIMUM 10-FOOT GRID SPACING IN ALL DIRECTIONS. ALL SEAMS SHALL BE TAPED OR WEIGHTED DOWN FULL LENGTH AND THERE SHALL BE AT LEAST A 12-INCH OVERLAP OF ALL SEAMS. 3. CLEAR PLASTIC COVERING SHALL BE INSTALLED IMMEDIATELY ON AREAS SEEDED BETWEEN NOVEMBER 1 AND MARCH 31 AND REMAIN UNTIL VEGETATION IS FIRMLY ESTABLISHED. 4. WHEN THE COVERING IS USED ON UN -SEEDED SLOPES, IT SHALL BE KEPT IN PLACE UNTIL THE NEXT SEEDING PERIOD. 5. PLASTIC COVERING SHEETS SHALL BE BURIED TWO FEET AT THE TOP OF SLOPES IN ORDER TO PREVENT SURFACE WATER FLOW BENEATH SHEETS. 6. PROPER MAINTENANCE INCLUDES REGULAR CHECKS FOR RIPS AND DISLODGED ENDS. STOCKPILE NOTES (AS REQUIRED) 1. STOCKPILES SHALL BE STABILIZED (WITH PLASTIC COVERING OR OTHER APPROVED DEVICE) AT ALL TIMES. 2. IN ANY SEASON, SEDIMENT LEACHING FROM STOCK PILES MUST BE PREVENTED. DEMOLITION NOTES 1. REMOVE ALL DELETERIOUS MATERIAL FOUND ON -SITE INCLUDING VEGETATION, SCRAP WOOD, TRASH, ETC. AND DISPOSE OF AT AN APPROVED OFF -SITE LOCATION. 2. AT ALL TIMES THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN SIGNS AND TEMPORARY CHAIN LINK FENCING TO ENSURE CONTINUOUS PROTECTION OF THE PUBLIC AND TO PREVENT UNAUTHORIZED ENTRY TO THE CONSTRUCTION AREA. AT A MINIMUM FENCING SHALL BE 6.0 FEET HIGH. COORDINATE SAFETY AND SECURITY MEASURES WITH ADJACENT WORK. 3. DAMAGE TO ANY PROPERTY, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUILDINGS, UTILITIES, VEHICLES, FENCING, OR LANDSCAPING AS A RESULT OF CONTRACTORS ACTIVITIES WILL BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED AT THE CONTRACTORS EXPENSE. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROTECTION OF ALL EXISTING SURVEY MONUMENTS AND OTHER SURVEY MARKERS DURING CONSTRUCTION. ALL SUCH MONUMENTS OR MARKERS DESTROYED DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REPLACED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE TO ORIGINAL LOCATION AND ELEVATION. 5. THE CONTRACTOR IS FINANCIALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR OF OFF -SITE AND ON -SITE PAVED SURFACES WHERE DAMAGE HAS BEEN SUSTAINED BECAUSE OF CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC. SUBGRADE PREPARATION NOTES 1. ALL EXPOSED SUBGRADE SHALL BE PROOF ROLLED UNDER THE OBSERVATION OF THE OWNERS GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER. ANY LOCALIZED ZONE OF YIELDING SUBGRADE SHALL BE OVEREXCAVATED 12"-24" (OR AS DETERMINED BY THE OWNER'S GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER) AND REPLACED WITH CRUSHED SURFACING BASE COURSE IN 6" LIFTS, COMPACTED TO 95% MAX. DENSITY. 2. AFTER PROOF ROLLING, THE SUBGRADE SHALL BE THOROUGHLY COMPACTED WITH A VIBRATORY ROLLER. THE ROLLER SHALL MAKE AT LEAST 6 PASSES. THE SUBGRADE SOIL SHALL HAVE ADEQUATE MOISTURE CONTENT AT TIME OF COMPACTION, (WITHIN 2% OF OPTIMUM). 3. WHERE SUBGRADE CANNOT BE FEASIBLY SUBJECTED TO A PROOF -ROLL, COMPACTION SHALL BE VERIFIED BY A MINIMUM OF ONE NON-DESTRUCTIVE FIELD DENSITY TEST (I.E. NUCLEAR DENSIOMETER) PER 2,000 SQUARE FEET, BUT IN NO CASE LESS THAN THREE (3) TESTS. IF ADDITIONAL COMPACTION IS REQUIRED, RE -TESTING OF SUBGRADE SHALL BE AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE, 4. CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE (CSBC) SHALL COMPLY WITH WSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9-03.9(3). 5. SUBMIT ONE COPY OF INSPECTION / TESTING AGENCY FIELD REPORTS AND COMPACTION RESULTS TO OWNER AND ENGINEER WITHIN TWO WEEKS OF FIELD OBSERVATION. 6. COORDINATE WITH OWNER FOR COMPACTION TESTING OF SUBGRADE FILLS AND SRUSHED ROCK BASE COURSE. TESTING TO BE PERFORMED BY OWNER'S GEOTECHNICAL 1. EQUIPMENT LUBRICATION AND FUELING OPERATIONS SHALL OCCUR AT AN OWNER APPROVED ON -SITE LOCATION. 2. PREVENT OILS AND FUELS FROM ENTERING THE STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM WITH PROPER CONTAINMENT DEVICES. 3. ACCESS TO CONSTRUCTION IS VIA ADJACENT EXISTING PAVED STREETS. SWEEP DIRT FROM PAVING DAILY OR AS NEEDED. THE INTENT IS TO PREVENT DIRT AND DEBRIS FROM VEHICLES AND EQUIPMENT FROM BEING DEPOSITED ON BOEING-OWNED STREET AND CITY STREET PAVEMENT. 4. SPILL CLEANUP PROCEDURES SHALL BE POSTED ON -SITE. IN CASE OF A SPILL THAT MAY ENTER GROUNDWATER, SURFACE WATER, OR STORM DRAIN SYSTEM, CONTACT BOEING DISPATCH (206) 655-2222 OR PAUL YOUNT (206) 669-1490. SPILLS SHALL BE CLEANED UP IMMEDIATELY AND CONTAMINATED MATERIAL DISPOSED OF PROPERLY. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PREVENT ALL MATERIAL USED OR GENERATED ON -SITE FROM ENTERING THE STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ADEQUATE CONTAINMENT/SEPARATION ALL TIMES. ALL STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION MEASURES SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING TO ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE STORMWATER PERMITS. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONDUCT A DAILY STORMWATER / ENVIRONMENTAL INSPECTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION SITE. SCOPE OF THE INSPECTION WILL BE COORDINATED WITH SITE ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FOLLOW ALL ENVIRONMENTAL AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS AS DEFINED IN THE BOEING SERVICE PROVIDER MANUAL (AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST). CONCRETE PAVEMENT NOTES 1. CONCRETE PAVEMENT CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO WSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATION SECTION 5-05 AND CURRENT ACI, EXCEPT AS MODIFIED HEREIN. 2. MINIMUM STRENGTH OF CONCRETE SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: TYPE 28-DAY COMPRESSIVE 14-DAY FLEXURAL PAVEMENT SUBMIT PER 5-05.3 1 550 PSI 3. MAXIMUM WATER/CEMENT RATIO (W/C) SHALL BE 0.44 FOR HEAVY DUTY PAVEMENT. MINIMUM CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL SHALL BE 564 LBS/CY. USE 1 h" MINUS COARSE AGGREGATE FOR CONCRETE SIX INCHES THICK AND GREATER; ALL CONCRETE PAVEMENT BE AIR -ENTRAINED (5.5% t 1.5%). MAXIMUM SLUMP SHALL BE 4 INCHES. 4. PRE -MOLDED JOINT FILLER SHALL BE PER WSDOT SPECIFICATION SECTION 9-04.1(2). 5. JOINT SEALANT SHALL BE DOW CORNING "890-SL", OR APPROVED EQUAL. 6. CURING COMPOUND SHALL BE NON -YELLOWING EXTERIOR TYPE (WSDOT 9-23.2). 7. CONCRETE MIX DESIGNS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO BOEING CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR DISTRIBUTION TO BOEING AND DESIGN TEAM FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. EXPOSED EXTERIOR GALVANIZED STEEL COATING 1, SURFACE PREPARATION: IN ACCORDANCE WITH SSPC-SP1, MINIMUM. 2. PRIMER: ONE (1) 3.0 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS (DFT) COAT UNI-BOND OF SERIES 115 BY TNEMEC OR PRE -APPROVED EQUIVALENT. 3. PAINT: TWO (2) 3.0 MIL DFT COATS COAT UNI-BOND OF SERIES 115 BY TNEMEC OR PRE -APPROVED EQUIVALENT. 4. COLOR: BLACK CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE 1. COORDINATE ENTRY, SECURITY, TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN, ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES, FOD TRAINING, AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. 2. POST SIGN WITH NAME AND PHONE NUMBER OF SUPERVISOR (MAY BE CONSOLIDATED WITH THE REQUIRED NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION SIGN). 3. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH BOEING FOR PHASING OF PROJECT TO MEET BOEING'S OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS. IT IS ASSUMED THAT EACH PORTION OF THE PROJECT WILL BE COMPLETED IN SERIES, WITH ONLY ONE ACTIVE WORK AREA AT ANY GIVEN TIME. THE BELOW SEQUENCE DESCRIBES THE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE THAT WOULD OCCUR FOR EACH WORK AREA. 3.1. INSTALL TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES. 3.2. REMOVE FEATURES AS SHOWN ON REMOVAL PLANS. 3.3. CLEAN SURFACE OF CONCRETE PAVEMENT ADJACENT TO WORK AREA. 3.4. INSTALL NEW CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND FENCING 3.5. REMOVE TRAFFIC CONTROL 4. PROVIDE AS -BUILT DRAWINGS TO OWNER/ENGINEER FOR THE COMPLETION OF RECORD DRAWINGS. 5. PROCEED WITH PROJECT CLOSE-OUT. PLASTIC COVERING NOTES (AS REQUIRED) 1. PLASTIC SHEETING SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM THICKNESS OF 6 MILS AND SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE STATE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 9-14.5(3). 2. COVERING SHALL BE INSTALLED AND MAINTAINED TIGHTLY IN PLACE BY USING SANDBAGS OR TIRES ON ROPES WITH A MAXIMUM 10-FOOT GRID SPACING IN ALL DIRECTIONS. ALL SEAMS SHALL BE TAPED OR WEIGHTED DOWN FULL LENGTH AND THERE SHALL BE AT LEAST A 12-INCH OVERLAP OF ALL SEAMS. 3. CLEAR PLASTIC COVERING SHALL BE INSTALLED IMMEDIATELY ON AREAS SEEDED BETWEEN NOVEMBER 1 AND MARCH 31 AND REMAIN UNTIL VEGETATION IS FIRMLY ESTABLISHED. 4. WHEN THE COVERING IS USED ON UN -SEEDED SLOPES, IT SHALL BE KEPT IN PLACE UNTIL THE NEXT SEEDING PERIOD. 5. PLASTIC COVERING SHEETS SHALL BE BURIED TWO FEET AT THE TOP OF SLOPES IN ORDER TO PREVENT SURFACE WATER FLOW BENEATH SHEETS. 6. PROPER MAINTENANCE INCLUDES REGULAR CHECKS FOR RIPS AND DISLODGED ENDS. STOCKPILE NOTES (AS REQUIRED) 1. STOCKPILES SHALL BE STABILIZED (WITH PLASTIC COVERING OR OTHER APPROVED DEVICE) AT ALL TIMES. 2. IN ANY SEASON, SEDIMENT LEACHING FROM STOCK PILES MUST BE PREVENTED. 3. SOILS SHALL NOT BE PLACED WHILE IN A FROZEN OR MUDDY CONDITION, WHEN THE SUBGRADE IS EXCESSIVELY WET OR WHEN CONDITIONS EXIST THAT MAY OTHERWISE BE DETRIMENTAL TO PROPER GRADING OR PROPOSED SODDING OR SEEDING. MEDIUM DUTY CONCRETE NOTES: 1. INSTALL EXPANSION JOINTS TO COINCIDE - c WITH EXISTING EXPANSION JOINTS OR PAVING JOINTS. 2. JOINT SEALANT SHALL BE JET FUEL RESISTANT. CONTRACTION JOINT DETAIL 3/8" TO 1/2" R. JOINT SEALANT 3/8" PREMOLDED 3/8" TO 1/2" R. JOINT FILLER EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL HEAVY DUTY CONCRETE PAVING JOINT DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. C95B - -- - - - SPECIAL STRUCTURAL INSPECTION SPECIAL INSPECTION IS TO BE PROVIDED FOR THE ITEMS LISTED BELOW IN ADDITION TO THE NSPECTIONS CONDUCTED BY THE BUILDING SAFETY DEPARTMENT. "SPECIAL STRUCTURAL INSPECTION" SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE OWNER OR THEIR AGENT FROM REQUESTING THE CITY INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY IBC SECTION 110.3. SPECIAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED PER SECTIONS 1704 AND 1705 FOR THE FOLLOWING: 1. EPDXY AND ADHESIVE ANCHORS: A) DURING THE PLACEMENT OF ALL ANCHORS. 2. WELDING: A) VISUAL INSPECTION OF ALL FIELD WELDS. 8) NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING OF ALL COMPLETE PENETRATION WELDS. 3. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR: A) THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL OBSERVE THE WORK ASSIGNED TO BE CERTAIN IT CONFORMS TO THE APPROVED DESIGN DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, B) PER IBC SECTION 1704.2.4: THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL FURNISH INSPECTION REPORTS TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL AND TO THE ENGINEER OF RECORD. ALL DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE CONTRACTOR FOR CORRECTION, THEN, IF UNCORRECTED TO THE DESIGN AUTHORITY AND THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. SUBMIT A FINAL REPORT AS REQUIRED. C) UPON COMPLETION OF THE ASSIGNED WORK, THE ENGINEER SHALL COMPLETE AND SIGN THE APPROPRIATE FORMS CERTIFYING THAT, TO THE BEST OF THEIR KNOWLEDGE, THE WORK IS IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE APPROVED PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND THE APPLICABLE WORKMANSHIP PROVISIONS OF THE CODE. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON SPECIAL STRUCTURAL INSPECTIONS, CONTACT STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. 0 I 6" DEPTH CONCRETE PAVEMENT WITH LIGHT BROOM FINISH SEE DETAIL 1/C95B FOR CONTRACTION AND 6" CRUSHED SURFACING TOP EXPANSION JOINTS COURSE, COMPACTED TO 95% MAX. DENSITY, SEE SHEET C2A 1.0% MIN. SLOPE DRAIN TO PAVEMENT --� SUITABLE PREPARED SUBGRADE, COMPACT TO 95% OF MAXIMUM DENSITY. CONCRETE PAVEMENT SECTION SCALE: N.T.S. DECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 15 2019 PERMIT CENTER ISSUE FOR PERMIT AUGUST 12, 2019 FEB 24 2020 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED. AUG 27 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION SITTS & HILL ENGINEERS, INC. CIVIL • STRUCTURAL • SURVEYING 4815 CENTER STREET I TACOMA, WA. 98489 PHONE:(253)474-9449 1 FAX:(253) 4T4A449 httpJ/www.slgs�h114en91neera.mM Project No.: 17,477 Project Mgr.: RJJ Proj. Engineer: BKL Proj. Drafter: KLK SYM I REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM VAULT 28 SITTS BKL 04.04.18 A I PLANT 2 - VAULT 28 UPDATE W49284561 SITTS I BKL 1 04,04.18 REVISION BY I APPROVED I DATE 4T4Y;(4V�), ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY I DEPT. C 14A71 MISC NOTES, SECTIONS AND DETAILS 14.17 14.17 1 ' VAULT 28 14.7 I PLANT 2 YARD ZE 456 „ma.. A C95B 2-YD-C95B 04.04.18 2 C:) TOC LP r EL 90 0 S450LS500 S4(5t0S5OO ff) It It TOC HP EL 90' 10" L' �," CD C14 BOLT ON LADDER UTILITY VAULT CO (TYP 2 LOCATIONS) S450TS560 TOC LP b EL 90'-0' x 16'-2 1/2" 5'-0" 1'-13" 26'-2 1/2" 29'-2 1/2" CABLE GALLERY FOUNDATION PLAN_ SCALE: 1/4" = l'-O" T/CONC WALL EL 100'-0" .6" 1.'-0"2'-6" 2%18 GA COMPOSITE METAL DECK W/ 4" CONCRETE TOPPING (6" TOTAL) ZEQUIPMENT 4/S500 GENERAL NOTES: 1 GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL ADDITIONAL OPENINGS, INSERTS AND EMBEDMENTS SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL AND C-4, E CTRIC DRA GS. COND PENETRATION W14X6Q1 CONDUIT -U-) BATTERY HOUSE PER ELECTRICAL 18 ANCHORSCROSS—BRACE TOTAL, ONE LOCATED AT EACH END OF EACH ou-F B B CID 117 \Ji�—O" CONSTRUCTION NOTES 3 % 1 SWITCHGEAR ENCLOSURE CLEAN ALL EXISTING STEEL TO SSPC—SP3 I PER ELECTRICAL STANDARD. PRIME AND PAINT TO MATCH EXISTING. [ -- - SAWCUT AND REMOVE PORTION OF EXISTING B CONCRETE DECK COORDINATE WITH BATTERY HOUSE. S 45JOS500 II INSTALL METAL FLASHING W/ SEALANT AND co FASTENERS AT INTERFACE BETWEEN SUBSTATION ENCLOSURE AND TOP OF VAULT FOR WATER TIGHT SEAL AND AS RODENT BARRIER. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS OF ANCHORS WITH F MANUFACTURER. I I CD 2'-6" am W14X61 —F 2%18 GA COMPOSITE METAL I DECK W/ 4" CONCRETE I TOPPING (6" TOTAL) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --- �B) 21'-8 1/2" CABLE GALLERY FRAMING PLAN SCALE: 1 /411 = I I-011 (T/STL EL 100'-0" UNO) I -1 ACCESS MANHOLE (TYP 2 LOCATIONS) FRAME: UTILITY VAULT CO. 36" x 4" (FLANGE UP) COVER: UTILITY VAULT CO. SOLID COVER MARKED "ELECTRIC" DESIGN LOADING: AASHTO H2O TO MATCH FRAME REFERENCE DRAWINGS SEE PACKAGE "C" DRAWINGS REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 27 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION I am SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE " "WZAV" IL 21341UILDING ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN B. O'CONNOR DATE SUBTITLE CABLE GALLERY PLANS CURRENT REVISION W49284561 SYMBOL B DATE 0& 12.19 A REVISED GALLERY DIMS, RELOCATED BEAMS, UHL KLU R.F. BUKOSKI SHEET S450 MANHOLES, ADDED A. BOLTS & GEN NOTE APPROVED BY I DEPT. DATE tNUJNttH B. O'CONNOR TITLE 2-83 STRUCTURAL MASTER COL PLT 21" B PLANT 2 - VAULT 28 UPDATE W4928456 SITTS BKL 08.12.19 CHECKED B. O'CONNOR APPROVED W.E.WE MOOR JOB NO. PL2-95091 COMP NO. I MIAIIFKUVL . PRITIE UO2.06,96] 2.83-S450 Package "C" EL 100'-0" GRADE cli #8@9 TYP �01 o OUTSIDE FACE----, 2 CLR uj CL q: Qo KEYED 2 6 �11! CONST JOINT 6" WATERSTOP U-1 12" COMPACTED STRUCTURAL FILL o CQ co U 24 3/4- CHAMFER, TYP #6 cD F @6 2#7 EL 100'-O'�� 1/2"0 A307 A. BOLT @ CL WALL MIN 6" EMBED & 2" PROJECTION #6@9 TYP N"k j— INSIDE FACE i—#6@12 MAX EF 2" CLR #8 DOWELS W/STD HOOK @ 9 i #6 DOWELS W/STD HOOK @ 9 0 o cli - 1 :5 —#6@6 EW w0 s � 0s' #6@6 EW -WP MEMBRANE AND PROTECTION BOARD 3'-6" SECTION SCALE: 1/2" = l'-O" S45JO _S50'0 ROUGHEN CONC TO 1/4" AMPLITUDE AND APPLY BONDING AGENT---- #5@12 HILTI HVA W/ 71/2" EMBED AND 1, -8" PROJECTION Co NEW CONC WALL -'-- #5@12 EXIST WALL TYPICAL AROUND OPENING SECTION SCALE: 1"=1'-O" S210, S211LS500 C BATTERY HOUSE 6" MIN 2" ---------- 8' BASE CHANNEL BY BUILDING MANUFACTURER 1/4"x3" BENT PLATE) EXISTING CONCRETE DECK --5/8" DIA. STAINLESS STEEL ADHESIVE ANCHOR W/ 4- EMBEDMENT BATTERY HOUSE ANCHOR DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. l'-6" X-O" 4" MIN 4�- ,6 - 'C #4@12 31-01, ■ _--1/2"4 DEFORMED BAR @ 6" OC, TYP Cip 3/4"0 A325 BOLTS @ 12" OC L4x3x3/8 CONTINUOUS- 71iW14 1, 2'-0" TYP WP MEMBRANE AND PROTECTION BOARD ifl 96@6 EW 1 -#6@6 EW Do #6@6 EW 3'-6" FOR BALANCE OF mi -6"a 2'-0" CALLOUTS, SEE S45j0_S5O'O SECTION SCALE: 1/2" = l'-O" S'45JO S560 S450 4'-5" OPNG I I REMOVE EXIST C801.5 W/ 1/2"0 x5" HEADED WELD ------ STUDS @ 12" OC NEW CONC WALL— ,---DO NOT REMOVE #4 (S) WHERE ,, NEW CONCRETE IS PLACED ROUGHEN CONIC TO 1/4" AMPLITUDE AND APPLY BONDING AGENT Co -#5 �EXIST WALL EXIST #4 SECTION (r) SCALE: 1"=1'-O" S211 S500 111 EA. SUPPORT BENT P ANCHOi SWITCH GEAR ATTACHMENT SCALE: N.T.S. C" lu-) LC) PL X8xl2xl'-9" W/(8 3/4"4x6" HEADED WELD STUDS @ 6" GAGE — 2 35/4" CL SLOTS a C'4 CN L5x3x3/8 W/(3)13/16"x2 1/4" HORIZ SLOTTED HOLES, NS, FS 1/�3 SIDES, TYP 4 —(4)3/4"0 A325 BOLTS SECTION SCALE: 1"=1'-O" S450LS500 .UF 1.111 TI LJ BED AND JECTION, ND BOTTOM DETAIL SCALE: 1"=1'-0" S 1 211 [S50'0 S450IS500 I EXIST WALL 3/4" 5- TYP, m FOR WALL REINFORCING, SEE S45 ,2LS500 DETAIL SCALE: 1/2" ----S4T50S500 L0 U-) 4 PL 5/8x12x1'-9" W/(8)3/4"0x6" HEADED WELD STUDS @ 6" GAGE — MIN "ll PERMIT CENTER A P A Go" h K pjv 1% (3k E %fw'O*'o ISSUE FOR PERMIT AUGUST 12, 2019 Sym REVISION BY APPROVED DATE Sym REVISION BY APPROVED DATE And ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN SON J. PEAR DATE SUBTITLE MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS CURRENT REVISION W4928456 SHEET ISYMBOL B DATE 08.12.19 A ADDED A. BOLT CALLOUT SECT A & REV DIM SECT B rRzCFEu— R.F. BUKOSKI B PLANT 2 —VAULT 28 UPDATE SITTS BKL 08.12.19 APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE LNUINLLH O'CONNOR TITLE BUILDING 2-83 ISTRUCTURAL MASTER COL PILT 2 S500 C. HEC B. OTEO'NNOR APPROVED W.E. MOOR JOB NO. PI-2-95091 COMPNO. APPROVED M. PRITIE 02.06.96 DWG NO., 2.83—S500 Package "C"